Skip to content
Opens in a new window Opens an external site Opens an external site in a new window
Ecology & Society
  • Current Issue
  • About the Journal
    • Our Editors
    • Policies
    • Submissions
    • Contact
  • Open Access Policy
  • Submit an Article
  • Sign In
Icons/Search
Icons/Close
Icons/Search
Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 2 Research

Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis

Bilalova, S., N. W. Jager, J. Newig, and S. Villamayor-Tomas. 2025. Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis. Ecology and Society 30(4):2. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16402-300402
Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
Share
  • Twitter logo
  • LinkedIn logo
  • Facebook logo
  • Email Icon
  • Link Icon
  • Shahana BilalovaORCIDcontact author, Shahana Bilalova
    Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany
  • Nicolas W. JagerORCID, Nicolas W. Jager
    Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research, The Netherlands
  • Jens NewigORCID, Jens Newig
    Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany
  • Sergio Villamayor-TomasORCIDSergio Villamayor-Tomas
    Department of Political Science & Institute of Environmental Science and Technology (ICTA), Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain

The following is the established format for referencing this article:

Bilalova, S., N. W. Jager, J. Newig, and S. Villamayor-Tomas. 2025. Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis. Ecology and Society 30(4):2.

https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16402-300402

  • Introduction
  • Theoretical Framework
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • governance pathways; problem-specific pathways; QCA; sustainability performance; water governance
    Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16402.pdf
    Research, part of a special feature on The Next Wave in Water Governance

    ABSTRACT

    It is widely acknowledged that the global water crisis is a governance crisis. To be effective, governance interventions must be designed to align with the specific context in which they are implemented. Our research aims to identify the types of water governance pathways that lead to successful sustainability performance, with a particular focus on the role of problem contexts. We use fuzzy set qualitative comparative analysis (fsQCA) to examine 41 water governance cases that address groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. The analysis reveals a clear link between the nature of the water problem and successful governance pathways, emphasizing the need for governance measures to align with the specific characteristics of the problems they aim to address. The results also underscore the importance of governance capacity, as evidenced in all three pathways that emerge as solutions in our QCA. Finally, the study shows that no single governance characteristics guarantees success; rather, it is the interplay of multiple, reinforcing governance characteristics that contributes to successful sustainability performance.

    INTRODUCTION

    The global water crisis has been identified as a governance crisis (Taylor and Sonnenfeld 2019). With an increasing emphasis on governance as a means to address water problems, there has been a notable rise in the promotion and application of a multitude of approaches (Tropp 2007). Among these approaches, some have been promoted as universal remedies, or panaceas, receiving criticism from water governance scholars who argue that these approaches are proposed without a critical reflection on their appropriateness for the context in which they are applied (Meinzen-Dick 2007, Ingram 2011, Pahl-Wostl et al. 2012). Some examples of these approaches include privatization, integrated water resources management (IWRM), user-based management, or participatory models like water users associations (WUAs) and river basin management (Meinzen-Dick 2007, Moss 2012, Pahl-Wostl et al. 2012). Several studies have suggested that the implementation of these governance approaches varies significantly from one context to another, influenced by factors such as biophysical factors (Garrick et al. 2018), path dependency (Sehring 2009, Lukat et al. 2022), diverse understandings and interpretations (Biswas 2008, van Buuren et al. 2019), and their symbolic application to secure funding and gain greater acceptability (Biswas 2008).

    Prior research on common-pool resources governance has also established that governance success depends on institutional and biophysical conditions (e.g., Baggio et al. 2016, Shin et al. 2020, Epstein et al. 2024). Although these studies have examined how social-ecological context influences governance effectiveness, less attention has been paid to whether different types of problems require distinct governance pathways. For instance, although we know that institutions must align with local contexts, it remains unclear whether those that effectively address issues such as point-source pollution from industrial discharge are equally effective in managing groundwater depletion caused by overextraction for agricultural use. Some studies have explored various aspects of problem context in water governance (e.g., Srinivasan et al. 2012, Kirschke et al. 2019, Bilalova et al. 2025) and explored appropriate governance approaches to address them (e.g., Varady et al. 2016, Wuijts et al. 2018). Building on this work, our study specifically examines how the nature of the water problem itself might influence which combinations of governance characteristics lead to successful sustainability performance.

    In this study, we systematically assess various water governance cases to identify the governance pathways that contribute to successful water-related environmental sustainability performance (hereafter referred to as sustainability performance) in relation to the problems they address. For example, a governance pathway characterized by centralization and strong institutional capacity may effectively address point source water pollution, leading to measurable improvements in water quality. Specifically, we examine whether successful governance pathways vary depending on the problem context and, if so, explore their connection to the nature of the problem context. Building on Pahl-Wostl (2015), we define water governance as the processes regulating the development, management, and provision of water resources in response to diverse water-related issues or broader problem contexts. In this study, we use “problem contexts” to refer to recurring clusters of interconnected water problems related to the (un)sustainability of water resources and their use. Governance pathways, in turn, are constellations of characteristics that shape governance structure, decision-making processes, actor involvement and their interactions. These characteristics collectively determine governance performance. Here, performance is measured in terms of successful sustainability performance, meaning the extent to which governance pathways contribute to resolving targeted water-related problems, such as surface water pollution. Methodologically, the paper consists of a qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) of 41 water governance cases addressing groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. The cases were derived from a systematic literature review of 165 empirical water governance studies (Bilalova et al. 2024).

    THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK

    The purpose here is to establish a theoretical foundation for understanding mechanisms through which a problem context and set of governance characteristics influence sustainability performance. Drawing from established governance theories, we specify main traits of problem contexts and identify a set of core governance characteristics that will serve as the basis for the empirical QCA analysis. By framing problem contexts and governance characteristics, we aim to establish clear, operationalizable conditions that enable a systematic assessment of sustainability performance across diverse governance pathways.

    The key governance characteristics were derived from environmental governance theories and seminal works in the field (e.g., Duit and Galaz 2008, Larson and Soto 2008, Moss and Newig 2010, Moss 2012, Hegga et al. 2020, Jager et al. 2020). Although the governance characteristics presented here may not be exhaustive, they include those that are widely recognized as critical for effective governance performance, ensuring their relevance for the empirical QCA analysis.

    Problem context

    In designing effective governance measures, it is argued to be important to consider the attributes of the problem they aim to address (e.g., Peters 2005, Kirschke et al. 2019, Thomann et al. 2019). We understand water-related problem contexts, “problématiques,” as “recurring clusters or ensembles of water-related issues (or problems) in relation to water resources and the (un)sustainability of these resources connected to their use” (Bilalova et al. 2025).

    Peters (2005) identifies three core attributes of policy problems that influence the selection of measures. The first attribute determines whether a problem can have a finite and definable solution or if it tends to recur over time (Peters 2005). Problems with high solubility can be easily addressed with one-time interventions, whereas those with ongoing recurrence require sustained efforts (Hoornbeek and Peters 2017). Another crucial attribute is complexity, which encompasses factors such as the number of interests and actors involved, making negotiations challenging, the extent of technical expertise needed to understand the problem, and the existence of multiple and competing causal relations within it (Peters 2005). Complex problems demand a shared understanding and expertise/research (Hoornbeek and Peters 2017). Finally, scale refers to the magnitude of the problem and its range of effects (Peters 2005). Some problems can be broken down into smaller components, allowing for more targeted interventions, while others necessitate comprehensive solutions (Thomann et al. 2019)

    From this description, we assume that the problem contexts that present clear management questions (e.g., which issues should be targeted to address the problem) can be addressed with straightforward solutions (e.g., optimizing the wastewater plant; DeFries and Nagendra 2017, Kirschke et al. 2017, Head 2022a). Such issues can be effectively managed through top-down regulatory measures (Ruhl 2005, Homsy et al. 2019). Contrarily, addressing complex problems with inherent goal conflicts, boundary-spanning nature, and non-linearity requires strategies such as multisector decision making, institutions enabling management across administrative boundaries, adaptive management, and stakeholder engagement (DeFries and Nagendra 2017).

    Institutional fit and interplay

    Following previous works (Young 2002, Moss and Newig 2010, Vatn and Vedeld 2012), we assume that a fit between the characteristics of governance and the biophysical system is essential for addressing environmental problems. Ensuring alignment between governance structure and the biophysical system is likely to result not only in better governance performance but also in resilient governance in relation to external shocks and disturbances (Vatn and Vedeld 2012). Conversely, a misfit between governance solutions and environmental problems has been argued to cause the failure of governance blueprints in effectively addressing problems (Young 2002, Epstein et al. 2015).

    To capture the degree of fit, we rely on the literature, which mainly distinguishes between three types of fit: temporal (fit between the rate of environmental changes and the institutional capacity to respond), functional (fit between the functional linkages of the natural system), and spatial (fit between the geographic scopes of ecological issues and institutions; Vatn and Vedeld 2012, Epstein et al. 2015). We consider cases as misfit when institutional measures are either too localized or too broad to effectively address the problem (spatial misfit) or when governance results in a lag between biophysical processes and institutional responses, as well as a lag between the cause and symptoms of environmental problems (temporal misfit; Epstein et al. 2015). Misfit can also occur when parts of the ecological system are managed independently, irrespective of interconnectedness and feedback mechanisms (functional misfit; (Epstein et al. 2015).

    In line with Young (1999), we assume that the success of institutions depends not only on their own features but also on their interactions with each other. Interplay is characterized by interactions among institutions within a single societal level (horizontal interplay) as well as interactions between levels (vertical interplay; Young 2002, Moss and Newig 2010). We assess the degree of interplay by examining both of these aspects. Institutional fit and interplay are not separate but rather interlinked. Because most resources have vertical links both upward and downward to systems of larger or smaller scales and horizontal effects on other resources at a similar spatial level (Brondizio et al. 2009), interplay becomes an important aspect of governing complex ecological systems. For example, it is argued that the effectiveness of institutions on a basin scale depends on good institutional interplay, coordination across levels and sectors (Moss 2012). To this end, we hypothesize that having institutional fit without proper interplay may result in poor sustainability performance.

    Governance capacity, structure, and stakeholder involvement

    Capacity is argued to be an important factor for effective policy making and implementation within a water governance context (e.g., Hegga et al. 2020, Li et al. 2021, Yousefi et al. 2024). It can be understood as the ability of individuals, groups, or organizations to fulfill their responsibilities, determined by both capabilities and resources within a given framework (Franks 1999). In this study, we assume a positive impact of capacity on the successful sustainability performance. We also expect capacity to play an important role in the effectiveness of the other characteristics, such as decentralization, participation, and adaptiveness, which will be explained below.

    Decentralization has been heavily promoted as a blueprint by donor agencies, governments, and policy makers. For example, integrated water resources management (IWRM), integrated into the 2030 Agenda, highlights decentralization as one of its core principles. Decentralization refers to devolving power from higher levels to actors and institutions at lower levels within a political, administrative, and territorial hierarchy (Agrawal and Ribot 1999). Centralized decision making, which disregards local conditions, is argued to result in weak accountability and inadequate water resource management (Blomquist et al. 2005). In contrast, decentralization is theorized to enhance resource allocation, efficiency, accountability, and equity by aligning costs and benefits closely with local governments that understand local needs better than centralized governments (Larson and Soto 2008). We capture decentralization by assessing the degree of decision-making power devolution to the lower levels of government.

    Although it seems straightforward in theory, decentralization is a complex process that may not work as expected or may take longer than anticipated to yield benefits (Larson and Soto 2008, Meijerink and Huitema 2015). Once a decentralized system is in place, two major factors can significantly undermine its effectiveness. One of these factors is the lack of coordination, which can occur across levels and scales or among existing institutions (resulting from institutional bricolage and leading to the duplication of efforts; Meijerink and Huitema 2015). Another significant factor is poor capacity, which has been reported as a driving force behind the unsuccessful performance of decentralized governance. This occurs when roles and responsibilities are devolved to lower levels without providing them with adequate resources, such as financial and human resources, technical expertise, and knowledge (Meijerink and Huitema 2015, Hegga et al. 2020). Building on the arguments of Meijerink and Huitema (2015), we refrain from hypothesizing any positive or negative impact of decentralization on sustainability performance, as the interplay and capacity within the system determines its effectiveness.

    Granting decision-making power to not only the local state actors but also the non-state actors has been argued as key to better environmental outcomes (e.g., Koontz and Thomas 2006, Dietz and Stern 2008, Newig and Fritsch 2009, Jager et al. 2020). As opposed to top-down decision making, participation allows for the integration of diverse values and sources of knowledge and is expected to result in more creative solutions, thus serving the common good rather than particular interests (Newig et al. 2023). Many scholars emphasize the importance of inclusivity in designing effective governance strategies for addressing complex problems, which enables enhanced knowledge, exploration of uncertainties, and accommodation of diverse values and perspectives (Head 2022b). However, having participation in place does not guarantee success because its design plays a decisive role. The recent study by Newig et al. (2023) concludes that the degree of power delegation, the extent to which participants can shape the decisions, strongly predicts better environmental outputs. To this end, we assume a positive impact of participation on sustainability performance and capture participation by assessing the degree of power delegation to non-state actors.

    Adaptiveness/knowledge integration

    Following the existing literature (Duit and Galaz 2008, Boyd and Folke 2012, Clarvis et al. 2014, Akamani 2016), we assume that addressing abrupt changes and uncertainties in complex water systems necessitates adaptive governance that is flexible and learning-based. Knowledge and learning play integral roles in adaptive governance (Karpouzoglou et al. 2016), which is essential for reorganization following changes and for designing strategies to navigate uncertainties and surprises (Folke et al. 2005). It is suggested that drawing from various knowledge sources, including local, traditional, scientific, and expert knowledge, relevant to the problem-solving process is important for managing and governance of complex adaptive systems (McLain and Lee 1996, Folke 2004, Armitage et al. 2009). In line with the arguments above, we capture adaptiveness/knowledge integration by assessing (1) the degree of flexibility in decision making, which is the ability of governing systems to adjust, revise, or change decisions in response to new information (i.e., monitoring of policy effects) and changing or unexpected conditions, (2) the use of the best available knowledge and evidence, and (3) the use of local or indigenous knowledge. We anticipate that adaptiveness/knowledge integration will positively impact sustainability performance, depending on the availability of the capacity required for adaptive management, as noted by DeFries and Nagendra (2017), who highlight the resource-intensive and time-consuming nature of monitoring systems.

    In summary, this theoretical framework identifies key conditions—problem contexts, institutional fit, interplay, governance capacity, decentralization, participation, and adaptiveness/knowledge integration—that are hypothesized to influence sustainability performance (Table 1). These conditions will serve as the conceptual foundation for the QCA, allowing us to systematically analyze their impact across different governance pathways. By operationalizing these conditions, we aim to uncover the combinations of governance characteristics that lead to successful sustainability performance.

    METHODS

    Water governance problems are complex, typically arising from interactions among multiple factors rather than single causes. To systematically analyze successful governance pathways, we employ qualitative comparative analysis (QCA), a method widely used in previous governance studies (Knieper and Pahl-Wostl 2016, Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2020a, Vallury et al. 2022). QCA is a case-based comparative method that identifies causal patterns by analyzing configurations of conditions across multiple cases (Rihoux 2013).

    QCA views causality as context-specific and rejects permanent causality, stressing equifinality (different paths can lead to the same outcome), complex combinations of conditions, and diversity (Ragin 1987, Berg-Schlosser et al. 2012). Unlike statistical techniques that seek a single best-fit causal model, QCA aims to identify multiple distinct causal models among comparable cases (Ragin 1987). We selected QCA specifically for its ability to identify multiple causal pathways because this study hypothesizes that diverse governance pathways lead to successful sustainability performance and that these pathways vary by problem contexts.

    Data

    This paper draws on cases identified in a systematic literature review of empirical water governance studies (Bilalova et al. 2024). From an original dataset of 223 cases, only 160 provided relevant information on the problem context, which is the central focus of this study. Initially, we conducted a case survey, coding cases with the problem contexts of groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution (86 cases in total). The case survey method allows for identifying and analyzing patterns across cases by converting qualitative narratives into quantified variables (Jensen and Rodgers 2001). During the case survey, we coded each constellation of governance characteristics with sustainability performance as separate cases, following previous studies that used a similar approach (Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2020b), resulting in a total of 89 cases. Because of a significant share of missing data points (40%) across the coded variables and considering the limitations of QCA in handling missing data, we selected the 20 most data-complete cases from each problem context. To account for important within-case variation, we included one additional case. One of the selected cases had a counterpart that was coded separately during the case survey because it involved a distinct constellation of governance characteristics and resulted in a different sustainability performance. Although one of these was already included among the 20 selected cases, we added the second to ensure this variation was captured, resulting in a total of 41 cases. Although 10 of the selected cases had complete information, missing data for the remaining cases were filled in using expert surveys for 12 cases and additional case-based literature for the other 20, including one case that still had missing data after the expert survey. This process addressed missing data for 31 cases, resulting in a total of 41 cases, a number deemed sufficient for conducting QCA within our current capacity and resources. In total, our final dataset included 41 cases stemming from five different continents and a variety of settings (see Fig. 1 and Table A1.1 in Appendix 1 for more detail).

    To ensure coding reliability and minimize potential bias, two coders conducted an initial test coding phase. The test coding demonstrated high average intercoder reliability (0.90), allowing the final coding to be conducted by a single coder. However, in cases of uncertainty, coding decisions were discussed and resolved collaboratively within the author team to enhance reliability.

    Data analysis

    This analysis was conducted using the QCA (Duşa 2019) and SetMethods (Oana and Schneider 2018) packages in R. Grounded in Boolean algebra and its fuzzy set extension, QCA is a set-theoretic method that proves highly instrumental in investigating cause-effect relationships (Goertz and Mahoney 2012, Oana et al. 2021). It enables the systematic comparison of cases, ranging from medium to large N (Greckhamer et al. 2013, Oana et al. 2021). QCA allows for exploring causal complexities between conditions and outcomes, including equifinal, conjunctural, and asymmetric causality, which can be interpreted in terms of necessity and sufficiency (Oana et al. 2021). Necessary conditions are those that are always present for the outcome to occur (a superset of the outcome), while sufficient conditions are those present when the outcome occurs, but the outcome can also occur without them (a subset of the outcome; Schneider and Wagemann 2010, 2012, Oana et al. 2021).

    In this study, we use the fuzzy set version of QCA (fsQCA), which permits researchers to assign partial membership scores ranging from 0 (indicating non-membership) to 1 (representing full membership; Ragin 2008). These scores indicate the extent to which different cases belong to a set, with the crossover point (0.5) signifying maximum ambiguity or fuzziness in determining whether a case is more in or out of a set (Rihoux and Ragin 2009). Establishing these qualitative anchors requires a robust foundation of theoretical and empirical knowledge (Rihoux and Ragin 2009, Schneider and Wagemann 2010). A critical analytical tool within QCA, the truth table, illustrates all logically possible configurations of conditions. Through minimization, the truth table facilitates identifying the shortest path sufficient for the outcome by eliminating irrelevant or redundant conditions (Oana et al. 2021).

    Outcome and conditions

    The outcome is measured as either success (1) or failure (0). A case is deemed successful if the governance intervention improves the sustainable use of water resources and the well-being of freshwater ecosystems. One successful case is illustrated in the study by Montero et al. (2006), which outlines how an inter-municipal initiative addressed pollution in the Ayuquila River in Mexico, reducing pollution levels from industries and urban areas. In failure cases, governance interventions either failed to address the problem or exacerbated water-related environmental issues. For instance, Rinaudo and Donoso (2019) describe how governance contributed to groundwater depletion in the Copiapó Valley in Chile. Our dataset comprises 18 success cases, accounting for 42% of all cases. Overall, the outcome has been defined based on whether the original study authors indicated a positive impact of governance on a sustainability issue (success) or a negative impact, reflecting a failure of governance to adequately address a sustainability issue (failure).

    Our selection of conditions aligns with the theoretical framework outlined above. Regarding problem contexts, we rely on the previous study (Bilalova et al. 2025), which identified five water-related problem contexts: “groundwater exploitation in agriculture,” “land and water systems sustainability,” “surface water pollution,” “industrial and household water security,” and “hydropower vs. water ecology” based on the archetype analysis of water resources, their uses, and related sustainability issues. In this study, we only focus on groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution, which encompass cases dealing with the water quantity aspects of agricultural groundwater withdrawal and cases addressing water quality issues resulting from the discharge of pollutants into surface water resources, respectively (Bilalova et al. 2025). These problem contexts are selected based on empirical and methodological considerations. Both groundwater exploitation in agriculture (n = 56) and surface water pollution (n = 30) include a substantial number of cases, providing a strong empirical foundation for analysis. In contrast, industrial and household water security (n = 23) and hydropower vs. water ecology (n = 13) involve fewer cases. Land and water systems sustainability was excluded because of its broader scope, encompassing a wider range of sustainability issues and water uses compared to other problem contexts. In contrast, groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution are well-defined and distinct: they are not equally visible, vary in the urgency of response, and involve distinct actor dynamics, enabling a clear analysis of how governance pathways vary depending on the problem context.

    Given that QCA suggests a range of three to seven conditions due to problems of theoretical interpretation and limited diversity (Oana et al. 2021), we constructed composite variables for fit, interplay, and adaptiveness/knowledge integration, respectively. Fit comprises three variables: spatial, temporal, and functional fit; interplay consists of two variables: vertical and horizontal interplay; and adaptiveness/knowledge integration includes three variables: flexibility in decision making, use of evidence, and knowledge integration. In line with Langhans et al. (2014), we aggregated the different components of these variables using an additive-minimum aggregation method, with equal weight from both the minimum and arithmetic aggregations. This method is useful because it combines the strengths of the two methods while ensuring that extreme values do not overly influence the aggregation. These conditions are measured on a scale from 0 to 1, where 0 indicates the absence of the condition, 1 signifies its complete presence, and values in between represent varying degrees of the condition (see Table A1.2 in Appendix 1). We primarily calibrated the raw data using direct calibration, employing a logistic function to align the raw data with three calibration anchors (Schneider and Wagemann 2012). We used indirect calibration for participation because the raw data corresponded to initial set-membership scores. Our anchor points were determined by examining the distribution of each variable to identify naturally occurring clusters and drawing on conceptual and empirical insights (Duşa 2019). As part of calibration diagnostics (Oana et al. 2021), we examined the calibrated sets for ambiguous cases (cases located at crossover points) and skewness of sets (as a rule of thumb, where less than 20% of the cases are either more “in” or more “out” than the calibrated set). For the analysis, we followed the standards of good practice suggested by Schneider and Wagemann (2010) and their protocol for the enhanced standard analysis (Schneider and Wagemann 2013).

    Following the robustness test protocol by Oana and Schneider (2024), we conducted a series of tests, including sensitivity ranges, fit-oriented assessments, and case-oriented robustness tests. These results are detailed in Appendix 2, including the calibrated dataset.

    RESULTS

    The necessity analysis shows that capacity is the only condition that comes close to the conventional consistency threshold of 0.9 (Schneider and Wagemann 2012) with a value of 0.89 and a high RoN (0.852). None of the conditions are necessary for the negated outcome (i.e., absence of successful sustainability performance). More details can be found in Appendix 2.

    Regarding the sufficiency analysis, we focus on presenting and discussing the intermediate solution. This solution includes only simplifying assumptions that represent easy counterfactuals, aligning with the researcher’s directional expectations on how the conditions contribute to the outcome (Oana et al. 2021). Following the theoretical framework presented above, we set the anticipated impact for all governance-related conditions as positive, except for decentralization, which may have positive or negative effects on the outcome (Table A1.2 in Appendix 1). The results of the conservative and most parsimonious solutions, along with the truth tables for both the outcome and the negated outcome, can be found in Appendix 2.

    Figure 2 presents the solutions, also referred to as successful governance pathways, leading to successful sustainability performance. The literature recommends 0.75–0.80 as the lower bound of consistency for sufficiency (Ragin 2008, Schneider and Wagemann 2012, Oana et al. 2021). Although the analysis primarily focuses on identifying configurations leading to successful sustainability performance, it also incorporates failure cases in calibrating conditions, constructing the truth table, and assessing the reliability of identified configuration. The findings reveal three solutions that result in successful sustainability performance, with an overall consistency of 0.98. The overall solution coverage is 0.67, suggesting that our solution explains the positive outcome for a large share of those cases that also display it. The solutions explain 14 out of the 17 cases with a positive outcome, while the remaining three did not meet the set threshold. This is not unusual, as some success cases may not align with the identified configurations, or other dynamics may be at play that are outside the focus of this study. Notably, we did not identify any fundamentally deviant cases, i.e., cases that contradict the sufficiency statement, being a member of the solution but not a member of the outcome (Nair and Gibbert 2016).

    The analysis reveals two solutions specific to surface water pollution (~P1) and one generic solution covering both issues. None of the solutions are specific to groundwater exploitation in agriculture. One of the solutions specific to surface water pollution, solution 1, encompasses cases characterized by the absence of decentralization (~decentralization) and the presence of governance capacity, leading to successful sustainability performance in cases of surface water pollution (~P1). Compared to the other two solutions, this solution has a lower coverage (0.12) and is observed in only two cases. One of the two cases with this solution is the case of Tlaxcala in Mexico, where water treatment policy reforms within a hierarchical governance system with enough financing and low municipal participation have proven successful in terms of the percentage of treated water (Flores et al. 2016).

    Another solution that leads to successful sustainability performance in the case of surface water pollution is solution 2. Similar to the previous path, the presence of capacity is one of the important conditions. In addition, cases in this solution are characterized by a high degree of participation and adaptation/knowledge integration. One example of a typical case with this solution is the St. Lawrence River Action Plan in Canada, which resulted in the cleanup of the river from pollutants and the protection of its ecosystem (Villeneuve et al. 2006). The case is characterized by a collaborative effort involving government actors as well as non-state actors, including communities (Villeneuve et al. 2006). The action plan had substantial financial and technical support, including for the community involved. Finally, in terms of adaptiveness, the decision making involved both scientific (more prominent in Phase II) and local knowledge (especially in Phase III) and was flexible as the planning of the phases was shaped by reflections (Villeneuve et al. 2006).

    The third solution is independent of any problem context and encompasses cases of both groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. A closer examination of the cases within this solution reveals that those involving groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution have almost an equal share, with a slight dominance of groundwater exploitation in agriculture (5 cases compared to 4). Successful sustainability performance within this solution results from the presence of governance capacity and a higher degree of fit, interplay, decentralization, and adaptation/knowledge integration. This solution has comparatively lower consistency (0.97) but the highest coverage (0.45).

    An example of a typical case within this solution is a pilot project in Tuppal Creek (an intermittent stream) in the Murray Darling Basin, Australia. The project was based on participatory decision making involving stakeholders from government bodies (across levels and sectors) and non-state actors. It was initiated by the Tuppal Creek Landholder Group (TCLG) and the former Murray Catchment Management Authority. The project aimed to be adaptive with flexible management objectives, monitoring, research informing the process, and learning through implementation (i.e., learning by doing). Decision making integrated both scientific and local knowledge. Finally, the project was designed in accordance with the ecological system of Tuppal Creek, aligning spatially, temporally, and functionally with its ecosystem (Conallin et al. 2018).

    Finally, comparing the solutions for the outcome and the negated outcome also provides some insights that can be relevant (see Table A2.9 in Appendix 2). First, the role of capacity has been observed among the solutions to absence of successful sustainability performance, as its absence is noted in most solutions, except in the case where a poor fit with the decentralized system leads to groundwater depletion due to agricultural activities. Taken together with its high prevalence in the solutions for the positive outcome and its high scores in the necessity tests, an overall picture emerges in which capacity can be considered a necessary condition for achieving high sustainability performance. Second, looking at the generic solutions applicable to both problem contexts, we observe that capacity, fit, and interplay are important conditions. Their presence, together with other conditions, leads to successful sustainability performance, while their absence, coupled with decentralization being present or participation and adaptation/knowledge integration being absent, leads to unsuccessful sustainability performance.

    DISCUSSION

    This study aimed to explore the sustainability performance of water governance systems, focusing on the role of problem contexts. The results offer three key insights into the sustainability performance of water governance systems. First, we identified two successful governance pathways specific to surface water pollution, each with a distinct constellation. These pathways provide insight into the relationship between the nature of the problem context and the successful governance approaches. These findings empirically contribute to the literature linking the nature of the problem with governance measures (e.g., Peters 2005, DeFries and Nagendra 2017, Hoornbeek and Peters 2017). For example, in the case of the Tlaxcala Atoyac sub-basin, which corresponds to the first pathway (absence of decentralization and the presence of governance capacity), the main problem targeted was municipal wastewater, which was addressed by building wastewater treatment plants (Flores et al. 2016). Contrarily, in the case of second pathway (the presence of capacity, a high degree of participation and adaptation/knowledge integration), the pollution of the St. Lawrence River was linked to multiple sources (including industrial, municipal, and agricultural) concerning governments (Canada and Quebec) and impacted not only the river ecosystem but also wildlife and plant habitats, which required more nuanced and comprehensive intervention (Villeneuve et al. 2006). Other cases with solution two—Mersey Basin in the UK (Salthouse 2000), Laguna de Bay in the Philippines (Oledan 2001), Ayuquila River Basin in Mexico (Montero et al. 2006), and Tuppal Creek system in Australia (Conallin et al. 2018)—exhibit similar problem contexts related to surface water pollution spanning across administrative areas and involving complex stakeholder settings. This aligns with the prior research that governance measures should be designed in accordance with the attributes of the problem they aim to address, such as solubility, complexity, and scale (Peters 2005, DeFries and Nagendra 2017, Thomann et al. 2019).

    Our study highlights the critical role of capacity in achieving sustainability performance, as evidenced by the consistent presence of governance capacity across all three successful governance pathways. Additionally, governance capacity stands out in the necessity analysis as a key factor for successful sustainability performance. These results are in line with the previous studies (Gill et al. 2017, Selig et al. 2017). Capacity also explains the varying performance of governance strategies, as its presence is noted in almost all solutions for successful sustainability performance, while its absence is observed in almost all cases of unsuccessful sustainability performance. Without adequate capacity, strategies effective in one context may not yield success in another (Hegga et al. 2020).

    Finally, our findings confirm that there is no easy solution or panacea to ensuring water-related sustainability (see Meinzen-Dick 2007, Ostrom 2007). Most conditions included in our study have been prescribed by international organizations and policy makers for effective water governance (Gupta and Pahl-Wostl 2013, Meijerink and Huitema 2015, Huitema and Meijerink 2017, Woodhouse and Muller 2017). Despite success stories, a substantial body of literature reports a variety of failure stories in various contexts (e.g., Benson et al. 2014, Meijerink and Huitema 2017, Hegga et al. 2020). Our findings suggest that success is not solely reliant on a single condition or governance paradigm (e.g., decentralization vs. adaptive capacity), which is in line with the previous research (e.g., Gutiérrez et al. 2011, Baggio et al. 2016, Knieper and Pahl-Wostl 2016, Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2020a). As such, successful sustainability performance can be a result of the interplay of mutually reinforcing conditions. For instance, capacity influences adaptiveness (DeFries and Nagendra 2017), decentralization (Meijerink and Huitema 2015), and participation (Sabatier et al. 2005), while interplay is crucial for achieving a successful fit (Moss 2012). This emphasizes the need for a nuanced understanding of potential synergies and trade-offs among various governance characteristics.

    Our study has some limitations that shall be addressed in future studies. One of the limitations is that we only look at two problem contexts, groundwater extraction in agriculture and surface water pollution. Future research can expand this analysis to other problem contexts, such as land and water systems, household and industrial water security, and hydropower vs. water ecology, to better understand the role of a problem context and to examine whether the results of this study are also observed in those problem contexts. Another limitation is that this study only presents the types of governance pathways for successful sustainability performance, without exploring their underlying causal interactions. More attention may be needed to the detailed causal interactions between conditions. Interactions within these successful governance pathways and between conditions and their causal link to successful performance could be further investigated in future studies by conducting in-depth analyses or process tracing. Such analyses would address a major limitation of this study: its reliance on data primarily drawn from the existing empirical literature on water governance. Specifically regarding sustainability performance, original studies may be biased, often favoring the publication of statistically significant results and a tendency to seek, interpret, and publish findings that confirm existing beliefs and hypotheses (Zvereva and Kozlov 2021). Furthermore, measuring the impact of water governance is generally difficult because of the complexity and diversity of contextual factors (Akhmouch et al. 2022), which may not be fully captured by the original studies. Thus, an in-depth analysis of governance pathways through a case study may help to provide a more nuanced understanding of the actual sustainability performance.

    CONCLUSION

    This study examined 41 water governance cases to identify governance pathways that lead to successful sustainability performance in relation to the problem contexts of groundwater exploitation in agriculture and surface water pollution. The analysis reveals three key findings, which contribute to enhancing our understanding of successful water governance for water-related sustainability, including the nexus between problem context, governance design, and successful water-related sustainability performance. First, our results confirm the linkage between the nature of a problem context and successful water governance pathways. Aligning problem context with the governance design can allow policy makers to enhance the effectiveness of their policies. Second, governance capacity emerges as a determining factor for the effectiveness of the governance pathways and, ultimately, successful sustainability performance, as evidenced in the necessity analysis and all three pathways to successful sustainability performance. The importance of capacity emphasizes the need for contextual considerations when transferring and implementing governance approaches. Finally, the findings substantiate that there is no easy solution to address water-related problems, as governance characteristics reinforce each other (as part of larger solution pathways) rather than being sufficient by themselves, necessitating a holistic approach to crafting institutions. Designing effective governance pathways would benefit from considering how different governance characteristics interact with each other rather than focusing on particular aspects in isolation.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    Shahana Bilalova: conceptualization, data curation, methodology, formal analysis, investigation, visualization, writing – original draft, writing – reviewing and editing. Nicolas W. Jager: methodology, investigation, writing – review & editing. Jens Newig: conceptualization, writing–review & editing, supervision. Sergio Villamayor-Tomas: conceptualization, writing–review & editing, supervision.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This project received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation program under grant agreement No. 861509 - NEWAVE. We thank the two anonymous reviewers and the Subject Editor for their thoughtful and constructive comments and suggestions. We also thank Graham Epstein for his valuable feedback.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    The authors acknowledge the use of ChatGPT, OpenAI, for language editing in some sections of this manuscript.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The datasets generated and/or analyzed during the current study are available in the Leuphana University repository: https://doi.org/10.48548/pubdata-236.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Agrawal, A., and J. Ribot. 1999. Accountability in decentralization: a framework with South Asian and West African cases. Journal of Developing Areas 33(4):473-502.

    Akamani, K. 2016. Adaptive water governance: integrating the human dimensions into water resource governance. Journal of Contemporary Water Research & Education 158(1):2-18. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1936-704X.2016.03215.x

    Akhmouch, A., P. A. Roche, O. Romano, and M. Salvetti. 2022. Can measuring the impact of water governance turn the tide? Water International 47(2):153-159. https://doi.org/10.1080/02508060.2022.2050624

    Armitage, D. R., R. Plummer, F. Berkes, R. I. Arthur, A. T. Charles, I. J. Davidson-Hunt, A. P. Diduck, N. C. Doubleday, D. S. Johnson, M. Marschke, P. McConney, E. W. Pinkerton, and E. K. Wollenberg. 2009. Adaptive co-management for social-ecological complexity. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 7(2):95-102. https://doi.org/10.1890/070089

    Baggio, J. A., A. J. Barnett, I. Perez-Ibarra, U. Brady, E. Ratajczyk, N. Rollins, C. Rubiños, H. C. Shin, D. J. Yu, R. Aggarwal, J. M. Anderies, and M. A. Janssen. 2016. Explaining success and failure in the commons: the configural nature of Ostrom’s institutional design principles. International Journal of the Commons 10(2):417-439. https://doi.org/10.18352/ijc.634

    Benson, D., O. Fritsch, H. Cook, and M. Schmid. 2014. Evaluating participation in WFD river basin management in England and Wales: processes, communities, outputs and outcomes. Land Use Policy 38:213-222. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2013.11.004

    Berg-Schlosser, D., G. De Meur, B. Rihoux, and C. C. Ragin. 2012. Qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) as an approach. Pages 1-18 in B. Rihoux and C. C. Ragin, editors. Configurational comparative methods: qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) and related techniques. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452226569.n1

    Bilalova, S., J. Newig, and S. Villamayor‐Tomas. 2024. Water governance and sustainability outcomes: dataset from systematic review of 165 empirical water governance research articles [dataset]. Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany. https://doi.org/10.48548/pubdata-235

    Bilalova, S., S. Villamayor-Tomas, and J. Newig. 2025. Water-related problématiques: five archetypical contexts of water governance. Ecology and Society 30(1):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15681-300110

    Biswas, A. K. 2008. Integrated water resources management: Is it working? International Journal of Water Resources Development 24(1):5-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900620701871718

    Blomquist, W., M. Diez, A. Dinar, W. Fru, K. Kemper, and G. Sine. 2005. Decentralization of river basin management: a global analysis. The World Bank, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Boyd, E., and C. Folke. 2012. Adapting institutions: governance, complexity and social ecological resilience. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139017237

    Brondizio, E. S., E. Ostrom, and O. R. Young. 2009. Connectivity and the governance of multilevel social-ecological systems: the role of social capital. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 34(1):253-278. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.environ.020708.100707

    Clarvis, M. H., S. Fatichi, A. Allan, J. Fuhrer, M. Stoffel, F. Romerio, L. Gaudard, P. Burlando, M. Beniston, E. Xoplaki, and A. Toreti. 2014. Governing and managing water resources under changing hydro-climatic contexts: the case of the upper Rhone basin. Environmental Science & Policy 43:56-67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2013.11.005

    Conallin, J., E. Wilson, and J. Campbell. 2018. Implementation of environmental flows for intermittent river systems: adaptive management and stakeholder participation facilitate implementation. Environmental Management 61(3):497-505. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-017-0922-4

    DeFries, R., and H. Nagendra. 2017. Ecosystem management as a wicked problem. Science 356(6335):265-270. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aal1950

    Dietz, T., and P. C. Stern, editors. 2008. Public participation in environmental assessment and decision making. National Academies Press, Washington, D.C., USA. https://doi.org/10.17226/12434

    Duit, A., and V. Galaz. 2008. Governance and complexity—emerging issues for governance theory. Governance 21(3):311-335. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2008.00402.x

    Duşa, A. 2019. QCA with R. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-75668-4

    Epstein, G., C. I. Apetrei, J. Baggio, S. Chawla, G. Cumming, G. Gurney, T. Morrison, H. Unnikrishnan, and S. Villamayor Tomas. 2024. The problem of institutional fit: uncovering patterns with boosted decision trees. International Journal of the Commons 18(1):1-16. https://doi.org/10.5334/ijc.1226

    Epstein, G., J. Pittman, S. M. Alexander, S. Berdej, T. Dyck, U. Kreitmair, K. J. Raithwell, S. Villamayor-Tomas, J. Vogt, and D. Armitage. 2015. Institutional fit and the sustainability of social-ecological systems. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 14:34-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2015.03.005

    Flores, C. C., V. Vikolainen, and H. Bressers. 2016. Water governance decentralisation and river basin management reforms in hierarchical systems: Do they work for water treatment policy in Mexico’s Tlaxcala Atoyac sub-basin? Water 8(5):210. https://doi.org/10.3390/w8050210

    Folke, C. 2004. Traditional knowledge in social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 9(3):7. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-01237-090307

    Folke, C., T. Hahn, P. Olsson, and J. Norberg. 2005. Adaptive governance of social-ecological systems. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 30:441-473. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.energy.30.050504.144511

    Franks, T. 1999. Capacity building and institutional development: reflections on water. Public Administration and Development 19(1):51-61. https://doi.org/10.1002%2F%28SICI%291099-162X%28199902%2919%3A1%3C51%3A%3AAID-PAD54%3E3.0.CO%3B2-N

    Garrick, D. E., E. Schlager, L. De Stefano, and S. Villamayor‐Tomas. 2018. Managing the cascading risks of droughts: institutional adaptation in transboundary river basins. Earth’s Future 6(6):809-827. https://doi.org/10.1002/2018EF000823

    Goertz, G., and J. Mahoney. 2012. A tale of two cultures: qualitative and quantitative research in the social sciences. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, USA.

    Gill, D. A., M. B. Mascia, G. N. Ahmadia, L. Glew, S. E. Lester, M. Barnes, I. Craigie, E. S. Darling, C. M. Free, J. Geldmann, S. Holst, O. P. Jensen, A. T. White, X. Basurto, L. Coad, R. D. Gates, G. Guannel, P. J. Mumby, H. Thomas, S. Whitmee, S. Woodley, and H. E. Fox. 2017. Capacity shortfalls hinder the performance of marine protected areas globally. Nature 543(7647):665-669. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature21708

    Greckhamer, T., V. F. Misangyi, and P. C. Fiss. 2013. The two QCAs: from a small-N to a large-N set theoretic approach. Pages 49-75 in P. C. Fiss, ‎B. Cambre, and A. Marx, editors. Configurational theory and methods in organizational research. Emerald Group, Bingley, UK. https://doi.org/10.1108/S0733-558X(2013)0000038007

    Gupta, J., and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2013. Global water governance in the context of global and multilevel governance: its need, form, and challenges. Ecology and Society 18(4):53. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05952-180453

    Gutiérrez, N. L., R. Hilborn, and O. Defeo. 2011. Leadership, social capital and incentives promote successful fisheries. Nature 470(7334):386-389. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature09689

    Head, B. W. 2022a. The rise of ‘wicked problems’—uncertainty, complexity and divergence. Pages 21-36 in Wicked problems in public policy. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-94580-0_2

    Head, B. W. 2022b. Managing environmental and sustainability challenges. Pages 83-106 in Wicked problems in public policy. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-94580-0_5

    Hegga, S., I. Kunamwene, and G. Ziervogel. 2020. Local participation in decentralized water governance: insights from north-central Namibia. Regional Environmental Change 20(3):105. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-020-01674-x

    Homsy, G. C., Z. Liu, and M. E. Warner. 2019. Multilevel governance: framing the integration of top-down and bottom-up policymaking. International Journal of Public Administration 42(7):572-582. https://doi.org/10.1080/01900692.2018.1491597

    Hoornbeek, J. A., and B. G. Peters. 2017. Understanding policy problems: a refinement of past work. Policy and Society 36(3):365-384. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2017.1361631

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink. 2017. The politics of river basin organizations: institutional design choices, coalitions, and consequences. Ecology and Society 22(2):42. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09409-220242

    Ingram, H. 2011. Beyond universal remedies for good water governance: a political and contextual approach. Page 21 in A. Garrido and H. Ingram, editors. Water for food in a changing world. Routledge, London, UK.

    Jager, N. W., J. Newig, E. Challies, and E. Kochskämper. 2020. Pathways to implementation: evidence on how participation in environmental governance impacts on environmental outcomes. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 30(3):383-399. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopart/muz034

    Jensen, J. L., and R. Rodgers. 2001. Cumulating the intellectual gold of case study research. Public Administration Review 61(2):235-246. https://doi.org/10.1111/0033-3352.00025

    Karpouzoglou, T., A. Dewulf, and J. Clark. 2016. Advancing adaptive governance of social-ecological systems through theoretical multiplicity. Environmental Science & Policy 57:1-9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2015.11.011

    Kirschke, S., C. Franke, J. Newig, and D. Borchardt. 2019. Clusters of water governance problems and their effects on policy delivery. Policy and Society 38(2):255-277. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2019.1586081

    Kirschke, S., J. Newig, J. Völker, and D. Borchardt. 2017. Does problem complexity matter for environmental policy delivery? How public authorities address problems of water governance. Journal of Environmental Management 196:1-7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2017.02.068

    Knieper, C., and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2016. A comparative analysis of water governance, water management, and environmental performance in river basins. Water Resources Management 30(7):2161-2177. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11269-016-1276-z

    Koontz, T. M., and C. W. Thomas. 2006. What do we know and need to know about the environmental outcomes of collaborative management? Public Administration Review 66(s1):111-121. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6210.2006.00671.x

    Langhans, S. D., P. Reichert, and N. Schuwirth. 2014. The method matters: a guide for indicator aggregation in ecological assessments. Ecological Indicators 45:494-507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2014.05.014

    Larson, A. M., and F. Soto. 2008. Decentralization of natural resource governance regimes. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 33(1):213-239. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.environ.33.020607.095522

    Li, W., D. von Eiff, and A. K. An. 2021. Analyzing the effects of institutional capacity on sustainable water governance. Sustainability Science 16(1):169-181. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00842-6

    Lukat, E., M. Schoderer, and S. Castro Salvador. 2022. When international blueprints hit local realities: bricolage processes in implementing IWRM in South Africa, Mongolia, and Peru. Water Alternatives 15(2):473-500.

    McLain, R. J., and R. G. Lee. 1996. Adaptive management: promises and pitfalls. Environmental Management 20(4):437-448. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01474647

    Meijerink, S., and D. Huitema. 2015. The challenges and pitfalls of decentralisation in water resources management. Water Governance 5(Ivm):16-21.

    Meijerink, S., and D. Huitema. 2017. The institutional design, politics, and effects of a bioregional approach: observations and lessons from 11 case studies of river basin organizations. Ecology and Society 22(2):41. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09388-220241

    Meinzen-Dick, R. 2007. Beyond panaceas in water institutions. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 104(39):15200-15205. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0702296104

    Montero, S. G., E. S. Castellón, L. M. M. Rivera, S. G. Ruvalcaba, and J. J. Llamas. 2006. Collaborative governance for sustainable water resources management: the experience of the Inter-municipal Initiative for the Integrated Management of the Ayuquila River Basin, Mexico. Environment and Urbanization 18(2):297-313. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956247806069602

    Moss, T. 2012. Spatial fit, from panacea to practice: implementing the EU Water Framework Directive. Ecology and Society 17(3):2. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-04821-170302

    Moss, T., and J. Newig. 2010. Multilevel water governance and problems of scale: setting the stage for a broader debate. Environmental Management 46:1-6. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-010-9531-1

    Nair, L. B., and M. Gibbert. 2016. Analyzing inconsistent cases in management fsQCA studies: a methodological manifesto. Journal of Business Research 69(4):1464-1470. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2015.10.126

    Newig, J., and O. Fritsch. 2009. More input - better output: does citizen involvement improve environmental governance? Pages 205-224 in I. Blühdorn, editor. In search of legitimacy: policy making in Europe and the challenge of complexity. Verlag Barbara Budrich, Leverkusen, Germany. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvhktkhn.15

    Newig, J., N. W. Jager, E. Challies, and E. Kochskämper. 2023. Does stakeholder participation improve environmental governance? Evidence from a meta-analysis of 305 case studies. Global Environmental Change 82:102705. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2023.102705

    Oana, I. E., and C. Q. Schneider. 2018. SetMethods: an add-on R package for advanced QCA. R Journal 10(1):507-533. https://doi.org/10.32614/RJ-2018-031

    Oana, I.-E., and C. Q. Schneider. 2024. A robustness test protocol for applied QCA: theory and R software application. Sociological Methods & Research 53(1):57-88. https://doi.org/10.1177/00491241211036158

    Oana, I.-E., C. Q. Schneider, and E. Thomann. 2021. Qualitative comparative analysis using R. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009006781

    Oledan, M. T. T. 2001. Challenges and opportunities in watershed management for Laguna de Bay (Philippines). Lakes and Reservoirs: Research and Management 6(3):243-246. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1440-1770.2001.00154.x

    Ostrom, E. 2007. A diagnostic approach for going beyond panaceas. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 104(39):15181-15187. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0702288104

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2015. Conceptual and analytical framework. Pages 25–50 in Water governance in the face of global change: from understanding to transformation. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-21855-7_3

    Pahl-Wostl, C., L. Lebel, C. Knieper, and E. Nikitina. 2012. From applying panaceas to mastering complexity: toward adaptive water governance in river basins. Environmental Science and Policy 23:24-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2012.07.014

    Peters, G. B. 2005. The problem of policy problems. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice 7(4):349-370. https://doi.org/10.1080/13876980500319204

    Ragin, C. C. 1987. The comparative method: moving beyond qualitative and quantitative strategies. University of California Press, Berkeley, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.1525/9780520957350

    Ragin, C. C. 2008. Redesigning social inquiry: fuzzy sets and beyond. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226702797.001.0001

    Rihoux, B. 2013. Qualitative comparative analysis, anno 2013: reframing the comparative method’s seminal statements. Swiss Political Science Review 19(2):233-245. https://doi.org/10.1111/spsr.12031

    Rihoux, B., and C. Ragin. 2009. Configurational comparative methods: qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) and related techniques. Applied Social Research Methods Series, vol. 51. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452226569

    Rinaudo, J. D., and G. Donoso. 2019. State, market or community failure? Untangling the determinants of groundwater depletion in Copiapó (Chile). International Journal of Water Resources Development 35(2):283-304. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2017.1417116

    Ruhl, J. B. 2005. Regulation by adaptive management - is it possible? Minnesota Journal of Law, Science & Technology 7:21-57.

    Sabatier, P. A., W. D. Leach, M. Lubell, and N. W. Pelkey. 2005. Theoretical frameworks explaining partnership success. Pages 173-200 in P. A. Sabatier, W. Focht, M. Lubell, Z. Trachtenberg, A. Vedlitz, and M. Matlock, editors. Swimming Upstream: collaborative approaches to watershed management. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/6577.003.0012

    Salthouse, C. 2000. Making the most of the Mersey estuary: a partnership approach to catchment management. International Journal of Urban Sciences 4(2):129-138. https://doi.org/10.1080/12265934.2000.9693472

    Schneider, C. Q., and C. Wagemann. 2010. Standards of good practice in qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) and fuzzy-sets. Comparative Sociology 9(3):397-418. https://doi.org/10.1163/156913210X12493538729793

    Schneider, C. Q., and C. Wagemann. 2012. Set-theoretic methods for the social sciences. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139004244

    Schneider, C. Q., and C. Wagemann. 2013. Doing justice to logical remainders in QCA: moving beyond the standard analysis. Political Research Quarterly 66(1):211-220.

    Sehring, J. 2009. Path dependencies and institutional bricolage in post-Soviet water governance. Water Alternatives 2(1):61-81.

    Selig, E. R., K. M. Kleisner, O. Ahoobim, F. Arocha, A. Cruz‐Trinidad, R. Fujita, M. Hara, L. Katz, P. McConney, B. D. Ratner, L. M. Saavedra‐Díaz, A. Schwarz, D. Thiao, E. Torell, S. Troëng, and S. Villasante. 2017. A typology of fisheries management tools: using experience to catalyse greater success. Fish and Fisheries 18(3):543-570. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12192

    Shin, H. C., D. J. Yu, S. Park, J. M. Anderies, J. K. Abbott, M. A. Janssen, and T. K. Ahn. 2020. How do resource mobility and group size affect institutional arrangements for rule enforcement? A qualitative comparative analysis of fishing groups in South Korea. Ecological Economics 174:106657. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2020.106657

    Srinivasan, V., E. F. Lambin, S. M. Gorelick, B. H. Thompson, and S. Rozelle. 2012. The nature and causes of the global water crisis: syndromes from a meta-analysis of coupled human-water studies. Water Resources Research 48(10). https://doi.org/10.1029/2011WR011087

    Taylor, P. L., and D. A. Sonnenfeld. 2019. Water crises and governance: reinventing collaborative institutions in an era of uncertainty. Routledge, New York, New York, USA.

    Thomann, E., P. Trein, and M. Maggetti. 2019. What’s the problem? Multilevel governance and problem-solving. European Policy Analysis 5(1):37-57. https://doi.org/10.1002/epa2.1062

    Tropp, H. 2007. Water governance: trends and needs for new capacity development. Water Policy 9(S2):19-30. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2007.137

    Vallury, S., H. C. Shin, M. A. Janssen, R. Meinzen-Dick, S. Kandikuppa, K. R. Rao, and R. Chaturvedi. 2022. Assessing the institutional foundations of adaptive water governance in South India. Ecology and Society 27(1):18. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-12957-270118

    van Buuren, A., I. van Meerkerk, and C. Tortajada. 2019. Understanding emergent participation practices in water governance. International Journal of Water Resources Development 35(3):367-382. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2019.1585764

    Varady, R. G., A. A. Zuniga-Teran, A. K. Gerlak, and S. B. Megdal. 2016. Modes and approaches of groundwater governance: a survey of lessons learned from selected cases across the globe. Water 8(10):417. https://doi.org/10.3390/w8100417

    Vatn, A., and P. Vedeld. 2012. Fit, interplay, and scale: a diagnosis. Ecology and Society 17(4):12. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05022-170412

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., I. Iniesta-Arandia, and M. Roggero. 2020a. Are generic and specific adaptation institutions always relevant? An archetype analysis of drought adaptation in Spanish irrigation systems. Ecology and Society 25(1):32. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-11329-250132

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., C. Oberlack, G. Epstein, S. Partelow, M. Roggero, E. Kellner, M. Tschopp, and M. Cox. 2020b. Using case study data to understand SES interactions: a model-centered meta-analysis of SES framework applications. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 44:48-57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2020.05.002

    Villeneuve, S., J. Painchaud, and C. Dugas. 2006. Targeted sustainable development: 15 years of government and community intervention on the St. Lawrence River. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 113(1-3):285-301. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-005-9085-5

    Woodhouse, P., and M. Muller. 2017. Water governance—an historical perspective on current debates. World Development 92:225-241. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2016.11.014

    Wuijts, S., P. Driessen, and H. Van Rijswick. 2018. Towards more effective water quality governance: a review of social-economic, legal and ecological perspectives and their Interactions. Sustainability 10(4):914. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10040914

    Young, O. R. 1999. Institutional dimensions of global environmental change. Science Plan. IHDP Report No.9. International Human Dimensions Programme, Bonn, Germany.

    Young, O. R. 2002. The institutional dimensions of environmental change: fit, interplay, and scale. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/3807.001.0001

    Yousefi, A., C. Knieper, and C. Pahl-Wostl. 2024. State-centric water governance and ineffective coordination: developing a context-sensitive assessment in Iran’s rentier state. International Journal of Water Resources Development 40:578-603. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2024.2310817

    Zvereva, E. L., and M. V. Kozlov. 2021. Biases in ecological research: attitudes of scientists and ways of control. Scientific Reports 11(1):226. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-80677-4

    Corresponding author:
    Shahana Bilalova
    s.bilalova@vu.nl
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Case selection process.

    Fig. 1. Case selection process.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Intermediate solutions for successful water-related sustainability performance (consistency threshold 0.80). Note: ~ symbolizes the absence of the given condition.

    Fig. 2. Intermediate solutions for successful water-related sustainability performance (consistency threshold 0.80). Note: ~ symbolizes the absence of the given condition.

    Fig. 2
    Table 1
    Table 1. Overview of conditions included in the analysis.

    Table 1. Overview of conditions included in the analysis.

    Conditions Definitions Operationalization
    Problem context Recurring clusters or ensembles of water-related issues (or problems) in relation to water resources and the (un)sustainability of these resources connected to their use The nature of water-related problem context (i.e., groundwater exploitation in agriculture or surface water pollution)
    Institutional fit Alignment between governance structures and ecological systems Extent to which there is spatial (congruence between the geographical extents of an ecological problem and institutions), temporal (fit between institutional responses and the rate of biophysical processes), and functional fit (fit between institutional design and responses and the functional linkages of natural system) between the governance system and and the problem addressed
    Institutional interplay Coordination among institutions Extent to which there is horizontal co-ordination (among institutions across sectors) and vertical co-ordination (among institutions across administrative levels)
    Governance capacity Governance system has its capacity (financial, human, technical, knowledge, etc.) to effectively implement policies Extent to which the governance system has resources (financial, human, technical, knowledge, etc.) to effectively implement policies
    Decentralization Devolution of functions, responsibilities, and authorities to lower levels Extent to which functions, responsibilities, and authorities is delegated to institutions at lower levels
    Participation Involvement of non-state actors in the decision making Extent to which non-state actors are involved in the decision making
    Adaptiveness/knowledge integration Flexibility and the integration of various knowledge sources in the decision making Extent to which the governance system is flexible (ability to adjust), use best available knowledge and experimentation, and integrates scientific, indigenous, or co-produced knowledge in the decision making
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    The Next Wave in Water Governance

    How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature
    Dave Huitema, Kirsty Holstead, Noelle MCG Lasseur
    The Great Stink in the 21st century? Problematizing the sewage scandal in England and envisioning a new infrastructure ideal
    Anna Mdee, Paul Hutchings, Ruth E. Sylvester
    Sustainable Development Goal 6 in the era of the Paris Agreement: changes and trade-offs in tailoring water challenges to global climate goals
    Isabel Jorgensen, Kate Altemus Cullen, Mary Hingst, Mary K. Sluder, Mohammad Shahadat Hossain, Nayyer Mirnasl, Sana Sherif, Sarah Hartman, Sodiq S. Oguntade, Tessa Maurer
    Paradigms in action: exploring environmental consultants’ perspectives on water resilience
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Dave Huitema, Nicolas W Jager, Olga Popescu
    Governing sinking worlds: sensemakings of subsidence in Rotterdam, The Netherlands
    Art R. P. J. Dewulf, Richard F. Pompoes, Wieke D. Pot
    Managing contractual uncertainty for drinking water services in rural Mali
    Johanna K.L. Koehler, Johannes Wagner, Robert A. Hope
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 1 Research

    Immeasurable sovereignty: Indigenous well-being, fishery science, and sustainable governance

    Donkersloot, R., H. J. Wayner, D. J. Ringer, A. Salmon, J. Salmon, C. Carothers, J. C. Black, and Igiugig Village Council. 2025. Immeasurable sovereignty: Indigenous well-being, fishery science, and sustainable governance. Ecology and Society 30(4):1. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16492-300401
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Rachel Donkerslootcontact author, Rachel Donkersloot
      Coastal Cultures Research
    • Harmony J. Wayner, Harmony J. Wayner
      International Arctic Research Center, University of Alaska Fairbanks, Northern Latitudes Partnerships
    • Danielle J. Ringer, Danielle J. Ringer
      Ringer Consulting
    • AlexAnna Salmon, AlexAnna Salmon
      Igiugig Village Council
    • Jonathan Salmon, Jonathan Salmon
      Igiugig Village Council
    • Courtney Carothers, Courtney Carothers
      University of Alaska Fairbanks, College of Fisheries and Ocean Sciences
    • Jessica C. Black, Jessica C. Black
      University of Alaska Fairbanks, College of Indigenous Studies
    • Igiugig Village CouncilIgiugig Village Council

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Donkersloot, R., H. J. Wayner, D. J. Ringer, A. Salmon, J. Salmon, C. Carothers, J. C. Black, and Igiugig Village Council. 2025. Immeasurable sovereignty: Indigenous well-being, fishery science, and sustainable governance. Ecology and Society 30(4):1.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16492-300401

  • Introduction
  • Positionality, Relationality, and Research Focus
  • Igiugig / Igyaraq Lands and Waters
  • Methods and Materials
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • equity; indicators; Indigenous stewardship; Indigenous well-being; sovereignty; sustainable governance
    Immeasurable sovereignty: Indigenous well-being, fishery science, and sustainable governance
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16492.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Well-being and equity are increasingly identified as integral to environmental governance and improved sustainability outcomes. Greater consideration of these dimensions has generated calls for more data and new methodologies capable of collecting, evaluating, and converting social and cultural data into formats deemed more useful to decision makers. These efforts expose gaps and challenges related to an over reliance on quantitative data, especially when it comes to adequately accounting for the well-being of Indigenous communities. Located along the western shore of Nanvarpak (Lake Iliamna) in southwest Alaska, this paper examines Indigenous conceptions of well-being and provides insights on how to better account for the well-being of Indigenous communities in sustainable governance. Carried out in partnership with the Tribal Nation of Igyaraq (Igiugig), we draw on ethnographic and interview data to identify and examine three foundational elements of Indigenous well-being: (1) land relations or nunaka (my land, my birthplace), inclusive of one’s responsibility to ensure continuation of a way of life defined by connections to ancestral lands; (2) sovereignty; and (3) effective governance. We pay special attention to the implications of Indigenous well-being as primarily expressed and achieved through enactments of sovereignty and nation-building. We draw attention to the need for greater investment in diverse scientific expertise and data but caution against assuming that more science will lead to better governance. There is a need to acknowledge the ways in which dominant Western science-policy structures do not serve Indigenous communities. Our research suggests that you cannot adequately account for Indigenous well-being without explicit consideration of governance, and the often taken for granted value assumptions and political conditions that quietly frame policy debates and scientific understandings of what data are considered useful and what impacts are considered acceptable. This paper demonstrates the fundamental importance of centering sovereignty in not only well-being and equity considerations, but as a central tenet of ethical scientific inquiry and environmental governance more broadly.

    INTRODUCTION

    Well-being and equity are increasingly identified as integral to environmental governance and improved sustainability outcomes (Alexander et al. 2021, Cochrane 2021, Dawson et al. 2021, NMFS 2023, NASEM 2024, Micha and Kelling 2025). This recognition comes amidst myriad U.S. and global examples of conservation solutions and top-down management decisions harming local and Indigenous communities. Examples range from displacement from traditional areas, dismissal and erasure of Indigenous knowledge and values, and erosion of cultural practices and livelihoods essential to cultural and community wellness (e.g., Capistrano and Charles 2012, Klain et al. 2014, Bennett et al. 2018, 2019, Blythe et al. 2018, Todd 2018, Carothers et al. 2021).

    Calls for systematic inclusion of well-being and equity considerations in evaluation of natural resource management processes and outcomes have reenergized debates surrounding how to properly account for social and cultural values, benefits, and losses that are not easily measured or quantified (Satterfield et al. 2013, Crosman et al. 2022, Bennett 2022, Gregory et al. 2023, NASEM 2024). This has generated calls for “more science” (Gregory et al. 2006), including more data and new methodologies capable of collecting, evaluating, and converting social and cultural data into formats deemed more useful (i.e., reducible, measurable, comparable) in resource management and decision-making contexts.

    Indicators are frequently identified as a promising tool to measure cultural phenomena and provide “scientifically useful data” (Singer 1982) despite documented shortcomings associated with reducing complex phenomena to overly simplistic metrics stripped of context essential to adequate well-being assessments (Poe et al. 2014, Breslow et al. 2016, 2017, Sterling et al. 2017, 2020, Leong et al. 2019, Donkersloot et al. 2020a). Cooper (2015:1792) notes repeated instances of “damage done by the imposition of standardizing schemes that set about dismembering an exceptionally complex and poorly understood set of relations and processes in order to isolate a single element of instrumental value.” He further describes how measurement, often perceived to take the politics out of science, is “inherently political” and can “remake the world” in part because science involves work that sets up values and then makes their origin invisible (Cooper 2015). This means that impacts to communities can remain unaccounted for in science and decision making because they do not fit nicely into top-down data collection and classification systems that, as Nguyen (2024:98) contends, “aren’t neutral [but instead] the result of political and social processes which involve [taken-for-granted] decisions about what is worth remembering and what we can afford to forget.”

    Despite considerable progress in developing approaches that can address these gaps and disparities, management decisions remain heavily reliant on quantifiable data that often render invisible social and cultural values and impacts. The potential for misapplied measures is especially pronounced in Indigenous communities and serves as an impetus for this work (Adelson 2000, Poppel et al. 2007, Taylor 2008, Donatuto et al. 2011, Satterfield et al. 2013, García-Quijano et al. 2015, 2023, ICC Alaska 2015, Amberson et al. 2016, Breslow et al. 2016, 2017, Lyons et al. 2016, Black 2017, Woodhead et al. 2018, von der Porten et al. 2019, Tsosie and Claw 2019; First Alaskans Institute 2007, unpublished report).

    In previous work we assessed the utility of well-being indicators, many of which were equity-based indicators, in Alaska fisheries (Donkersloot et al. 2020a). We documented risks associated with creating metrics without cultural grounding and guidance from those whose well-being is being assessed. We also highlighted a need for more diverse measures of what constitutes sustainable and successful fishery governance (Donkersloot et al. 2020a). It is well-documented that mainstream approaches to well-being are often hamstrung by data gaps and an overreliance on quantifiable data that is easily comparable across scales and contexts. Common examples include indicators based on population, education, income, or employment. In commercial fisheries, well-being may be captured with metrics such as revenues, port of landings, ex-vessel values, and infrastructure.

    More recently, deficit-based metrics, such as households experiencing personal disruption, unemployment, or poverty have been applied to better account for impacts to vulnerable populations in decision making (Colburn et al. 2016). These have been helpful in bringing attention to impacts on underserved populations, including ethnic minorities, but they are inadequate when working with Tribal Nations as political institutions with distinct Indigenous epistemologies, ontologies, and legal orders. Such approaches have also been identified as problematic in that they negate the strengths of Indigenous communities and are ill-equipped to adequately account for what matters to communities, especially Indigenous communities that often emphasize self-determination, and secure connections to traditional lands, waters, and foods as central to well-being (Taylor 2008, Donatuto et al. 2011, Coulthard 2014, García-Quijano et al. 2015, ICC Alaska 2015, Black 2017, McGregor 2018, Todd 2018, Tsosie and Claw 2019, Wayner 2022, Dawson et al. 2025; First Alaskans Institute 2007, unpublished report).

    These examples reflect what Mark Cooper (2015) describes as “problems of measurement” whereby we intend to measure what we value but end up valuing what we can measure (Murray et al. 2016). A recent National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine (NASEM) report further explains how the tendency for contemporary governance to emphasize goals “that are more easily measured [can in turn] reinforce the importance of the things it purports to measure” resulting in governance action becoming increasingly oriented toward goals that are more easily measured (NASEM 2024:11; see also Stephenson et al. 2017).

    POSITIONALITY, RELATIONALITY, AND RESEARCH FOCUS

    We are a team of Indigenous and non-Indigenous researchers and practitioners committed to transformative scholarship and decolonizing and Indigenizing methodologies, including the dismantling of power relations underpinning the traditional researcher-subject paradigm (Tuhiwai Smith 1999, Kovach 2009, Koster et al. 2012). We support Indigenous-led and community-centered approaches. This research was undertaken on the traditional lands of the Igyararmiut. Igiugig Village Council (IVC) is a partner in this project; Tribal leaders co-authored this paper; we acknowledge the sovereign Tribal government of IVC as a co-author of this paper reflecting the importance of formal consent, endorsement, and close collaboration of Tribal governments in research and publications about their/our Nation. Collectively, our team is committed to following the four R’s in research: relationship, responsibility, reciprocity, and redistribution (Harris and Wasilewski 2004). The four R’s represent core Indigenous values as research protocols that require continual reflection to ensure that research priorities and design are informed by and reflect community needs and values.

    In this paper we examine Indigenous conceptions of well-being and provide insights on how to better account for the well-being of Indigenous communities in sustainable governance. As part of this effort, we consider the question of when standardized, quantifiable data are important for equitable, science-based, sustainable management, and when they are not (National Research Council 2011). Located along the western shore of Nanvarpak (Lake Iliamna) in southwest Alaska, this research was carried out in partnership with the Tribal Nation of Igyaraq and addresses the following questions.

    1. What does well-being look like in Igyaraq? How is well-being practiced, achieved, threatened?
    2. What institutions or initiatives support well-being and livelihood sustainability in Igyaraq?
    3. How can and should Indigenous well-being be accounted for in governance?
    4. What forms of data and data collection are needed to account for equity and Indigenous well-being in governance of lands and waters?
    Consideration of these questions brought to light crosscutting linkages between sovereignty, self-determination, and Indigenous well-being in Igyaraq. In this paper we center sovereignty as a foundational element of Indigenous well-being. We draw on Cornell and Kalt’s (1998) use of the term “de facto sovereignty,” which encompasses and delineates between sovereignty in fact and sovereignty in practice, that is, the rights and powers of self-governance and the ability to exercise sovereignty effectively. De facto sovereignty makes space for interrogating the implications of accounting for Indigenous well-being in the prevailing terms of Western science-policy arenas. We employ de facto sovereignty as an important frame of reference for understanding why it is critical to conceptualize and account for Indigenous well-being on Indigenous terms, (i.e., according to Indigenous values and protocols), and what is at stake when we do not. This requires consideration of the cultural character and values of dominant political institutions and legal orders (Todd 2018). In this paper we discuss how adherence to the unexamined and implicit cultural logic and language of Western science and policy filters well-being and equity considerations into data forms and categories that often exclude the strength and significance of Indigenous cultures and governing institutions in sustainable governance.

    As a first step in challenging this norm, we adopt the term “land relationship planning” in place of the term natural resource management. Much like culture, tradition, and custom, language plays an important role in shaping our understanding of the world and our place in it (Kimmerer 2013, Simpson 2014). Land relationship planning is the preferred term of the Igiugig Village Council and has been embraced by Indigenous Nations in Alaska and Canada seeking to reframe territory and land use planning in a language of relationality and cultural responsibility generally absent from Western management approaches and actions.[1] We adopt the term here to center the values and worldviews of our Tribal partner.

    Defining equity and well-being

    Well-being and equity are contested terms that can carry different meanings in different contexts. We define well-being as a way of being with others that arises when people and ecosystems are healthy, and when individuals, families, and communities equitably practice their chosen ways of life and enjoy a self-defined quality of life now and for future generations (Donkersloot et al. 2020a; see also McGregor 2008, Breslow et al. 2017). This definition explicitly situates well-being as relational and grounded in self-determination and intra- and intergenerational equity. Notably, this definition of well-being extends beyond the individual and is broad enough to account for the diversity of ways people express and practice their own well-being.

    Equity can be broadly defined as fair treatment and distribution of opportunities, costs, and benefits across individuals and groups of people. Equity is multifaceted and encompasses procedural, recognitional, distributional, and contextual dimensions that influence each other (Sikor 2013, Sikor et al. 2014). For example, procedural equity requires consideration of who is involved in decision-making processes, that is, the procedure by which decisions are made and who has a voice in them (Friedman et al. 2018). Recognitional equity involves acknowledging the rights, knowledges, values, interests, and priorities of various and distinct individuals and groups and incorporating these into management considerations (NASEM 2024). Distributional equity refers to the distribution of both economic and non-economic costs and benefits. Finally, contextual equity refers to the historical, economic, environmental, social, cultural, and political contexts and circumstances that affect other forms of equity (Pascual et al. 2014).

    Leach et al. (2018:3) note that equity “ensures that everyone has what they need for their well-being in any given context, implying more for those who need it” but there is no universal understanding of what is fair and equitable. The fisheries literature in particular is filled with examples of how what is deemed equitable can be based on a range of characteristics or criteria such as need, effort, performance, merit, competition, economic demand, historical precedent, or some other basis (Bennett et al. 2019, Gurney et al. 2021, Crosman et al. 2022).

    Crosman et al. (2022) note that “although equity comparisons framed around stakeholders are common, they are often problematic… the term ‘stakeholders’ obscures differences in the basis and nature of claims between different groups. Specifically, the term diminishes customary, traditional, or treaty rights holders’ claims to a ‘stake’ rather than a sovereign right.” Equity comparisons cast solely in the language of “stakeholders” are flawed. They can shroud inequities through erasure of social and historical contexts, including colonization. The term stakeholder also conceals the ways in which Indigenous Peoples are impacted by management decisions as members of Tribes with a particular political status in the United States and diminishes their ability to effectively advocate and protect their ways of life (ICC Alaska 2015, Donkersloot and Agli 2024, NASEM 2024).

    Equity in fisheries management is frequently positioned as a trade-off that needs to be balanced against competing management goals of economic efficiency and conservation effectiveness (Pascual et al. 2010, Cochrane 2021, Klein et al. 2015 as cited in Furman et al. 2023). This contrasts with Indigenous framings of equity embedded in worldviews that embrace a relational perspective whereby equity considerations encompass the well-being of both human and more-than-human kin and ecologies (McGregor 2018, Crosman et al. 2022). As told in the story below by co-author and Igiugig Village Council President, AlexAnna Salmon, in this view, equity is not a zero-sum game where the benefits to one come at the expense of another. Rather, equity in Indigenous terms is grounded in mutual flourishing and agency (Kimmerer 2013).

    What I love about the Yup'ik way of life is that our inner spirit has a yua. And the word for the universe is Ellam yua, it’s like the spirit of the world. That little piece of grass out there has a yua and it’s equal to mine. So, who is to say I deserve that piece of grass? That grass can decide, it’s got a mind of its own, it can give itself to me if it wants to. Everything carries this energy and that’s a really humbling worldview.

    IGIUGIG / IGYARAQ LANDS AND WATERS

    Igiugig Village Council (IVC) is one of 229 federally recognized Tribes in Alaska. As the only government in Igiugig, IVC provides important village infrastructure and services (e.g., landfill, fuel, water treatment). The village’s population is roughly 70 people. The people of Igiugig, the Igyararmiut, are of primarily Yup'ik, Dena’ina (Athabascan), and Aleut heritage. Igyaraq (Igiugig in Yugtun) carries the meaning of “like a throat swallowing water,” a reference to its geographic location on the western shore of Lake Iliamna where the Lake feeds into Kuicaaq (Kvichak River), which drains into Bristol Bay in southwest Alaska. Nanvarpak (Lake Iliamna) is the largest lake in Alaska and home to the largest wild sockeye salmon run on the planet. It is also home to other anadromous fish species (e.g., other Pacific salmon, lamprey), many resident fishes (e.g., rainbow trout, grayling), and one of only a few populations of freshwater seals in the world (Ferrer et al. 2024).

    The Bristol Bay commercial salmon fishery, the most valuable wild salmon fishery in the world, is economically and culturally important to the six federally recognized Tribes of the Lake Iliamna region. Many villages in Bristol Bay have experienced a large loss of their access rights to these vital fisheries since the State of Alaska implemented a market-based limited entry management system in the mid-1970s. Alaska’s Limited Entry System transformed access to what is a common use resource into individualized, alienable units of wealth that as commodities have left villages for myriad reasons, not least of which is immediate need of cash income (CFEC 2012, Meredith 2018, Coleman 2019, Donkersloot et al. 2020b, Donkersloot 2021; see also Alaska Constitution, Article VIII). A handful of Igiugig residents hold commercial salmon fishing permits today providing valuable opportunities and benefits to other residents and the broader community (Watson et al. 2021). These include multigenerational connections to culture and place, cash-income opportunities (crew and small-scale processing jobs), and the development and transmission of many practical, political, and place-based skills, knowledge, and values (SASAP [date unknown]).

    Igiugig is also well known for its world-class sport fishing opportunities. Roughly 25 nonlocal sport fishing lodges currently operate on the Kvichak River. Some lodges have operated in and around Igiugig for decades, but their growing number in more recent years has raised concerns related to crowdedness, local displacement on the river, quality of life, nonlocal land ownership (e.g., lodges purchasing Native allotments[2]), continued access to culturally important places and resources, and ecosystem impacts (e.g., impacts to rainbow trout populations).

    More than anything, Igyaraq and Igyararmiut rely on and value their land-based culture and continuation of their traditional Indigenous hunting and fishing way of life. Igiugig residents are involved in elaborate trading and sharing networks extending from Point Hope, Alaska to the Lower 48 states (see for example Holen 2014, Trainor et al. 2021; see also Reedy 2023). Indigenous ways of life are fundamental to the spiritual, economic, social, and cultural existence of Alaska Native Peoples. Inadequately termed “subsistence” in colonial state and federal governance and management systems, Indigenous or tribal rights are not recognized above other “rural” rights of use (Berger 1985, Anderson 2007, 2016). In legal terms, subsistence refers to customary and traditional uses of wild resources. For Igiugig, subsistence is much more; it is yuuyaraq or the Yup’ik way of being. Yuuyaraq embodies a way of life in which sharing is central, sharing of food, of stories, of knowledge (Fienup-Riordan et al. 2018). Moose, caribou, berries, birds, and other fish and game are integral to this way of life, but salmon hold a special place as a cultural keystone species connected to identity, security, and wellness (Lukawiecki et al. 2024). Co-author, AlexAnna Salmon, notes that neqa is the Yup’ik word for both fish and food, an indication of its significance in the order of things.

    The word for food in Yup’ik is neqa. Which is the very same word for fish. We are a fish people. It’s in our DNA, it’s who we are, it’s what we do, it’s our form of wealth, it knits our social fabric together, it’s really the backbone of everything. It’s the why we need to reduce our carbon footprint, it’s the why we need to stay tied to the land.

    Gram-Hanssen (2021) reviews the historical and ongoing impacts of colonization on the village of Igiugig. These impacts include attempts to displace Indigenous languages and cultures, the settling and dispossession of Indigenous lands, and loss of access to and stewardship of traditional waters, lands, and resources that have been reclassified and managed as commercial, sport, and subsistence resources under the fragmented authority of various state and federal agencies (see also Berger 1985).

    Tribes in Alaska are sovereign governments with the inherent right to self-govern but most lack territorial sovereignty (i.e., they do not have a land base). The Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) was a seminal piece of legislation in this regard. Enacted in 1971, the settlement recognized 43.7 million acres of Indigenous land title, roughly 10% of lands in Alaska, and provided $962.5 million in compensation (roughly US$3.00 per acre) for extinguishment of Alaska Native claims to additional lands based on aboriginal title. Native lands conveyed through ANCSA did not go to Tribes. Instead, land was conveyed to newly created for-profit Native corporations. ANCSA created 13 regional for-profit corporations (12 regions in Alaska and one for those living outside of Alaska) and over 200 for-profit village corporations. ANCSA was the first settlement of aboriginal land claims that chose a corporate model and made land a corporate asset (Berger 1985).

    ANCSA lands do not have the status of Indian Country like Indian reservations in the contiguous United States do. Prior to ANCSA, reservations in Alaska were a tool available to Tribes to protect their traditional ways of life by creating a buffer against non-Native encroachment (Illingworth [date unknown], Anderson 2007, 2016). ANCSA ended reservations in Alaska, with the exception of the Metlakatla Indian Community who chose not to take part in ANCSA. ANCSA failed to explicitly protect Alaska Native hunting, fishing, and gathering, punting these protections to future legislation but with clear guidance that they “expect[ed] both the Secretary [of Interior] and the State [of Alaska] to take any action necessary to protect the subsistence needs of the Natives” (U.S. Congress 1971; more below).

    ANCSA purportedly extinguished aboriginal land claims but it did not eliminate Tribal sovereignty nor the federal trust responsibility, a well-established legal and moral obligation of the United States to ensure the protection of Tribal and individual Indian lands, assets, resources, and rights (Anderson 2007, 2016). The trust responsibility originates from the unique, historical relationship between the United States and Indian Tribes.

    Today, Tribes in Alaska continue to exist as political sovereigns, but they have limited jurisdiction over their land base. They are nations largely without territory and part of a unique and sometimes fraught political landscape as citizens of sovereign Tribes (e.g., Igiugig Village Council), and shareholders of for-profit village (e.g., Igiugig Native Corporation) and regional (e.g., Bristol Bay Native Corporation) Native corporations.

    Through ANCSA, IVC selected 66,000 acres of their/our highly important traditional homelands surrounding the village. These lands were conveyed to the newly created Igiugig Native Corporation (INC). INC as the village corporation owns the surface estate of these lands, while Bristol Bay Native Corporation, the regional corporation, owns the subsurface rights. Village and regional Native Corporations received title to land under ANCSA but secured no riverine or offshore rights (Berger 1985).

    The State of Alaska, while in recent years has recognized Tribal sovereignty,[3] has failed to meaningfully demonstrate this recognition, and in fact repeatedly demonstrates its opposition (see State of Alaska 2017, Brooks 2023, Ruskin 2024). Strikingly, the State of Alaska maintains the authority to manage fish and game on ANCSA lands. Figures 1 and 2 show how Igiugig’s traditional lands and waters overlap with and extend beyond the boundaries of village corporation lands. These figures also show village corporation lands, Native allotments, and state and federal lands in the region. We share Figure 1 with permission from Igiugig Village Council as an example of decolonial cartography that articulates Indigenous self-determination in relation to place (Rose-Redwood et al. 2020). Igiugig’s stewardship map exemplifies the “remaking of worlds” and reassertion of Indigenous lands and life irrespective of and in resistance to colonial framings (Rose-Redwood et al. 2020).

    In 1980, Congress passed Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA). ANILCA was meant to protect the subsistence needs of Alaska Natives that ANCSA failed to address as discussed above. Title VIII of ANILCA created a rural subsistence preference rather than a Native preference. The “rural priority” was a compromise between the federal government and the State of Alaska (Anderson 2007). However, the State of Alaska’s Constitution includes provisions for equal access to natural resources for all citizens making a rural preference in violation of State law. This has resulted in a dual state and federal management system for subsistence with the rural preference only applicable on federally managed lands and waters (Thornton 2010).

    Today, Tribes must often protect their ways of life and access to subsistence resources through various state and federal agencies and bureaucratic processes ranging from the Federal Subsistence Board, National Park Service, Alaska Board of Fisheries, Alaska Board of Game, and North Pacific Fishery Management Council, among others. It is within this patchwork of land ownership, conflicting interests, and inconsistent recognition of Tribal sovereignty, responsibilities, needs, and values that Igiugig Village Council has invested heavily in developing and implementing a comprehensive vision to ensure that future generations are able to remain in place and continue yuuyaraq, the Yup’ik way of being (Fienup-Riordan et al. 2018). This vision has pushed IVC to the forefront of a decades-long effort to prevent the development of Pebble Mine, a large-scale open-pit copper and gold mine located on State of Alaska lands near the headwaters of Bristol Bay River systems. More broadly, this vision has inspired a suite of Tribally led initiatives to secure a sustainable, self-determined future for descendants of the village. Much of this rests on exercising sovereignty absent land sovereignty.

    METHODS AND MATERIALS

    This paper draws from an extensive literature review and original ethnographic research, including interviews with 12 people carried out in 2021 and 2022 (following ethical protocols of IVC as well the University of Alaska Fairbanks Institutional Review Board [Approval # 1750143]). Our literature review focused on three topical areas: Indigenous well-being and stewardship; equity and fisheries; and the science of measurement. This paper also draws on several Tribal and community plans and documents shared with the project team. These include IVC project and research proposals, memos, maps, and Tribal ordinances as well as many reports (Salmon 2019, unpublished manuscript; IVC 2020, 2021, 2024, unpublished reports).

    Our team adopted a flexible and deeply participatory methodology to refine our approach and examine our research questions through semi-directed interviews, formal meetings, and many informal visits with village leadership and residents. Our research plans were greatly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. We respected the Tribe’s sovereignty to protect their community from outside travelers during the pandemic. When the time was right, our external team members were able to visit the village of Igiugig in 2021 and 2022. During these visits we attended village meetings and gatherings, carried out interviews, and invited feedback on research plans and protocols. When travel was not possible, we shifted our methods to meet with project advisors and join meetings via Zoom or by phone.[4]

    In-person interviews lasted between 1 and 2 hours and took place in people’s homes or at the IVC office. With the consent of participants, all interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed. Interview data were then coded using qualitative data analysis software, Atlas.ti. We used a grounded theory approach to qualitative data analysis (Emerson et al. 1995, Bernard 2002, Corbin and Strauss 2008).

    Our interview protocol included questions such as: What does wellness or well-being look like here? What does a lack of well-being look like? Are there community or cultural practices that promote well-being here? Are there specific community characteristics that have helped to foster greater individual well-being here? Does your community have adequate support and resources for achieving community well-being? Has this changed over time? If you were going to measure or assess the well-being of your community, what kinds of things would you want taken into account? What experiences or practices represent your way of life that you would want to include in an assessment? What are the challenges to ensuring well-being here?

    Our protocol also included a series of questions asking participants to rank their level of satisfaction with certain topics on a scale of 1 to 5. Questions included: How satisfied are you with your family’s traditional hunting and fishing opportunities? How satisfied are you with your ability to make a living here? How satisfied are you with your influence over management of natural resources? How satisfied are you with your quality of life here as a whole?

    Our team of IVC members and researchers with longstanding relationships with the community and region enabled the early identification of potential participants. These participants helped us identify other participants to include in our study. All participants were given the option to remain anonymous. Some elected to remain anonymous, others chose to be identified and are listed by name in the acknowledgements. All participants were given the opportunity to review and approve the use of interview data prior to publication. With the exception of our co-authors, we do not attribute specific excerpts to individual participants in this paper. We recognize that there is a diversity of views within Igiugig, but note shared consensus around the foundational elements of well-being discussed here. All participants were offered an honorarium for their contribution of time and expertise to this project.

    In addition to interviews, our team met frequently with IVC leadership to document and directly engage in Tribal priorities in alignment with project objectives. One of these priorities centered on Tribal access and stewardship of traditional lands and trail routes that are unrecognized and managed by state and federal agencies. This work provided our team with a deeper understanding of the work undertaken by Tribes to steward and maintain access to traditional lands and waters.

    Our project team was also involved in a community-wide cultural heritage strategic planning session, and two week-long youth culture camps; Neqlercurvik (Goose Camp), which takes place in the spring to celebrate the return of migratory birds, and a youth culture camp held in the summer hosted by the Bristol Bay Native Corporation (BBNC). Writing on her time spent with youth and Elders at the BBNC camp, co-author Harmony Wayner (2022:31) notes: “This afforded another rich opportunity to build relationships and learn from community members through participant observation. [W]orking with Elders, Tribal leaders, and youth contributed to understanding the region from multiple perspectives and helped facilitate this work.”

    Our team returned to Igiugig in 2023 to present findings and invite feedback from the community at a community gathering. We shared products developed in partnership with IVC including animated videos on the topics of Alaska Native hunting and fishing rights, well-being, sovereignty, and fishery science and sustainability.[5]

    RESULTS

    Here, we identify and discuss foundational elements of well-being in Igiugig. We explore three elements in particular: (1) well-being and nunaka (my land, my birthplace), inclusive of one’s responsibility to ensure continuation of a way of life defined by relation to ancestral lands; (2) well-being and sovereignty; and (3) well-being and effective governance. These three elements intersect in meaningful ways and feature prominently and concurrently in response to questions concerning what Indigenous well-being looks like, how Indigenous well-being is supported and promoted, and how Indigenous well-being should be accounted for in sustainable governance.

    Well-being and nunaka: happiness and homeland

    In Yup’ik our word for happiness comes from being in your homeland. Nuna is land, nunaka is my land, my birthplace. So then nunaniq is happiness, nunaniqvaa is my how beautiful and how happy. It is the word for beautiful too.

    The linguistic similarities between happiness and homeland, nunaniq and nunaka in Yup’ik, is a prime example of the cultural significance of ties to traditional lands in Indigenous conceptions of what it means to be well. The excerpts below enable us to see how maintaining connections to nunaka is inherent and intrinsic to Indigenous well-being and identity.

    [Fishing] is our livelihood. It’s our culture. It makes us who we are. It makes us belong here as much as salmon belong here. It’s the same as I belong, as my soul belonging here. We share the same water. ... It’s like the tundra. It’s my home. It belongs, I belong to it. The blueberry smell, I imagine that’s what heaven smells like. When I die, I’ll be in heaven smelling blueberries, oh that smell. It’s just, it’s so healing.
    When you’re in your home you feel really content. And that is a level of happiness you can’t get anywhere else. So for me, I grew up here with that connection and feel that type of contentedness. I want my kids to have that, that’s why I’m raising them here. And once they have that grounding, they can go anywhere and know that this is their real true home for life. It’s their inherent right to be tied here.

    These excerpts capture the importance of kinship ties and land relations in Indigenous well-being. Deep connections between nunaka and well-being are further evidenced in AlexAnna’s comment below on interconnectedness and the Igyararmiut as a people of place.

    I like that everything is interconnected - the people on the land and the water and families. You can be connected to everything all at once here, when you’re physically here. This is something that’s really important to well-being that I learned from being a people of place like most Indigenous Peoples.

    We interpret these connections to nunaka as not simply place-based practices, but in fact place-making practices in that they promote belonging and healing through reaffirmation of Indigenous People’s relationship to land (Simpson 2014, Lyons et al. 2016, McGregor 2018, Rose-Redwood et al. 2020). The maintenance of ties to traditional lands are bound by “relational responsibilities,” which Corntassel (2008:118) describes as the “interlocking and reciprocal responsibilities to one’s family, [community], homelands, and natural world.” In Igiugig, relational responsibilities take myriad forms that converge on maintaining a values system across generations. This values system supports renewal of sustainable human and more-than-human relations that define a way of life. It also supports the transmission of ancestral and cultural knowledge to future generations (Corntassel 2008). In the excerpt below, the transmission of traditional values underlies progress toward healing, whole nourishment, and improved well-being.

    So what brings us together, like when we have our Goose Camp; it’s healing, it’s coming together, there’s a lot of healing. One thing is, there’s no one solution, it’s something that has to be maintained and to me it’s our value system - to me, culture fixes everything ... Like it really all boils down to culture; everything, the food we eat, the way we speak ...

    If culture defines well-being, cultural context is essential to adequately assessing, evaluating, and governing for well-being. In another story, we see how relational responsibilities forge intra- and intergenerational connections through food and sharing and how these acts are perceived to be the embodiment of physical, mental, and spiritual wellness.

    My boy was sick yesterday and my mom brought a whole gallon of blueberries, and she goes, “this is really high in antioxidants, this is really healthy for him.” He snacked on it and then this morning he woke up feeling good and he actually said to me, “Mom I’m all better, it was those berries Gram brought us.” And it was really sweet like I know she’s expressing her truest form of love by doing that, and he is actually healing, and he believes he is healing because of that food. For him to wake up and express that appreciation and attribute it to his grandmother... That’s like a physical manifestation of well-being, he believes it was his medicine. So there’s different ways, like there’s the healthy part of being healthy for your body, but then there’s a spiritual aspect of it and a mental state.

    These are ancient expressions of caring, healing, and love rooted in connections to traditional lands and foods. Fulfilling responsibilities to maintain multigenerational connections to nuna (land) or nunaput (our homelands) through traditional foods, language, and values is foundational to Indigenous well-being.

    Land relations feature prominently in expressions of well-being in Igiugig, so too do relational responsibilities devoted to ensuring that people’s day-to-day needs are met in the village. There is recognition that these needs must be met in order to maintain relations to ancestral lands in the future. Our research revealed many practical examples of how relational responsibilities are upheld and play out in everyday acts that contribute greatly to well-being in Igiugig. Examples included addressing housing needs, sharing traditional and store-bought foods, showing/teaching both youth and adults how to harvest and care for foods, and providing childcare for single parent households and foster families. Examples also include acts of speaking up in spaces where others feel uncomfortable speaking. These sometimes mundane practices carry meaning and value to each person’s contribution to communal well-being.

    Without [him] and others like him... [He’s] like a key figure to me and partly why I haven’t gotten in on the subsistence [management issues] because I’m not ready for it ... I’m way too emotionally connected ... A lot of people are volunteering their lives to champion this for their people.
    I knew taking in those kids that I would have the support that I would need when I would need it and when asked for. There wasn’t any type of doubt in my mind, like if I needed time to do something that we need for the kids, it would be taken care of. There would be a plan to help take care of it.
    I know we’re providing. We have a lot of single ladies who are doing their fish in the summer, and if it’s hard for them to be getting fish you know then we send the boys out. So, they also contribute by helping others.
    One thing we have maintained is the relationships with each other through either traditional ways or just by virtue of the sharing. And I think you see that in our tribal governance and our structures - all of our entities, the school, the Native Corporation, the Tribal government - we have a system of sharing and then making sure we have affordable housing and all these other things. I mean, I’ve heard of some communities where there’s no access for the next generation to live our way of life.

    In our research well-being was conceptualized as the continuation of an Indigenous way of life defined by traditional values and land relations. Some might try to reduce this way of life to measurements related to subsistence harvest levels, but in subtle and explicit terms, it is much more complex and articulated and practiced as a web of relationships and responsibilities. These relationships engender many intangible dimensions of well-being that are not always visible: healing, belonging, sense of place, sense of community. They also encompass an attentiveness to very real challenges to remaining in place and continuing one’s way of life (i.e., lack of housing, childcare, etc.). There was broad recognition among participants that the village centers around Elders and children. This is a source of great pride in the village and fosters a sense of security, safety, and purpose, qualities that enable and encourage people to stay or return home knowing there is a place for them in nunaka.

    Well-being and sovereignty

    We want, as a sovereign community, to have our own Tribal law recognized, to have a say in what happens to our fish and game. It all comes down to sustainability and where you want to be in the future.

    The relationship between sovereignty and Indigenous well-being emerged as a salient theme in this research. Self-determination and sovereignty served as mainstays in discussions on how well-being is perceived, supported, and achieved. Sovereignty remains a peculiarly underexplored topic in well-being studies when considering the many ways Indigenous health and ways of life have been harmed and encroached upon by colonizing processes, institutions, and values; many of which remain prominent in fisheries management (Black 2017, Gordon and Datta 2022, Silver et al. 2022; see also McIvor et al. 2009, Wexler 2009).

    Questions related to how well-being is achieved elicited frequent reference to initiatives spearheaded by the Tribe. These initiatives are summarized in Table 1 and range in focus from renewable energy to language revitalization to economic development, among others. We present these initiatives as examples of Igiugig’s “deliberate efforts to decolonize and ‘take back’ community systems by shifting them toward enhanced autonomy and self-sufficiency in alignment with the values of self-determination and cultural integrity” (Gram-Hanssen 2021:7). These initiatives were often expressed in the language of nationhood. We present them here as individual examples of enactments of sovereignty and as a collective example of decolonial worlds-in-the-making through reclamation of Igyararmiut knowledge, values, language, health, and culture (Rose-Redwood et al. 2020). The impressive initiatives outlined in Table 1 are expressions of what decolonization of Indigenous lands and lives looks like in Igiugig; together they “represent the cultural imperative of securing Indigenous governance of Indigenous Peoples and places” (Rose-Redwood et al. 2020:152).

    IVC’s land-focused strategies feature prominently among the list and consist of land acquisition, unification, protection, and measures to advance stewardship authority of traditional homelands. State and federal management of lands and waters was identified as a major threat to village well-being and sustainability. Igiugig is trailblazing innovative ways to reassert Tribal control and values over what is now a fragmented land base. IVC’s approach includes establishing productive relationships with federal and state agency personnel to advance mutually beneficial environmental monitoring initiatives (e.g., reestablishment of a United States Geological Survey stream gage at the headwaters of the Kvichak River, reestablishment of sockeye salmon spawning habitat and abundance aerial surveys, and reestablishment of the sockeye salmon out-migrating smolt monitoring program).

    IVC’s multi-faceted approach also includes securing funds to purchase individual Native allotments at risk of being sold to outsiders, pursuing legal pathways to transfer village corporation lands to the Tribe as Trust lands, and vigilance regarding opportunities to participate in public commenting associated with land relationship decisions. IVC has also passed Tribal ordinances to protect surrounding lands from development in conflict with Tribal values (Salmon 2019, unpublished manuscript; IVC 2021, 2024, unpublished reports). To continue to pursue this suite of work, IVC established a Tribal Stewardship Department in 2022 and, via ordinance in 2024, The Kuicaak Fund, named after the river that sustains us/them. IVC is also working to acquire more land to support community growth as people return home (e.g., housing, office space, community and cultural space, etc.).[6] Since ANCSA extinguished Aboriginal title and conveyed lands to Native corporations, not Tribes, purchasing privately owned Native allotments from individuals provides the only path for IVC to reacquire Tribal lands within village boundaries. Many Native allotments are located on premium lands such as fish camps and hunting grounds and are at high risk of being sold to outsiders or being reduced to smaller, fractionated plots because of decisions associated with the need to accommodate multiple heirs. Restoring land relations through these initiatives is a remarkable display of indefatigability and to reestablish sovereign lands within and against legal and political systems that undermine ties to ancestral lands, contribute to generational displacement and disconnection, and place sacred lands at perpetual risk.

    Indigenous sovereignty shares many common features with Indigenous well-being in that both are expressed as concepts and practices encompassing much more than access to resources or a healthy land base. Sovereignty is not a synonym for having a voice in decision making. In fact, Indigenous voices are often trying to be heard and understood in policy and governance spaces that dismiss the utmost importance of culture in people’s lives and often treat Tribes as stakeholders rather than political sovereigns.

    As far as fisheries, like our subsistence way of life, it’s still really healthy here, but I don’t take it for granted because I can see the writing on the wall or where it is headed ... We don’t have control. If we had control, we could fix things.
    I honestly have an issue with the State of Alaska and any State entity in that they have not recognized Tribal sovereignty. So, it’s not so much that I want to influence the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G), it’s that we need to be our own ADF&G of our own Nation, and have the language of nationhood and deal directly with the federal government.

    The distinction between sovereignty and having a voice in decision making is important partly because of the attention surge in improving equity and representation of Tribal, minority, and other underserved communities in management and decision-making processes (White House 2021a, 2021b, 2022, Carlson-Van Dort 2023, NMFS 2023). Such efforts are overdue but increased participation in top-down management systems does not a priori improve well-being or lead to improved sustainability outcomes. A high level of participation is not the same as the rights and powers of self-governance. A high level of participation may be as much an indication of severe distributional inequity as it is a sign of improved procedural equity.

    The nation-building initiatives presented above are costly endeavors, some years in the making and some exceeding the capacity of a small Tribe. Many of these initiatives (e.g., language revitalization, broadband, environmental monitoring) exemplify IVC’s broader efforts to provide capacity for Tribes in the region to work cooperatively, to receive and leverage federal funds and investments, and build inter-Tribal trust and “mutual flourishing” (Kimmerer 2013) through the lens of sovereignty. Many of the initiatives are the first of their kind for the village and region and are illustrative of “sovereignty in practice” (Cornell and Kalt 1998) and IVC’s governance approach.

    Well-being and effective governance

    Governance plays an important role in promoting and/or threatening well-being. We previously discussed the complexity and classification of land and resource management in Alaska as a threat to well-being in Igiugig and elsewhere in Alaska (see also Berger 1985, Todd 2018, Carothers et al. 2021, Esquible et al. 2024, Herrmann 2024). In our research, participation in state and federal management systems was often identified as negatively impacting well-being. Reasons ranged from lack of representation, influence, and understanding to the financial cost of participating, travel and time commitments (missing out on seasonal, subsistence, and community harvests and celebrations), and unaccounted for participation costs (e.g., stress, anguish, anxiety, fatigue). Here we briefly discuss Indigenous well-being in relation to governing institutions. We pay particular attention to IVC’s governance approach, local perceptions of what constitutes effective governance, and how these contribute to well-being in Igiugig.

    IVC’s approach to governance encompasses many qualities associated with good governance: transparency, legitimacy, accountability, and responsiveness (Bennett et al. 2019). IVC’s approach is a “values first” approach, that is, governance guided by shared values that inform outcomes and processes of local decision making. This does not mean that everyone agrees all the time, but it is reflective of a long-term commitment to “collective leadership” (Gram-Hanssen 2021), and inclusive community planning that brings the village together and forward to determine the future they want. For example, nearly 25 years ago Igiugig was at risk of losing its school because of low enrollment numbers.[7] School closures are often considered to be the death knell of a community in rural Alaska. In response to the dire situation, the village gathered to collectively address the question: What does Igiugig need to do to be a place where young people want to belong? Over the years, the community has continued to gather to ask and answer similar questions to ensure that Igyararmiut, the people of Igiugig, remain a “people of place.” IVC’s approach to decision making has been successful and garners IVC a high level of trust, respect, and legitimacy in the community in part because the decision makers bear the cost of their own decisions (Cornell and Kalt 1998). Many of these direction-setting gatherings resulted in the nation-building initiatives presented in Table 1.

    IVC’s governance approach fosters strong community and cultural cohesion partly because of the Tribe’s ability to “maintain a strong cultural match between its governing institutions and the prevailing ideas in the community about how authority should be organized and exercised” (Cornell and Kalt 1998:4). Decision making at the village level remains grounded in traditional ways and values. These traits are part and parcel to effective and capable governance in the village (see Cornell and Kalt 1998 for discussion on effective governance). They were often mentioned as integral to the Tribe’s successes, and as a basis for the village’s earned reputation as a “model of possibilities.” Ironically, this success sometimes keeps hidden the real need for expanding capacity and investment in Tribal institutions and governance.

    [The] things we pursue here, for all the right reasons, it’s all important, but we’re running beyond our capacity ... We don’t have time to rest or breathe ... What Igiugig is taking on compared to regional entities, like what’s happening here is a very heavy lift in terms of capacity, it’s all the irons in the fire.

    DISCUSSION

    In our research, relationality emerges as a defining feature of Indigenous well-being and good governance in Igiugig. Relationality underlies many difficult-to-quantify dimensions of Indigenous well-being: sense of belonging, ability to fulfill cultural responsibilities, spiritual enrichment, self-determination, and healing in relation to nunaka. The emphasis on relationality and the interconnectedness of human and more-than-human kin and ecologies in Indigenous conceptions of well-being points to the need for greater inclusion of diverse data, knowledge, and values in sustainable governance and decision making. Rendering well-being impacts solely through isolatable, measurable indicators or other economic valuations is inadequate and harmful. Such narrow valuations often eclipse what matters most to communities. These approaches create false equivalencies, and mask if not perpetuate inequities by ignoring cultural values and contexts (Crosman et al. 2022). This research makes clear that the impacts of a governing logic that fails to account for what may be difficult to measure are disproportionately shouldered by Indigenous communities (McGregor 2018).

    Decolonial, ethnographic, and narrative-based methods, approaches, and data are critical in accounting for the diversity of values, needs, and trade-offs at play in sustainable governance and decision making (Tuhiwai Smith 1999, Wilson 2008, Kovach 2009, Fienup-Riordan et al. 2013, Tsosie and Claw 2019, Rose-Redwood et al. 2020). Social scientific expertise can help improve policy outcomes by assisting decision makers in accounting for this pluralism and in spotting and navigating tacit assumptions that often privilege existing powerholders and undermine efforts to advance equity and well-being considerations in environmental governance. Such expertise can also help illuminate ethical and political dimensions of research and research methodologies that are especially important when engaging Tribal Nations and Indigenous Knowledge systems grounded in Indigenous epistemologies and ontologies (Simpson 2014, Moon and Blackman 2014, Moon et al. 2019a, Moon et al. 2021, West and Schill 2022).

    In this paper, we draw on ethnographic and other qualitative methods to describe and ascertain important dimensions of Indigenous well-being. This qualitative assessment accounts for contextual and relational components fundamental to accounting for well-being as a policy objective, but which too often fall to the wayside when assessments are limited to simplistic quantifiable indicators. Severe shortcomings in social scientific capacity and expertise in U.S. fishery science-policy arenas are well-documented and will undoubtedly impede efforts to address data and knowledge gaps and limitations (Kast 2022; see also Stephenson et al. 2017; Kast et al., unpublished report).

    The underrepresentation of social sciences within U.S. fishery science and management serves as a practical constraint and an epistemological one in that lack of appropriate capacity can reinforce a governing culture that overvalues particular kinds of science, data, and evidence (NASEM 2024; see also Moon et al. 2019b). This underrepresentation perpetuates the undervaluing of social scientific information and increases the potential for decisions to be made without proper treatment of cultural considerations and consequences (Satterfield et al. 2013). These constraints are not new and certainly not unique to the U.S. Calls for greater consideration of social scientific information date back many decades (see Stephenson et al. 2017).

    In an effort to partially remedy these shortcomings we identify several questions that should be systematically addressed in assessments of equity and well-being. How is the assessment or approach accountable to the communities or groups involved in the study? Does the assessment or approach maintain the integrity of what is being shared? Who ultimately defines, classifies, and interprets what constitutes relevant data and information? Does the assessment or approach minimize or marginalize cultural values, meanings, or diversity? These questions encourage critical reflection of the cultural assumptions and power relations underpinning research and decision-making processes and outcomes. They raise additional and complex political, legal, and ethical questions when meaningfully addressed.

    Although we draw attention to the need for greater investment in diverse scientific expertise and data, we caution against assuming that more science will always lead to better governance (Gregory et al. 2023). Our research suggests that you cannot adequately account for Indigenous well-being without explicit consideration of governance. In particular, this research highlights the immeasurable role of sovereignty in Indigenous conceptions of well-being, and in successful efforts to advance the well-being of Indigenous communities.

    In Indigenous worldviews, expressions and examples of well-being are often interchangeable with expressions and enactments of sovereignty; be it food sovereignty, language sovereignty, knowledge sovereignty, and so on. Indigenous well-being was often conceptually indistinguishable from Indigenous sovereignty. Immeasurable in this sense does not mean unknowable. Our point here is that Indigenous sovereignty and well-being should not be reduced to simplistic quantifiable measures. Complex, relational, and contextual dimensions are irreducible but knowable in qualitative ways. Inclusion of less simplistic measures is necessary for sustainable governance.

    The salience of sovereignty bears a number of implications for accounting for Indigenous well-being in sustainable governance. At the most basic level, this includes consideration of the ways in which Tribal sovereignty is upheld or constrained in broader science-policy arenas (e.g., Free, Prior, and Informed Consent [FPIC] as enshrined in the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples [UNDRIP] and the Collective Benefit, Authority to Control, Responsibility, and Ethics [CARE] Principles for Indigenous Data Governance).[8] Following recognition, greater investment in and support of effective governance by Tribal institutions is sorely needed as a central tenet of sustainable governance (Cornell and Kalt 1998). This is less about data gaps than interrogation of and action to address often taken-for-granted value assumptions and political conditions that can undermine Indigenous institutions but that quietly frame policy debates and scientific understandings of what is considered useful data and what constitutes acceptable impacts (Gregory et al. 2006).

    The prime role of sovereignty in Indigenous conceptions of well-being in Igiugig aligns with a growing body of research that suggests that recognition, especially legal recognition, of Indigenous rights, needs, and livelihoods is essential to improving well-being and sustainability outcomes more broadly (Capistrano 2010, Capistrano and Charles 2012, Klain et al. 2014, Bennett et al. 2018, 2019, Tsosie and Claw 2019, Dawson et al. 2021, Bennett 2022). Indigenous sovereignty is increasingly identified as a central tenet of successful environmental governance. In their review of 169 case studies around the globe, Dawson et al. (2021) examined how different forms of governance relate to conservation effectiveness and found that “equitable conservation, which empowers and supports the stewardship of Indigenous Peoples and local communities, represents the primary pathway to effective long-term conservation of biodiversity, particularly when upheld in wider law and policy” (Dawson et al. 2021:1).

    More broadly, Cornell and Kalt (1998) examine the role of sovereignty in successful economic development in Indian Country. The authors compare nation-building approaches with income and job creation approaches and review multiple examples of successful reservation development in the United States. The authors conclude that “among the most powerful arguments for tribal sovereignty is the simple fact that it works. Nothing else has provided as promising a set of political conditions for reservation economic development, produced the success stories, or broken the cycles of dependence on the federal system as sovereignty, backed by capable tribal institutions, has done” (Cornell and Kalt 1998:10). These studies bring focused attention to the role of Tribal sovereignty and governance in improving outcomes for Indigenous communities, and for sustainable governance writ large. In this paper we show how engagement with Tribes as political sovereigns in both science and policy is paramount to adequately accounting for well-being and determining and interpreting appropriate objectives and measures of equitable and sustainable governance.

    CONCLUSION

    The primary aim of this paper is to identify how to better account for Indigenous well-being in science and governance. To do this we discuss three foundational elements of well-being in Igiugig. Our focus on nunaka highlights well-being as relational responsibilities and discusses many difficult to measure dimensions of kin and land relations. We also highlight Indigenous sovereignty and Tribal governance as prominent features of Indigenous well-being and sustainable governance. We provide many examples of how well-being is articulated through acts of self-determination in relation to place.

    Through this lens we discuss the implications of assessing well-being according to Indigenous values, priorities, and protocols. In particular, we discuss the methodological, epistemological, and political implications of accounting for Indigenous well-being as primarily expressed and achieved through enactments of sovereignty and nation-building initiatives. The centrality of sovereignty here compels careful consideration of the forces at work that constrain and enable Indigenous-led and Indigenous-centered approaches to ethical inquiry and sustainable governance. We recognize recent work undertaken to improve equity and Tribal Consultation and engagement in fishery science and policy, yet we identify many unmet needs of Indigenous communities and peoples when it comes to adequate inclusion of Indigenous concerns and priorities in science and decision making (see White House 2021a, 2021b, 2022, Carlson-Van Dort 2023, NMFS 2023). Approaches to achieving well-being, equity, and sustainable governance must center Indigenous Peoples in design, implementation, and evaluation, and must reflect local and self-determined priorities and approaches (Dawson et al. 2025). We aim for our work to inform efforts by reorienting sustainable governance toward approaches and outcomes that center sovereignty and strengthen Tribal governance of lands, waters, and people.

    __________

    [1] See for example https://www.ilinationhood.ca/indigenous-land-use-planning
    [2] The Alaska Native Allotment Act of 1906 authorized land transfers to individual Alaska Natives. Individuals could be conveyed 160 acres of “vacant, unappropriated, and unreserved non-mineral” land but they had to be able to prove, as head of household, their “continuous use and occupancy of that land for a period of five years.” More than 10,000 Alaska Natives filed allotment applications before the law was repealed in 1971 with passage of Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA; BLM [date unknown]).
    [3] In 2022, the Alaska State Legislature passed HB 123; An Act providing for state recognition of federally recognized tribes. HB 123 serves as a largely symbolic recognition and does not create a trust relationship between the State of Alaska and federally recognized Tribes. In 2017, the state affirmed the inherent sovereign of Tribal Nations in Alaska (see https://law.alaska.gov/pdf/opinions/opinions_2017/17-004_JU20172010.pdf).
    [4] Many villages in Alaska, including Igiugig, implemented non-essential travel bans throughout the COVID-19 pandemic.
    [5] https://www.youtube.com/@CoastalCulturesResearch
    [6] Under ANCSA, acreage conveyed to Native Corporations was based on a per capita system that failed to allow or account for Indigenous populations to recover to pre-contact levels. ANCSA also excluded future generations based on a requirement that shareholders must be born on or before 18 December 1971. The end of the Native Allotment era also made no room for future generations to establish a relationship with their homelands.
    [7] To receive state funding, Alaska state public schools must have a minimum enrollment of 10 students (AK Stat § 14.17.450).
    [8] https://www.gida-global.org/care

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    Quyana cakneq to the entire community of Igiugig for the opportunity to carry out this research. Quyana cakneq to the many individuals who sat with us and spoke with us, including but not limited to Martha Crow, Ida Nelson, Christina Salmon Bringhurt, Jeff Bringhurst, and Randy Alvarez. We give deep thanks to our long-term partnerships with the State of Alaska Salmon and People (SASAP) advisors and working groups, and the Indigenizing Salmon Science and Management research team. We also thank Mary Hostetter, Bill Kane, G Laster, and Tim Troll. Funding for this research was provided by the North Pacific Research Board (project # 2014). We greatly appreciate the support of our funders to enable us to shift direction during the COVID-19 global pandemic, to center the goals and priorities of IVC, and to pursue diverse media for sharing our results from this work.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI technology was not used in this research.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Data/code sharing is not applicable to this article because no data and code were analyzed in this study.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Adelson, N. 2000. ‘Being alive well’: health and the politics of Cree well-being. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

    Alexander, K. A., A. Fleming, N. Bax, C. Garcia, J. Jansen, K. H. Maxwell, J. Melbourne-Thomas, T. Mustonen, G. T. Pecl, J. Shaw, G. Syme, and E. Ogier. 2021. Equity of our future oceans: practices and outcomes in marine science research. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 32(4):297-311. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11160-021-09661-z

    Amberson, S., K. Biedenweg, J. James, and P. Christie. 2016. “The heartbeat of our people”: identifying and measuring how salmon influences Quinault tribal well-being. Society and Natural Resources 29(12):1389-1404. https://doi.org/10.1080/08941920.2016.1180727

    Anderson, R. T. 2007. Alaska Native rights, statehood, and unfinished business. Tulsa Law Review 43(17):17-41.

    Anderson, R. T. 2016. Sovereignty and subsistence: Native self-government and rights to hunt, fish, and gather after ANCSA. Alaska Law Review 33:187-227.

    Bennett, N. 2022. Mainstreaming equity and justice in the ocean. Frontiers in Marine Sciences 9:873572. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2022.873572

    Bennett, N. J., A. M. Cisneros-Montemayor, J. Blythe, J. J. Silver, G. Singh, N. Andrews, A. Calò, P. Christie, A. Di Franco, E. M. Finkbeiner, et al. 2019. Towards a sustainable and equitable blue economy. Nature Sustainability 2:991-993. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0404-1

    Bennett, N., M. Kaplan-Hallam, G. Augustine, N. Ban, D. Belhabib, I. Brueckner-Irwin, A. Charles, J. Couture, S. Eger, L. Fanning, et al. 2018. Coastal and Indigenous community access to marine resources and the ocean: a policy imperative for Canada. Marine Policy 87:186-193. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2017.10.023

    Berger, T. 1985. Village journey: the report of the Alaska Native Review Commission. Hill and Wang, New York, New York, USA.

    Bernard, H. R. 2002. Research methods in anthropology: qualitative and quantitative approaches. Alta Mira, Walnut Creek, California, USA.

    Black, J. C. 2017. Participation in governance and well-being in the Yukon Flats. Dissertation. Washington University in St. Louis, St. Louis, Missouri, USA. https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/art_sci_etds/1270

    Blythe, J., J. Silver, L. Evans, D. Armitage, N. J. Bennett, M. L. Moore, T. H. Morrison, and K. Brown. 2018. The dark side of transformation: latent risks in contemporary sustainability discourse. Antipode 50:1206-1223. https://doi.org/10.1111/anti.12405

    Breslow, S. J., M. Allen, D. Holstein, B. Sojka, R. Barnea, X. Basurto, C. Carothers, S. Charnley, S. Coulthard, N. Dolšak, J. Donatuto, C. García-Quijano, C. C. Hicks, A. Levine, M. B. Mascia, K. Norman, M. Poe, T. Satterfield, K. St. Martin, and P. S. Levin. 2017. Evaluating indicators of human well-being for ecosystem-based management. Ecosystem Health and Sustainability 3(12):1411767. https://doi.org/10.1080/20964129.2017.1411767

    Breslow, S. J., B. Sojka, R. Barnea, X. Basurto, C. Carothers, S. Charnley, S. Coulthard, N. Dolšak, J. Donatuto, C. García- Quijano, C. C. Hicks, A. Levine, M. B. Mascia, K. Norman, M. Poe, T. Satterfield, K. St. Martin, and P. S. Levin. 2016. Conceptualizing and operationalizing human wellbeing for ecosystem assessment and management. Environmental Science & Policy 66:250-259. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2016.06.023

    Brooks, J. 2023. Federal judge rules against state of Alaska in lawsuit challenging COVID emergency hunt. Alaska Public Media, 8 November. https://alaskapublic.org/2023/11/08/federal-judge-rules-against-state-of-alaska-in-lawsuit-challenging-covid-emergency-hunt/

    Bureau of Land Management (BLM). [date unknown]. Alaska Native Allotment Act of 1906. BLM, Washington, D.C., USA. https://www.blm.gov/programs/lands-and-realty/regional-information/alaska/land_transfer/ak-native-allotment-act

    Carlson-Van Dort, M. 2023. Alaska Board of Fisheries policy on traditional knowledge. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Juneau, Alaska, USA. https://www.adfg.alaska.gov/static/regulations/regprocess/fisheriesboard/pdfs/2023-2024/uci/rcs/RC248_Member_Carlton-Van_Dort_BoF_Policy_on_Traditional_Knowledge.pdf

    Capistrano, R. C. G. 2010. Reclaiming the ancestral waters of indigenous peoples in the Philippines: the Tagbanua experience with fishing rights and indigenous rights. Marine Policy 34(1):453-460. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2009.09.012

    Capistrano, R. C. G., and A. T. Charles. 2012. Indigenous rights and coastal fisheries: a framework of livelihoods, rights and equity. Ocean & Coastal Management 69:200-209. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2012.08.011

    Carothers, C., J. Black, S. J. Langdon, R. Donkersloot, D. Ringer, J. Coleman, E. R. Gavenus, W. Justin, M. Williams, F. Christiansen, C. Stevens, B. Woods, S. Clark, P. M. Clay, L. Mack, J. Raymond-Yakoubian, A. Akall’eq Sanders, B. L. Stevens, and A. Whiting. 2021. Indigenous peoples and salmon stewardship: a critical relationship. Ecology and Society 26(1):16. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-11972-260116

    Cochrane, K. L. 2021. Reconciling sustainability, economic efficiency and equity in marine fisheries: has there been progress in the last 20 years? Fish and Fisheries 22(2):298-323. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12521

    Colburn L. L., M. Jepson, C. Weng, T. Seara, J. Weiss, and J. A. Hare. 2016. Indicators of climate change and social vulnerability in fishing dependent communities along the Eastern and Gulf Coasts of the United States. Marine Policy 74:323-333. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2016.04.030

    Coleman, J. M. 2019. Commercial Fishing Livelihoods, Permit Loss, and the Next Generation in Bristol Bay, Alaska. Dissertation. University of Alaska Fairbanks, USA.

    Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission (CFEC). 2012. Lake and Peninsula Borough CFEC Permit Holdings, Harvests, and Estimated Gross Earnings by Resident Type in the Bristol Bay Salmon Gillnet Fisheries, 1975-2011. Report 12-5N. CFEC, Juneau, Alaska, USA. https://www.cfec.state.ak.us/RESEARCH/12-5N/LakePeninsulaBorough.pdf

    Cooper, M. 2015. Measure for measure? Commensuration, commodification, and metrology in emissions markets and beyond. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space 47:1787-1804. https://doi.org/10.1068/a130275p

    Corbin, J., and A. Strauss. 2008. Basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452230153

    Cornell, S., and J. Kalt. 1998. Sovereignty and nation-building: the development challenge in Indian Country today. American Indian Culture and Research Journal 22(3):187-214.

    Corntassel, J. 2008. Toward sustainable self-determination: rethinking the contemporary Indigenous rights discourse. Alternatives: Global, Local, Political 33(1):105-132. https://doi.org/10.1177/030437540803300106

    Coulthard, G. 2014. Red skin, white masks: rejecting the colonial politics of recognition. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. https://doi.org/10.5749/minnesota/9780816679645.001.0001

    Crosman, K. M., E. H. Allison, Y. Ota, A. M. Cisneros-Montemayor, G. G. Singh, W. Swartz, M. Bailey, K. M. Barclay, G. Blume, M. Colléter, M. Fabinyi, E. M. Faustman, R. Fielding, P. J. Griffin, Q. Hanich, H. Harden-Davies, R. P. Kelly, T.-A. Kenny, T. Klinger, J. Kittinger, K. Nakamra, A. Pauwelussen, S. Pictou, C. Rothschild, K. Seto, and A. K. Spalding. 2022. Social equity is key to sustainable ocean governance. npj Ocean Sustainability 1:4. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44183-022-00001-7

    Dawson, A., E. Warrior, O. Pearson, M. Boyd, J. Dwyer, K. Morey, T. Brodie, K. Towers, S. Waters, C. Avila, et al. 2025. A methodological approach to generate local solutions that promote Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional wellbeing on Kaurna Country, Australia. First Nations Health and Well-Being: The Lowitja Journal 3:100043. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fnhli.2025.100043

    Dawson, N. M., B. Coolsaet, E. J. Sterling, R. Loveridge, N. D. Gross-Camp, S. Wongbusarakum, K. K. Sangha, L. M. Scherl, H. Phuong Phan, N. Zafra-Calvo, W. G. Lavey, P. Byakagaba, C. J. Idrobo, A. Chenet, N. J. Bennett, S. Mansourian, and F. J. Rosado-May. 2021. The role of Indigenous peoples and local communities in effective and equitable conservation. Ecology and Society 26(3):19. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-12625-260319

    Donatuto, J. L., T. A. Satterfield, and R. Gregory. 2011. Poisoning the body to nourish the soul: prioritising health risks and impacts in a Native American community. Health, Risk and Society 13(2):103-127. https://doi.org/10.1080/13698575.2011.556186

    Donkersloot, R. 2021. Righting the ship: restoring local fishing access and opportunity in Bristol Bay salmon fisheries. The Nature Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia, USA. https://www.nature.org/content/dam/tnc/nature/en/documents/RightingTheShip_elec_2021.pdf

    Donkersloot, R., and A. Agli. 2024. Rural is not a proxy: accounting for Indigenous participation in Bristol Bay salmon fisheries. Marine Policy 168(2):106323. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2024.106323

    Donkersloot, R., J. C. Black, C. Carothers, D. Ringer, W. Justin, P. M. Clay, M. R. Poe, E. R. Gavenus, W. Voinot-Baron, C. Stevens, M. Williams, J. Raymond-Yakoubian, F. Christiansen, S. J. Breslow, S. J. Langdon, J. M. Coleman, and S. J. Clark. 2020b. Assessing the sustainability and equity of Alaska salmon fisheries through a well-being framework. Ecology and Society 25(2):18. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-11549-250218

    Donkersloot, R., J. Coleman, C. Carothers, D. Ringer, and P. Cullenberg. 2020a. Kin, community and diverse rural economies: rethinking resource governance for Alaska rural fisheries. Marine Policy 117:103966. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2020.103966

    Emerson, R., R. Fretz, and L. Shaw. 1995. Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226206851.001.0001

    Esquible, J., A. Hoffman, D. Lowrey, D. Ropati, J. Cleveland, M. Williams, J. Samuelson, W. Justin, F. Christiansen, J. Black, R. Donkersloot, C. Stevens, B. Woods, D. Chya, and C. Carothers. 2024. Aulukluki neqkat: centering care of salmon and relational research in Indigenous fisheries in the Kuskokwim River, Alaska. Arctic Science 10(2):349-371. https://doi.org/10.1139/as-2023-0039

    Ferrer T., P. Boveng, D. D. W. Hauser, D. Withrow, V. Burkanov, T. P. Quinn, and G. O'Corry-Crowe. 2024. Genetic and evolutionary divergence of harbour seals (Phoca vitulina) in Iliamna Lake, Alaska. Biology Letters 20:20240166. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsbl.2024.0166

    Fienup-Riordan, A., C. Brown, and N. M. Braem. 2013. The value of ethnography in times of change: the story of Emmonak. Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography 94:301-311. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsr2.2013.04.005

    Fienup-Riordan, A., C. Davina, A. Rearden, and J. Corey. 2018. Yuuyaraq / The Yup'ik Way of Being. Alaska Native Language Center, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Friedman, R. S., E. A. Law, N. J. Bennett, C. D. Ives, J. P. R. Thorn, and K. A. Wilson. 2018. How just and just how? A systematic review of social equity in conservation research. Environmental Research Letters 13(5):053001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/aabcde

    Furman, K. L., S. L. Harlan, L. Barbieri, and S. Scyphers. 2023. Social equity in shore-based fisheries: identifying and understanding barriers to access. Marine Policy 148:105355. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2022.105355

    García-Quijano, C. G., J. J. Poggie, A. Pitchon, and M. H. Del Pozo, 2015. Coastal resource foraging, life satisfaction, and well-being in Southeastern Puerto Rico. Journal of Anthropological Research 71(2):145-167. https://doi.org/10.3998/jar.0521004.0071.201

    Gordon, H., and R. Datta 2022. Indigenous communities defining and utilising self-determination as an individual and collective capability. Journal of Human Development and Capabilities 23(2):182-205. https://doi.org/10.1080/19452829.2021.1966613

    Gram-Hanssen, I. 2021. Individual and collective leadership for deliberate transformations: insights from Indigenous leadership. Leadership 17(5):519-541. https://doi.org/10.1177/1742715021996486

    Gregory, R., L. Failing, D. Ohlson, and T. Mcdaniels. 2006. Some pitfalls of an overemphasis on science in environmental risk management decisions. Journal of Risk Research 9(7):717-735. https://doi.org/10.1080/13669870600799895

    Gregory, R., P. Halteman, N. Kaechele, and T. Satterfield. 2023. Methods for assessing social and cultural losses. Science 381(6657):478-481. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.adi2206

    Gurney, G. G., S. Mangubhai, M. Fox, M. Kiatkoski Kim, and A. Agrawal. 2021. Equity in environmental governance: perceived fairness of distributional justice principles in marine co-management. Environmental Science and Policy 124:23-32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2021.05.022

    Harris, L. D., and J. Wasilewski. 2004. Indigeneity, an alternative worldview: four R's (relationship, responsibility, reciprocity, redistribution) vs. two P's (power and profit). Sharing the journey towards conscious evolution. Systems Research and Behavioral Science 21:489-503. https://doi.org/10.1002/sres.631

    Herrmann, A. 2024. Landscape of Tribal communities: context for working in rural Alaska. Alaska Center for Climate Assessment and Policy, UAF International Arctic Research Center, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Holen, D. 2014. Fishing for community and culture: the value of fisheries in rural Alaska. Polar Record 50(4):403-413. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0032247414000205

    Inuit Circumpolar Council (ICC) Alaska. 2015. Alaskan Inuit food security conceptual framework: how to assess the Arctic from an Inuit perspective: summary report and recommendations report. Technical Report. Inuit Circumpolar Council-Alaska, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Kast, J. 2022. Social science in NOAA: workforce trends, challenges, and opportunities for building a more interdisciplinary workforce. Presentation. Knauss Fellows Lunch and Learn Seminar Series. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DTuxmVlXxCI

    Kimmerer, R. W. 2013. Braiding sweetgrass: Indigenous wisdom, scientific knowledge, and the teaching of plants. Milkweed Editions, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

    Klain, S. C., R. Beveridge, and N. J. Bennett. 2014. Ecologically sustainable but unjust? Negotiating equity and authority in common pool marine resource management. Ecology and Society 19(4):52. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-07123-190452

    Koster, R., K. Baccar, and R. H. Lemelin. 2012. Moving from research ON, to research WITH and FOR Indigenous communities: a critical reflection on community-based participatory research. Canadian Geographer / Le Géographe canadien 56:195-210. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1541-0064.2012.00428.x

    Kovach, M. 2009. Indigenous methodologies: characteristics, conversations, and contexts. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

    Leach, M., B. Reyers, X. Bai, E. S. Brondizio, C. Cook, S. Díaz, G. Espindola, M. Scobie, M. Stafford-Smith, and S. M. Subramanian. 2018. Equity and sustainability in the Anthropocene: a social-ecological systems perspective on their intertwined futures. Global Sustainability 1:e13. https://doi.org/10.1017/sus.2018.12

    Leong, K. M., S. Wongbusarakum, R. J. Ingram, A. Mawyer, and M. R. Poe. 2019. Improving representation of human well-being and cultural importance in conceptualizing the west Hawai'i ecosystem. Frontiers in Marine Science 6:213. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2019.00231

    Lukawiecki, J., F. Moola, and R. Roth. 2024. Cultural keystone species and their role in biocultural conservation. Conservation Science and Practice 6(11):e13224. https://doi.org/10.1111/csp2.13224

    Lyons, C., C. Carothers, and K. Reedy. 2016. A tale of two communities: using relational place-making to examine fisheries policy in the Pribilof Island communities of St. George and St. Paul, Alaska. Maritime Studies 15:7. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40152-016-0045-1

    McGregor, A. 2008. Well-being, poverty and conflict. Briefing Paper 1/08. Economic & Social Research Council Research Group on Wellbeing in Developing Countries, University of Bath, Bath, UK.

    McGregor, D. 2018. Mino-Mnaamodzawin: achieving Indigenous environmental justice in Canada. Environment and Society 9(1):7-24. https://digitalcommons.osgoode.yorku.ca/scholarly_works/2905/

    McIvor, O., A. Napoleon, and K. Dickie. 2009. Language and culture as protective factors for at-risk communities. International Journal of Indigenous Health 5(1):6-25. https://doi.org/10.18357/ijih51200912327

    Meredith, J. 2018. Fish or flight: the impact of transferable access rights on rural Alaskan salmon harvesters. Dissertation. Department of Economics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, USA.

    Micha, E., and I. Kelling. 2025. Understanding fishers’ wellbeing through participatory processes in fisheries management. npj Ocean Sustainability 4:10. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44183-025-00107-8

    Moon, K., V. Adams, and B. Cooke. 2019b. Shared personal reflections on the need to broaden the scope of conservation social science. People and Nature 1(4):426-434. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10043

    Moon, K., and D. Blackman. 2014. A guide to understanding social science research for natural scientists. Conservation Biology 28(5):1167-1177. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.12326

    Moon, K., D. Blackman V. Adams, R. Colvin, F. Davila, M. Evans, S. Januchoski-Hartley, N. Bennett, H. Dickinson, C. Sandbrook, K. Sherren, F. St. John, L. van Kerkohoff, and C. Wyborn. 2019a. Expanding the role of social science in conservation through an engagement with philosophy, methodology, and methods. Methods in Ecology and Evolution 10(3):294-302. https://doi.org/10.1111/2041-210X.13126

    Moon, K., C. Cvitanovic, D. Blackman, I. Scales, and N. Browne. 2021. Five questions to understand epistemology and its influence on integrative marine research. Frontiers in Marine Science 8:574158. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2021.574158

    Murray, G. D., L. D’Anna, and P. MacDonald. 2016. Measuring what we value: the utility of mixed methods approaches for incorporating values into marine social-ecological system management. Marine Policy 73:61-68. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2016.07.008

    National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (NASEM). 2024. Assessing equity in the distribution of fisheries management benefits: data and information availability. National Academies, Washington, D.C., USA.

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). 2023. Equity and environmental justice strategy. Final Equity and Environmental Justice Strategy. NMFS, Silver Spring, Maryland, USA.

    National Research Council. 2011. The importance of common metrics for advancing social science theory and research: a workshop summary. National Academies, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Nguyen, C. T. 2024. The limits of data. Issues in Science and Technology 40(2):94-101. https://doi.org/10.58875/LUXD6515

    Pascual, U., R. Muradian, L. C. Rodríguez, and A. Duraiappah. 2010. Exploring the links between equity and efficiency in payments for environmental services: a conceptual approach. Ecological Economics 69(6):1237-1244. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2009.11.004

    Pascual, U., J. Phelps, E. Garmendia, K. Brown, E. Corbera, A., Martin, E. Gomez-Baggethun, and R. Muradian. 2014. Social equity matters in payments for ecosystem services. BioScience 64(11):1027-1036. https://doi.org/10.1093/biosci/biu146

    Poe, M., K. Norman, and P. Levin. 2014. Cultural dimensions of socioecological systems: key connections and guiding principles for conservation in coastal environments. Conservation Letters 7(3):166-175. https://doi.org/10.1111/conl.12068

    Poppel, B., J. Kruse, G. Duhaime, and L. Abryutina. 2007. SLiCA Results. vol. 2009. Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of Alaska, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Reedy, K. L. 2023. Fusion subsistence: the diverse foodscape of the Aleutians. Food, Culture & Society 26(5):1085-1106. https://doi.org/10.1080/15528014.2022.2084308

    Rose-Redwood, R., N. Blu Barnd, A. H. Lucchesi, S. Dias, and W. Patrick. 2020. Decolonizing the map: recentering Indigenous mappings. Cartographica: The International Journal for Geographic Information and Geovisualization 55(3):151-162. https://doi.org/10.3138/cart.53.3.intro

    Ruskin, L. 2024. Judge rules for the feds in a lawsuit against the state of Alaska over subsistence fishing rights. Alaska Public Media, 29 March. https://alaskapublic.org/2024/03/29/judge-rules-for-the-feds-in-a-lawsuit-against-the-state-of-alaska-over-subsistence-fishing-rights/

    Satterfield, T., R. Gregory, S. Klain, M. Roberts, and K. M. Chan. 2013. Culture, intangibles and metrics in environmental management. Journal of Environmental Management 117:103-114. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2012.11.033

    Sikor, T., editor. 2013. The justices and injustices of ecosystem services. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203395288

    Sikor, T., A. Martin, J. Fisher, and J. He. 2014. Toward an empirical analysis of justice in ecosystem governance. Conservation Letters 7(6):524-532. https://doi.org/10.1111/conl.12142

    Silver, J., D. K. Okamoto, D. Armitage, S. M. Alexander, C. Atleo (Kam’ayaam/Chachim’multhnii), J. M. Burt, R. Jones (Nang Jingwas), L. C. Lee, E.-K. Muhl, A. K. Salomon, and J. S. Stoll. 2022. Fish, people, and systems of power: understanding and disrupting feedback between colonialism and fisheries science. American Naturalist 200(1):168-180. https://doi.org/10.1086/720152

    Simpson, L. B. 2014. Land as pedagogy: Nishnaabeg intelligence and rebellious transformation. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education, and Society 3(3):1-25.

    Singer, J. D. 1982. Variables, indicators, and data: the measurement problem in macropolitical research. Social Science History 6(2):181-217. https://doi.org/10.2307/1171105

    State of Alaska. 2017. Department of Law Press Release: Attorney General issues AG opinion on tribal sovereignty. 20 October. State of Alaska, Anchorage, Alaska, USA. https://law.alaska.gov/press/releases/2017/102017-AGOpinion.html

    State of Alaska’s Salmon and People Project (SASAP). [date unknown]. Well-being and Salmon Systems Working Group. https://alaskasalmonandpeople.org/working-group/well-being-and-salmon-systems/

    Stephenson, R. L., A. J. Benson, K. Brooks, A. Charles, P. Degnbol, P., C. M. Dichmont, M. Kraan, S. Pascoe, S. D. Paul, A. Rindorf, and M. Wiber. 2017. Practical steps toward integrating economic, social and institutional elements in fisheries policy and management. ICES Journal of Marine Science 74:1981-1989. https://doi.org/10.1093/icesjms/fsx057

    Sterling, E. J., C. Filardi, A. Toomey, A. Sigouin, E. Betley, N. Gazit, J. Newell, S. Albert, D. Alvira, N. Bergamini, M. Blair, D. Boseto, K. Burrows, N. Bynum, S. Caillon, J. E. Caselle, J. Claudet, G. Cullman, R. Dacks, P. B. Eyzaguirre, S. Gray, J. Herrera, P. Kenilorea, K. Kinney, N. Kurashima, S. Macey, C. Malone, S. Mauli, J. McCarter, H. McMillen, P. Pascua, P. Pikacha, A. L. Porzecanski, P. de Robert, M. Salpeteur, M. Sirikolo, M. H. Stege, K. Stege, T. Ticktin, R. Vave, A. Wali, P. West, K. B. Winter, and S. D. Jupiter. 2017. Biocultural approaches to well-being and sustainability indicators across scales. Nature Ecology & Evolution 1:1798-1806. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41559-017-0349-6

    Sterling, E. J., P. Pascua, A. Sigouin, N. Gazit, L. Mandle, E. Betley, J. Aini, S. Albert, S. Caillon, J. E. Caselle, S. H. Cheng, J. Claudet, R. Dacks, E. S. Darling, C. Filardi, S. D. Jupiter, A. Mawyer, M. Mejia, K. Morishige, W. Nainoca, J. Parks, J. Tanguay, T. Ticktin, R. Vave, V. Wase, S. Wongbusarakum, and J. McCarter. 2020. Creating a space for place and multidimensional well-being: lessons learned from localizing the SDGs. Sustainability Science 15(4):1129-1147. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00822-w

    Taylor, J. 2008. Indigenous peoples and indicators of well-being: Australian perspectives on United Nations global frameworks. Social Indicators Research 87:111-126. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-007-9161-z

    Thornton, T. F. 2010. Alaska Native subsistence: a matter of cultural survival. Cultural Survival, 26 March. https://www.culturalsurvival.org/publications/cultural-survival-quarterly/alaska-native-subsistence-matter-cultural-survival

    Todd, Z. 2018. Refracting the state through human-fish relations: fishing, Indigenous legal orders and colonialism in North/Western Canada. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society 7(1):60-75.

    Trainor, A., D. Gerkey, B. M. McDavid, H. S. Cold, J. Park, and D. S. Koster. 2021. How subsistence salmon connects households and communities: an exploration of salmon production and exchange networks in three communities on the Yukon River, 2018–2019. Technical Paper No. 481. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA. https://www.adfg.alaska.gov/techpap/TP481.pdf

    Tsosie, K. S., and K. G. Claw. 2019. Indigenizing science and reasserting indigeneity in research. Human Biology 91(3):137-140. https://doi.org/10.13110/humanbiology.91.3.02

    Tuhiwai-Smith, L. 1999. Decolonizing methodologies: research and Indigenous peoples. Zed Books, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350225282

    U.S. Congress. 1971. H.R. CONF. REP. 92-746, H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 746, 92ST Cong., 1ST Sess. 1971, 1971 U.S.C.C.A.N. 2247, 1971 WL 11413 (Leg.Hist.). U.S. Congress, Washington, D.C., USA.

    von der Porten, S., J. Corntassel, and D. Mucina. 2019. Indigenous nationhood and herring governance: strategies for the reassertion of Indigenous authority and inter-Indigenous solidarity regarding marine resources. AlterNative 15(1):62-74. https://doi.org/10.1177/1177180118823560

    Watson, B., M. N. Reimer, M. Guettabi, and A. Haynie 2021. Commercial fisheries and local economies. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management 106:102419. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeem.2021.102419

    Wayner, H. J. 2022. Food sovereignty as well-being in an Alaskan Indigenous community. A case study in Igiugig Village. Thesis. University Centre of the Westfjords, University of Akureyri, Akureyri, Iceland.

    West, S., and C. Schill. 2022. Negotiating the ethical-political dimensions of research methods: a key competency in mixed methods, inter- and transdisciplinary, and co-production research. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications 9(1):294. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-022-01297-z

    Wexler, L. 2009. The importance of identity, history, and culture in the wellbeing of Indigenous youth. Journal of the History of Childhood and Youth 2(2):267-276. https://doi.org/10.1353/hcy.0.0055

    White House. 2021a. Executive order on advancing racial equality and support for underserved communities through the federal government. White House, Washington, D.C., USA.

    White House. 2021b. Memorandum on tribal consultation and strengthening nation-to-nation relationships. White House, Washington, D.C., USA.

    White House. 2022. Guidance for federal departments and agencies on Indigenous knowledge. White House, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Wilson, S. 2008. Research is ceremony: Indigenous research methods. Fernwood, Black Point, Nova Scotia, Canada.

    Woodhead, A. J., K. E. Abernethy, L. Szaboova, and R. A. Turner. 2018. Health in fishing communities: a global perspective. Fish and Fisheries 19:839-852. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12295

    Corresponding author:
    Rachel Donkersloot
    rachel@coastalculturesresearch.com
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Igiugig’s Stewardship Map. This map depicts Igiugig’s homelands. The various colors indicate land owners today (e.g., National Park Service [purple], Bureau of Land Management [yellow], Alaska Department of Natural Resources (blue), Village Corporations [orange]). The dots represent Igiugig Named Places. Note the intentional absence of distinct boundary lines marking Igiugig’s traditional lands. Instead, the outer areas blur as they overlap with other Nations’ homelands. Igiugig Village Council is careful not to define ownership and encourages other Nations to map their traditional homelands. Shared with permission from Igiugig Village Council.

    Fig. 1. Igiugig’s Stewardship Map. This map depicts Igiugig’s homelands. The various colors indicate land owners today (e.g., National Park Service [purple], Bureau of Land Management [yellow], Alaska Department of Natural Resources (blue), Village Corporations [orange]). The dots represent Igiugig Named Places. Note the intentional absence of distinct boundary lines marking Igiugig’s traditional lands. Instead, the outer areas blur as they overlap with other Nations’ homelands. Igiugig Village Council is careful not to define ownership and encourages other Nations to map their traditional homelands. Shared with permission from Igiugig Village Council.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) Village Corporation Lands in the Bristol Bay Region. Village corporation lands are shown as multi-colored shapes. Igiugig’s village corporation lands are pink-shaded and located on the western edge of Lake Iliamna. Shared with permission from Bristol Bay Heritage Land Trust.

    Fig. 2. Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) Village Corporation Lands in the Bristol Bay Region. Village corporation lands are shown as multi-colored shapes. Igiugig’s village corporation lands are pink-shaded and located on the western edge of Lake Iliamna. Shared with permission from Bristol Bay Heritage Land Trust.

    Fig. 2
    Table 1
    Table 1. Advancing well-being through nation-building in Igiugig.

    Table 1. Advancing well-being through nation-building in Igiugig.

    Sovereignty Dimensions Nation-Building Initiatives Initiative Summary
    Food Sovereignty
    Local Foods Challenge Initiated by local youth, the Local Foods Challenge was a community-wide 6-week commitment to eating only local and traditional foods (salt and oatmeal were permitted). The village spent 9 months preparing for the 6-week challenge by harvesting, processing, and storing traditional and locally produced foods (Wayner 2022). Youth surveyed homes weekly to monitor health impacts and other changes (e.g., blood sugar, sleep, energy, and mood).
    Energy Sovereignty RivGen Project The RivGen project aims to reduce Igiugig’s carbon footprint and dependency on diesel by generating emission-free electricity from river currents. Igiugig is the first community in the State of Alaska to install an in-river hydrokinetic energy generator, and the first Tribe in the United States to receive a permit from the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission to pilot the RivGen Project.
    Language Sovereignty Unglu; Wangkuta Qanriarait Nanvarpagmiut Yugestun; Yup’ik and Dena‛ina Revitalization Programs For years, Igiugig Village Council (IVC) has led development of language immersion and revitalization programs in the village and broader region. This effort includes Unglu, an early childhood education language immersion program for infants up to 5 years of age (unglu means “nest”). Unglu is part of a larger language revitalization program, Wangkuta Qanriarait Nanvarparmiut Yugestun (“We all speak Lake Iliamna Yup’ik”). IVC recently expanded their efforts to include Dena'ina language learning. IVC successfully advocated to the Lake and Peninsula School District to include Indigenous language learning as part of the school day. Other examples include launching the Igiugig Story Bridge website and publishing children’s books of traditional stories as told by Elders in their Native languages.
    Economic, Knowledge, Data Sovereignty Telecommunications & Tribal Broadband; Indigenous Guardians Program Igiugig is leading efforts in the region to bring high speed fiber optic broadband internet to 16 communities through the Southwest Alaska Long-haul Microwave and Optical Network (SALMONet). SALMONet will be wholly owned and operated by a Tribal consortium, and provide local employment, revenue, and infrastructure.
    IVC is developing their first Indigenous-led community-based environmental monitoring program in the Bristol Bay region. The program is guided by Indigenous values and priorities and builds Tribal capacity and expertise to identify and track environmental changes as the basis for climate resiliency and stewardship initiatives.
    Cultural & Livelihood Sovereignty Igyaraq‛s Cultural Center; Niraqutaq Qallemcinek; Neqlercurvik and Culture Camps IVC is spearheading construction of a community Cultural Center. The Center will be located at Igyaraq, the site of the traditional village and near fish camp to reflect their identity as Igyararmiut. The site and space were inspired by the repatriation of 24 ancestors that were discovered to be housed at the Smithsonian Museum and repatriated in 2017 at a village site the Tribe nominated to the National Register of Historic Places in 2021. The Center will be a dedicated space to gather, potluck, celebrate, and heal. It is also envisioned as a space to properly house and care for ancestral artifacts that belong in the community.
    Niraqutaq Qallemcinek is a multi-year local history project that collects and organizes audio stories and related photographs from Igiugig residents as a way to share the social and cultural history of the region. Many of the stories have been translated to Yup’ik. IVC hosts village and regional culture camps to foster learning, community, and healing through culture. These include Neqlercurvik (Goose Camp), another at Kukaklek Lake, among others.
    Territorial & Land Sovereignty Land Acquisition, Unification, & Protection Strategies; Establishment of Tribal Stewardship Department
    IVC has developed a multifaceted suite of strategies to acquire and protect traditional lands. These strategies include map making (see Fig. 1) and many technical and legal approaches to maintain, protect, and restore lands at risk of further fragmentation or being sold/developed by nonlocals. These strategies are outlined in detail in Salmon (2019) and IVC (2021).
    In 2022, IVC established their Tribal Stewardship Department, with personnel dedicated to advancing climate change adaptation and preparedness measures, coordinating Tribal perspectives for public comment opportunities, and advancing collaborative environmental monitoring initiatives with neighboring Tribes, as well as nonprofit entities, university researchers, and state and federal agencies with a presence in the region.
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    equity; indicators; Indigenous stewardship; Indigenous well-being; sovereignty; sustainable governance

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 39 Research

    The potential of collective action in promoting sustainable rangeland management: evidence from pastoral China

    Wu, S., C. Liao, and L. Yu. 2025. The potential of collective action in promoting sustainable rangeland management: evidence from pastoral China. Ecology and Society 30(3):39. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16584-300339
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Shuang WuORCID, Shuang Wu
      School of Public Affairs, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China
    • Chuan LiaoORCIDcontact author, Chuan Liao
      Department of Global Development, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, USA
    • Lu YuORCIDcontact authorLu Yu
      School of Public Affairs, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Wu, S., C. Liao, and L. Yu. 2025. The potential of collective action in promoting sustainable rangeland management: evidence from pastoral China. Ecology and Society 30(3):39.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16584-300339

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • collective action; cooperatives; inclusive society; joint management; propensity score matching; rangeland management
    The potential of collective action in promoting sustainable rangeland management: evidence from pastoral China
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16584.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Rangelands cover ~54% of the Earth’s land surface, and in many regions, are under severe degradation pressure. Overgrazing is one of the main causes of degradation. In this study, we draw on household survey data collected between 2021 and 2023 in pastoral regions of China to examine whether collective action can help address overgrazing. Using a propensity score matching approach, we find that participation in collective action reduces overgrazing by 29.6% compared with similar households that did not participate. Specifically, cooperatives reduce overgrazing by 23.9%, whereas joint management shows a much large effect of 60.0%. The benefits are especially strong for herders with less education, lower income, or no family members in government leadership, which highlights the potential of collective action to foster inclusion and resilience. We identify several mechanisms at work, including promoting rotational grazing, enhancing livelihood diversity, and aligning ecological awareness with grazing practices. Policies that lower participation barriers, strengthen trust, expand knowledge-sharing networks, and ensure fair decision making can amplify the contribution of collective action to sustainable rangeland management and inclusive rural development.

    INTRODUCTION

    Rangelands, covering 54% of the Earth’s terrestrial surface, are home to almost a billion people (Bardgett et al. 2021, UNEP 2021). However, they are largely threatened by degradation, with 49% of global rangeland areas degraded to some extent (Bardgett et al. 2021). In China, rangeland constitutes the country’s most extensive terrestrial ecosystem, covering 41.7% of the national land area, with extensive grazing remaining the primary land use (Wang 2022). However, this vital ecosystem has experienced significant degradation, with 90% of rangelands affected since the 1950s (Liu and Diamond 2005, Wu et al. 2024). Overgrazing is a principal driver of degradation, which occurs when the actual stocking rate exceeds the rangeland’s carrying capacity, as resource users maximize economic profit from livestock production (Hu et al. 2019, Su et al. 2021, Wang et al. 2022). Heavy grazing intensity has led to a 65% decline in aboveground biomass, which exceeds the global average (Yan et al. 2013). In particular, household livestock holdings in Inner Mongolia were found to be 3.2 times greater than the local rangelands’ carrying capacity (Briske et al. 2015).

    Given the global challenge of rangeland degradation, a large body of literature examines the determinants of herders’ sustainable use of rangeland, including household individual characteristics, herd size, herding strategy, and rangeland management practices (Waldron et al. 2010, Li and Bennett 2019, Feng et al. 2023). Herders’ stocking rate decisions are also socially interdependent. Peer effects, whereby high stocking by peers induces similar behavior, create self-reinforcing pressure on pastures (Shi et al. 2022). A parallel literature evaluates collective action and finds that rangeland under collective arrangements often exhibits lower degradation (Tang and Gavin 2015, Li et al. 2018, Yang et al. 2021). In China, such arrangements have deep historical roots but have been weakened since the privatization of rangeland started in the 1980s (Li and Huntsinger 2011). Subsequent grazing bans and rapid market integration further eroded cooperative traditions, diminishing environmental benefits previously associated with collective management (Li and Huntsinger 2011, Yu and Farrell 2013, Hou et al. 2023).

    Collective action offers a practical bottom-up approach to realigning incentives and coordinating resource use at the community level (Ostrom 2010, Wang et al. 2024). Evidence from diverse contexts shows that collective arrangements lower transaction costs, enhance bargaining power, pool infrastructure, and often deliver environmental gains, for example, in invasive species control, river basin management, and agroforestry (Markelova et al. 2009, Zulu et al. 2018, Hazard et al. 2022). In rangelands, collective action is also linked to greater equity, managerial efficiency (Hausner et al. 2012, Cai and Li 2016), and ecological recovery in some contexts. Case studies from Uzbekistan and Mongolia report increased biomass and households’ incomes under collective arrangements (Christmann et al. 2015, Oniki et al. 2018). Evidence from China similarly indicates that collective action enhances households’ livelihoods, promotes social equity, and supports ecological sustainability (Cao et al. 2018a, Yang et al. 2020, Yu et al. 2025). Outcomes, however, are contingent on enabling conditions, especially social capital (e.g., norms, communication networks, and trustworthiness) and local informal institutions, which support monitoring and compliance (Labonne and Chase 2011, Li et al. 2021, Zhou et al. 2024). Where these conditions hold, participation in and positive impacts of collective action can be broadened, and an inclusive society can thus be realized, further reinforcing both households’ livelihoods and governance capacity (Agrawal et al. 2023).

    There are two primary forms of collective action in pastoral communities of China, namely cooperatives and joint management (Wang et al. 2013, Yang et al. 2020, 2021, Li et al. 2024). Cooperatives are formal, registered organizations that provide financial and technical support to their members, enabling them to achieve economies of scale and improve welfare outcomes (Tang and Gavin 2015, Wossen et al. 2017, Ma et al. 2018). By reducing transaction costs and enhancing individual bargaining power (Mojo et al. 2017), cooperatives can foster greater environmental awareness among members, thus promoting ecological sustainability (Lise et al. 2006), with evidence of gains also in carbon efficiency and rangeland utilization (Li et al. 2018, 2024). In contrast, joint management is an informal, small-scale arrangement in which a few neighboring households or relatives pool their resources (e.g., livestock and grassland) and cooperatively coordinate day-to-day herding and other pastoral practices (e.g., selling, mobility; Bijoor et al. 2006, Tan et al. 2018). Studies show joint management can generate significant ecological benefits while enhancing livestock production outcomes (Yang et al. 2021). This approach has effectively balanced environmental goals with preserving household livelihood, offering substantial ecological and economic benefits to participating herders (Grundy et al. 2000, Cao et al. 2011, 2018b, Mazunda and Shively 2015).

    Nevertheless, the benefits of collective action are unevenly distributed. Empirical studies found that collective action tends to benefit more disadvantaged groups with limited education or in poor economic conditions, by providing them with sufficient knowledge, better market access, and lower transaction costs (Feleke and Zegeye 2006, Abebaw and Haile 2013, Zulu et al. 2018). Meanwhile, collective action can advantage those with less political power by constraining dominant actors and reinforcing peer oversight. For example, individuals with political status (holding a government leadership position) often adhere to the behavioral norms to maintain their social standing and rights within the village, which involves accepting oversight and balancing livestock numbers with available forage (Agrawal et al. 2023, Feng et al. 2023).

    Existing case studies provide valuable insights into the effect of collective action on rangeland sustainability, but they face limited generalizability across contexts (Christmann et al. 2015, Wang et al. 2024). More importantly, existing research mainly focuses on ecological outcomes, leaving grazing behavior (i.e., whether households exceed carrying capacity) and the underlying mechanisms linking collective action to overgrazing behavior underexplored. Heterogeneous effects across household types are insufficiently specified, yet crucial for identifying priority groups and tailoring interventions.

    This study examines whether and how collective action reduces overgrazing in Chinese pastoral regions, focusing on cooperatives and joint management. Using household survey data collected from 484 herders in pastoral areas in China, each household’s stocking rate is compared to locally estimated carrying capacity to determine overgrazing. The average treatment effects of participation in collective actions on the probability of overgrazing are assessed, which accounts for self-selection using propensity score matching (PSM), and heterogeneity is examined across household characteristics such as education and income. Additionally, the underlying mechanisms that affect overgrazing through collective action are explored. Our results reveal the conditions under which collective action curbs overstocking and who benefits the most from the collective action. These findings highlight the critical role of herders’ behavior in promoting sustainable rangeland management under private property regimes, and offer implications for policy makers in setting targeted interventions for diverse groups toward promoting sustainable rangeland use and fostering a more inclusive society.

    METHODS

    Study area

    We researched Qinghai Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region from 2020 to 2022 (Fig. 1A). Qinghai Province is located on the Qinghai-Tibet Plateau in western China (31°40′-39°19′N, 89°35′-103°04′E), characterized by a plateau continental climate with long, cold seasons and low oxygen levels in the air (Zhao et al. 2020). It is one of China’s major pastoral areas and is part of its five largest grazing regions (Zhao et al. 2020). The province has a total rangeland area of 36.45 million hectares (NAHS 2017), accounting for 47% of the land area in the region (Liu et al. 2018), dominated by alpine meadows and alpine steppe. The region’s ecosystems are fragile, with grassland degradation becoming increasingly prominent, overgrazing, increasing climate disasters, and pasture fragmentation as the main reasons (Dong et al. 2020, Qi 2021, Tan et al. 2025). Qinghai Province administers eight prefecture-level regions, of which four have experienced varying degrees of overgrazing (Gao et al. 2023). By 2018, the total livestock numbers exceeded the maximum carrying capacity of the rangelands by 34.5%, with 24 counties listed in the high-risk overgrazing zone, urgently requiring measures for grassland protection and carrying capacity regulation (Wei et al. 2024). Over the last decade, the number of cooperatives has increased, though individual households are still the main actors in pastoral practices. As of 2023, Qinghai Province has developed 17,600 agricultural and pastoral cooperative organizations and established 19,700 family farms. This includes 65 national-level model cooperatives, 865 provincial-level model cooperatives, and 573 model family farms (MARAPRC 2023). Studies from the region show that cooperatives integrate labor and capital, enabling rotational grazing, higher livestock productivity, and greater resilience to climate shocks (Wang et al. 2021, Yuan and Luo 2022). They also offer training, financial services, and information platforms that improve human capital and adaptive capacity (He et al. 2024). Joint management facilitates labor sharing and collective grazing, reducing costs such as fencing and water access (Cao et al. 2011), increasing mobility, supporting grassland recovery, and livelihood diversification (Zhou et al. 2021).

    Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region is located in northern China (37°24′-53°23′N, 97°12′-126°04′E), with a relatively flat terrain and a cold, dry climate. The total rangeland area is 76.54 million hectares (NAHS 2017), mainly temperate typical steppe and sandy steppe. The region is facing grazing pressure. In 2023, a total of 15.61 million hectares of rangelands were designated as overgrazing warning zones, of which 37.88% were classified as severe overgrazing warning zones (NFGA 2024). As of 2024, Inner Mongolia has actively fostered new types of business entities to encourage herders to adopt pasture rotation and moderate-scale operations. Pilot initiatives in banner- and county-level shareholding cooperatives, family ranches, and joint household ranches have increased by 3471, reaching 22,000. In addition, 247 smart ranches have been newly established, achieving 59% of the annual target (Zhang 2024). In Inner Mongolia, studies show that cooperatives have helped reduce transaction costs, enhance members’ bargaining power, and improve market access, especially in remote regions (Alho 2015, Verhofstadt and Maertens 2015, Menggendalai 2023). Joint management complements these gains in climate adaptation. By coordinating grazing routes and sharing pasture during extreme weather events, joint groups reduce household vulnerability and enhance rangeland resilience (Wang 2013, Tang and Gavin 2015). In the study area, collective action shows the potential to improve household livelihoods and resilience to climate variability and foster sustainable grazing practices (e.g., rotational grazing, mobility) in Qinghai and Inner Mongolia. These prospects motivate the empirical assessment of whether, and how, collective action could foster ecological gains by reducing overgrazing.

    Data collection

    The household survey was conducted in four pastoral counties in the Qinghai Autonomous Region and two pastoral counties in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region from 2021 to 2023. Households were selected from villages representing diverse rangeland types and herd management strategies. The survey employed a multistage sampling strategy. In each selected county, 1–2 townships were chosen, and within each township, 3–4 villages were further selected. The number of surveyed households in each village was adjusted according to village size, with a target of approximately 35 households per village. In some small-scale villages, a complete enumeration approach was adopted. However, in pastoral areas, especially in Qinghai, the wide geographic dispersion of households made reaching the target number in certain villages difficult. In total, 484 valid responses were obtained. Our survey included 308 samples from Qinghai collected in 2020 (Fig. 1B) and 176 from Inner Mongolia collected in 2021 and 2022 (Fig. 1C). The survey was conducted through face-to-face interviews, including questions on household characteristics, household grazing behavior, household rangeland management, herd ownership, composition, and transactions. The head of household ranged in age from 17 to 80 years old; the average age was 45 years old, with 25% younger than 38 years old and 25% older than 52 years old. The head of households are almost always individuals who identify themselves as male (93.3%), with females accounting for only 6.7%.

    Calculation of theoretical carrying capacity

    The theoretical carrying capacity refers to the maximum number of livestock a unit of rangeland area can sustainably support over a defined grazing period under ecological conditions. Equation 1 calculates the theoretical carrying capacity of rangelands, considering three primary parameters: rangeland forage yield, forage utilization rate, and daily feed intake per livestock unit.

    Equation 1 (1)

    Rangeland biomass, defined as fresh or dry grass yield, is crucial for determining carrying capacity and reflects the rangeland’s ecological status. Net primary productivity (NPP, kg C/m²/year) is widely used as an indicator for biomass because it combines vegetation growth potential under climatic and soil conditions. Annual NPP data for 2021 are obtained from the MODIS17A3 dataset, and extracted at the township level using rangeland vector boundaries. Because only the above-ground biomass is available for livestock consumption, an adjustment factor fbnpp is applied to account for the below-ground proportion of NPP. Based on measurements at 207 field sites, Sun et al. (2021) use machine learning to create a global fbnpp map. The utilization coefficient k represents the proportion of available forage consumed by livestock during the grazing period. According to the “Calculation of Rational Carrying Capacity of Natural Rangeland” (NY/T 635-2015) issued by the Ministry of Agriculture (MOA 2015), utilization rate (k) varies by rangeland type and grazing practice. Value of fbnpp and k used in this study are shown in Table A.1.

    The parameter M represents the daily feed intake (kg C) per sheep unit, following existing research findings and official standards. According to the Ministry of Agriculture of the People’s Republic of China (2015), the daily feed intake for sheep units is 1.8 kg of dry hay (14% moisture content), equivalent to approximately 1.548 kg dry weight. To ensure consistent measurement units, all biomass data in this study are expressed in carbon mass (kg C), applying a conversion coefficient of 0.45 from plant biomass to carbon content, as applied by Fang et al. (1996) and Yang et al. (2022). Parameter D represents the annual grazing days, determined based on local grazing practices observed during field surveys. Based on forage growth periods, the theoretical grazing days are set at 300 days annually. For herders who move livestock to communal pastures in summer (approximately 60 days), the actual grazing days are set at 240 days. In the Inner Mongolia study area, herders typically graze in the warm season from May to October and practice enclosure feeding in the cold season, yielding an annual grazing period of around 180 days.

    Calculation of stocking rate

    The stocking rate refers to the grazing density per unit area of rangeland, converting different livestock types to standard sheep units. Herders often buy additional forage to reduce grazing pressure on their pastures, lowering the actual stocking rate. Therefore, with reference to the standards set by the MOA (2015) and incorporating necessary adjustments, the calculation of the actual stocking rate Y is shown in equations (2) and (3).

    Equation 2 (1)
    Equation 3 (1)

    Index i represents the type of grazing livestock, and n represents the total number of grazing livestock types.

    The parameter Qi represents the quantity of the ith type of livestock raised by the herder, while Si denotes the amount of the ith type sold. The coefficient Yi indicates the conversion factor of the ith type of livestock into standard sheep units, as presented in Table A.2. Additionally, adjustments are made to exclude livestock sold in August or September, with only the total number of animals remaining in winter counted. This winter inventory serves as the basis for assessing the actual grazing pressure, a method also commonly adopted by the government to estimate whether overgrazing occurs. The symbol A refers to the herder’s total area of pasture grazed.

    The parameter P in equations (2) and (3) presents the number of standard sheep units supported by purchased supplementary feed. As supplementary feeding reduces grazing pressure on pastures, it must be subtracted from the total livestock inventory when calculating the actual stocking rate to reflect the real grazing load. Symbol m indicates the weight of supplementary feed provided by the household (kg), which is calculated from the total cost of supplementary feeding reported in the household survey and the local forage price. In Qinghai, extensive grazing is widely practiced, and the livestock carrying capacity is adjusted by accounting for the weight of winter supplementary forage. In equation (3), the actual grazing days are expressed as D, and the daily feed intake per livestock unit is denoted as M; both align with the grazing days (D) and daily feed intake (M) in equation (1). In the Inner Mongolia study area, summer supplementary feeding is minimal, and livestock are generally kept in barns during the cold season, so no adjustment for supplementary feeding is made.

    According to the National Forestry and Grassland Administration (NFGA 2021), a household is defined as “overgrazing” when its grazing intensity exceeds the theoretical carrying capacity by more than 15%. In China, rangeland carrying capacity and stocking rate are measured by the number of sheep an area can support, expressed as “sheep/mu” (1 mu = 0.0667 ha).

    Propensity score matching method

    Complications arise because it is impossible to observe both potential outcomes for any single herder at the same time, a situation known as the “counterfactual problem” in impact evaluation literature. To address this issue, the PSM technique reduces selection bias by matching groups based on observable characteristics that predict participation in collective action (Rosenbaum and Rubin 1983, Ji et al. 2019). The PSM method has been applied to several studies related to collective action, demonstrating that collective action significantly improves outcomes such as household income, asset accumulation, and the adoption of agricultural technologies and safe practices among households (Abebaw and Haile 2013, Mojo et al. 2017, Ji et al. 2019). The PSM method has also been applied to identify the impact of credit support on grazing intensity, effectively mitigating the problem of unobservable counterfactuals (Teng et al. 2025).

    The treatment variable is defined as a binary indicator denoting whether herder i participated in collective action (CAi = 1) or not (CAi = 0), while the outcome variable captures whether the herder engaged in overgrazing. To address potential selection bias, the propensity score (PSi) is introduced as the conditional probability of participating in collective action, conditional on the observed characteristics Xi. The treatment effect of collective action can then be formally expressed as shown in equation (4):

    Equation 4 (1)

    The propensity score constructs a wide range of factors (Xi), driving households’ decision making to participate in collective action. Economic and social motivations affect the decision-making process for collective action practices, including individual characteristics, household compositions, financial statuses, and land management (Yang et al. 2020, Feng et al. 2023).

    The average treatment effect on the treated (ATT) represents the effect of collective action on overgrazing. It estimates the difference in overgrazing behavior between herders who participated in collective action and the behavior they would have shown had they not attended:

    Equation 5 (1)

    Here, Gi1 denotes the observed grazing outcome for herder i under participation, and Gi0 represents the unobserved grazing outcome that would have occurred had the same herder not participated. Because the counterfactual outcome is not directly observable, it is approximated by identifying matched non-participants with similar propensity scores. After propensity score estimation, the study utilizes Nearest Neighbor Matching (NNM) techniques. The methods facilitate a comparative analysis between participants and non-participants of collective action. A balance test is also conducted to ensure the quality of the matching process. Following standard practice (Rosenbaum and Rubin 1983, Mojo et al. 2017, Ji et al. 2019), covariates are considered well-balanced if the absolute standardized mean differences are below 0.1, corresponding to a 10% standardized difference. In addition, the change in pseudo R² and the average difference across variables are also examined to assess overall balance. These measures help determine whether the treatment and control groups became more similar after matching.

    RESULTS

    Summary statistics

    The summary statistics of various collective action participants are shown in Figure 2, with the number of observations labeled in a Venn diagram of overlapping circles. Among all the research samples, 19.01% participate in cooperatives and 28.51% engage in joint management. Specifically, 14.46% participate only in cooperatives, 4.96% participate only in joint management, and 14.05% participate in both forms of collective action. In total, 33.47% of households participate in at least one of the two forms, which are regarded as participation in collective action in this study.

    On average, the actual stocking rate slightly exceeds carrying capacity, and 42.8% of households overgraze, indicating that overgrazing is unevenly distributed across regions. Overgrazing is especially prevalent in Qinghai’s study area compared to Inner Mongolia, with Gangcha having the highest overgrazing rate of over 80% (Fig. 3). In Chenbaerhu Banner, favorable climate and rangeland types yield higher quality forage, theoretically reducing the area required per head. Across all sample counties, the average actual stocking rate is 0.24 sheep/mu (approximately 3.60 sheep/ha), while the average theoretical carrying capacity is 0.21 sheep/mu (approximately 3.15 sheep/ha).

    Variables that may influence both herders’ likelihood of overgrazing and their participation in collective action are listed in Table 1, including herder characteristics (e.g., age of the household head, education level), household compositions (e.g., labor, government leadership position), economic statuses (e.g., household income, loan), as well as rangeland management (e.g., per capita owned pastures, land transfer, rotation), as they may influence herders’ behavior of overgrazing. These factors are theoretically and empirically linked to stocking decisions and cooperative behavior (Waldron et al. 2010, Li and Bennett 2019, Feng et al. 2023). Individual characteristics (e.g., age, education level), household compositions (e.g., labor, government leadership position) and economic statuses (e.g., household income, loan) can influence herders’ perceptions of climate and ecological changes (Klein et al. 2014), which condition willingness to participate in collective action (Van Gevelt et al. 2019). Land management also affects both grazing pressure and cooperation incentives. For example, larger rangelands are more likely to join cooperative rangeland management (Yang et al. 2020). Herders who transfer rangeland are more likely to participate in collective action because it ensures more transfer benefits are retained by reducing transaction costs (Zhang et al. 2017). Additionally, herders who advocate rotational grazing are more likely to participate in collective action because it enhances land access and facilitates the implementation of rotational grazing (Fabusoro 2009).

    The likelihood of herders’ overgrazing is lower in the group “participants” than in their “non-” group, indicating that herders engaged in collective action are less likely to overgraze (Table 2). The two groups, however, differ significantly on several covariates in education level, labor, household income, per capita owned pasture, and rotation. Households participating in collective action usually have low education levels and enough labor. They tend to have poor economic conditions and own fewer pastures, with rotation grazing behavior. These systematic differences indicate that households’ decision making on participating in collective action is not random but affected by their household characteristics, household composition and other factors. Consequently, directly comparing the overgrazing between participants and non-participants households may underestimate the impact of collective action on overgrazing. The matching method is applied in the empirical analysis to address this self-selection.

    Logit model on determinants of participation in collective action

    The results of herders’ decision making on whether to participate in collective action are shown in Table 3, indicating that factors influencing collective action participation include government leadership position, household income, and rotation. Farmers’ willingness to join cooperatives also varies from social and political backgrounds (Abebaw and Haile 2013, Mojo et al. 2017). Village leaders play an important role in organizing core community groups, encouraging them more likely to participate in and facilitate collective action (Liu et al. 2020). Also, higher expected profits in collective action encourage households to engage in cooperative management, especially for those who are in poor economic statuses (Hernández-Espallardo et al. 2013, Gezahegn et al. 2019). Also, collective action can enhance land access (Fabusoro 2009), aligning with those who want to rotate grazing.

    Matching balance test

    After matching, the balance test presents a well-balanced distribution between the treatment and control groups. The standardized bias (% bias) after matching for most of the variables is less than 10%, and all the t-test results after matching do not reject the null hypothesis, indicating that there is no systematic difference between the treatment and control groups (Fig. 4; Table A.3). Compared to the results before matching (Unmatched), the standardized bias for all the variables have significantly reduced. Also, balance statistics before and after propensity score matching have been estimated (Table A.4). Before matching, the Pseudo R² is high (0.171), the LR chi-square value is significant (105.57), and the mean and median biases are 31.8% and 33.4%, respectively. After matching, these values significantly decrease, with Pseudo R² dropping to 0.014, LR to 6.46 (non-significant p-value of 0.693), and mean and median biases reducing to 6.2% and 5.1%, indicating improved covariate balance.

    After matching, the propensity score distribution indicates considerable overlap between treated and untreated households (Fig. 5), suggesting that the common support assumption is met. Most observations in both groups fall within a similar range of propensity scores, with only a small number of “untreated” households lying outside the support region. This overlap means that the matched control group can serve as a reasonable comparison for the treated group, helping to ensure that differences in observable characteristics do not drive the estimated treatment effects.

    Overall effects and robustness test

    Collective action can reduce overgrazing (Table 4). The ATT indicates that participation significantly reduces overgrazing by 29.6% for those involved. Additionally, herders can benefit from collective action participants, with cooperative membership providing a 23.9% and joint management providing a 60.0% reduction in overgrazing (Column 1 in Table 5). It is aligned with previous studies that collection action can improve rangeland management (Cao et al. 2018a, Yang et al. 2020).

    Heterogeneous effects of collective action on overgrazing among household groups are also estimated (Table 4). First, households with no formal schooling benefit the most from collective action, and it holds for those who are cooperative members and adopting joint management (Column 2-3 in Table 5). Second, we split households by annual income into two groups. Herders in poor economic condition (family income < = 110,000 CNY/year) experience significant reductions in overgrazing under collective action (Column 4-5 in Table 5). Third, although families with members who hold government leadership positions see more reductions in overgrazing when participating in joint management, their involvement in cooperatives does not have a significant impact. Families without leadership positions reduce overgrazing under either cooperatives or joint management (Column 6-7 in Table 5). Taken together, collective action delivers the strongest gains for less-educated and lower-income households, with cooperatives particularly effective when local political authority is unpresented.

    Three methods are applied to conduct the robustness check (Table 5). First, the dependent variable is changed to “overgrazing rate,” representing the ratio of overgrazed animals to the theoretical carrying capacity. Also, the definition of overgrazing is changed from “exceeding the theoretical value by 15%” to “exceeding the theoretical value by 0%.” Second, the matching technique for PSM is changed. Specifically, Kernel Matching is applied. As displayed in Table 5, there is no significant change in either the sign or the magnitude of the effects of collective action. All the results of ATT are negative and statistically significant for all the results, indicating that collective action contributes to overgrazing reduction and confirming the conclusion in Table 4 (Column 1).

    Mechanism analysis

    The potential channels through which collective action influences overgrazing behavior are explored (Table 6). Collective action is regressed by rotational grazing, livelihood diversity, and the behavior-cognition gap. First, the results indicate that collective action had statistically significant and positive effects on the promotion of rotation behavior, applicable to both cooperative members and those engaged in joint management (Column 1). Second, livelihood diversity is measured as the share of non-agricultural income in total family income. Collective action increases livelihood diversity and reduces dependence on livestock income, and the results for cooperative membership and joint management are consistent (Column 2). Third, the results show that collective action significantly reduces the perception-action deviation. The deviation between herders’ perceptions and grazing practices is recorded during the field survey. Herders were asked how much pasture is needed to raise one cow (or one sheep) to determine their perception of carrying capacity, the answer of which was converted into a sheep-unit measure. Consistency was defined as the case where the actual stocking rate was equal to or lower than the perceived stocking rate, and coded as 0; deviation, where the actual rate exceeded the perceived rate, was coded as 1. Over half of the herders showed a deviation, grazing beyond their perceived capacity. Collective action reduces the discrepancy between herders’ grazing practices and their perceived rangeland carrying capacity, with consistent results for cooperative membership and joint management (Column 3).

    DISCUSSION

    This research demonstrates that collective action reduces overgrazing and delivers disproportionately greater benefits to vulnerable social groups. Such findings can be attributed mainly to collective arrangements that facilitate resource sharing, mutual risk mitigation, and the diffusion of knowledge on sustainable rangeland management (Brush 2007). Through cooperation, herders, especially those with fewer assets, access critical information such as market prices, sustainable practices, and weather response strategies (Cao et al. 2018b, Weng et al. 2023). This reduces their exposure to market and climate variability and helps alleviate overgrazing. In contrast, affluent herders, who possess greater social capital and resources, tend to rely less on collective actions, and leadership roles are also essential to these processes. Herders in leadership often serve as monitors, enforcing grazing bans and verifying livestock numbers (Qiu et al. 2020). Although individuals with higher political status usually follow established norms to maintain their standing (Feng et al. 2023), their dominance in cooperatives can weaken such regulatory impact. However, villager-led joint management encourages mutual oversight, including that of those with leadership roles, thereby enhancing fairness and regulatory effectiveness. Sustaining these benefits requires participatory, rather than dominant, leadership, supported by a transparent decision-making mechanism. Additionally, fostering a knowledge network among participants is crucial to improving the effectiveness of collective action. Such networks allow herders to gain management knowledge, develop new skills, learn from peers, and adopt sustainable practices (Shi et al. 2022). Integrating local knowledge with external information, building multi-actor knowledge networks, and promoting collaboration between farmers and researchers can further enhance the effectiveness of collective action (Šūmane et al. 2018).

    Three main channels through which collective action reduces overgrazing are identified. First, participating in collective action effectively promotes rotational grazing, enabling members to utilize different pastures across seasons. This reduces the constraints on mobility caused by fencing and increases the flexibility of pasture use throughout the year (Fernández-Giménez 2002, Cao et al. 2013). By pooling labor and rangeland, pastoralists can balance herd size with available labor (Næss 2021). Consequently, sufficient mobility helps prevent excessive trampling associated with livestock increases (Dlamini et al. 2014) and improves seed dispersal and plant regeneration ability (Ciftcioglu 2017). Through rotational grazing, collective action activates social capital networks. It strengthens information-sharing mechanisms, reducing livestock production costs (Cao et al. 2018a, Weng et al. 2023), which may alleviate economic pressures that drive overgrazing.

    Second, collective action enables herders to diversify their income sources (Tan et al. 2023). Income diversification reduces dependence on local natural resources (Asfaw et al. 2017), contributing to the mitigation of overgrazing. At the same time, the shift to non‑pastoral activities enhances living standards by increasing non-pastoral income (Liu and Zhang 2009). Moreover, it can optimize household energy consumption transitions by reducing reliance on traditional fuels and increasing electricity use, promoting sustainable livelihoods (Li and Liu 2022).

    Third, collective action helps bridge the gap between households’ ecological perceptions and grazing practices. Although some herders know the severity of rangeland degradation, ecological consequences are often insufficiently accounted for in production practices (Borges et al. 2014, Li et al. 2022). By increasing adaptive measures such as destocking, seasonal grazing, and rotational grazing, collective action could mitigate this “knowing-doing” gap and promote sustainable rangeland governance.

    Although collective action is particularly effective in reducing overgrazing, the development of cooperatives remains challenging and inaccessible primarily to disadvantaged households. In practice, the role of cooperatives as voluntary organizations aimed at mutual benefit has been weakened (Shen and Shen 2018). The success of cooperatives largely depends on their leaders’ administrative and managerial skills (Mojo et al. 2017). Yet, rural communities in China are experiencing rapid out-migration (Liu et al. 2016, Wilmsen et al. 2023), which strains leadership capacity in future villages. Additionally, low-income and less-educated households often encounter barriers to participating in cooperatives, primarily because of limited financial resources and insufficient knowledge. Many cooperatives exclude pastoralists who contribute only livestock grazing but not rangeland management, leaving households with limited labor capacity unable to engage in collective action. As a result, these households often resort to renting out their rangelands (Yang et al. 2020). Compared to cooperatives, joint management offers a more flexible and inclusive approach to collective action, providing ecological benefits with fewer barriers to participation. It allows households to make their own decisions about livestock management, including when and where to graze, and how to comply with grazing restrictions (Hua and Squires 2015). This approach is particularly beneficial for vulnerable groups with low income, limited education, or no connections to the local government leadership because it requires neither formal organization nor substantial financial investment. The success of joint management depends on social capital, making it more effective in communities with stronger trust (Feng et al. 2023). Small-scale joint management can also enhance ecological outcomes by fostering greater herder engagement in rangeland management (Li et al. 2007). The increased trust resulting from these relationships can lead to more effective community outcomes. Therefore, building trust in these communities is crucial to improving the benefits of such an approach.

    CONCLUSION

    Overgrazing is a major driver of rangeland degradation (Li et al. 2019). This study examines the impacts of collective action in mitigating and reducing household overgrazing, using household data collected from pastoral regions in China between 2021 and 2023 with a propensity score matching approach. The results show that collective action significantly mitigates overgrazing, with a 29.6% reduction compared to the counterfactual condition. Both cooperatives and joint management contribute to this reduction, decreasing overgrazing by 23.9% and 60.0% respectively. Also, the impacts of collective action vary among different household groups, with those having lower education levels, lower income, or no family members in government leadership positions benefiting the most. This illustrates the potential of collective action to foster an inclusive society by empowering vulnerable groups and strengthening community resilience. In addition, collective action promotes rotational grazing, enhances livelihood diversity, and bridges the gap between ecological awareness and grazing practices, further reducing overgrazing.

    Achieving long-term sustainable development and social inclusivity requires more than financial and technical support. It also requires effective monitoring, trust building, and transparent decision making. The effectiveness of collective action can be further improved by lowering participation barriers, promoting trust building, offering supplementary incentives, fostering a knowledge network, and ensuring fair decision making. These improvements will enable greater participation and benefit for herders, particularly those from vulnerable groups, such as low-income, less educated, and politically unconnected households. By implementing these measures, collective action can facilitate sustainable resource management and promote social welfare in a more inclusive society.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    Shuang Wu: writing – original draft, data curation, formal analysis, investigation, visualization, methodology. Chuan Liao: writing - review & editing, conceptualization, funding acquisition, validation. Lu Yu: writing – original draft, conceptualization, supervision, funding acquisition, investigation.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (72104213,72474193), China’s Ministry of Education (Grant No. 20JZD013), China Scholarship Council (202306320256), and ZJU-Cornell Joint Seed Fund (Advancing ZJU-Cornell Collaboration on Sustainable Energy Transition).

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    Some sentences in this manuscript were polished for language clarity using ChatGPT. The authors take full responsibility for the content presented in this article.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data and code that support the findings of this study are available on request from the corresponding author, L. Yu. None of the data and code are publicly available because they contain information that could compromise the privacy of research participants.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Abebaw, D., and M. G. Haile. 2013. The impact of cooperatives on agricultural technology adoption: empirical evidence from Ethiopia. Food Policy 38:82-91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2012.10.003

    Agrawal, A., J. Erbaugh, and N. Pradhan. 2023. The commons. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 48(1):531-558. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-112320-113509

    Alho, E. 2015. Farmers’ self-reported value of cooperative membership: evidence from heterogeneous business and organization structures. Agricultural and Food Economics 3(1):23. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40100-015-0041-6

    Asfaw, A., B. Simane, A. Hassen, and A. Bantider. 2017. Determinants of non-farm livelihood diversification: evidence from rainfed-dependent smallholder farmers in northcentral Ethiopia (Woleka sub-basin). Development Studies Research 4(1):22-36. https://doi.org/10.1080/21665095.2017.1413411

    Bardgett, R. D., J. M. Bullock, S. Lavorel, P. Manning, U. Schaffner, N. Ostle, M. Chomel, G. Durigan, E. L. Fry, D. Johnson, J. M. Lavallee, G. Le Provost, S. Luo, K. Png, M. Sankaran, X. Hou, H. Zhou, L. Ma, W. Ren, X. Li, Y. Ding, Y. Li, and H. Shi. 2021. Combatting global grassland degradation. Nature Reviews Earth & Environment 2(10):720-735. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43017-021-00207-2

    Bijoor, N., W. Li, Q. Zhang, and G. Huang. 2006. Small-scale co-management for the sustainable use of Xilingol Biosphere Reserve, Inner Mongolia. AMBIO: A Journal of the Human Environment 35(1):25-29. https://doi.org/10.1579/0044-7447-35.1.25

    Borges, J. A. R., A. G. J. M. Oude Lansink, C. Marques Ribeiro, and V. Lutke. 2014. Understanding farmers’ intention to adopt improved natural grassland using the theory of planned behavior. Livestock Science 169:163-174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.livsci.2014.09.014

    Briske, D. D., M. Zhao, G. Han, C. Xiu, D. R. Kemp, W. Willms, K. Havstad, L. Kang, Z. Wang, J. Wu, X. Han, and Y. Bai. 2015. Strategies to alleviate poverty and grassland degradation in Inner Mongolia: intensification vs production efficiency of livestock systems. Journal of Environmental Management 152:177-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2014.07.036

    Brush, S. B. 2007. Farmers’ rights and protection of traditional agricultural knowledge. World Development 35(9):1499-1514. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2006.05.018

    Cai, H., and W. Li. 2016. A study on efficiency and equity of rangeland management on Qinghai-Tibet plateau in different property right systems. [Translated from the Chinese.] Journal of Natural Resources 31(8):1302-309.

    Cao, J. J., N. M. Holden, J. F. Adamowski, R. C. Deo, X. Y. Xu, and Q. Feng. 2018b. Can individual land ownership reduce grassland degradation and favor socioeconomic sustainability on the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau? Environmental Science & Policy 89:192-197. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2018.08.003

    Cao, J., M. Li, R. C. Deo, J. F. Adamowski, A. Cerdà, Q. Feng, M. Liu, J. Zhang, G. Zhu, X. Zhang, X. Xu, S. Yang, and Y. Gong. 2018a. Comparison of social-ecological resilience between two grassland management patterns driven by grassland land contract policy in the Maqu, Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau. Land Use Policy 74:88-96. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2017.07.027

    Cao, J., Y. Xiong, J. Sun, W. Xiong, and G. Du. 2011. Differential benefits of multi- and single-household grassland management patterns in the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau of China. Human Ecology 39(2):217-227. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10745-011-9384-0

    Cao, J., E. T. Yeh, N. M. Holden, Y. Yang, and G. Du. 2013. The effects of enclosures and land-use contracts on rangeland degradation on the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau. Journal of Arid Environments 97:3-8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaridenv.2013.05.002

    Christmann, S., A. Aw-Hassan, T. Rajabov, and A. Rabbimov. 2015. Collective action for common rangelands improvement: a climate change adaptation strategy in Uzbekistan. Society & Natural Resources 28(3):280-295. https://doi.org/10.1080/08941920.2014.933927

    Ciftcioglu, G. C. 2017. Assessment of the resilience of socio-ecological production landscapes and seascapes: a case study from Lefke Region of North Cyprus. Ecological Indicators 73:128-138. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2016.09.036

    Dlamini, P., P. Chivenge, A. Manson, and V. Chaplot. 2014. Land degradation impact on soil organic carbon and nitrogen stocks of sub-tropical humid grasslands in South Africa. Geoderma 235-236:372-381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoderma.2014.07.016

    Dong, S., Z. Shang, J. Gao, and R. B. Boone. 2020. Enhancing sustainability of grassland ecosystems through ecological restoration and grazing management in an era of climate change on Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 287:106684. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2019.106684

    Fabusoro, E. 2009. Use of collective action for land accessibility among settled Fulani agro-pastoralists in southwest Nigeria. Sustainability Science 4(2):199-213. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-009-0082-4

    Fang, J., G. Liu, and S. Xu. 1996. Biomass and net production of forest vegetation in China (in Chinese). Acta Ecologica Sinica 16(5):497-508.

    Feleke, S., and T. Zegeye. 2006. Adoption of improved maize varieties in Southern Ethiopia: factors and strategy options. Food Policy 31(5):442-457. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2005.12.003

    Feng, X., Q. Zhao, J. Li, and H. Qiu. 2023. The impact of political status and social capital on herders’ overgrazing behaviors in the pastoral areas of China. Journal of Environmental Management 327:116861. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2022.116861

    Fernández-Giménez, M. E. 2002. Spatial and social boundaries and the paradox of pastoral land tenure: a case study from postsocialist Mongolia. Human Ecology 30(1):49-78. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1014562913014

    Gao, J., X. Zhao, W. Liu, X. Yang, C. Zhang, Y. Yu, Q. Cao, Y. Liu, X. Zhang, and Q. Dong. 2023. Spatio-temporal analysis of alpine grassland carrying capacity in Qinghai province considering supply-consumption relationship (in Chinese). Acta Prataculturae Sinica 32(5):1-12.

    Gezahegn, T. W., S. Van Passel, T. Berhanu, M. D’Haese, and M. Maertens. 2019. Big is efficient: evidence from agricultural cooperatives in Ethiopia. Agricultural Economics 50(5):555-566. https://doi.org/10.1111/agec.12509

    Grundy, I., J. Turpie, P. Jagger, E. Witkowski, I. Guambe, D. Semwayo, and A. Solomon. 2000. Implications of co-management for benefits from natural resources for rural households in north-western Zimbabwe. Ecological Economics 33(3):369-381. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0921-8009(00)00146-4

    Hausner, V. H., P. Fauchald, and J.-L. Jernsletten. 2012. Community-based management: under what conditions do Sámi pastoralists manage pastures sustainably? PLoS ONE 7(12):e51187. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0051187

    Hazard, L., J. Locqueville, and F. Rey. 2022. A facilitation method to foster collective action in transitions toward sustainable agriculture—a case study. Agronomy for Sustainable Development 42(6):106. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13593-022-00838-9

    He, X., J. Yan, L. Yang, J. Wang, H. Zhou, and X. Lin. 2024. Linking smallholders’ livelihood resilience with their adaptation strategies to climate impacts: insights from the Tibetan Plateau. Ecology and Society 29(2):7. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-14639-290207

    Hernández-Espallardo, M., N. Arcas-Lario, and G. Marcos-Matás. 2013. Farmers’ satisfaction and intention to continue membership in agricultural marketing co-operatives: neoclassical versus transaction cost considerations. European Review of Agricultural Economics 40(2):239-260. https://doi.org/10.1093/erae/jbs024

    Hou, L., P. Liu, and X. Tian. 2023. Grassland tenure reform and grassland quality in China. American Journal of Agricultural Economics 105(5):1388-1404. https://doi.org/10.1111/ajae.12357

    Hu, Y., J. Huang, and L. Hou. 2019. Impacts of the grassland ecological compensation policy on household livestock production in China: an empirical study in Inner Mongolia. Ecological Economics 161:248-256. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2019.03.014

    Hua, L., and V. R. Squires. 2015. Managing China’s pastoral lands: current problems and future prospects. Land Use Policy 43:129-137. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2014.11.004

    Ji, C., S. Jin, H. Wang, and C. Ye. 2019. Estimating effects of cooperative membership on farmers’ safe production behaviors: evidence from pig sector in China. Food Policy 83:231-245. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2019.01.007

    Klein, J. A., K. A. Hopping, E. T. Yeh, Y. Nyima, R. B. Boone, and K. A. Galvin. 2014. Unexpected climate impacts on the Tibetan Plateau: local and scientific knowledge in findings of delayed summer. Global Environmental Change 28:141-152. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2014.03.007

    Labonne, J., and R. S. Chase. 2011. Do community-driven development projects enhance social capital? Evidence from the Philippines. Journal of Development Economics 96(2):348-358. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdeveco.2010.08.016

    Li, A., J. Wu, X. Zhang, J. Xue, Z. Liu, X. Han, and J. Huang. 2018. China’s new rural “separating three property rights” land reform results in grassland degradation: evidence from Inner Mongolia. Land Use Policy 71:170-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2017.11.052

    Li, D., L. Hou, and A. Zuo. 2021. Informal institutions and grassland protection: empirical evidence from pastoral regions in China. Ecological Economics 188:107110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2021.107110

    Li, P., and J. Bennett. 2019. Understanding herders’ stocking rate decisions in response to policy initiatives. Science of the Total Environment 672:141-149. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2019.03.407

    Li, S., J. Jiao, A. A. Degen, W. Wang, T. Qi, M. Huang, S. Xu, and Z. Shang. 2024. Cooperative management can mitigate trade-offs between livestock production and ecological functions to promote grassland sustainability. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 370:109057. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2024.109057

    Li, T., L. Cui, M. Zhuang, X. Cui, Y. Yang, Y. Jia, Z. Xu, and Y. Wang. 2022. Herdsmen’s cognitive level about sustainable utilization of grassland and its influencing factors: a case study of five counties in the headwater region of the Yellow River, China. [Translated from the Chinese.] Acta Ecologica Sinica 42(20):8193-8201.

    Li, W., S. H. Ali, and Q. Zhang. 2007. Property rights and grassland degradation: a study of the Xilingol Pasture, Inner Mongolia, China. Journal of Environmental Management 85(2):461-470. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2006.10.010

    Li, W., and L. Huntsinger. 2011. China’s grassland contract policy and its impacts on herder ability to benefit in Inner Mongolia: tragic feedbacks. Ecology and Society 16(2):1. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-03969-160201

    Li, Y., J. Li, K. S. Are, Z. Huang, H. Yu, and Q. Zhang. 2019. Livestock grazing significantly accelerates soil erosion more than climate change in Qinghai-Tibet Plateau: evidenced from 137Cs and 210Pbex measurements. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 285:106643. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2019.106643

    Li, Z., and M. Liu. 2022. Livelihood diversification helps herder households on the Mongolian Plateau reduce emissions: a case study of a typical pastoral area. Agronomy 12(2):267. https://doi.org/10.3390/agronomy12020267

    Lise, W., S. Hess, and B. Purev. 2006. Pastureland degradation and poverty among herders in Mongolia: data analysis and game estimation. Ecological Economics 58(2):350-364. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2005.07.035

    Liu, G., H. Wang, Y. Cheng, B. Zheng, and Z. Lu. 2016. The impact of rural out-migration on arable land use intensity: evidence from mountain areas in Guangdong, China. Land Use Policy 59:569-579. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2016.10.005

    Liu, J., and J. Diamond. 2005. China’s environment in a globalizing world. Nature 435(7046):1179-1186. https://doi.org/10.1038/4351179a

    Liu, J., X. Huang, X. He, and K. Shen. 2018. Estimation of grassland yield and carrying capacity in Qinghai province based on MODIS data. [Translated from the Chinese.] Pratacultural Science 35(10):2520-2529.

    Liu, J., and Y. Zhang. 2009. Research on the relation between migration of rural labor force and the development of rural economy in poverty areas—statistical analysis based on the data of ten poverty villages in Gansu province. [Translated from the Chinese.] China Rural Survey 96(3):63-74.

    Liu, P., Y. Zhao, N. Ravenscroft, and M. K. Harder. 2020. Responsibility-driven collective action in the context of rapid rural depopulation. Journal of Rural Studies 75:48-56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2020.02.008

    Ma, W., A. Abdulai, and R. Goetz. 2018. Agricultural cooperatives and investment in organic soil amendments and chemical fertilizer in China. American Journal of Agricultural Economics 100(2):502-520. https://doi.org/10.1093/ajae/aax079

    Markelova, H., R. Meinzen-Dick, J. Hellin, and S. Dohrn. 2009. Collective action for smallholder market access. Food Policy 34(1):1-7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2008.10.001

    Mazunda, J., and G. Shively. 2015. Measuring the forest and income impacts of forest user group participation under Malawi’s forest co-management program. Ecological Economics 119:262-273. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2015.09.016

    Menggendalai. 2023. From co-enrichment to co-governance: the practical path and mechanism of the effective participation of professional cooperative of herdsmen in the governance of pastoral areas. [Translated from the Chinese.] Journal of Hui Muslim Minority Studies 2:97-104.

    Ministry of Agriculture (MOA). 2015. Calculation of rangeland carrying capacity. [Translated from the Chinese.] Standard NY/T 635-2015, Ministry of Agriculture, Beijing, China.

    Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of the People’s Republic of China (MARAPRC). 2023. Two new agricultural business entities in Qinghai selected as national fourth-batch exemplary cases. [Translated from the Chinese.] MARAPRC, Beijing, China. https://www.moa.gov.cn/xw/qg/202302/t20230224_6421448.htm

    Mojo, D., C. Fischer, and T. Degefa. 2017. The determinants and economic impacts of membership in coffee farmer cooperatives: recent evidence from rural Ethiopia. Journal of Rural Studies 50:84-94. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2016.12.010

    Næss, M. W. 2021. Collaborative foundations of herding: the formation of cooperative groups among Tibetan pastoralists. Journal of Arid Environments 186:104407. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaridenv.2020.104407

    National Animal Husbandry Services (NAHS). 2017. China forage statistics. [Translated from the Chinese.] China Agriculture Press, Beijing, China.

    National Forestry and Grassland Administration (NFGA). 2021. Evaluating criterion for balance of forage supply and livestock requirement (in Chinese). NFGA, Beijing, China.

    National Forestry and Grassland Administration (NFGA). 2024. Inner Mongolia solidly carries out special campaign to tackle grassland overgrazing. [Translated from the Chinese.] NFGA, Beijing, China.

    Oniki, S., K. Shindo, S. Yamasaki, and K. Toriyama. 2018. Simulation of pastoral management in Mongolia: an integrated system dynamics model. Rangeland Ecology & Management 71(3):370-381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rama.2018.02.003

    Ostrom, E. 2010. Analyzing collective action. Agricultural Economics 41(s1):155-166. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1574-0862.2010.00497.x

    Qi, Y. 2021. A comparative analysis of definition and implementation of different grassland property rights from a transaction cost perspective. Beijing Chinese Rural Economy (11):55-71.

    Qiu, H., L. Su, X. Feng, and J. Tang. 2020. Role of monitoring in environmental regulation: an empirical analysis of grazing restrictions in pastoral China. Environmental Science & Policy 114:295-304. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2020.08.023

    Rosenbaum, P. R., and D. B. Rubin. 1983. The central role of the propensity score in observational studies for causal effects. Biometrika 70(1):41-55. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/70.1.41

    Shen, M., and J. Shen. 2018. Evaluating the cooperative and family farm programs in China: a rural governance perspective. Land Use Policy 79:240-250. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2018.08.006

    Shi, Y., G. Qin, M. Zhao, Y. Cai, and C. Li. 2022. Impact of neighborhood effect on herders’ stocking rate decision: evidence from pastoral areas in northern China. [Translated from the Chinese.] China Population, Resources and Environment 32(1):155-167.

    Su, L., J. Tang, and H. Qiu. 2021. Intended and unintended environmental consequences of grassland rental in pastoral China. Journal of Environmental Management 285:112126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2021.112126

    Šūmane, S., I. Kunda, K. Knickel, A. Strauss, T. Tisenkopfs, I. D. I. Rios, M. Rivera, T. Chebach, and A. Ashkenazy. 2018. Local and farmers’ knowledge matters! How integrating informal and formal knowledge enhances sustainable and resilient agriculture. Journal of Rural Studies 59:232-241. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2017.01.020

    Sun, Y., Y. Feng, Y. Wang, X. Zhao, Y. Yang, Z. Tang, S. Wang, H. Su, J. Zhu, J. Chang, and J. Fang. 2021. Field‐based estimation of net primary productivity and its above‐ and belowground partitioning in global grasslands. Journal of Geophysical Research: Biogeosciences 126(11):e2021JG006472. https://doi.org/10.1029/2021JG006472

    Tan, J., Gongbuzeren, and Zelangdongzhu. 2025. International experiences of grassland management system in the evolution of pastoral social ecosystems. [Translated from the Chinese.] Acta Agrestia Sinica 33(5):1567-1577.

    Tan, S., H. Du, W. Dai, and S. Wang. 2023. Overcoming the dilemma of grassland resource governance through collective action. [Translated from the Chinese.] China Population, Resources and Environment 33(2):176-187.

    Tan, S., T. Li, B. Liu, and L. Huntsinger. 2018. How can sedentarised pastoralists be more technically efficient? A case from eastern Inner Mongolia. Rangeland Journal 40(3):241-249. https://doi.org/10.1071/RJ17128

    Tang, R., and M. C. Gavin. 2015. Degradation and re-emergence of the commons: the impacts of government policies on traditional resource management institutions in China. Environmental Science & Policy 52:89-98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2015.04.023

    Teng, C., K. Lyu, F. Han, and C. Zhang. 2025. Can household borrowing curb overgrazing: empirical evidence from pastoral areas of central and western Inner Mongolia. [Translated from the Chinese.] Journal of Agrotechnical Economics (4):54-70.

    United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). 2021. New atlas reveals rangelands cover half the world’s land surface, yet often ignored despite threats. UNEP, Nairobi, Kenya. https://www.unep.org/news-and-stories/press-release/new-atlas-reveals-rangelands-cover-half-worlds-land-surface-yet

    Van Gevelt, T., H. Abok, M. M. Bennett, S. D. Fam, F. George, N. Kulathuramaiyer, C. T. Low, and T. Zaman. 2019. Indigenous perceptions of climate anomalies in Malaysian Borneo. Global Environmental Change 58:101974. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2019.101974

    Verhofstadt, E., and M. Maertens. 2015. Can agricultural cooperatives reduce poverty? Heterogeneous impact of cooperative membership on farmers’ welfare in Rwanda. Applied Economic Perspectives and Policy 37(1):86-106. https://doi.org/10.1093/aepp/ppu021

    Waldron, S., C. Brown, and J. Longworth. 2010. Grassland degradation and livelihoods in China’s western pastoral region. China Agricultural Economic Review 2(3):298-320. https://doi.org/10.1108/17561371011078435

    Wang, C. 2022. Protection and restoration: China’s grassland construction and management enter a new stage. [Translated from the Chinese.] National Forestry and Grassland Administration of China, Beijing, China.

    Wang, J., L. Alita, M. Jiang, Z. Nie, Q. Tu, and M. Liu. 2024. Collective action in the pastural area of Inner Mongolia, China: evidence from a lab-in-the-field experiment. Land Use Policy 144:107255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2024.107255

    Wang, J., D. G. Brown, and A. Agrawal. 2013. Climate adaptation, local institutions, and rural livelihoods: a comparative study of herder communities in Mongolia and Inner Mongolia, China. Global Environmental Change 23(6):1673-1683. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.08.014

    Wang, W., X. Zhao, H. Li, and Q. Zhang. 2021. Will social capital affect farmers’ choices of climate change adaptation strategies? Evidences from rural households in the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, China. Journal of Rural Studies 83:127-137. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2021.02.006

    Wang, X. 2013. Grassland drought in the context of institution change—impacts of pastoral sedenterization, pasture segmentation and market economy. [Translated from the Chinese.] Journal of China Agricultural University (Social Sciences) 30(1):18-30.

    Wang, Y., W. Lv, K. Xue, S. Wang, L. Zhang, R. Hu, H. Zeng, X. Xu, Y. Li, L. Jiang, Y. Hao, J. Du, J. Sun, T. Dorji, S. Piao, C. Wang, C. Luo, Z. Zhang, X. Chang, M. Zhang, Y. Hu, T. Wu, J. Wang, B. Li, P. Liu, Y. Zhou, A. Wang, S. Dong, X. Zhang, Q. Gao, H. Zhou, M. Shen, A. Wilkes, G. Miehe, X. Zhao, and H. Niu. 2022. Grassland changes and adaptive management on the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau. Nature Reviews Earth & Environment 3(10):668-683. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43017-022-00330-8

    Wei, Q., X. Zhao, J. Wang, B. Zhou, R. Xiao, Y. Duan, K. Jia, and W. Wang. 2024. The dynamics and early warning of the balance of forage supply and livestock requirement in Qinghai province. Journal of Lanzhou University (Natural Sciences) 60(4):480-487.

    Weng, C., Y. Bai, B. Chen, Y. Hu, J. Shu, Q. Chen, and P. Wang. 2023. Assessing the vulnerability to climate change of a semi-arid pastoral social-ecological system: a case study in Hulunbuir, China. Ecological Informatics 76:102139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoinf.2023.102139

    Wilmsen, B., S. Rogers, Y. Duan, and J.-H. Z. Wang. 2023. Farmer cooperatives and the limits of agricultural reform in rural Hubei. China Journal 89:1-23. https://doi.org/10.1086/722258

    Wossen, T., T. Abdoulaye, A. Alene, M. G. Haile, S. Feleke, A. Olanrewaju, and V. Manyong. 2017. Impacts of extension access and cooperative membership on technology adoption and household welfare. Journal of Rural Studies 54:223-233. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2017.06.022

    Wu, S., J. Hao, H. Diao, Y. Su, K. Dong, C. Wang, and X. Zhao. 2024. Short-term grazing diminished ecosystem multifunctionality of grassland in northern China. Plant and Soil 505(1-2):829-844. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11104-024-06711-w

    Yan, L., G. Zhou, and F. Zhang. 2013. Effects of different grazing intensities on grassland production in China: a meta-analysis. PLoS ONE 8(12):e81466. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0081466

    Yang, M., S. Dong, Q. Dong, P. Wang, W. Liu, and X. Zhao. 2020. Cooperative grassland management practices promoted by land tenure system transformation benefit social-ecological systems of pastoralism on the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, China. Journal of Environmental Management 261:110215. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2020.110215

    Yang, M., S. Dong, Q. Dong, Y. Xu, Y. Zhi, W. Liu, and X. Zhao. 2021. Trade-offs in ecological, productivity and livelihood dimensions inform sustainable grassland management: case study from the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 313:107377. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2021.107377

    Yang, Y., Y. Shi, W. Sun, J. Chang, J. Zhu, L. Chen, X. Wang, Y. Guo, H. Zhang, L. Yu, S. Zhao, K. Xu, J. Zhu, H. Shen, Y. Wang, Y. Peng, X. Zhao, X. Wang, H. Hu, S. Chen, M. Huang, X. Wen, S. Wang, B. Zhu, S. Niu, Z. Tang, L. Liu, and J. Fang. 2022. Terrestrial carbon sinks in China and around the world and their contribution to carbon neutrality. Science China Life Sciences 65(5):861-895. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11427-021-2045-5

    Yu, L., and K. N. Farrell. 2013. Individualized pastureland use: responses of herders to institutional arrangements in pastoral China. Human Ecology 41(5):759-771. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10745-013-9580-1

    Yu, L., S. Qiu, Q. Chen, and L. Hou. 2025. Beyond property rights: all roads lead to sustainable grassland management. Global Environmental Change 94:103029. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2025.103029

    Yuan, P., and Q. Luo. 2022. Can ecological livestock cooperatives become effective organizations to promote the transformation of herders from “natural persons” to “professional persons”? A case study based on analysis of Qinghai Lageri Ecological Livestock Cooperative. [Translated from the Chinese.] Chinese Rural Economy (6):45-64.

    Zhang, M., L. Zhang, Y. Zhang, Y. Xu, and J. Chen. 2017. Pastureland transfer as a livelihood adaptation strategy for herdsmen: a case study of Xilingol, Inner Mongolia. Rangeland Journal 39(2):179-187. https://doi.org/10.1071/RJ15121

    Zhang, X. 2024. Multimodal solution for overgrazing problems in grasslands in Inner Mongolia. [Translated from the Chinese.] Inner Mongolia Economic Network, 27 August. https://www.nmgsb.com.cn/system/yaowen/2024/0RQEV2024.html

    Zhao, H., X. Li, D. Zhang, and R. Xiao. 2020. Aboveground biomass in grasslands in Qinghai Province estimated from MODIS data and its influencing factors. Acta Prataculturae Sinica 29(12):5-16.

    Zhou, L., Y. Zhou, W. T. De Vries, Z. Liu, and H. Sun. 2024. Collective action dilemmas of sustainable natural resource management: a case study on land marketization in rural China. Journal of Cleaner Production 439:140872. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2024.140872

    Zhou, X., R. Dong, C. Qin, Z. Tang, L. Wang, and Y. Zhang. 2021. The impact of multi-household rangeland operation on non-agricultural employment and household income in the Qinghai-Tibet Plateau: an empirical analysis based on Qinghai and Gansu survey data. [Translated from the Chinese.] Pratacultural Science 38(12):2524-2535.

    Zulu, L. C., E. A. Adams, R. Chikowo, and S. Snapp. 2018. The role of community-based livestock management institutions in the adoption and scaling up of pigeon peas in Malawi. Food Policy 79:141-155. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2018.06.007

    Corresponding author:
    Lu Yu
    lu.yu@zju.edu.cn
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Appendix 3
    Appendix 4
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Location of Inner Mongolia and Qinghai in China (A) and sample distribution in Inner Mongolia (B) and Qinghai (C).

    Fig. 1. Location of Inner Mongolia and Qinghai in China (A) and sample distribution in Inner Mongolia (B) and Qinghai (C).

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Sample description of cooperative members and joint management.

    Fig. 2. Sample description of cooperative members and joint management.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Difference of theoretical carrying capacity, actual stocking rate, and share of overgrazing households across counties.

    Fig. 3. Difference of theoretical carrying capacity, actual stocking rate, and share of overgrazing households across counties.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Standardized mean differences before and after matching.

    Fig. 4. Standardized mean differences before and after matching.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Propensity score distribution and common support.

    Fig. 5. Propensity score distribution and common support.

    Fig. 5
    Table 1
    Table 1. Descriptive statistics of variables.

    Table 1. Descriptive statistics of variables.

    Variable Description Mean SD
    Age Age of household head (years) 45.025 10.059
    Education Years of education 4.537 4.787
    Labor Number of household members who can work 3.045 1.128
    Leadership 1 = if someone in the family holds a government leadership position, 0 = otherwise 0.151 0.358
    Income Family income (million CNY) 0.191 0.328
    Loan 1 = if the household has a bank loan for livestock expansion or weather-related disasters, 0 = otherwise 0.395 0.489
    Owned pastures Area of owned pastures per person (ha) 41.286 80.308
    Land transfer 1 = if a herder transfers in pastures, 0 = otherwise 0.537 0.499
    Rotation 1 = if a herder uses rotational grazing, 0 = otherwise 0.771 0.421
    Table 2
    Table 2. Difference between participants and non-participants in collective action.

    Table 2. Difference between participants and non-participants in collective action.

    Variable Non-participants Participants t-test
    Obs Mean Obs Mean mean-diff se
    Overgrazing 322 0.447 162 0.389 0.058 0.048
    Age 322 45.360 162 44.358 1.002 0.969
    Education 322 5.590 162 2.444 3.146*** 0.439
    Labor 322 2.907 162 3.321 -0.414*** 0.107
    Leadership 322 0.140 162 0.173 -0.033 0.035
    Income 322 0.226 162 0.120 0.106*** 0.031
    Loan 322 0.404 162 0.377 0.027 0.047
    Owned pastures 322 49.527 162 24.908 24.619*** 7.662
    Land transfer 322 0.537 162 0.537 0.000 0.048
    Rotation 322 0.671 162 0.969 -0.298*** 0.038
    Notes: *** p < 0.01, ** p < 0.05, * p < 0.1.
    Table 3
    Table 3. Logit model results of factors determining collective action.

    Table 3. Logit model results of factors determining collective action.

    Variables Logit Marginal effect
    Coefficient SE Coefficient SE
    Age 0.005 (0.012) 0.001 (0.002)
    Education -0.050 (0.032) -0.009 (0.006)
    Labor 0.112 (0.100) 0.020 (0.018)
    Leadership 0.829** (0.327) 0.150** (0.058)
    Income -2.894*** (1.115) -0.523*** (0.192)
    Loan -0.257 (0.230) -0.046 (0.041)
    Owned pastures -0.001 (0.002) -0.000 (0.000)
    Land transfer -0.029 (0.226) -0.005 (0.041)
    Rotation 2.439*** (0.553) 0.441*** (0.094)
    Constant -2.692*** (0.912)
    Pseudo-R2 0.174
    Wald χ2(9) 55.45***
    Log pseudolikelihood -254.963
    Observations 484 484
    Notes: *** p < 0.01, ** p < 0.05, * p < 0.1.
    Table 4
    Table 4. Overall and heterogeneous impact of collective action on overgrazing.

    Table 4. Overall and heterogeneous impact of collective action on overgrazing.

    Strategy Full sample Education experience Family income Government leadership
    Yes No Low High Yes No
    (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
    Collective action -0.296*** -0.269** -0.380*** -0.384*** -0.143 -0.417** -0.252***
    (0.074) (0.129) (0.096) (0.095) (0.115) (0.178) (0.083)
    Cooperatives membership -0.239*** -0.167 -0.255** -0.281*** -0.143 -0.280 -0.275***
    (0.082) (0.140) (0.100) (0.106) (0.130) (0.194) (0.083)
    Joint management -0.600*** -0.654*** -0.565*** -0.623*** -0.333 -0.500* -0.493***
    (0.093) (0.168) (0.119) (0.105) (0.213) (0.277) (0.102)
    Notes: The control variables include all listed variables in Table 1. Robust standard errors are given in parentheses.
    *** p < 0.01, ** p < 0.05, * p < 0.1.
    Table 5
    Table 5. Robust test results. ATT = average treatment effect on the treated.

    Table 5. Robust test results. ATT = average treatment effect on the treated.

    Method ATT
    Change the dependent variable to “overgrazing rate” -0.687*** (0.221)
    Change the dependent variable “overgrazing” to consider 0% as overgrazing instead of 15%. -0.309*** (0.065)
    Change the matching technique to Kernel Matching -0.324*** (0.048)
    Change the matching technique to Caliper Matching -0.298*** (0.072)
    Notes: The control variables include all listed variables in Table 1. Robust standard errors are given in parentheses.
    *** p < 0.01, ** p < 0.05, * p < 0.1.
    Table 6
    Table 6. Estimated effects of collective action on overgrazing through causal channels (average treatment effect on the treated [ATT]).

    Table 6. Estimated effects of collective action on overgrazing through causal channels (average treatment effect on the treated [ATT]).

    (1) (2) (3)
    Rotation Livelihood diversity Behavior-cognition gap
    Collective action 0.112** 0.141*** -0.346***
    (0.050) (0.031) (0.074)
    Cooperatives member 0.073* 0.100*** -0.346***
    (0.041) (0.032) (0.078)
    Joint management 0.109* 0.243*** -0.482***
    (0.060) (0.039) (0.099)
    Notes: The control variables include all listed variables in Table 1. Robust standard errors are given in parentheses.
    *** p < 0.01, ** p < 0.05, * p < 0.1.
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    collective action; cooperatives; inclusive society; joint management; propensity score matching; rangeland management

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 38 Synthesis

    Addressing communication challenges in transdisciplinary sustainability science: insights from a case study

    Schaffner, U., M. A. Rinkus, M. O’Rourke, T. E. Hall, R. Eschen, and S. D. Eigenbrode. 2025. Addressing communication challenges in transdisciplinary sustainability science: insights from a case study. Ecology and Society 30(3):38. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16058-300338
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Urs SchaffnerORCID, Urs Schaffner
      CAB International, Delémont, Switzerland
    • Marisa A. RinkusORCID, Marisa A. Rinkus
      Toolbox Dialogue Initiative Center, Michigan State University, USA
    • Michael O'RourkeORCIDcontact author, Michael O'Rourke
      Toolbox Dialogue Initiative Center, Michigan State University, USA; Department of Philosophy, Michigan State University, USA
    • Troy E. Hall, Troy E. Hall
      Department of Forest Ecosystems and Society, Oregon State University, USA
    • René EschenORCID, René Eschen
      CAB International, Delémont, Switzerland
    • Sanford D. EigenbrodeORCIDcontact authorSanford D. Eigenbrode
      Department of Entomology, Plant Pathology and Nematology, University of Idaho, USA

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Schaffner, U., M. A. Rinkus, M. O’Rourke, T. E. Hall, R. Eschen, and S. D. Eigenbrode. 2025. Addressing communication challenges in transdisciplinary sustainability science: insights from a case study. Ecology and Society 30(3):38.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16058-300338

  • Introduction
  • The Woody Weeds Project
  • Assessments of the Woody Weeds Communication Strategy
  • Recommendations for Designing and Implementing Communication Strategies for TDSS
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • communication; eastern Africa; invasive plants; social-ecological systems
    Addressing communication challenges in transdisciplinary sustainability science: insights from a case study
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16058.pdf
    Synthesis

    ABSTRACT

    To address sustainable development challenges, transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) requires understanding and managing ecological processes that transcend scientific, geopolitical, and cultural divides. Communication that can bridge these divides is critical for the success of TDSS projects. We describe a communication strategy developed as part of a large, transdisciplinary, multiyear project that aimed to understand the impact of invasive trees (specifically, Prosopis juliflora) on human societies and ecosystems in eastern Africa and to develop and implement sustainable management solutions to mitigate those impacts. The strategy included 17 activities designed to support communication among scientists, students, and stakeholders from the project’s inception to its conclusion. Both the informational and relational dimensions of communication were considered in the design and implementation of these activities. We discuss the effectiveness of this communication strategy, offering it as a guide to enhancing communication and the success of large TDSS projects.

    INTRODUCTION

    Transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) requires understanding and managing ecological processes by drawing on perspectives from multiple academic disciplines and from different non-academic sectors (Francis et al. 2008), often transcending geopolitical, linguistic, and cultural divides (Dallimer and Strange 2015, Wang et al. 2019). Although a framework for designing and conducting TDSS projects has emerged from practice (Lang et al. 2012), the complexity of transdisciplinary science presents many difficulties that can undermine project success (Fam and O’Rourke 2021). Critical to successful TDSS is effective communication among collaborators (Hoffmann et al. 2017, Wang et al. 2019, Fam and O’Rourke 2021). Ensuring effective communication within TDSS projects requires understanding its multiple dimensions and implementing deliberate strategies to support and assess it (Wang et al. 2019).

    Addressing communication challenges requires reflecting on what communication is. Following Pearson and Nelson, communication can be described as a “process of understanding and sharing meaning” (2000:6) that involves diverse interpersonal interactions leading to joint action (decisions or outputs). That is, communication includes both an informational dimension, along which meaning is co-constructed, and a relational dimension, along which communicators interact (Hall and O’Rourke 2014). Whereas the informational dimension is often emphasized in analysis of communication in TDSS, the relational dimension is essential for establishing trust and enabling knowledge integration, innovation, and project performance (Bond-Barnard et al. 2018). These two dimensions of communication are complementary and arguably essential to any communication event (O’Rourke and Robinson 2020). An effective communication strategy for TDSS, therefore, should foster both dimensions among all project participants (Hall and O’Rourke 2014). Successful communication in TDSS requires multiple communication approaches or tools (Fischer et al. 2024). Despite the recognized importance of deliberate communication strategies in TDSS, there are few examples of assessments of these strategies and tools (Wang et al. 2019, Fischer et al. 2024).

    We designed, implemented, and assessed a comprehensive communication strategy within a transdisciplinary, interorganizational, and international project that crossed multiple boundaries (Perz et al. 2010). The project, Woody Invasive Alien Species in Eastern Africa: Assessing and Mitigating their Negative Impacts on Ecosystem Services and Rural Livelihoods, was structured to include activities to address communication challenges anticipated and encountered during its life cycle. Our description of these activities and assessment of their effectiveness offer a guide through which future TDSS projects can enhance their communication strategies.

    Communication-related challenges in TDSS projects

    TDSS projects are generally recognized to comprise temporal phases during their life cycle (e.g., Hall et al. 2012, Hall and O’Rourke 2014), each with different communication challenges. A frequently used model of communication challenges in TDSS projects (Lang et al. 2012) describes three phases: (1) problem framing and team building, (2) co-creation of solution-oriented knowledge, and (3) integration and application of created knowledge (Lang et al. 2012, Lawrence et al. 2022). In Phase 1, the specifics of the project’s focus must be jointly delineated by a team of researchers and stakeholders through a process that can involve refining team composition to include additional participants, such as scientists or stakeholders with specialized knowledge or roles (Lang et al. 2012), and modifying project aims based on stakeholder input (Eigenbrode et al. 2024). In Phase 2, data and other knowledge requisite for the design of effective and feasible interventions are gathered. This phase may include monodisciplinary and/or interdisciplinary research on social and ecological processes. In Phase 3, the knowledge generated in Phase 2 is used to identify and initiate interventions to address the problem. These interventions will be technical and, because they are designed to support implementation, they will also entail policy or institutional elements, uptake of knowledge of management practices, and empowerment of actor groups. For success, all three phases must involve stakeholders, building relationships with them as project participants, sustaining them through knowledge generation, and relying on them for knowledge and practice dissemination and implementation.

    Each of the phases of TDSS projects entails communication challenges (Hall and O’Rourke 2014, O’Rourke et al. 2023), which can be grouped into challenges requiring particular attention to their informational or relational dimensions, recognizing that all challenges contain aspects of both (Fisher 1979, Keyton 1999, Hall and O’Rourke 2014). During Phase 1, team members from diverse sectors must come to understand one another’s views of the sustainability problem as shaped by their divergent priorities and cultural values, while overcoming potential barriers of mistrust and prejudice (Weichselgartner and Kasperson 2010, Görg et al. 2014). In Phase 2, integrating knowledge and data of different types (e.g., qualitative versus quantitative) presents communication difficulties arising from disciplinary differences in terminology, understanding of key concepts, methods for validation, and professional paradigms and values among scientific disciplines (Lélé and Norgaard 2005). Simultaneously, stakeholder knowledge and ways of understanding must be incorporated. During Phase 3, informational communication about practices and relational communication and transparency that support co-ownership and trust are critical for successful adoption of intervention measures by stakeholders (Arvai et al. 2012).

    Despite the importance of communication in TDSS collaborations, few papers have discussed the issue in depth (Hall and O’Rourke 2014, Morton et al. 2015, Choi and Richards 2017, Hoffmann et al. 2017, Wang et al. 2019). In our view, communication challenges in TDSS projects must be met deliberately, with attention to both their informational and relational dimensions (Fisher 1979, Keyton 1999, Hall and O’Rourke 2014). Informational communication can be hampered by differing technical vernaculars, understanding of concepts, and accepted methods for gaining and validating knowledge among disciplines and sectors. Relational communication can be hampered by insufficient opportunities for verbal and nonverbal interactions among collaborators and exacerbated by differences in cultures and languages. In large TDSS projects, communication occurs along multiple channels involving project scientists, students, and stakeholders at local, regional, and national levels throughout project phases. Relational and informational communication along each of these channels must be supported through all the phases of these projects (Lang et al. 2012, Hall and O’Rourke 2014).

    THE WOODY WEEDS PROJECT

    We used a case study to examine communication challenges and approaches in large TDSS projects. Woody Invasive Alien Species in Eastern Africa: Assessing and Mitigating their Negative Impacts on Ecosystem Services and Rural Livelihoods (hereafter, Woody Weeds) was a research for development (r4d) project funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation and the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation. Focusing on one of the major drivers of global change, invasive alien species (IAS), the project aimed to accomplish two objectives: (1) assessing the environmental and socio-economic effects of invasive alien trees in Kenya, Tanzania, and Ethiopia; and (2) elaborating strategies to reduce their negative impacts on the environment and on rural livelihoods. A primary focus was Prosopis juliflora, an aggressive invasive tree species in eastern Africa. The project adopted a transdisciplinary approach to this complex problem that included comparing effects of increasing P. juliflora densities on the socio-economic and the environmental components of social-ecological systems. Transdisciplinary approaches are rarely employed to address P. juliflora invasions (Gebrehiwot and Steger 2024). The requisite coordinated action by multiple scientific disciplines and stakeholders across sectors and scales poses substantial communication challenges. Communication among stakeholders was complicated within Woody Weeds because P. juliflora, like some other deliberately introduced trees, is a conflict-of-interest species. Some stakeholders value the trees for benefits such as wood, shade, and reduced wind erosion, whereas others are concerned about cumulative negative impacts of the trees on biodiversity and ecosystem services such as availability and accessibility of water and fodder for livestock.

    Woody Weeds responded by building an interdisciplinary scientific team collaborating with stakeholders from local to national scales. The design of the project addressed the need for transboundary collaboration for Prosopis management, e.g. between locations, subcounties, counties or countries. Representatives from Ethiopia, Kenya, and Tanzania were invited to the kickoff meeting to discuss, among others, transboundary issues (e.g., invasion from Kenya into Tanzania). Engagement during the project supported a spatial approach. For example, Kerio Valley, Kenya comprises some 15–20 locations that belong to three different counties. The project organized meetings with chiefs (the highest administrative position in a location) from all counties to agree on a common management objective and a common way of implementing early detection and rapid responses to encroachments. The scientific team comprised ecologists, geographers, social scientists, economists, and remote sensing specialists from five countries (Ethiopia, Kenya, South Africa, Switzerland, and Tanzania) and included 18 students in two temporal cohorts. The first cohort comprised two PhDs from Ethiopia and one each from Tanzania, the Netherlands, Kenya, and Chile, as well as two MScs from Ethiopia and Tanzania and one from Kenya. The second cohort included one early postdoc from South Africa, one PhD each from Kenya and Tanzania, three MScs from Tanzania, and one each from Ethiopia and South Africa. The project implemented several activities designed to address the expected communication challenges among these diverse participants, including a collaboration with communication experts from the Toolbox Dialogue Initiative (TDI; Hubbs et al. 2020; https://tdi.msu.edu), which conducted surveys and organized workshops and related activities aimed to improve communication.

    The seven-year Woody Weeds project was organized following a generic temporal and spatial structure as depicted in Fig. 1. During Phase 1, multiple stakeholder workshops were held to exchange knowledge, reflect on stakeholder perceptions and needs, reframe the problem to be addressed in the different study areas, and adjust the project activities accordingly. The first stakeholder workshops were also used to strengthen relationships among team members, foster cross-disciplinary understanding, and design approaches to data collection. Phase 2 of the project was initially primarily mono-disciplinary, transitioning to interdisciplinary efforts to integrate environmental, social, and economic data collected at local scales with larger scale spatial assessments of the level of invasion by the most important invasive tree species. This integration allowed upscaling from local data to regional and national scales relevant for policy makers. Activities during this phase were designed to position the students at the core of the project, collecting most of the local data and working with remote-sensed data to enable interdisciplinary analysis and integration. Phase 3 sought to develop and implement management strategies. The transition between Phase 2 and Phase 3 was structured to facilitate the transfer of research findings to management strategies and entailed working closely with stakeholders. To this end, local implementation groups (LIGs) were organized consisting of representatives of all major stakeholder groups and Woody Weeds scientists in each of four defined study areas: Afar region of Ethiopia, where Prosopis invasion along the Awash river has caused reduced access to grazing land and water and associated ethnic conflicts; Baringo district of Kenya, where degradation of grazing lands by Prosopis prompted lawsuits against the government for sanctioning the tree’s introduction; East Usambara, Tanzania, a global biodiversity hotspot where invasions by Lantana camara threaten biodiversity and encroach into agricultural land, leading to cropping pattern change; and Kahe, Tanzania, which experiences a transboundary Prosopis invasion from Kenya. The LIGs selected management practices for testing within the project. The project team and the LIGs shared information generated in Woody Weeds with other stakeholders from the local to the national scale and explored ways to incorporate the project’s invasive species management findings into existing planning and budgetary processes at the subnational and national scales. More details on the Prosopis problem in eastern Africa and on the Woody Weeds project are provided in Schaffner et al. 2025.

    Communication strategy within Woody Weeds

    Woody Weeds required effective communication within and across disciplines, sectors, stakeholder groups, and countries. A communication strategy that involved 17 activities wholly or partially designed to support communication (relational, informational, or both) was implemented through all project phases (Table 1).

    Phase 1: problem framing and team building

    During proposal preparation, three of the four study areas and preselected target invasive tree species for the project were identified. Shortly after funding was approved, the senior project scientists interacted closely with stakeholders from different sectors (e.g., agriculture, environment, water, tourism, and health) and scales (local to national) to review the proposed activities, outputs, and outcomes; discuss stakeholder needs (e.g., knowledge gaps and access to information and management tools); and understand the motivations for and barriers to adopting IAS management in the context of environmental management. This was done as part of a national inception workshop (Activity 1, Table 1), to which were invited representatives of governmental agencies from Ethiopia, Kenya, and Tanzania (e.g., ministries dealing with invasive species, livestock, forestry, and biodiversity) and research institutes (e.g., for forestry or agriculture).

    Subsequent to the inception workshop, regional stakeholder workshops (Activity 2, Table 1) were organized in each study area, to which were invited representatives from subnational governments and NGOs, community-based organizations, natural resource management organizations (e.g., community forest associations, charcoal producer associations), community representatives (e.g., chiefs, elders), and community conservancies (e.g., chairs of the board). Activities 1 and 2 were whole-day events during which informational and relational communication were facilitated. During the regional stakeholder workshops, participants reviewed the project objectives and activities and the planned outputs (e.g., best practice manuals and policy briefs) and outcomes (e.g., change of knowledge or practice) and refined delineation of the study areas and the target weeds based on local conditions. An important outcome was the clarification that problem framing and research questions varied among study areas, even when they had been invaded by the same invasive tree at the same time. Both the national inception workshop and the regional stakeholder workshops initiated personal relationships between project members and stakeholders, which often continued and deepened during the project. Graduate students’ participation in regional stakeholder workshops provided the students a first opportunity to meet and communicate with the stakeholders with whom they would interact regularly during data collection in the field.

    Although the r4d program required that team and partner composition, activities, and funding allocated for these activities be largely set prior to project inception, Woody Weeds was able to make some modifications to the project based on stakeholder input during the national inception workshop. An additional Ethiopian partner was invited to lead implementation of invasive species management focused on reducing negative effects of Prosopis on rural livelihoods. An additional study area was added (Kahe, Tanzania). New MSc positions were added to assess stakeholders’ perceptions of the invasive tree species and how those perceptions changed during the project in each study area.

    In-person all-project meetings (Activity 3, Table 1), held approximately every nine months and rotating among the countries and regions of the project, were critical for communication throughout the project. They made possible collaborative engagement among scientists and stakeholders, capacity building activities for students and stakeholders, and planning efforts for the months ahead in each region. At each meeting, a senior scientist delivered an overview presentation on their core discipline, highlighting its contributions to advancing the project’s outputs and outcomes. Stakeholders from the nearby study areas were invited to each in-person all-project meeting for knowledge exchange and to learn their views and needs regarding invasive species and natural resource management.

    An annual, anonymous online communication survey (Activity 4, Table 1) was initiated in the first year and conducted every year thereafter to give project participants the opportunity to provide feedback regarding the effectiveness of communication within the project. Survey results were summarized by the communication experts from TDI in a report to leadership and to project participants at the following in-person all-project meeting. Responses to this survey often included adjustments to improve project communication.

    After most of the in-person all-project meetings, a post-meeting excursion (Activity 5, Table 1) was organized to foster camaraderie among project partners in a relaxed setting. These excursions provided opportunities to connect on a personal level and to engage in shared interests such as birding and hiking.

    The project team created two communication groups, one consisting of all team members and one consisting of students only (Activity 6, Table 1; as part of electronic/virtual communication). Early in the project, the PhD students were invited and encouraged to develop a student coauthored opinion paper (Activity 7, Table 1) on key components of social-ecological research and the implementation of the findings. Beginning with the first in-person all-project meeting, continuing communication activities were initiated. First, the PhD students were provided funds to go out for a dinner together without supervisors (Activity 8, Table 1) to build personal relationships in support of their collaborative effort. Second, a toolbox workshop (Looney et al. 2013, Hubbs et al. 2020; Activity 9, Table 1) was held during which all team members, including students and senior scientists, responded to a set of prompts that probed their views on the practice and application of scientific research. Participants shared their views, and the resulting dialogue revealed how fundamental research assumptions varied and enhanced mutual understanding across the team.

    Phase 2: co-creation of solution-oriented knowledge

    Most of the research within Woody Weeds was conducted by the students, so communication among and with students was central for Phase 2. A first student cohort of PhD students was recruited early in the project and all but one participated in the national inception workshop and the first regional stakeholder workshops. After the national inception workshop, the PhD students were tasked with developing dissertation proposals that would (1) address the research questions outlined in the proposal to r4d and refined during the first regional stakeholder workshops and the first in-person all-project meetings, (2) fulfil requirements of their specific university programs (e.g., two publications in peer-reviewed scientific journals), and (3) fulfil Woody Weeds-specific requirements (three publications including at least one interdisciplinary paper integrating their own data with data collected by a Woody Weeds student in a different scientific discipline).

    These students worked with their faculty supervisors and at least one additional Woody Weeds mentor with appropriate expertise through face-to-face and virtual student-supervisor interactions (Activity 10, Table 1). Initially, student research tended to be mono-disciplinary, but eventually cross disciplinary integration was pursued. To generate meaningful knowledge about the social-ecological systems in the study areas and ways to implement novel management interventions (Pohl and Hirsch Hadorn 2007), social, economic, and ecological data were collected in each study area in multiple administrative units (e.g., sub-location in Kenya and kebele in Ethiopia) differing in as wide a range of biological invasions as possible. This sampling design required extensive communication and coordination among the students from different disciplines collecting the data in the field and those conducting spatial analysis of the invasion process using remote sensed data.

    Student training days (Activity 11, Table 1), held for one or two days prior to each in-person all-project meeting beginning with the second meeting, provided training in study design, data collection, documentation and sharing, remote sensing, geospatial and statistical data analysis, cross disciplinary communication, manuscript writing, and dissemination of scientific findings to different stakeholders. Joint field work (Activity 12, Table 1) by students working in different disciplines exposed them repeatedly to the inter- and transdisciplinary context of their work. This increased mutual understanding of methods and approaches across scientific disciplines, potential constraints regarding data integration (e.g., sampling of socio-economic and environmental data at different spatial units such as households versus field plots), and the power of interdisciplinary synthesis to generate novel actionable science.

    Phase 3: integration and application of created knowledge

    Students were also critical for the project during Phase 3. Because PhD students in the first cohort were finalizing their dissertations, a second cohort of students was recruited to develop management options and to understand and address barriers to uptake of potential solutions to the problem of IAS. Students in the second cohort depended on data and data interpretation generated by the first cohort, often requiring that students from both cohorts work together. Decisions about how to interpret and use the data to mitigate the negative impacts of invasive trees and shrubs on rural livelihoods and ecosystems were made collaboratively, often by students from both cohorts. To facilitate this work across cohorts, a student cohort knowledge transfer event for students in both cohorts (Activity 13, Table 1) took place at one of the in-person all-project meetings.

    Stakeholder engagement was especially critical during Phase 3 for implementation of management recommendations generated through Phases 1 and 2. Local implementation groups (LIGs; Activity 14, Table 1) were initiated at regional meetings as partnerships involving project scientists, representatives of affected communities, extension services, NGOs active in the study areas, and representatives of local, subnational, and national administrations. The LIGs represented the range of stakeholder views, from those who benefitted from P. juliflora and advocated its utilization to those concerned about its negative impacts and advocated aggressive management to prevent its spread (Pirozzi 2019). Using a structured, deliberative, multi-criteria decision process (Schwilch et al. 2012), the LIGs applied local knowledge and the new knowledge generated during Phase 2 of Woody Weeds to rate ecosystem services affected by different P. juliflora tree management practices and reflect on trade-offs and synergies among social, economic, and ecological dimensions of these practices.

    As part of Phase 3, students were mentored in the writing of interdisciplinary research papers (Activity 15, Table 1). A PhD paper writing workshop was held at the University of Bern, Switzerland (Activity 16, Table 1) that focused on determining which data to include in interdisciplinary research papers, analyzing and interpreting those data, and drafting manuscripts.

    Interactions with policymakers established during Phase 1 and maintained during Phase 2 were further strengthened in Phase 3 by regular meetings with policymakers (Activity 17, Table 1). As an outcome, the Woody Weeds team was invited to provide input into policy processes in each of the target countries. In Kenya, the project team provided a report with the major findings of this project to the Ministry of Environment, Climate Change, and Forestry through the Kenya Forestry Research Institute. This report became a key resource during the drafting of a new National Prosopis Strategy in 2020/2021. In Tanzania, three project partners were members (with one acting as chair) of the task force mandated by Tanzania’s Vice-President’s Office to draft the National Invasive Species Strategy and Action Plan for Tanzania. In Ethiopia, policymakers requested data summaries, which have so far not led to changes at the policy level or at the level of on-the-ground management of invasive tree species.

    Across phases

    Some activities were ongoing in all phases of the project, including student-supervisor interactions and other ad hoc interactions. Others, initiated in Phase 1, occurred regularly and subsequently throughout the project, including in-person all-project meetings, student training days, PhD dinners, and post-meeting excursions. Toolbox workshops were implemented each year, with their focus evolving as the project progressed. The first was an exploration of participant views and assumptions about science and application. The second addressed issues primarily related to the research and communication aspects specifically within Woody Weeds. This workshop revealed the importance of students as links between project management and academic institutions and between scientists and stakeholders, particularly the local stakeholders with whom the students regularly interacted during their field work. The third Toolbox workshop included work on how to integrate local knowledge and scientific knowledge. The fourth involved stakeholders from an LIG who were supported in sharing their visions of their environment, their region, the actors in their region, their roles to achieve these visions, and the knowledge needed to facilitate desired outcomes.

    Synopsis of the Woody Weeds communication strategy

    TDSS projects confront several widely recognized communication challenges with informational and relational dimensions or both (Fisher 1979, Keyton 1999, O’Rourke et al. 2023). Figs. 2–4 provide an overview of these challenges as they arose in each phase of Woody Weeds and the activities described above and listed in Figs. 2–4 that addressed one or more of these challenges. Filled circles in these figures indicate that an activity (columns) was specifically designed to meet one or more communication challenges (rows). Open circles indicate that an activity designed to meet a specific challenge also contributed to meeting others. The table is divided into three lettered sections, one for each of the three phases of a TDSS project. Certain patterns are evident. First, all activities addressed multiple communication challenges, whether specifically or as a contributor to addressing these challenges. Second, Figs. 2 and 4 (Phases 1 and 3) include more filled circles than Fig. 3 (Phase 2), indicating that activities designed to address specific communication challenges occurred more during the beginning and toward the end of the project when stakeholder involvement was of greatest importance. Activities that were implemented during Phase 2 (Fig. 3) were primarily those that were ongoing throughout the project, adapted to address informational or relational issues as they arose. Challenges in Figs. 2–4 are categorized as primarily addressing relational or informational communication, but most involved both dimensions, in play all through the project. Communication challenges are more numerous in Phases 1 and 3 (Figs. 2 and 4), likely reflecting the complexities of problem framing and implementation.

    ASSESSMENTS OF THE WOODY WEEDS COMMUNICATION STRATEGY

    The effectiveness of communication in Woody Weeds was assessed during the project through the communication surveys, TDI workshops, and at the final in-person all-project meeting in spring 2022. At that meeting, students, senior scientists, and stakeholders participated in three separate workshops consisting of a survey followed by a discussion of participants’ experiences as part of the Woody Weeds project. There were 12 stakeholders (out of more than 100 stakeholders involved in project activities), nine scientists (out of a total of 24 scientists), and six students or former students (out of a total of eight PhD and 10 MSc students) in these workshops. The surveys consisted of a set of 22–27 questions with possible answers in Likert format. After completing the surveys, participants engaged in an unstructured discussion of the Woody Weeds experience, which was recorded and transcribed. Salient findings are presented here.

    We summarized a subset of 23 questions that were comparable across at least two of the three groups (Table 2). Mean scores of responses to these questions across all participants (Fig. 5) indicated a generally positive assessment of sharing information, promoting efficient interactions, and creating collective knowledge within Woody Weeds. Questions concerning relational communication (5–10) were the most consistently positive across all three groups. Scores diverged more concerning participants’ involvement in problem identification and involvement in project design (questions 11–15). Students and stakeholders tended to think they contributed less to project design and its adaptive development than did scientists (questions 12 and 13). Stakeholders felt they were less involved in data interpretation than did scientists or students (question 21). Stakeholders did not feel they contributed to problem identification as much as did the scientists (question 11; students were not asked about this because they did not join the project until after problem identification).

    The discussions in each workshop were unstructured, inviting comments on the survey questions and on the list of the 17 activities (Table 1) provided as a handout to participants. Seven of the activities were discussed in one or more of the workshops. Student training days were generally viewed as important or essential for effectiveness. Toolbox workshops were positively viewed for improving mutual understanding. As one scientist stated, they “provided a safe space for discussing ideas and were opportunities for everyone to speak out.” PhD dinners were viewed as important for strengthening personal relationships and facilitating collaboration. In contrast, the student cohort knowledge transfer event (Activity 14, Table 1) was not viewed as particularly effective by the students, possibly reflecting a persistent reluctance by some students to share their data for interdisciplinary work and publications. The student coauthored opinion paper (Activity 7, Table 1) was submitted to three high ranking journals but was deemed by editors-in-chief to lack sufficient originality for consideration. At that point, the students’ interdisciplinary collaborative research papers became priorities. The students felt they needed more guidance to succeed with the coauthored opinion paper.

    LIG meetings (Activity 14, Table 1) were widely viewed as important for refining project emphasis, including addressing differences in attitude among stakeholders concerning the importance of removing Prosopis and preventing its spread versus preserving the trees for utilization. Some stakeholders thought that these disparate perspectives were unevenly represented in initial project meetings, with those favoring management appearing to be more vocal, although both perspectives were represented across the range of LIG participants—from local stakeholders to policymakers. Some stakeholders thought the national and local inception workshops would have benefitted from more policymaker presence and engagement. Language and cultural barriers to communication between project scientists and students and stakeholders were mentioned several times.

    Despite these concerns, Woody Weeds was viewed by all discussants as successful overall in changing awareness, influencing policy, and involving stakeholders in respectful ways. Both stakeholders and project scientists considered the regional stakeholder workshops as particularly valuable. As one senior scientist noted, they helped concretize the problem definition for each specific study area and established initial personal relationships between the local stakeholder community and the project team, including students who subsequently met these stakeholders during their field activities. Stakeholders noted that other development projects with which they had been involved were less inclusive of stakeholder views than Woody Weeds, and, as a result, these other projects were less successful. Several thought that better connections between Woody Weeds and other projects working in the same regions with the same stakeholder groups would be beneficial.

    As another approach to assessing the Woody Weeds communication strategy, we considered the “indicators for successful communication” in transdisciplinary projects identified by Wang et al. (2019:1678) and for which we had information for assessment. Of the seven indicators concerned with relational development (Wang et al. 2019), six appeared to have been clearly met; responses pertaining to one, team members contribute actively to solution development, were mixed (Table 3). Of the three indicators concerning solution development, two appear to have been clearly met; responses pertaining to one, joint definition of the focal problem and project objective(s), were not positive from stakeholders and students.

    Another metric of success in cross-disciplinary collaboration is the number of interdisciplinary publications (Whitfield 2008). By July 2024 (24 months after the project ended), Woody Weeds had generated 29 scientific publications with primary data of which 27 were coauthored by project partners from at least two different scientific disciplines. According to Google Scholar, as of July 2024, publications from Woody Weeds had been cited more than 1,500 times. Relevant to the project’s goals for capacity building, 16 publications were first authored by PhD or MSc students from the target countries in eastern Africa.

    Strengths and weaknesses of the communication strategy applied in Woody Weeds

    Based on surveys, discussions, and metrics relevant to communication in transdisciplinary projects, Woody Weeds can be considered as successful overall in creating a collaborative, inclusive environment and in generating actionable knowledge. Stakeholders, senior scientists, and students all considered the project successful or very successful in establishing personal relationships and effective interactions and in generating an environment conducive for discussing ideas in an open and inclusive way for collective knowledge creation and for joint learning.

    On the other hand, some limitations and shortcomings can be identified. First, students and stakeholders did not feel as involved as they would have liked in problem identification and objective development. This likely stemmed from inherent structural constraints. Student recruitment and initial stakeholder workshops were necessarily held after project had been submitted for review by the funding agency. These constraints are not atypical for programs aiming to support research for development (e.g., Phillipson et al. 2012). The experience in Woody Weeds suggests the need for a systematic change to enable funding for stakeholder engagement and even student recruitment prior to full proposal submissions for development projects.

    Second, communication related to changes in Woody Weeds team composition over time was less successful. Despite activities designed to facilitate communication during the transition between two student cohorts (Table 1, Activities 8, 12, and 13), there were impediments to their success. Students from the first phase were under pressure to finish their theses and publish their scientific papers just as data transfers were required by the new students, introducing time and energy constraints. Furthermore, some of the data of first phase students were unpublished at the time of the student cohort knowledge transfer exchange, and first phase students were reluctant to share these data. This experience in Woody Weeds suggests that, in projects with sequential cohorts of participants, careful attention should be given to establishing an environment of trust and cooperation between the cohorts, including clear expectations for data sharing and mechanisms to protect intellectual contributions of all parties, while promoting synthesis and implementation.

    Third, the rejection of the student coauthored opinion paper (Activity 7, Table 1) was disappointing for the students, who accordingly gave this activity a low assessment. Whereas the work on the paper helped the students reflect on and improve their interdisciplinary coauthored research publications, the rejection of the paper presents a caution to recognize and plan for the extra burdens that accompany synthetic authorship.

    Fourth, the stakeholders’ differing views about what the project should focus on and to what extent stakeholders can influence the scope of the project introduced substantial communication issues, particularly during the initial project phase. Stakeholders invited to the Woody Weeds inception workshops included those aligned with the project’s focus on assessing the impacts of invasive non-native tree species and developing management interventions and others primarily interested in learning new ways of utilizing P. juliflora. The diverse stated and unstated views among stakeholders raised the question of how participatory knowledge production can be organized in a way that increases the social relevance but also guarantees scientific quality (Hage et al. 2010). Even when communication challenges are addressed, as was accomplished in Woody Weeds, disagreements cannot always be resolved to everyone’s satisfaction.

    Over time, stakeholder participation in Woody Weeds shifted toward co-production and co-decision processes, which was facilitated by consolidated relationships built on increasing trust. This culminated in the engagement of chiefs, elders, and other opinion leaders from different ethnic groups in the study areas and representatives of governmental and non-governmental organizations in a structured, deliberative, multi-criteria decision process for co-selecting and co-implementing sustainable land management practices for P. juliflora. The engagement of local stakeholders in the multi-criteria decision processes reinforced their perceptions about the need to actively contribute to environmental conservation (Adoyo et al. 2022) and promoted uptake of the project findings (Eschen et al. 2024), consistent with ideals articulated by Bagnol et al. (2016). The lessons learned in Woody Weeds support Hage et al.’s (2010) emphasis on the importance of reflection and transparency regarding the role of stakeholders during different communication activities or phases of TDSS projects.

    Finally, some stakeholders in Woody Weeds felt that they were not fully involved in data interpretation and in drafting management recommendations. Some of this is likely because several LIG activities, including field visits to management trials and workshops to reflect on project results, were cancelled because of COVID. This gap in stakeholder involvement toward the end of Woody Weeds has been partly addressed in a follow-up project in Kenya, in which stakeholders from different sectors acting at different scales (county government to community representatives) in three counties engaged in a co-decision process to develop a spatially explicit management plan for P. juliflora (Ehrensperger et al. 2024).

    RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGNING AND IMPLEMENTING COMMUNICATION STRATEGIES FOR TDSS

    High-performing, collaborative research teams are characterized by “positive interdependence of team members, effective communication, and individual and group accountability” (Cheruvelil et al. 2014:31–32). TDSS projects have their foundations in collaborative environmental management (Holling 1978) that is adaptive in that it responds to changing conditions, enables learning across sectors, and pursues emerging opportunities, which are often essential for effective transdisciplinary work (Armitage et al. 2008). The approach, sometimes formally designated as collaborative adaptive management (CAM; Susskind et al. 2012), depends on close and continuous communication and collaboration with stakeholders (Steger et al. 2021, Urton and Murray 2021). Without strong communication, cross sector collaboration to solve environmental problems will be hampered by misunderstanding and difficulty identifying common priorities (Scarlett and McKinney, 2013). Despite this known requisite, there are few studies that discuss the elements of a communication strategy to support the collaborative interdependence at the heart of these efforts and provide an assessment of their success. We have outlined and assessed the communication strategy employed during Woody Weeds to address the communication challenges listed in Fig. 1. Based on that, we recommend the following be considered when designing a communication strategy for TDSS projects.

    1. Include activities to address both the informational and relational dimensions of communication.
    2. Include activities that disclose differences in beliefs, values, and fundamental assumptions underpinning research methods and data interpretation, which can otherwise be hidden obstacles to success of TDSS projects.
    3. Include activities designed to facilitate collaboration among students and other participants collecting data in different disciplines that meet the interests of institutional and project supervisors and support interaction and knowledge exchange with local stakeholders during field work.
    4. Allow for adaptive management that can detect and respond to communication issues involving team members and external stakeholders that may arise during the project’s lifetime.
    5. Attend to the relational and informational aspects of communication with representative, broadly legitimated stakeholder groups early in the project to promote mutual learning and trust building. Ideally, and if funding models allow, this engagement would commence prior to the official launch of the project to enable full engagement in co-decision and co-implementation.
    6. Successful communication within TDSS projects can be facilitated by constructing a matrix, such as depicted in Figs. 2–4, during project planning and design. Delineating communication challenges anticipated throughout a project’s lifetime (rows) can guide the design of activities to address each of them. Throughout the project, this matrix can be revisited for ongoing assessment and to inform adaptive management in response to communication challenges as they arise.
    In summary, TDSS projects face multiple communication challenges that we recommend be addressed through comprehensive and deliberate strategies that consider both the informational and relational dimensions of communication and the several channels of communication among participants. Woody Weeds is an example of such a strategy, employed within a large, transdisciplinary, international project that addressed the problem of invasive woody weeds in eastern Africa. Based on our assessments of the project, the communication strategy was largely successful but encountered difficulties, some particular to the project but most relevant to any TDSS project. By detailing these and drawing out a set of recommendations, we hope to inform and promote similar approaches to improving communication as part of successful design and implementation of TDSS projects.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This work was supported by the Swiss Programme for Research on Global Issues for Development (r4d), funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation and the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation, through the project Woody invasive alien species in eastern Africa: assessing and mitigating their negative impact on ecosystem services and rural livelihood (Grant Number: 400440_152085). U. S. and R. E. were supported by CABI with core financial support from its member countries (see https://www.cabi.org/what-we-do/how-we-work/cabi-donors-and-partners/ for full details ). M. O.’s work on this manuscript was supported by the USDA National Institute of Food and Agriculture, Hatch project MICL02573.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI technology was not used in the preparation or writing of this paper.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The only data unique to this paper are results of a participant survey that were used to prepare Fig. 5. The data have been anonymized by removing individual identifiers for participants. Survey data that support the findings of this study are openly available in VERSO at https://doi.org/10.60841/000000272 (Eigenbrode et al. 2025).

    LITERATURE CITED

    Adoyo, B., U. Schaffner, S. Mukhovi, B. Kiteme, P. R. Mbaabu, S. Eckert, S. Choge, and A. Ehrensperger. 2022. Pathways towards the sustainable management of woody invasive species: understanding what drives land users’ decisions to adopt and use land management practices. Land 11:550. https://doi.org/10.3390/land11040550

    Armitage, D., Marschke, M., and Plummer, R., 2008. Adaptive co-management and the paradox of learning and collaboration. Global Environmental Change 18:86-98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2007.07.002

    Arvai, J., R. Gregory, D. Bessette, and V. Campbell-Arvai. 2012. Decision support for developing energy strategies. Issues in Science and Technology 28:43-52. https://www.jstor.org/stable/43315645

    Bagnol, B., E. Clarke, M. Li, W. Maulaga, H. Lumbwe, R. McConchie, J. de Bruyn, and R. G. Alders. 2016. Transdisciplinary project communication and knowledge sharing experiences in Tanzania and Zambia through a one health lens. Frontiers in Public Health 4(10). https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2016.00010

    Bond-Barnard, T. J., L. Fletcher, and H. Steyn. 2018. Linking trust and collaboration in project teams to project management success. International Journal of Managing Projects in Business 11:432-457. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMPB-06-2017-0068

    Cheruvelil, K. S., P. A. Soranno, K. C. Weathers, P. C. Hanson, S. J. Goring, C. T. Filstrup, and E. K. Read. 2014. Creating and maintaining high-performing collaborative research teams: the importance of diversity and interpersonal skills. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 12:31-38. https://doi.org/10.1890/130001

    Choi, S., and K. Richards. 2017. Interdisciplinary discourse. Palgrave Macmillan, London. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-47040-9

    Dallimer, M., and N. Strange. 2015. Why socio-political borders and boundaries matter in conservation. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 30:132-139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2014.12.004

    Ehrensperger, A., B. Adoyo, S. Eckert, R. Eschen, U. Schaffner, and R. Shackleton. 2024. Spatially explicit management of Prosopis tree invasions in Eastern Africa. Pages 178-194 in U. Schaffner, B. W. van Wilgen, A. Ehrensperger, and K. Bekele, editors. The ecology and management of invasive Prosopis trees in Eastern Africa. CABI, Wallingford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1079/9781800623644.0011 https://www.cabidigitallibrary.org/doi/10.1079/9781800623644.0014#:~:text=https%3A//doi.org/10.1079/9781800623644.0014

    Eigenbrode, S. D., Eckert, S., Eschen, R., Mbaabu, P. R., Schaffner, U., and M. O’Rourke. 2024. Lessons for the management of cross-disciplinary research teams. Pages 223-254 in U. Schaffner, B. W. van Wilgen, A. Ehrensperger, and K. Bekele, editors. The Ecology and management of invasive Prosopis trees in Eastern Africa. CABI, Wallingford, UK. https://www.cabidigitallibrary.org/doi/10.1079/9781800623644.0014#:~:text=https%3A//doi.org/10.1079/9781800623644.0014

    Eigenbrode, S., U. Shaffner, M. Rinkus, and R. Eschen. 2025. Data from: addressing communication challenges in transdisciplinary sustainability science: insights from a case study. University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho, USA. https://doi.org/10.60841/000000272

    Eschen, R., O. E. Kaaya, C. J. Kilawe, B. P. Malila, J. R. Mbwambo, F. S. Mwihomeke, and W. Nunda. 2024. Adoption of a sustainable land management practice for invasive Prosopis juliflora in East Africa. CABI Agriculture and Bioscience. 5:113. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43170-024-00315-1

    Fam, D., and M. O’Rourke, editors. 2021. Interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary failures: lessons learned from cautionary tales. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780367207045

    Fischer, C., V. Radinger-Peer, L. Krainer, and M. Penker. 2024. Communication tools and their support for integration in transdisciplinary research projects. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications 11:120. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-024-02607-3

    Fisher, B. A. 1979. Content and relationship dimensions of communication in decision-making groups. Communication Quarterly 27:3-11. https://doi.org/10.1080/01463377909369345

    Francis, C. A., G. Lieblein, T. A. Breland, L. Salomonsson, U. Geber, N. Sriskandarajah, and V. Langer. 2008. Transdisciplinary research for a sustainable agriculture and food sector. Agronomy Journal 100:771-776. https://doi.org/10.2134/agronj2007.0073

    Gebrehiwot, K., and Steger, C., 2024. A systematic review of Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. research in Ethiopia reveals gaps and opportunities for advancing management solutions. Environmental and Sustainability Indicators 24:100506. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.indic.2024.100506

    Görg, C., J. H. Spangenberg, V. Tekken, B. Burkhard, D. T. Truong, M. Escalada, K. L. Heong, G. Arida, L. V. Marquez, J. V. Bustamante, H. V. Chien, T. Klotzbücher, A. Marxen, N. H. Manh, N. V. Sinh, S. B. Villareal, and J. Settele. 2014. Engaging local knowledge in biodiversity research: experiences from large inter- and transdisciplinary projects. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews 39:323-341. https://doi.org/10.1179/0308018814Z.00000000095

    Hage, M., P. Leroy, and A. C. Petersen. 2010. Stakeholder participation in environmental knowledge production. Futures 42:254-264. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2009.11.011

    Hall, K. L., A. L. Vogel, B. A. Stipelman, D. Stokols, G. Morgan, and S. Gehlert. 2012. A four-phase model of transdisciplinary team-based research: goals, team processes, and strategies. Translational Behavioral Medicine 2:415-430. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13142-012-0167-y

    Hall, T. E., and M. O’Rourke. 2014. Responding to communication challenges in transdisciplinary sustainability science. Pages 119-139 in K. Huutoniemi and P. Tapio, editors. Heuristics for transdisciplinary sustainability studies: solution-oriented approaches to complex problems. Routledge, Oxford, UK.

    Hoffmann, S., C. Pohl, and J. G. Hering. 2017. Exploring transdisciplinary integration within a large research program: empirical lessons from four thematic synthesis processes. Research Policy 46:678-692. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2017.01.004

    Holling, C. S., editor. 1978. Adaptive environmental assessment and management. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, UK.

    Hubbs, G., M. O’Rourke, and S. H. Orzack, editors. 2020. The Toolbox Dialogue Initiative: the power of cross-disciplinary practice. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Forida, USA. https://doi.org/10.1201/9780429440014

    Keyton, J. 1999. Relational communication in groups. Pages 192-222 in L. R. Frey, D. Gouran, and M. S. Poole, editors. The handbook of group communication theory and research. Sage, Thousand Oaks, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003227458-13

    Lang, D. J., A. Wiek, M. Bergmann, M. Stauffacher, P. Martens, P. Moll, M. Swilling, and C. J. Thomas. 2012. Transdisciplinary research in sustainability science: practice, principles, and challenges. Sustainability Science 7:25-43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-011-0149-x

    Lawrence, M. G., S. Williams, P. Nanz, and O. Renn. 2022. Characteristics, potentials, and challenges of transdisciplinary research. One Earth 5:44-61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2021.12.010

    Lélé, S., and R. B. Norgaard. 2005. Practicing interdisciplinarity. Bioscience 55:967-975. https://doi.org/10.1641/0006-3568(2005)055[0967:PI]2.0.CO;2

    Looney, C., S. Donovan, M. O'Rourke, S. Crowley, S. D. Eigenbrode, L. Rotschy, N. A. Bosque-Pérez, and J. D. Wulfhorst. 2013. Seeing through the eyes of collaborators: using toolbox workshops to enhance cross-disciplinary communication. Pages 220-243 in M. O'Rourke, S. Crowley, S. D. Eigenbrode, and J. D. Wulfhorst, editors. Enhancing communication and collaboration in interdisciplinary research. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, California, USA.

    Morton, L., S. D. Eigenbrode, and T. A. Martin. 2015. Architectures of adaptive integration in large collaborative projects. Ecology and Society 20(4):5. http://dx.doi.org/10.5751/ES-07788-200405

    O’Rourke, M., M. A. Rinkus, E. Cardenas, and C. McLeskey. 2023. Communication practice for team science. Pages 83-102 in D. C. Gosselin, editor. A practical guide for developing cross-disciplinary collaboration skills. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-37220-9_5

    O’Rourke, M., and B. Robinson. 2020. Communication and integration in cross-disciplinary activity. Pages 58-81 in G. Hubbs, M. O’Rourke, and S. H. Orzack, editors. The Toolbox Dialogue Initiative: the power of cross-disciplinary practice. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, USA. https://doi.org/10.1201/9780429440014-5

    Pearson, J. C., and P. E. Nelson. 2000. An introduction to human communication: understanding and sharing. Eighth edition. McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New York, New York, USA.

    Perz, S. G., S. Brilhante, I. F. Brown, A. C. Michaelson, E. Mendoza, V. Passos, R. Pinedo, J. F. Reyes, D. Rojas, and G. Selaya. 2010. Crossing boundaries for environmental science and management: combining interdisciplinary, interorganizational and international collaboration. Environmental Conservation 37:419-431. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0376892910000810

    Phillipson, J., P. Lowe, A. Proctor, and E. Ruto. 2012. Stakeholder engagement and knowledge exchange in environmental research. Journal of Environmental Management 95:56-65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2011.10.005

    Pirozzi, M. 2019. Stakeholders, who are they? PM World Journal 8(10). https://pmworldlibrary.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/pmwj86-Oct2019-Pirozzi-stakeholders-who-are-they.pdf

    Pohl, C., and G. Hirsch Hadorn. 2007. Principles for designing transdisciplinary research. Oekom Verlag, Munich, Germany. https://doi.org/10.14512/9783962388638

    Scarlett, L., and M. McKinney. 2016. Connecting people and places: the emerging role of network governance in large landscape conservation. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 14:116-125. https://doi.org/10.1002/fee.1247

    Schaffner, U., B. W. van Wilgen, A. Ehrensperger, and K. Bekele, editors. 2025. The ecology and management of invasive Prosopis trees in eastern Africa. CABI Invasive Species 16. CABI, Wallingford, UK. https://boris-portal.unibe.ch/server/api/core/bitstreams/9f749b43-040f-465e-b8ae-efd976dac3ae/content https://doi.org/10.1079/9781800623644.0000

    Schwilch, G., S. Valente, C. Coelho, J. Moreira, A. Laouina, M. Chaker, M. Aderghal, P. Santos, and M. S. Reed. 2012. A structured multi-stakeholder learning process for Sustainable Land Management. Journal of Environmental Management 107:52-63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2012.04.023

    Steger, C., J. A. Klein, R. S. Reid, S. Lavorel, C. Tucker, K. A. Hopping, R. Marchant, T. Teel, A. Cuni-Sanchez, T. Dorji, G. Greenwood, R. Huber, K.-A. Kassam, D. Kreuer, A. Nolin, A. Russell, J. L. Sharp, M. Šmid Hribar, J. P. R. Thorn, G. Grant, M. Mahdi, M. Moreno, and D. Waiswa. 2021. Science with society: evidence-based guidance for best practices in environmental transdisciplinary work. Global Environmental Change 68:102240. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2021.102240

    Susskind, L., A. E. Camacho, and T. Schenk. 2012. A critical assessment of collaborative adaptive management in practice. Journal of Applied Ecology, 49:47-51. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2664.2011.02070.x

    Urton, D., and D. Murray. 2021. Project manager’s perspectives on enhancing collaboration in multidisciplinary environmental management projects. Project Leadership and Society 2:100008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.plas.2021.100008

    Wang, J., T. Aenis, and T. F. Siew. 2019. Communication processes in intercultural transdisciplinary research: framework from a group perspective. Sustainability Science 14:1673-1684. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-019-00661-4

    Weichselgartner, J., and R. Kasperson. 2010. Barriers in the science-policy-practice interface: toward a knowledge-action-system in global environmental change research. Global Environmental Change 20:266-277. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2009.11.006

    Whitfield, J. 2008. Collaboration: group theory. Nature 455:720-723. https://doi.org/10.1038/455720a

    Corresponding author:
    Sanford Eigenbrode
    sanforde@uidaho.edu
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Generalized structure of a large, multinational transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project designed to address issues facing social-ecological systems. Arrows in orange indicate temporal and spatial axes. The green tags at the beginning of the content illustrate the diversity of stakeholders concerned at different scales. The green arrows at the end illustrate the outcomes to be achieved at each of these scales. The intervening darker green boxes illustrate activities and outputs designed to achieve project outcomes and to facilitate communication among scientists and stakeholders during the three phases of the project.

    Fig. 1. Generalized structure of a large, multinational transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project designed to address issues facing social-ecological systems. Arrows in orange indicate temporal and spatial axes. The green tags at the beginning of the content illustrate the diversity of stakeholders concerned at different scales. The green arrows at the end illustrate the outcomes to be achieved at each of these scales. The intervening darker green boxes illustrate activities and outputs designed to achieve project outcomes and to facilitate communication among scientists and stakeholders during the three phases of the project.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Major communication challenges related to Phase 1 of a transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project and requiring particular attention to either their informational dimensions (blue rows) or relational dimensions (green rows), recognizing that all challenges contain aspects of both.The columns refer to the 17 activities conducted in Woody Weeds (Table 1) that addressed these challenges. Filled dots represent activities designed to address the specific communication challenge and open dots represent activities designed to address other communication challenges but that contributed to addressing the specific challenge.

    Fig. 2. Major communication challenges related to Phase 1 of a transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project and requiring particular attention to either their informational dimensions (blue rows) or relational dimensions (green rows), recognizing that all challenges contain aspects of both.The columns refer to the 17 activities conducted in Woody Weeds (Table 1) that addressed these challenges. Filled dots represent activities designed to address the specific communication challenge and open dots represent activities designed to address other communication challenges but that contributed to addressing the specific challenge.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Major communication challenges related to Phase 2 of a transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project and requiring particular attention to either their informational dimensions (blue rows) or relational dimensions (green rows), recognizing that all challenges contain aspects of both. The columns refer to the 17 activities conducted in Woody Weeds (Table 1) that addressed these challenges. Filled dots represent activities designed to address the specific communication challenge and open dots represent activities designed to address other communication challenges but that contributed to addressing the specific challenge.

    Fig. 3. Major communication challenges related to Phase 2 of a transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project and requiring particular attention to either their informational dimensions (blue rows) or relational dimensions (green rows), recognizing that all challenges contain aspects of both. The columns refer to the 17 activities conducted in Woody Weeds (Table 1) that addressed these challenges. Filled dots represent activities designed to address the specific communication challenge and open dots represent activities designed to address other communication challenges but that contributed to addressing the specific challenge.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Major communication challenges related to Phase 3 of a transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project and requiring particular attention to either their informational dimensions (blue rows) or relational dimensions (green rows), recognizing that all challenges contain aspects of both. The columns refer to the 17 activities conducted in Woody Weeds (Table 1) that addressed these challenges. Filled dots represent activities designed to address the specific communication challenge and open dots represent activities designed to address other communication challenges, but that contributed to addressing the specific challenge.

    Fig. 4. Major communication challenges related to Phase 3 of a transdisciplinary sustainability science (TDSS) project and requiring particular attention to either their informational dimensions (blue rows) or relational dimensions (green rows), recognizing that all challenges contain aspects of both. The columns refer to the 17 activities conducted in Woody Weeds (Table 1) that addressed these challenges. Filled dots represent activities designed to address the specific communication challenge and open dots represent activities designed to address other communication challenges, but that contributed to addressing the specific challenge.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Plot of mean responses to questions in the final project survey that were common to each of three groups of participants: project scientists, stakeholders, and students. The complete questions and specific meaning of each response (1–4) are provided in Table 2. Responses ranged from 1 (strongly positive) to 4 (strongly negative). Respondent groups were asked the same questions except question 11, which was not asked of students. Variation within respondent group, which was sometimes wide, is not shown.

    Fig. 5. Plot of mean responses to questions in the final project survey that were common to each of three groups of participants: project scientists, stakeholders, and students. The complete questions and specific meaning of each response (1–4) are provided in Table 2. Responses ranged from 1 (strongly positive) to 4 (strongly negative). Respondent groups were asked the same questions except question 11, which was not asked of students. Variation within respondent group, which was sometimes wide, is not shown.

    Fig. 5
    Table 1
    Table 1. Activities undertaken during the lifetime of Woody Weeds designed to promote requisite communication among participants.

    Table 1. Activities undertaken during the lifetime of Woody Weeds designed to promote requisite communication among participants.

    Activity Activity description
    1. National inception workshop One-day event at beginning of project with national/regional representatives from Ethiopia, Kenya and Tanzania; presented general project outline; listened to feedback/input from stakeholders; reflected on whether the project has identified the key general questions.
    2. Regional stakeholder workshops One-day event in each study area during first project months with local/regional stakeholders; feedback/input from stakeholders on the project (target species, research questions, etc.) and knowledge exchange.
    3. In-person all-project meetings Physical meetings with whole project team approximately every nine months; progress reports, particularly by students; participated in a field visit; planning and coordination of next activities.
    4. On-line communication surveys Annual online survey of project participants to assess effectiveness of communication efforts in the project; results presented at project meetings in an anonymized form.
    5. Post-meeting excursions One-day field trips by scientists and students to scenic areas near meeting sites.
    6. Electronic/virtual communication Use of email, phone, WhatsApp, Skype, and Zoom to communicate with one another.
    7. Student coauthored opinion paper Jointly authored paper by PhD students on the components of social-ecological research and implementation and their experience in training.
    8. PhD dinners A joint dinner of all PhD students, without supervisors, on one of the evenings of each of the project meetings.
    9. Toolbox workshops Workshops designed to facilitate interdisciplinary understanding and communication.
    10. Student-supervisor interactions Ad hoc meetings between students and supervisors, with or without additional members of the PhD advisory committee.
    11. Student training days Two training days before each of the project meetings; students drafted interdisciplinary research questions and received training in data collection, data entry, and analysis; students planned joint field trips.
    12. Joint field work Students planned and conducted joint field work.
    13. Student cohort knowledge transfer event Meetings of PhD students from Phase 1 (primarily research) and Phase 2 (primarily implementation).
    14. Local implementation group (LIG) meetings Meetings of representatives of key stakeholder groups that engaged them in decision-making processes regarding implementation of invasive alien species (IAS) management in their localities.
    15. Interdisciplinary research papers Produced papers integrating data from at least two students from different disciplines.
    16. PhD paper writing workshop Physical meeting of PhD students of Phase 1 in Switzerland to work on research writing.
    17. Meetings with policymakers Ad-hoc meetings to discuss relevance of project findings for policy.

    Table 2
    Table 2. Questions included in the survey completed by project scientists, stakeholders, and students or former students in the Woody Weeds project and grouped by the primary dimension of communication to which they pertain. The abbreviated versions of the questions, in parentheses, are used to display the survey results in Fig. 3.

    Table 2. Questions included in the survey completed by project scientists, stakeholders, and students or former students in the Woody Weeds project and grouped by the primary dimension of communication to which they pertain. The abbreviated versions of the questions, in parentheses, are used to display the survey results in Fig. 3.

    Survey question
    Informational
    1. How well did you understand the objectives of the Woody Weeds project? (Understand the objectives?)
    2. How well did you understand the questions asked by scientists in different disciplines in the Woody Weeds project? (Understood questions?)
    3. How well did you understand the data types employed by scientists in different disciplines in the Woody Weeds project? (Understand data types?)
    4. How well did you understand the analytical approaches employed by scientists in different disciplines in the Woody Weeds project? (Understand analytical approaches?)
     
    Relational
    5. How well did the project enable scientists and stakeholders to develop relationships that enable ongoing collaboration and implementation? (Personal relationships?)
    6. How well did the Woody Weeds Project facilitate or impede efficient interactions among the team members i.e. stakeholders, students, and scientists? (Facilitated interactions?)
    7. How well did the Woody Weeds Project facilitate or impede collective knowledge creation? (Collective knowledge creation?)
    8. How well did the Woody Weeds Project foster or discourage an open and inclusive approach to considering different viewpoints? (Inclusive approach?)
    9. How well did the Woody Weeds project provide a safe space for all participants to discuss ideas in an equal and inclusive way? (Discuss ideas?)
    10. How much were stakeholders who collaborated with the Woody Weeds Project engaged in a manner that enabled ongoing learning? (Ongoing learning?)
     
    Both informational and relational
    11., To what extent did you contribute to problem identification for the Woody Weeds project? (Contribute to the problem identification?)
    12. To what extent did you contribute to the design of the Woody Weeds project? (Contribute to the design?)
    13. To what extent did you contribute to the adaptive development of the Woody Weeds project during the years of its execution? (Adaptive development?)
    14. How well did the Woody Weeds Project facilitate or impede information sharing? (Information sharing?)
    15. How well did the Woody Weeds Project involve all types of stakeholders? (All types of stakeholders?)
    16. Considering the different societal roles of men and women, how well did the Woody Weeds Project involve women? (Women?)
    17. Considering the different societal roles of men and women, how well did the Woody Weeds Project involve men? (Men?)
    18. How well did the Woody Weeds team offer opportunities for discovering multiple solutions to the problems the project addressed? (Discovering multiple solutions?)
    19. How well did the Woody Weeds project provide a safe space for all participants to resolve issues in an equal and inclusive way? (Resolved issues?)
    20. How much were you involved in the analysis of data from the Woody Weeds project? (Involved in analysis?)
    21. How much were you involved in the interpretation of data from the Woody Weeds project? (Involved in interpretation? Involved in interpretation?)
    22. How much were you involved in decision-making processes that led to recommendations to stakeholders? (Recommendations?)
    23. How well did the interdisciplinary structure of Woody Weeds make its work more policy-relevant? (Relevance for policy?)
    Participants responded on a scale ranging from 1–4 for each question. For each question, 1 was the most positive response and 4 was the least positive response.
    Table 3
    Table 3. Indicators of successful communication in transdisciplinary projects, as proposed by Wang et al. (2019), and corresponding assessments by stakeholders, project scientists, and project students, regarding the extent to which these indicators were achieved in the Woody Weeds project. Symbols: + fully met; (+) partially met; (-) minimally met; – not met.

    Table 3. Indicators of successful communication in transdisciplinary projects, as proposed by Wang et al. (2019), and corresponding assessments by stakeholders, project scientists, and project students, regarding the extent to which these indicators were achieved in the Woody Weeds project. Symbols: + fully met; (+) partially met; (-) minimally met; – not met.

    Indicators for successful communication Assessment Explanation
    Relational development
    Actors have effective (formal and informal) channels to get to know each other. (+) The project employed 17 activities, of which several were specifically designed to provide these channels (Table 2). Responses to survey question 5 were positive; scientists, students and stakeholders felt that the project facilitated interactions and relationships among the team members and between team members and stakeholders.
    Team members accept that they need to work together to generate solutions to the problems. (+) Responses to survey question 7 indicate that scientists and students felt that the project successfully promoted collective knowledge creation.
    Team members respect each other’s knowledge and opinions. (+) Scientists, students, and stakeholders agreed that the project fostered an open and inclusive approach to considering different viewpoints (survey question 8).
    The project has an open atmosphere and communication channels for exchange. (+) All respondents agreed that the project offered a safe space to discuss ideas and to resolve issues in an equal and inclusive way (survey questions 9 and 19).
    Team members contribute actively to solution development. (+/-) Scientists and students stated that they were involved in decision-making processes that led to recommendations to stakeholders. In contrast, stakeholders felt that they were only occasionally or only rarely involved in recommendation development (survey question 22).
    Team members agree on the research results regarding applicability in practice. (+) Scientists, stakeholders, and, particularly, the students felt that the interdisciplinary structure of Woody Weeds made its work and outputs policy-relevant (survey question 23).
    Capacity building and social learning happen intentionally and unintentionally.
    (+) All respondents agreed that they were engaged in the project in a manner that enabled ongoing learning (survey question 10).
    Solution development
    Joint definition of the focal problem and project objective(s). (-) Survey questions 1 (understanding the project objectives), 11 (contribute to problem identification), and 12 (contribute to the design) garnered relatively low levels of agreement from students, stakeholders, or both, as compared with scientists.
    Information and knowledge are exchanged among all team members via multiple channels. (+) Respondents agreed that that the project facilitated information sharing to a great deal (survey question 14).
    Co-created knowledge contributes to solutions. (+) The stakeholders and to some extent the scientists and students agreed that the project offered opportunities for discovering multiple solutions to the problems the project addressed (survey question 18) and facilitated collective knowledge creation (survey question 7).
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    communication; eastern Africa; invasive plants; social-ecological systems

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 37 Research

    Relational values overshadow monetary value in territorial management by the Indigenous Oaxacan community of Capulálpam de Méndez

    Gould, R. K., M. Cantu Fernandez, F. Garcia López, A. K. Cosmos Pérez, G. Y. Hernández Márquez, F. Servin, and P. Balvanera. 2025. Relational values overshadow monetary value in territorial management by the Indigenous Oaxacan community of Capulálpam de Méndez. Ecology and Society 30(3):37. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16383-300337
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Rachelle K. GouldORCIDcontact author, Rachelle K. Gould
      Rubenstein School of Environment and Natural Resources and Environmental Program, University of Vermont; Gund University for the Environment, University of Vermont
    • Mariana Cantu Fernandez, Mariana Cantu Fernandez
      Instituto de Investigaciones en Ecosistemas y Sustentabilidad, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México (UNAM)
    • Francisco Garcia López, Francisco Garcia López
      Universidad Autónoma Comunal de Oaxaca; Comisariado de Bienes Comunales, Comunidad de Capulálpam de Méndez
    • Ana Karina Cosmos Pérez, Ana Karina Cosmos Pérez
      Universidad Autónoma Comunal de Oaxaca; Comunidad de Capulálpam de Méndez
    • Guadalupe Yesenia Hernández MárquezORCID, Guadalupe Yesenia Hernández Márquez
      Alianza para el Financiamiento a la Conservación y Restauración Comunitaria de la Biodiveersidad
    • Fidencio Servin, Fidencio Servin
      Centro Universitario Comunal, Universidad Autónoma Comunal de Oaxaca
    • Patricia BalvaneraORCIDPatricia Balvanera
      Instituto de Investigaciones en Ecosistemas y Sustentabilidad, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México (UNAM)

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Gould, R. K., M. Cantu Fernandez, F. Garcia López, A. K. Cosmos Pérez, G. Y. Hernández Márquez, F. Servin, and P. Balvanera. 2025. Relational values overshadow monetary value in territorial management by the Indigenous Oaxacan community of Capulálpam de Méndez. Ecology and Society 30(3):37.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16383-300337

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • governance; indicators; Indigenous; instrumental values; intrinsic values; IPBES values assessment; management; relational values; values
    Relational values overshadow monetary value in territorial management by the Indigenous Oaxacan community of Capulálpam de Méndez
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16383.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Many Indigenous and local communities have self-organized to protect their territories, and the values intertwined with those territories, in the face of dispossession and unfair resource extraction. Our transdisciplinary research team collaborated to explore how values of nature relate to territorial management in one such community: the Indigenous community of Capulálpam de Méndez, in southern Mexico. This community is a well-known leader in sustainable management, and the research collaboration aims to foster their local, regional, and global impact. We spoke with 11 groups within the community and 51 participants total. We summarized our conversations using fuzzy cognitive maps, then shared results with participants, local authorities, and the community in general. We identify multiple themes in our data. These include that concepts such as care and celo (protective love and zeal) play central roles in community relationships with the territory; though monetary value plays a role in territorial management, it is treated with wariness; and strong intergenerational considerations—traditions, customs, and ways of thinking inherited from past generations, and consideration for future generations—infuse present-day management decisions. Previous research suggests that these themes may be mirrored in other Indigenous communities; this study adds new insight about how these value-infused themes shape territorial decision making. It also demonstrates that relational values can play a pivotal role in territorial management, and that open discussion of values-management links can facilitate broader community awareness of these values’ roles in community life. These findings, in aggregate, offer potentially helpful guidance for transitions to sustainability.

    INTRODUCTION

    Indigenous and local communities steward a large fraction of global ecosystems and biocultural diversity, yet their values have been marginalized in many decision-making processes (IPBES 2022). Such marginalization often results in dispossession, resource extraction, or exploitation of Indigenous knowledge without consent (Toledo and Barrera-Bassols 2009). Yet many communities have self-organized to protect their territories and the values intertwined with those territories. This study explores environmental values in one such community and reflects on whether a transdisciplinary research partnership can create results that are helpful to that community.

    This study is a collaboration between local communal authorities in Capulálpam de Méndez (a southern Mexican Indigenous community; details below), professors and students at the local communal university, and academics at both Mexican and U.S. universities. This transdisciplinary team worked closely together to design the project, collect data, share the results with the community in multiple ways, and write this paper.

    Conceptual underpinnings

    The study advances inquiry and recommendations in the United Nations’ IPBES Values Assessment.[1] The Values Assessment is an international report on the “multiple values of nature.” In this analysis, we focus on three aspects of the Values Assessment’s conceptual framework: (1) the nested categories of worldviews, broad values, specific values, and indicators, (2) understanding values as relational, instrumental, or intrinsic, and also as material and non-material, and (3) the importance of plural valuation. We explore this framework in the context of (4) the theory and practice of communal governance in southern Mexico. This study inquires whether and how these conceptual tools can help to “make visible” important values in Capulálpam de Méndez (hereafter Capulálpam). We summarize past research on these four areas.

    Nested categories of worldviews, broad values, specific values, and indicators

    The IPBES values typology synthesizes multiple decades of work, in diverse disciplines, on environmental values (IPBES 2022, Pascual et al. 2023). The typology aims to assist decision making because it offers a way to understand the complexity of the various forms of values and representations of values, and how they interact with one another. The typology presents four main value types (see Fig. 1).

    Types of value: instrumental/intrinsic/relational and material/non-material

    There are many ways to categorize values. This study focuses on two primary designations: values as instrumental, intrinsic, and relational, and values as material and non-material.

    The Values Assessment categorizes specific values as instrumental (for human purposes), intrinsic (irrespective of humans), and relational (associated with the content of human-environment or human-mediated relationships; Chan et al. 2016, Himes et al. 2024). Instrumental and intrinsic values have been discussed in the environmental valuation space for decades (e.g., Rolston 1988, Tallis and Lubchenco 2014), with varying permutations of meaning (Himes et al. 2024). Relational values have recently gained attention in sustainability science, first conceptually (Chan et al. 2016, Muraca 2016), then empirically (e.g., Pratson et al. 2023). A primary reason for this is that they provide a language and conceptual structure for perspectives often marginalized, like Indigenous and feminist views that foreground processes and relationships (Muraca 2016).

    The distinction between material and non-material values is also helpful. The IPBES Global Assessment designates non-material nature’s contributions to people (NCP) as one of three main NCP types (material and regulating are the other two; IPBES 2022). Yet distinctions between material and non-material contributions (and associated values) are fuzzy, and that fuzziness has plagued cultural ecosystem services and related research since its inception (Gould and Satterfield 2025). Though we fully recognize the material/non-material distinction as imperfect, the emphasis on non-material values can ensure that less discussed, often ignored non-material values have space in research and practice.

    Plural valuation

    The IPBES Values Assessment defines valuation as “an explicit, intentional process in which agreed-upon methods are applied to make visible the diverse values” associated with nature (IPBES 2022:12). Academic valuation began with a focus on nature’s benefits or worth (i.e., the “value of” ecosystems); it focused on the interface between economics and ecology (Daily et al. 2000). Recent interdisciplinary work emphasizes that valuation must expand beyond this focus, to include characterization of not only values that “flow from” ecosystems, but also of values that intertwine with ecosystems (i.e., “values about” ecosystems, such as principles; Farley and Kish 2021). The IPBES Values Assessment emphasizes the importance of these diverse values and describes the benefits of plural valuation, i.e., valuation that includes multiple forms of value (Jacobs et al. 2016, IPBES 2022).

    A crucial element of plural valuation is the use of indicators beyond money to represent value; plural valuation is in many ways a reaction to abundant and convincing critiques of monetary valuation (IPBES 2022). Yet despite increasing consensus that monetary valuation is insufficient and problem-ridden (and thus that plural valuation is needed), the role that diverse values play in diverse decision making contexts needs further exploration. The Values Assessment suggests that valuation processes in Indigenous communities may be inherently integrated and implicitly plural, but explicit studies of environmental valuation in Indigenous communities are rare. This paper contributes to ongoing inquiry into diverse manifestations of valuation, in the context of an Indigenous community undergirded by a strong communal governance philosophy.

    Communal governance

    Southern Mexican communities are globally recognized for communal thought and philosophy (Escobar 2018, Martínez-Luna 2021); this philosophy forms the governance theory upon which this study is based. Scholars in southern Mexico (Martínez-Luna 2021) coined the term comunalidad (communality) to name this “mode of being and living” (Escobar 2018:269). Comunalidad involves collective identity, but it does not imply a lack of tension; municipalities’ governance faces diverse challenges associated with power imbalances (among internal actors and with external funders and regulators) and constitutional reforms that promote the privatization of previously common tenure systems (Guibrunet et al. 2021). Though communities differ, Figure 2 portrays common core characteristics of this communal governance.

    Project aims

    In this paper we describe a transdisciplinary exploration to make visible the values associated with environmental decision making in the Indigenous community of Capulálpam. Our primary focus was to create a project useful to Capulálpam. Throughout the process, we also explored the utility of the IPBES Values Assessment’s frameworks; reflections from that exploration will be published separately (Gould et al. unpublished manuscript).

    METHODS

    Study context

    Oaxacan Indigenous communities

    Fifty-one percent of Mexico’s land base is federally recognized as communally owned; this is one of the highest proportions of any nation (Rights and Resources Initiative 2015). This communal ownership has its origins in pre-colonial land-tenure practices and has been upheld by a complex mix of resistance and governmental action (Merino et al. 1997). Communal owners determine details of how they manage their lands, though they must comply with the national Constitution (which dictates a basic system of local governance) and various national regulations.

    Capulálpam is one of these communal-ownership communities. The town is located in the southern Mexican state of Oaxaca, which is globally known for decentralized governance; it has an abundance of locally managed territories, which range widely in size, from roughly 200 hectares to roughly 460,000 hectares (García Aguirre 2015). Proportional use of the territories also varies, but averages 36% for conservation, 37% for timber production, 5% for restoration, and 22% for agriculture, dwellings, and other uses (based on a survey of Capulálpam and 22 neighboring communities; Pazos-Almada and Bray 2018). These communities’ political and cultural configuration is a self-generated hybrid that combines elements of pre-colonial governance structures, colonial processes, social movements such as the Mexican Revolution (1910–1917), and, most recently, federally granted autonomy related to forest management (see below; Bray 2020). The philosophy of comunalidad emerged in these autonomous municipalities.

    Communal forest governance is intertwined with decentralized governance and comunalidad. Roughly 40 years ago, community-owned commercial forestry operations began in Mexico (Ramirez Santiago et al. 2019). These operations exist under a supportive federal framework that grants management power to local actors, and they now form an important part of many communities’ livelihoods (Bray 2016). Communal forest governance involves principles such as collective ownership and rights, collective decision making, self-determination, and benefit-sharing (Bray et al. 2003, Antinori and Bray 2005). This forest-management approach contributes to biodiversity conservation, maintenance of biocultural knowledge, and poverty alleviation (Antinori and Bray 2005, Porter-Bolland et al. 2013); scholars have identified Mexican communal forest management as a globally relevant example of sustainable practice (Bray et al. 2003, 2006).

    Capulálpam de Mendez

    Capulálpam is at an elevation of about 2200 meters, and the territory covers roughly 7800 hectares (30 square miles). In 2017, the community had 1595 inhabitants. The town was founded roughly 1000 years ago, and the ensuing centuries involved a complex mix of self-governance, colonization, conversion to Catholicism, resistance to colonization, and recognition of self-governance.

    In the past few decades, interaction with outside “experts” in fields such as forestry and Indigenous tourism, combined with professional training and the existing expertise of community members, has aided Capulalpenses in defending their territory. In perhaps the most notable example, the community expelled a transnational precious-metals mining company in the early 1990s. Part of this process was the creation, influenced by national and international academics and other professionals, of a regional forestry organization. This organization provided technical guidance to Capulálpam and nearby communities and contributed to the success of the expulsion.

    Transdisciplinary team and objectives

    Our transdisciplinary team includes Capulálpam community members, professionals involved in international governance, and academics from regional, national, and international universities. Capulálpam community members are the president of the community’s Common Lands Commission and a member of the community’s traditional medicine cooperative. The professional in international governance has represented Mexico’s Indigenous communities in fora such as IPBES and the Convention on Biological Diversity; she is Indigenous and based in an Indigenous community one hour from Capulálpam. Academics come from disciplines of ecology, anthropology, and environmental social science; two are based in Oaxaca and one in the United States.

    In alignment with this team, this study had transdisciplinary objectives. The first was to discuss multifaceted values in Capulálpam: to encourage and facilitate conversation of seldom-discussed issues that the community found important. The second was to organize those values to make sense of them in ways that connect the community’s activities with global conversations (connections that interested community members). The third objective was to summarize and share study findings in a way that would help the community discuss the study’s implications.

    We worked to implement a co-production process that would both benefit local authorities and fulfill academic goals. The leader of Capulálpam’s Common Lands Commission (Comisariado de Bienes Comunales; author FGL) emphasized the utility of increasing the visibility of values related to community decision making that are infrequently discussed in the community and thus often invisible. This study complied with Capulálpam’s Community Biocultural Protocol (PNUD et al. 2018) and the University of Vermont ethics review board. Appendix 1 contains details of the free prior and informed consent process.

    Community listening sessions

    We conducted community listening sessions, a type of modified focus group that emphasizes the value of mutual learning and dialogue amongst participants (Ardoin et al. 2022). We invited 12 community groups to participate. One group, a senior women’s organization, declined to participate because of uncertainty about whether we had appropriately engaged with the community biocultural protocol process (this was clarified, but too late for the session to occur; see Appendix 1 for details). We thus conducted 11 sessions: two pilot sessions, followed by nine additional sessions after slight revisions to the conversation structure. We conducted all sessions in early 2023. The first author (RKG) facilitated all groups, with the support of one or two other authors, one of whom (AKCP) is also a member of the Capulálpam community.

    Each session lasted between 60 and 90 minutes. After consent, the first author briefly described the values of nature and specified the differences between material and nonmaterial values. Discussion then addressed three areas:

    1. What does the phrase “territory of Capulálpam” mean to you? This allowed the participants to talk about a familiar topic, and for us to understand how they consider their territory, a concept widely recognized as important in many Indigenous management contexts (Zanjani et al. 2023).
    2. A land-management-related decision or action taken by the community that is relevant to the group’s activities (Table 1). Each group chose a different decision or action; discussion of this decision or action, strongly focused on the material and non-material values related to it, occupied the majority of each session. (Hereafter, we refer to the community land-management-related practices each group chose as the topic of their discussion as “decisions.” We do so even for practices such as medicinal-plant use or enactment of seasonal ceremony, which might more commonly be referred to as actions or practices, because they involve a series of smaller-scale decisions with impacts in the aggregate).
    3. Material and non-material values relevant for the Community’s movement against gold mining.

    At the end of each discussion, we asked for suggestions for how to share the collected information with the rest of the community.

    As each discussion progressed, we created a mental map: a visual representation of the ideas expressed and how they were connected. We used a large (~1.5-m square) sheet of paper that all participants could see. On this paper and on sticky notes placed on the paper, we recorded core value-related points that emerged in the conversation (the use of sticky notes allowed all researchers present to record points in the context of a fast-paced conversation). As we added points to the maps, we connected them spatially and with lines. The maps had four purposes, all related to better articulating a complex set of abstract ideas about relationships between values and decisions; Appendix 1 describes the purposes in detail and with connections to past research that motivated this approach.

    Analysis

    Territory-related points that arose in sessions

    Three authors (RKG, MCF, AKCP) used open coding (i.e., based on the data, not on a priori categories) to create a comprehensive list of every response mentioned, throughout the listening sessions, to the question of “what is the territory of Capulálpam?” We identified 113 distinct responses, which fell into 10 categories.

    Value-related points that arose in sessions

    After each listening session, we created a list of 20–40 value-related points from the conversation, based on the mental map we created during the session. We coded this list of value-related points in two ways: (1) by type of comment: one of the IPBES value types (Fig. 1) or an overall value-related reflection; and (2) by topic (see Box 1 for definitions of terms we use in our analysis and results). Two authors (RKG and MCF) categorized all points; iterations involved revisiting transcripts to clarify ambiguous points and discussion amongst these two authors, sometimes with consultation with author and community member AKCP. The Supplementary Materials detail the multi-stage coding process.

    Box 1: Terms used in this paper. Descriptions convey each term’s use in this study.

    Points: Single mentions (“points made”) in listening sessions.

    Topics: Content-related groupings of the subjects that points address (e.g., resources, impacts of mining operation).

    Value types: Categorization of value(s) from the IPBES Values Assessment (worldviews, broad values, specific values, and indicators).

    Reflections: Values-related points that do not fit one value type (e.g., “we must value what we have”).

    Themes: Larger concerns that transcend points, topics, and value types.

    Fuzzy cognitive maps

    We based our concept mapping approach, both during and after listening sessions, on the fuzzy cognitive mapping method. The basic idea behind fuzzy cognitive maps is to represent approximate (or “fuzzy”) relationships between entities in a system, as those relationships are understood by participants (Gray et al. 2013). During listening sessions, we created a schematic, first-draft version of a fuzzy cognitive map via a straightforward two-step process: one researcher wrote points mentioned on sticky notes, then the lead facilitator placed the sticky notes on a sheet of butcher paper and drew lines and images to reflect their relationships. Participants occasionally suggested that specific links be added, but this was not a focus of conversation.

    After data collection, we used Mental Modeler software (https://www.mentalmodeler.com/) to create fuzzy cognitive maps for each group conversation. To create these maps, the second author listened to all recordings and took detailed notes to summarize each conversation, with a focus on links between values and decisions. She then created a draft cognitive map for each group; this involved specifying factors and links between them. The first author reviewed maps, and suggested changes. The first and second author discussed these suggestions and agreed on any changes made.

    Community discussion of preliminary results

    After a first round of analysis, we invited all participants to a discussion of preliminary results. Roughly 20 people attended; in addition to listening session participants, attendees included multiple members of the Distinguished Council who had not been present in any listening session. At this event, we shared drafts of the results presented below, and also shared the 11 cognitive maps from each listening session. We first presented and discussed overall results with the entire group, then allowed whomever was present from each group to consider and offer feedback on their group’s map. The maps were, according to community member and co-author AKCP (who was present), “the sensation of the night” (“la sensación de la noche”); participants were extremely enthusiastic about the maps and their ability to convey connections that had been expressed in conversation.

    Summary cognitive map

    In addition to individual groups’ enthusiasm about their own maps, multiple community leaders expressed interest in a synthetic map that could be displayed in community spaces (e.g., the community radio’s office/recording space) and shared with visitors. Thus after the community discussion of preliminary results, we created a summary cognitive map.

    To create this map, we used the following process. The three authors who were present at most listening sessions and the community discussion of preliminary results independently rated the intensity of each map link, from 0.1 (weak) to 1 (strong; we rated intensities for groups only when we either attended or listened to the recording). We calculated the average and standard deviation of our ratings. When the standard deviation was less than 0.3, we used the average intensity. When the standard deviation was greater than 0.3, we discussed the discrepant ratings and came to agreement as to an appropriate intensity. These intensities were then entered into the Mental Modeler software, which we then used to calculate statistics (e.g., centralities) for each link.

    The lead author reviewed the connections, centralities calculated by the software, and frequencies from all maps. She used the components with highest centralities to create the summary cognitive map (a process similar to Özesmi and Özesmi 2004). All authors reviewed this summary map and agreed on slight changes (to connections between or placement of map components).

    This process did not directly involve participants; it is not a statistically rigorous summary of participants’ responses. Given that participants were not randomly chosen, it is also not a statistically rigorous summary of the community’s views. Instead, because of the many rounds of review and approval by diverse community members, along with the inclusion of multiple community members on the analysis team, we suggest it is a reasonable conceptual summary of what many in the community think and feel.

    Results-sharing event

    When we had completed analysis and prepared draft reports of results, we invited the entire community to a “Results-Sharing Event.” This event included seven interactive “stations:” a youth-oriented scavenger hunt, a photograph-based “values museum,” a mural-sized reproduction of the collective mental map, a “values web” collective creation, a discussion with author [GYHM] about global environmental initiatives, an opportunity to share questions and visions for the future, and a collectively created values mural (Fig. 3). All stations had content and prompts based on the research findings. They were created in collaboration with Cocina Colaboratorio, a research-arts-community partnership based in a nearby town (Balvanera et al. 2025).

    RESULTS

    Participant groups addressed diverse land-management actions undertaken in Capulálpam (Table 1). Groups defined the territory using 10 commonly recurring elements (Table 2). Discussions about links between values and decision making addressed diverse value types; indicators dominated (Table 3). Care was the most commonly discussed value, with related values like celo[2] and responsibility also common (Fig. 4). These values and indicators connect to land management decisions in ways that foreground past and future generations and help to maintain material benefits (Fig. 5). We elaborate on these results and discuss five emergent conceptual themes.

    Definitions of territory

    There were clear patterns in how groups discussed the Capulálpam territory. All groups identified territory as a physical area; most mentioned people, resources/benefits from the land, and care or conservation (Table 2 and Fig. 3). There was also variation and richness in points mentioned; though a few responses were extremely common (see Table 2), many were uncommon (66 elements were mentioned by only one group and 30 elements were mentioned by only two groups). One response, from a participant in the women’s traditional medicine collective, effectively summarized the holistic essence of many territory-related comments (see Fig 3).

    Participants at the community discussion of preliminary results confirmed the list of summary points in Table 2. They also wished to add a short “motto” to represent the community. After collective brainstorming followed by informal voting on proposed mottos, they selected the motto “Coexistence in equilibrium with nature.” At the results-sharing event, the community used watercolors to illustrate this conception of the territory (Fig. 3).

    Values related to community land-management decisions

    Most frequently mentioned topics

    Throughout the listening sessions, the most commonly addressed topics were care/conservation, basic resources, and values-as-principles (i.e., broad values); after these three, the next-most common topics were less than half as frequently mentioned. Table 3 depicts how points brought up under these topics aligned with the four categories in the IPBES Values typology.

    Overall, resources and relationships were central to our conversations: many of the topics mentioned intertwine with resources, relationships, or both (e.g., relationships of care maintain resources). Resources, i.e., physical benefits that the territory provides, were top concerns. Groups named resources that directly meet basic needs (e.g., water, food) much more often than income that the territory generates (which is categorized as “economic value” in Table 3), even though multiple groups engaged in economic activities in the territory (water bottling, ecotourism, forestry, farming). Relationships, in turn, are central to Capulalpenses’ reflections on how values impact their territorial management. All frequently discussed topics have relationships at their core, different kinds of relationships for different values. We elaborate on resources and relationships below as they infuse many of our other results and therefore our discussion.

    Value types

    Broad values: Groups mentioned, collectively, over 50 points related to broad values, or values as principles that transcend specific situations. These values, though they fit the IPBES definition of broad values because they transcend specific situations, all have relational aspects (for instance, connection to a particular place). This means that our results related to broad values resonate poorly with the IPBES Values Assessment’s claim that understanding of value as intrinsic, instrumental, and relational values is relevant only to specific (not broad) values. Figure 4 demonstrates how Capulalpenses’ discussion of broad values resonates with intrinsic, instrumental, and relational values (we discuss the implication of this finding for the Values Assessment’s typology in a different publication: Gould et al. unpublished manuscript).

    Twenty-three broad values were mentioned only once (they thus do not appear in any of our tables). Most of these were variations of community-related values, such as collective consciousness, mutual support, community spirit, and sharing values. A few were preservation-related values such as preservation itself and preventing extinction. Others were abundance, intentionality, affection, and nobility.

    Specific values: The specific values category included both physical and non-physical entities (Table 3). A large proportion (nearly half) of the specific values we recorded were natural features and entities derived from, or directly dependent on, those features, e.g., water, minerals, air, timber, nature, ecotourism, employment, and traditional medicine. Yet people discussed specific values that ranged far beyond these natural-resources-related responses. Participants mentioned, for instance, multiple spiritually imbued entities, including sacred sites and the sacred spiritual beings who are “owners” of the forest/mountain (dueños del monte).

    Indicators: The most common category in our analysis was indicators (Table 3). The vast majority of indicators were sociocultural, e.g., practices or states that respondents identified as expressions of values. Examples range from recently adopted practices (e.g., forestry practices that protect biodiversity, such as leaving “perch trees” during harvest) to centuries-old traditions (e.g., the tequio, or community workday, wherein people come together to implement projects that aid the territory).

    Care figured prominently in the indicators category. Nearly half of indicators mentioned related to care and conservation; examples include the perches and tequio mentioned above. In addition, over two-thirds of mentions of care and conservation were indicators (i.e., people were much more likely to describe an action that represented care than to simply say care is important). These findings highlight the crucial importance in Capulálpam of care for the territory, and especially of actions that people described as care. Many mentions of care centered around two types of practices: resource use that does not damage the territory (e.g., “Aprovechamiento que no dañe”), and practices that balance extraction with giving back (e.g., the community returns 65% of forestry profits to taking care of the forest). In other words, non-destructive use of the territory was central to the “care” topic.

    Five overarching themes from listening sessions

    Five themes from our conversations address how the community collectively thinks about how value(s) relate(s) to territorial management. They transcend topics and value types, and infuse the relationships conveyed in the cognitive map.

    Non-monetary value is central

    When we introduced the listening session conversations, we described the proposed focus on nonmaterial values related to the territory, but we also emphasized our desire to hear about how participants think about value and importance overall, including monetary value. We (especially our authors who are Capulálpam community members) thus think that the predominance of discussion of non-monetary over monetary value reflects community perspectives. In addition to results presented above (e.g., resources were mentioned more often than monetary income), many groups had big-picture reflections on value (coded as reflections; see Box 1), and the most common reflection was the crucial importance of considering value that transcends monetary value. The Ecotourism group discussed the importance of “being able to value what we have [the territory]; if we don’t have values we are lost.”[3] In this comment, they fluidly moved between specific values (“values of,” valuing what we have) and broad values (“values about,” having values) and provided a concise example of both how economic value cannot fully capture what matters, and how broad and specific value types intertwine. The Common Lands Commission explicitly emphasized that to value the land goes beyond the economic.[4] The Forestry group expressed a sentiment repeated in multiple other groups: that non-monetary aspects of the territory’s importance are difficult to articulate. “It’s something that is felt,” one Forestry participant said, “but that cannot be explained.”[5] These comments and many others suggest that people appreciated the space offered by the project to discuss and try to explain seldom-discussed, yet crucial, non-monetary values.

    Interaction between monetary and non-monetary value(s)

    Almost half of the groups explicitly discussed the interaction between monetary value and non-monetary value(s). Groups recognized that limiting resource extraction and conserving their territory curtailed explosive economic growth (e.g., as one group expressed, “preservation detains economic growth”[6]). Yet groups discussed this detained growth as necessary, even desirable. Groups identified the dangers of over-emphasis on monetary value in different ways. The Esteemed Council noted that the economy is fleeting.[7] The mining group talked at length about the temptation to expand the mining operation to increase profit, but were unequivocal that this was a bad idea because it would harm the territory and thus future generations. They said that money runs out,[8] whereas the territory lives on. They characterized the situation as one of “temptation vs. water.” The water company, in turn, described how it is better to have nature than money, and also noted the need to educate the youth about this.

    Importance of commitment to community and place

    Multiple groups expressed the importance of a deeply embedded service mindset, the hard work involved in maintaining a vibrant functioning community, and commitment to Capulálpam (which, as noted above is an intertwined social-physical territory). One participant currently engaged in a time-consuming service position (a cargo) related to land management noted that the cargo system is hard work. He noted that the tranquility that characterizes Capulálpam, which everyone loves and values, does not come easily: “tranquility is costly,”[9] he said, in terms of time, energy, and organization. But this individual was clear in his commitment to that organizational system, and he noted a strong desire to do something positive for the forest while in his cargo.[10] Strong commitment to the organizational system was perhaps most notable in the Municipal Cabinet, who stated obedience as one of the most important values that impacts decisions. They explained their roles in the Cabinet as existing entirely to serve the community, to be obedient to the community and enact collective wishes and goals.

    Intergenerational values infuse the community’s land management

    Our sessions revealed the powerful centrality of intergenerational values and connections in Capulálpam. Every conversation addressed both the past and the future in some way, and often in many ways. Discussions of the past focused mostly on human ancestors: their lessons, knowledge, and practices are seen as rich sources of value, guidance, and wisdom, often as to how to manage the territory. Discussions of the future addressed both human and non-human future beings (e.g., “more and more living beings are coming”[11]), though in many cases focused most strongly on future humans.

    Environmental consciousness of youth

    One of the only areas of notable variation in different groups’ responses concerned the environmental consciousness of the community’s youth. The high-school-graduates group (i.e., 18-year-olds) expressed strong environmental consciousness and awareness of the territory’s situation. Yet many older residents, and at least one participant in his 20s, noted a decline in interest in and awareness of the territory. The Esteemed Council noted that there had been, in the past few decades, a “break” with nature.[12] The water company group noted that today’s youth are less familiar with the territory, but that it’s important that they come to know it.[13] The forestry company noted, in the community overall, a loss of interest in knowing the territory.[14] It thus seems that there is variation in youth environmental awareness in Capulálpam: the young adults in our young-adult-focus group were highly aware of and engaged with Capulálpam’s physical territory, but this engagement was not universal across other listening sessions. This variation in engagement is likely one reason that study partners and co-authors associated with the community’s Common Lands Commission have identified consciousness-raising and a focus on nonmaterial values as an important goal for the next few years.

    Cognitive map of values-decision links

    Our summary cognitive map (Fig. 5) condenses salient values (including indicators), actors, and connections between them from all 11 listening sessions. The cognitive map highlights the prevalence and centrality of value indicators in our conversations. Value indicators, in particular “value expressions,” were the most common way Capulalpenses discussed values. Our mental-mapping methods captured this importance and make clear that expressions of value play a crucial role in values-decision links in Capulálpam. In the community discussion of preliminary results, we asked why expressions were so prevalent in the data. The collective response was simple: Talk is easy. What really matters is what you do.

    DISCUSSION

    Our results have both local and global implications. We discuss “lessons” for and from Capulálpam that are especially relevant locally, but that also have meaning for global readers.

    This research distilled multiple issues that were present in the community, but not necessarily visible or frequently discussed. This distillation can help inform decision making within the community and nearby; it also provides lessons and insights relevant far beyond. Below, we reflect on this study’s limitations and make suggestions for future research, and describe four overarching lessons from this study.

    Shortcomings and suggestions for future research

    Here we reflect on aspects of this project that can be seen as shortcomings, and on how this project can inform future research on deeply rooted, nuanced issues such as values. First, the core research involved a relatively short-term engagement (about five months from conception to share-back event). This brevity was in some ways a shortcoming, but it also has positive aspects: it demonstrates that a productive engagement, when connected to existing relationship networks, can unfold over a relatively short time. Second, the authors come from very distinct points of view, including different ontologies and epistemologies. It is thus possible, perhaps likely, that the research did not capture the full richness and complexity of values-decision relationships in Capulálpam, even though we employed a flexible, responsive research approach to accommodate these diverse perspectives. Working across knowledge systems is one of the preeminent challenges of sustainability science (Reid et al. 2006, Tengö et al. 2017); we hope that our flexible approach at least partially addressed this challenge, and know that future values-related research will continue to innovate and share approaches that address this bridging, weaving work.

    Lessons for and from Capulálpam

    Strong communal organization that can manifest values takes work

    A functioning communal space that allows for embedded valuation of the territory does not happen on its own. Community members must work hard to allow it to be effective; that hard work is situated within a framework of strong communal organization (which the community’s relatively small size also facilitates).

    Most of our listening sessions emphasized the importance of shared organization (i.e., an organizational structure that people agree to and then comply with) to effective territorial management. Published descriptions of communal governance systems in southern Mexico describe how the government, in the phrasing of a primary Zapatista principle, “manda porque obedece” (rules/directs because it obeys; Patzi Paco 2004, Escobar 2018). Capulálpam’s municipal cabinet expressed this sentiment by naming their obedience to the community as a central value that guides territorial management.

    Past research recognizes that a communal governance system “requires organization, which tends to be horizontal in that power is not delegated, nor does it operate on the basis of representation; rather, it fosters alternative forms of power through types of autonomous organization such as communal assemblies and the rotation of obligations” (Escobar 2018:275). The Capulálpam community recognizes that these forms of organization, the assembly and the “cargo” system (rotation of obligations) chief among them, are crucial to the community’s successful territorial management.

    A crucial aspect of this organizational structure is that it is social-ecological, not only social. The “organization” people so often discussed does not abruptly stop at humans; it includes humans, saints, air, water, the forest, sacred forest guardians, etc. Authors in the area that surrounds and includes Capulálpam have written about how this communal organization interweaves countless social-ecological links (Martínez-Luna 2023).

    Intergenerational values

    In Capulálpam, values and territorial management are embedded in a temporally rich throughline. That throughline stretches from prior human generations (the source of customs and traditions that form the society’s backbone), through present generations, to the future (both human and non-human). Researchers have called this concept the “long present,” wherein the past, present, and future are so intertwined that the present is understood as “longer” than in a linear-time mindset (Kim et al. 2019, Xu et al. 2023).

    Though much sustainability science often ignores past generations, many societies extensively incorporate the past in present-day decision making. Empirical work in Madagascar provides one example: it describes agropastoralists’ “social contract with the ancestors” (von Heland and Folke 2014), a sense of obligation closely related to Capulalpenses’ discussion of care and celo. As a second example, Native Hawaiian worldviews foreground ancestors in decision making; for instance, culturally important rituals often focus on links with ancestors (Kealiikanakaoleohaililani et al. 2018) and some animals understood as representations of ancestors provide present-day guidance (Pukui et al. 1972). Similar perspectives and practices are found in rural communities in East Africa (Kim et al. 2019) and within Amerindian populations (Chisholm Hatfield et al. 2018).

    The richness of ancestral wisdom is similarly relevant in Oaxaca, where Zapotec culture has existed for over 8000 years (Oudijk 1995). Its sophistication is evident in important sites, some of which still exist today (e.g., Monte Alban), and in a suite of nonmaterial inheritances that include values, principles, and wisdom. One important element of this wisdom is the understanding of “communal being” that infuses ways of being in Capulálpam and neighboring communities (Marín 2010).

    In sustainability science, attention to future generations is more common than attention to past generations (most definitions of sustainability involve sustaining something “into the future”). Yet explicit consideration of future generations is still relatively undeveloped in the field. The IPBES values assessment, for example, reviewed thousands of environmental valuation studies and found that the vast majority focus on the current generation and do not consider future generations (IPBES 2022, Martin et al. 2024). Though some initiatives in dominant decision-making contexts have a central focus on the future (e.g., the European Union; Krznaric 2021), most elements of modern European and North American society exhibit what one philosopher has called “pathological short-termism” (Krznaric 2021:4). In these societies, long-term thinking “exists on the margins” and “is strikingly underdeveloped” conceptually (Krznaric 2021:8).

    Yet a future-focused orientation is not globally unusual; many worldviews prioritize future generations. African worldviews provide one clear example. Philosopher Behrens summarizes two important tenets of African thought (he aggregates across African cultures) that relate to future generations (Behrens 2012:180); both tenets are so relevant to Capulálpam that we could use them to summarize many of our conversations. First, “the environment is a resource shared by the community as a whole,” and that community “comprises past, present, and future generations.” Second, “gratitude to our predecessors obligates us to preserve the environment for posterity.” As African philosopher Wiredu explains, the “rights of the unborn play such a cardinal role that any traditional African would be nonplussed by the debate in Western philosophy as to the existence of such rights” (Wiredu 1994:46). Capulalpenses exhibited a similar sentiment, for instance via quizzical looks in response to a probe about why the gravel plant would forego the temptation of immediate profit to benefit future generations. The reason seemed self-evident.

    In the Western academic space, ecological economists perhaps come closest to this sentiment in the concept of “intergenerational transfers,” i.e., transferring assets like natural resources to future generations (Cumberland 1991, Costanza et al. 1997). Though the Capulálpam community does not use the language of intergenerational transfers, they definitively and repeatedly express this idea. Responsibility for future generations infused all our conversations, and was clearly central to how people understand values’ interactions with territorial management.

    Temptation vs. the future

    Capulalpenses have a deep understanding that they live in a finite territory, so restraint is required to leave anything for future generations. In Capulálpam, this fact is so obvious that it is almost not worth verbalizing. Multiple groups discussed the temptation to acquire money, and the need to resist that temptation. The main reason, they shared, is that money is transitory. As one group said, ambition for more money leads eventually to death, of humans and non-humans alike.

    This aligns with widely used definitions of sustainability, which involve not impeding future generations’ ability to enjoy a high quality of life. Capulalpenses have an ingrained awareness that in many cases this care for the future may require “resisting temptation” now.

    This idea of resisting temptation can engender visions of aestheticism, of the need to sacrifice to achieve sustainability. Yet Capulálpam provides an example of how resistance to temptation need not equate to deprivation or diminished well-being. Indeed, in many ways the community exemplifies emerging, and increasingly prevalent, suggestions for sustainable well-being: well-being that foregrounds social relationships, time with others and with nature, and the sharing of life’s joys and sorrows, a non-materialistic vision of “the good life” (IPBES 2019). Multiple widely used well-being indicators (e.g., the Better Life Index [OECD 2025] or the capabilities approach [Nussbaum 2001]) also highlight this multi-faceted, socially rich conception of well-being. Capulálpam exemplifies these visions of “the good life”; the community is constantly abuzz with meetings, ceremonies, shared meals, festivals, parties, performances, parades, discussions, collective work events, and, undergirding all of this, substantial lifelong community service and dedication to protect a shared territory. This dedication includes commitment to continually and collectively address tensions and disagreements. At the risk of romanticizing, this seems a powerful model to which many other places might aspire.

    Explicit discussion of values is helpful and desirable

    A core tenet of the IPBES Values Assessment is to “make visible” (e.g., discuss and illuminate) values that are often invisible. Members of our project team and many participants expressed appreciation for the opportunity and encouragement this project, following that core tenet, provided: to explicitly discuss values and what is most important to the Capulálpam community. There was general agreement that the community cannot take values for granted; instead, Capulalpenses should, participants repeatedly said, intentionally discuss shared values, work to understand them, and maintain them by sharing them with younger generations as the society continues to modernize.

    This project offered an opportunity to organize a series of conversations to foreground community-selected values, and to systematically analyze and portray what emerged. As our results describe, multiple groups identified a decline in interest in the territory and the paramount importance of re-connecting the community’s youth with the territory and territory-related values. To that end, the Common Lands Commission team, in part inspired by our findings, has created a community-wide education initiative that exposes younger generations to these values. This is one way in which explicit conversation of values will continue far beyond the project and be part of the community’s dynamic thought and action.

    CONCLUSION

    This study adds new insight about how values, and themes closely related to values such as intergenerational transfer, shape territorial decision making in one Indigenous community. It demonstrates that relational values can play a pivotal role in territorial management, and that open discussion of values-management links can facilitate broader community awareness of these values’ role, and even subsequent community-led action to increase values awareness. Given the central roles that diverse values, and particularly relational values, will likely play in transformations toward sustainability (IPBES 2024), research such as this, which deepens understanding the nuances of values-management links in contexts with long histories of sustainable management, can offer potentially helpful guidance for transitions to sustainability.

    __________

    [1] IPBES stands for the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. The Values Assessment’s formal name is the “Methodological assessment regarding the diverse conceptualization of multiple values of nature and its benefits, including biodiversity and ecosystem functions and services.”
    [2] The word celo has a complex meaning, and that meaning may be one of the best encapsulations of the ways that values, institutions, and land management interact in Capulálpam. A summary of celo’s meaning in our study context might be “zealous love and protection,” but here we offer two definitions. First, the Diccionario de la Real Academia Española defines celo as (the first two definitions, both of which are relevant): “1. cuidado, diligencia, esmero que alguien pone al hacer algo; 2. interés extremado y activo que alguien siente por una causa o por una persona.” (1. care/carefulness, diligence, the care that someone puts into doing something; 2. extreme and active interest that someone feels for a cause or a person). Second author [MCF] defines celo as the obligation and passion to protect and defend something that we know and have, be it tangible or intangible.
    [3] “Poder valorar lo que tenemos; si no tenemos valores estamos perdidos.”
    [4] “Valorar va más allá de lo económico.”
    [5] “Es algo que se siente pero que no se puede explicar.”
    [6] “Preservar detiene crecimiento económico.”
    [7] “La economía es pasajera.”
    [8] “El dinero se acaba.”
    [9] “La tranquilidad es costosa.”
    [10] “Deseo de hacer algo bueno por el monte mientras se está en el cargo.”
    [11] “vienen más y más seres vivos”
    [12] “Hubo un rompimiento con la naturaleza.”
    [13] “Que los jóvenes conozcan es importante; ahora no tanto conocen pero es muy importante que empiecen a conocer.”
    [14] “Pérdida de interés en conocer el territorio.”

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    The core project development team included five authors: RKG, PB, MCF, AKCP, and FGL. The data collection team included three authors: RKG, MCF, and AKCP. RKG and MCF processed and analyzed the data. Two additional authors, YGHM and FS, helped in initial conceptualization of the research and to then contextualize the research more generally and to process and understand research findings.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We are grateful to the 50+ residents of Capulálpam who joined our community listening lessions and shared their thoughts, insights, and concerns about the community. We also appreciate the U.S. Fulbright Program, which supported RKG’s role as a Fulbright fellow during this research.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    We did not use any AI tools in the creation of this article.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Ethical approval for this research was granted by the community of Capulálpam de Mendez and the University of Vermont. The Capulálpam community would prefer that the full transcripts from conversations not be shared publicly, as doing so would not comply with the CARE Principles for Indigenous Data Governance (*Collective benefit*; Indigenous peoples’ *Authority* to control their data; *Responsibility* for respectful engagement; and Indigenous peoples’ *Ethics* as informing the use of data across time [Carroll et al. 2021]). Readers who are interested in more information can contact the lead author to discuss possible sharing agreements.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Antinori, C., and D. B. Bray. 2005. Community forest enterprises as entrepreneurial firms: economic and institutional perspectives from Mexico. World Development 33(9):1529-1543. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2004.10.011

    Ardoin, N. M., R. K. Gould, D. Wojcik, N. Wyman Roth, and M. Biggar. 2022. Community listening sessions: an approach for facilitating collective reflection on environmental learning and behavior in everyday life. Ecosystems and People 18(1):469-477. https://doi.org/10.1080/26395916.2022.2101531

    Balvanera, P., M. Martinez Balvanera, M. A. Mesa-Jurado, L. Pérez-Volkow, A. Cadena Roa, R. Dominguez-Yescas, E. Guerrero Molina, E. Hernandez Martínez, D. Hernández-Muciño, G. A. Morales Valdelamar, N. Roldán-Rueda, R. Lombera, P. M. García, I. N. Flores-Abreu, F. Arreola Villa, L. Rentería, C. Heindorf, P. Ortiz Antoranz, L. Equihua Zamora, and L. O. Almeida Leñero. 2025. Cocina Colaboratorio: cooking transdisciplinary transformations of local food systems. Ecology and Society 30(1):17. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15829-300117

    Behrens, K. G. 2012. Moral obligations towards future generations in African thought. Journal of Global Ethics 8:179-191. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449626.2012.705786

    Bray, D. B. 2016. Muir and Pinchot in the Sierra Norte of Oaxaca: governance of forest management and forest recovery in Pueblos Mancomunados. World Development Perspectives 4:8-10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wdp.2016.11.014

    Bray, D. B. 2020. Mexico’s community forest enterprises: success on the commons and the seeds of a Good Anthropocene. University of Arizona Press, Phoenix, Arizona, USA. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv191kwrz

    Bray, D. B., C. Antinori, and J. M. Torres-Rojo. 2006. The Mexican model of community forest management: the role of agrarian policy, forest policy and entrepreneurial organization. Forest Policy and Economics 8(4):470-484. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.forpol.2005.08.002

    Bray, D. B., L. Merino-Pérez, P. Negreros-Castillo, G. Segura-Warnholtz, J. M. Torres-Rojo, and H. F. M. Vester. 2003. Mexico’s community-managed forests as a global model for sustainable landscapes. Conservation Biology 17(3):672-677. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1523-1739.2003.01639.x

    Carroll, S. R., E. Herczog, M. Hudson, K. Russell, and S. Stall. 2021. Operationalizing the CARE and FAIR Principles for Indigenous data futures. Scientific Data 8(1):108. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41597-021-00892-0

    Chan, K. M. A., P. Balvanera, K. Benessaiah, M. Chapman, S. Díaz, E. Gómez-Baggethun, R. Gould, N. Hannahs, K. Jax, S. Klain, G. W. Luck, B. Martín-López, B. Muraca, B. Norton, K. Ott, U. Pascual, T. Satterfield, M. Tadaki, J. Taggart, and N. Turner. 2016. Opinion: Why protect nature? Rethinking values and the environment. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113(6):1462-1465. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1525002113

    Chisholm Hatfield, S., E. Marino, K. P. Whyte, K. D. Dello, and P. W. Mote. 2018. Indian time: time, seasonality, and culture in traditional ecological knowledge of climate change. Ecological Processes 7(1):25. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13717-018-0136-6

    Costanza, R., J. H. Cumberland, H. Daly, R. Goodland, and R. B. Norgaard. 1997. An introduction to ecological economics. CRC, Boca Raton, Florida, USA. https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003040842

    Cumberland, J. H. 1991. Intergenerational transfers and ecological sustainability. Pages 355-366 in R. Costanza, editor. Ecological economics: the science and management of sustainability. Columbia, University Press, New York, New York, USA.

    Daily, G. C., T. Söderqvist, S. Aniyar, K. Arrow, P. Dasgupta, P. R. Ehrlich, C. Folke, A. Jansson, B.-O. Jansson, N. Kautsky, S. Levin, J. Lubchenco, K.-G. Mäler, D. Simpson, D. Starrett, D. Tilman, and B. Walker. 2000. The value of nature and the nature of value. Science 289(5478):395-396. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.289.5478.395

    Escobar, A. 2018. Designs for the pluriverse : radical interdependence, autonomy, and the making of worlds. Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina, USA. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822371816

    Farley, J., and K. Kish. 2021. Ecological economics: the next 30 years. Ecological Economics 190:107211. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2021.107211

    García Aguirre, M. Á. 2015. Chimalpas: La defensa del territorio y de los bienes naturales como un factor de identidad indígena. El Centro de Estudios para el Cambio en el Campo Mexicano (Ceccam), Cuidad de Mëxico, Mëxico.

    Gould, R. K., and T. Satterfield. 2025. Critiques of cultural ecosystem services, and ways forward that minimize them. Pages 13-26 in P. McElwee, K. Allen, R. Gould, M. Hsu, and J. He, editors. The Routledge handbook of cultural ecosystem services. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003414896-3

    Gray, S. A., S. Gray, L. Cox, and S. Henly-Shepard. 2013. Mental modeler: a fuzzy-logic cognitive mapping modeling tool for adaptive environmental management. Pages 965-973 in 46th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, Wailea, Hawaii. https://doi.org/10.1109/HICSS.2013.399

    Guibrunet, L., P. R. W. Gerritsen, J. A. Sierra-Huelsz, A. C. Flores-Díaz, E. García-Frapolli, E. García-Serrano, U. Pascual, and P. Balvanera. 2021. Beyond participation: how to achieve the recognition of local communities’ value-systems in conservation? Some insights from Mexico. People and Nature 3(3):528-541. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10203

    Himes, A., and B. Muraca. 2018. Relational values: the key to pluralistic valuation of ecosystem services. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 35:1-7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.09.005

    Himes, A., B. Muraca, C. B. Anderson, S. Athayde, T. Beery, M. Cantú-Fernández, D. González-Jiménez, R. K. Gould, A. P. Hejnowicz, J. Kenter, D. Lenzi, R. Murali, U. Pascual, C. Raymond, A. Ring, K. Russo, A. Samakov, S. Stålhammar, H. Thorén, and E. Zent. 2024. Why nature matters: a systematic review of intrinsic, instrumental, and relational values. BioScience 74(1):25-43. https://doi.org/10.1093/biosci/biad109

    Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 2019. Summary for policymakers of the global assessment report on biodiversity and ecosystem services of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany.

    Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 2022. Methodological assessment of the diverse values and valuation of nature of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany.

    Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 2024. Summary for policymakers of the thematic assessment report on the underlying causes of biodiversity loss and the determinants of transformative change and options for achieving the 2050 vision for biodiversity of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany.

    Jacobs, S., N. Dendoncker, B. Martín-López, D. N. Barton, E. Gomez-Baggethun, F. Boeraeve, F. L. McGrath, K. Vierikko, D. Geneletti, K. J. Sevecke, N. Pipart, E. Primmer, P. Mederly, S. Schmidt, A. Aragão, H. Baral, R. H. Bark, T. Briceno, D. Brogna, P. Cabral, R. De Vreese, C. Liquete, H. Mueller, K. S.-H. Peh, A. Phelan, A. R. Rincón, S. H. Rogers, F. Turkelboom, W. Van Reeth, B. T. van Zanten, H. K. Wam, and C.-L. Washbourne. 2016. A new valuation school: integrating diverse values of nature in resource and land use decisions. Ecosystem Services 22:213-220. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoser.2016.11.007

    Kealiikanakaoleohaililani, K., N. Kurashima, S. K. Francisco, P. C. Giardina, P. R. Louis, H. McMillen, K. C. Asing, K. Asing, A. T. Block, M. Browning, K. Camara, L. Camara, L. M. Dudley, M. Frazier, N. Gomes, E. A. Gordon, M. Gordon, L. Heu, A. Irvine, N. Kaawa, S. Kirkpatrick, E. Leucht, H. C. Perry, J. Replogle, L.-L. Salbosa, A. Sato, L. Schubert, A. Sterling, L. A. Uowolo, J. Uowolo, B. Walker, N. A. Whitehead, and D. Yogi. 2018. Ritual + sustainability science? A portal into the science of Aloha. Sustainability 10(10):3478. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10103478

    Kim, A., P. Bansal, and H. Haugh. 2019. No time like the present: how a present time perspective can foster sustainable development. Academy of Management Journal 62(2):607-634. https://doi.org/10.5465/amj.2015.1295

    Krznaric, R. 2021. The good ancestor: a radical prescription for long-term thinking. The Experiment, LLC, New York, New York, USA.

    Marín, G. 2010. Historia Verdadera Del Mëxico Profundo. Comisión Centenarios Oaxaca, Oaxaca, Mexico.

    Martin, A., P. Balvanera, C. M. Raymond, E. Gómez-Baggethun, U. Eser, R. K. Gould, L. Guibrunet, Z. V. Harmáčková, A. I. Horcea-Milcu, A.-K. Koessler, R. Kumar, D. Lenzi, J. Merçon, A. Nthenge, P. J. O'Farrell, U. Pascual, J. Rode, Y. Yoshida, and N. Zafra-Calvo. 2024. Sustainability-aligned values: exploring the concept, evidence, and practice. Ecology and Society 29(4):18. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15498-290418

    Martínez-Luna, J. 2021. El pensamiento comunal como horizonte de acción; aprender de la vida. Pages 25-36 in Y. Jiménez Naranjo, editor. Compartencia de haceres campesinos, educativos y organizativos comunitarios para afrontar problemas comunes. Casa de las Preguntas, Oaxaca, Mexico.

    Martínez-Luna, J. 2023. Existimos, luego ... pensamos: Apuntes desde la comunalidad. Congreso de la Union, Oaxaca, Mexico.

    Merino, L., G. Alatorre Frenk, B. Cabarle, F. Chapela, and S. Madrid. 1997. El manejo forestal comunitario en México y sus perspectivas de sustentabilidad. Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Secretaría de Medio Ambiente, Recursos Naturales y Pesca, Consejo Mexicano para la Silvicultura Sostenible World Resources Institute, Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico.

    Muraca, B. 2016. Relational values: a Whiteheadian alternative for environmental philosophy and global environmental justice. Balkan Journal of Philosophy 8(1):19-38. https://doi.org/10.5840/bjp2016813

    Nussbaum, M. C. 2001. Women and human development: the capabilities approach. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841286

    Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). 2025. OECD better life index. OECD, Paris, France. https://www.oecdbetterlifeindex.org

    Oudijk, M. R. 1995. The second conquest: an ethnohistory of a Cajonos Zapotec village & The Lienzo of Tabaá I. Centro Arqueológico, Leiden University, Leiden, The Netherlands.

    Özesmi, U., and S. L. Özesmi. 2004. Ecological models based on people’s knowledge: a multi-step fuzzy cognitive mapping approach. Ecological Modelling 176(1-2):43-64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2003.10.027

    Pascual, U., P. Balvanera, C. B. Anderson, R. Chaplin-Kramer, M. Christie, D. González-Jiménez, A. Martin, C. M. Raymond, M. Termansen, A. Vatn, S. Athayde, B. Baptiste, D. N. Barton, S. Jacobs, E. Kelemen, R. Kumar, E. Lazos, T. H. Mwampamba, B. Nakangu, P. O’Farrell, S. M. Subramanian, M. van Noordwijk, S. Ahn, S. Amaruzaman, A. M. Amin, P. Arias-Arévalo, G. Arroyo-Robles, M. Cantú-Fernández, A. J. Castro, V. Contreras, A. De Vos, N. Dendoncker, S. Engel, U. Eser, D. P. Faith, A. Filyushkina, H. Ghazi, E. Gómez-Baggethun, R. K. Gould, L. Guibrunet, H. Gundimeda, T. Hahn, Z. V. Harmáčková, M. Hernández-Blanco, A.-I. Horcea-Milcu, M. Huambachano, N. L. H. Wicher, C. İ. Aydın, M. Islar, A.-K. Koessler, J. O. Kenter, M. Kosmus, H. Lee, B. Leimona, S. Lele, D. Lenzi, B. Lliso, L. M. Mannetti, J. Merçon, A. S. Monroy-Sais, N. Mukherjee, B. Muraca, R. Muradian, R. Murali, S. H. Nelson, G. R. Nemogá-Soto, J. Ngouhouo-Poufoun, A. Niamir, E. Nuesiri, T. O. Nyumba, B. Özkaynak, I. Palomo, R. Pandit, A. Pawłowska-Mainville, L. Porter-Bolland, M. Quaas, J. Rode, R. Rozzi, S. Sachdeva, A. Samakov, M. Schaafsma, N. Sitas, P. Ungar, E. Yiu, Y. Yoshida, and E. Zent. 2023. Diverse values of nature for sustainability. Nature 620(7975):813-823. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06406-9

    Patzi Paco, F. 2004. De movimiento indígena al fracaso en la escena del parlamento (vicisitudes del movimiento indígena de 2000 a 2003). Temas Sociales 25:84-116.

    Pazos-Almada, B., and D. B. Bray. 2018. Community-based land sparing: territorial land-use zoning and forest management in the Sierra Norte of Oaxaca, Mexico. Land Use Policy 78:219-226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2018.06.056

    PNUD, SEMARNAT, RITA, Comisión Técnica Comunitaria de Capulálpam de Méndez. 2018. Protocolo Comunitario de Capulálpam de Méndez, Oaxaca, para la gestión de los recursos genéticos y su conocimiento tradicional en el ámbito del Protocolo de Nagoya. PNUD, SEMARNAT, RITA, Comisión Técnica Comunitaria de Capulálpam de Méndez, México.

    Porter-Bolland, L., I. Ruiz-Mallén, C. Camacho-Benavides, and S. R McCandless, editors. 2013. Community action for conservation: Mexican experiences. Springer, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-7956-7

    Pratson, D. F., N. Adams, and R. K. Gould. 2023. Relational values of nature in empirical research: a systematic review. People and Nature 5(5):1464-1479. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10512

    Pukui, M. K., E. W. Haertig, and C. A. Lee. 1972. Ulukau: Nânâ i Ke Kumu (Look to the Source). Vol. II. Hui Hânai, Honolulu, Hawaii. https://puke.ulukau.org/ulukau-books/?a=d&d=EBOOK-QLCC2.2.1.1&e=-------haw-20--1--txt-txPT-----------

    Ramírez Santiago, R., G. Á. Pérez, P. Hernández de La Rosa, V. M. Cetina Alcalá, O. Plascencia Escalante, and R. Clark-Tapia. 2019. Efectos del aprovechamiento forestal en la estructura, diversidad y dinámica de rodales mixtos en la Sierra Juárez de Oaxaca, México. Madera y bosques 25(3):e2531818. https://doi.org/10.21829/myb.2019.2531818

    Reid, W. V., F. Berkes, T. Wilbanks, and D. Capistrano, editors. 2006. Bridging scales and knowledge systems: linking global science and local knowledge in assessments. Millennium Ecosystem Assessment and Island Press, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Rights and Resources Initiative. 2015. Factsheet: Who owns the land in Latin America? The status of indigenous and community land rights in Latin America. Rights and Resources Initiative, Washington, D.C., USA. https://doi.org/10.53892/AAZR4812

    Rolston, III, H. 1988. Environmental ethics: duties to and values in the natural world. Temple, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA.

    Tallis, H., and J. Lubchenco. 2014. Working together: a call for inclusive conservation. Nature 515:27-28. https://doi.org/10.1038/515027a

    Tengö, M., R. Hill, P. Malmer, C. M. Raymond, M. Spierenburg, F. Danielsen, T. Elmqvist, and C. Folke. 2017. Weaving knowledge systems in IPBES, CBD and beyond—lessons learned for sustainability. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 26-27:17-25. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2016.12.005

    Toledo, V. M., and N. Barrera-Bassols. 2009. La memoria biocultural: la importancia ecológica de las sabidurías tradicionales. Vol. 3. Icaria Editorial, Barcelona, Spain.

    von Heland, J., and C. Folke. 2014. A social contract with the ancestors—culture and ecosystem services in southern Madagascar. Global Environmental Change 24:251-264. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.11.003

    Wiredu, K. 1994. Philosophy, humankind and the environment. Pages 30-48 in H. Odera Oruka, Philosophy, humanity and ecology: philosophy of nature and environmental ethics. African Academy of Sciences, Nairobi, Kenya.

    Xu, L., S. Zhao, J. Cotte, and N. Cui. 2023. Cyclical time is greener: the impact of temporal perspective on pro-environmental behavior. Journal of Consumer Research 50(4):722-741. https://doi.org/10.1093/jcr/ucad016

    Zanjani, L. V., H. Govan, H. C. Jonas, T. Karfakis, D. M. Mwamidi, J. Stewart, G. Walters, and P. Dominguez. 2023. Territories of life as key to global environmental sustainability. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 63:101298. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2023.101298

    Corresponding author:
    Rachelle Gould
    rgould@uvm.edu
    Appendix 1
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. The core components of the IPBES Values Assessment’s values typology. Figure adapted from Figure SPM2 in the Values Assessment Summary for Policymakers (IPBES 2022).

    Fig. 1. The core components of the IPBES Values Assessment’s values typology. Figure adapted from Figure SPM2 in the Values Assessment Summary for Policymakers (IPBES 2022).

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Core characteristics of communal governance (a central component of <em>comunalidad</em>) in Calpulálpam, our study site. The years on the “staircase” refer to community members’ ages. Many surrounding communities have an analogous structure.

    Fig. 2. Core characteristics of communal governance (a central component of comunalidad) in Calpulálpam, our study site. The years on the “staircase” refer to community members’ ages. Many surrounding communities have an analogous structure.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Photo of collective mural (completed by community members at our results-sharing event), and a community-listening-session quote that captures the essence of many comments about the territory.

    Fig. 3. Photo of collective mural (completed by community members at our results-sharing event), and a community-listening-session quote that captures the essence of many comments about the territory.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Analysis of how broad values align with intrinsic, instrumental, and relational values (values mentioned by four or more groups are listed here; Table A1 continues the analysis for 10 additional values mentioned by two or three groups). Cell shading indicates relative strength of the meaning that emerged in our conversations: darker shading indicates stronger resonance, in our data, of this value dimension for the given value. (To determine shading, authors RKG and MCF independently ranked the strength of each cell from 1 to 10 (low to high importance), and we used the average to determine the intensity of shading. The average difference between our ratings was one ranking point, i.e., we were highly consistent.)

    Fig. 4. Analysis of how broad values align with intrinsic, instrumental, and relational values (values mentioned by four or more groups are listed here; Table A1 continues the analysis for 10 additional values mentioned by two or three groups). Cell shading indicates relative strength of the meaning that emerged in our conversations: darker shading indicates stronger resonance, in our data, of this value dimension for the given value. (To determine shading, authors RKG and MCF independently ranked the strength of each cell from 1 to 10 (low to high importance), and we used the average to determine the intensity of shading. The average difference between our ratings was one ranking point, i.e., we were highly consistent.)

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Collective cognitive map for the community of Capulálpam. This map combines insight from all 11 group-based maps. All terms are described in the text.

    Fig. 5. Collective cognitive map for the community of Capulálpam. This map combines insight from all 11 group-based maps. All terms are described in the text.

    Fig. 5
    Table 1
    Table 1. Groups that participated in community listening sessions, and the community land-management decision used for the group discussion.

    Table 1. Groups that participated in community listening sessions, and the community land-management decision used for the group discussion.

    Group # of participants Topic for discussion in relation to land management/territory
    Community forest company (pilot) 3 Selection of forest use/logging areas
    Traditional medicine group (pilot) 5 Use of medicinal plants
    Ecotourism professionals 6 Size of tourism operation; carrying capacity of the community’s ecosystems to sustain tourism activities
    Farmers association 8 Organization of the annual feast and celebration that honors St. Isidore the Farmer
    Municipal authorities 6 Election of the municipal authorities, who ultimately make all land management decisions
    High-school near-graduates 4 Establishment of the UMA (Management Unit for Wildlife Conservation) for the population of white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus)
    Distinguished council (Consejo de caracterizados) 3 Harvest fewer trees than legally allowed
    Community-based water company 4 Quantity of water bottled
    Land management agency representative (interview) 1 Establishment of a protected area in the community forest
    Community-based gravel mining company 7 Company’s activity; quantity of gravel extracted
    Community radio station 4 Definition of content to be broadcast
    Table 2
    Table 2. Most common elements of responses to the question, “For you, what is the territory of Capulálpam; how do you understand or describe the territory?”

    Table 2. Most common elements of responses to the question, “For you, what is the territory of Capulálpam; how do you understand or describe the territory?”

    Element of territory Number of groups that mentioned Examples
    Space or area 11 (all) Space, a physical area
    Values and sentiments other than care 11 (all) Celo; what we share; sentimental value; affection; sacred places; everything; life; people’s habitat; body; interaction; paradise
    People, culture 9 Population, town, people, culture, our way of relating (to people and the environment)
    Resources, benefits 9 Benefits to the community; aquifers; timber; sustenance; that which is used; that which keeps giving what it gives us
    Care and conservation 8 Something that we take care of; protection; conservation
    Flora and fauna 7 Animals, plants, endemic species, forest as repository of species
    Home 6 Home, house, place where we live
    Physical features 4 Air, mountains, roads
    Future generations 3 What we will leave for those who come next
    Ancestors 3 What is taught or passed down; heritage; myths and legends
    Table 3
    Table 3. Value-related topics that impact decisions. Topics mentioned six or more times, categorized according to the IPBES Values Assessment typology (the topic with the next-highest number of mentions was mentioned only three times). Numbers in cells indicate the number of times a value-related topic was mentioned in alignment with that value type (total, in all groups). Cells with “0” indicate that no group mentioned that topic in alignment with that value type (e.g., many topics, i.e., resources, values-as-principles, negative mining consequences, organization, traditional practices, and spirituality, were never discussed in a way we coded as worldviews). Counts that exceed 50 are bolded.

    Table 3. Value-related topics that impact decisions. Topics mentioned six or more times, categorized according to the IPBES Values Assessment typology (the topic with the next-highest number of mentions was mentioned only three times). Numbers in cells indicate the number of times a value-related topic was mentioned in alignment with that value type (total, in all groups). Cells with “0” indicate that no group mentioned that topic in alignment with that value type (e.g., many topics, i.e., resources, values-as-principles, negative mining consequences, organization, traditional practices, and spirituality, were never discussed in a way we coded as worldviews). Counts that exceed 50 are bolded.

    Topic Worldview Broad value Specific value Indicator Total
    Care and conservation 1 12 2 54 69
    Resource (e.g., wood, water) 0 1 41 16 58
    Values-as-principles† 0 52 0 0 52
    Negative consequences from past mining activity 0 0 17 8 25
    Organization 0 1 1 16 18
    Traditional practices 0 0 2 12 14
    Future generations 1 1 7 3 12
    Relationship with nature 3 1 6 2 12
    Spirituality 0 3 2 3 8
    Economic value 0 0 1 7 8
    Ancestors 2 0 2 2 6
    Total 7 71 81 123 282
    † Figure 4 expands on this row.
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    governance; indicators; Indigenous; instrumental values; intrinsic values; IPBES values assessment; management; relational values; values

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 36 Research

    How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature

    Lasseur, N. M. C. G., K. Holstead, and D. Huitema. 2025. How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature. Ecology and Society 30(3):36. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16390-300336
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Noelle MCG LasseurORCIDcontact author, Noelle MCG Lasseur
      Department of Public Administration and Policy, Wageningen University and Research, The Netherlands
    • Kirsty HolsteadORCID, Kirsty Holstead
      Department of Public Administration and Policy, Wageningen University and Research, The Netherlands
    • Dave HuitemaORCIDDave Huitema
      Department of Public Administration and Policy, Wageningen University and Research, The Netherlands

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Lasseur, N. M. C. G., K. Holstead, and D. Huitema. 2025. How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature. Ecology and Society 30(3):36.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16390-300336

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • circular economy of water; systematic literature review; water; water governance
    How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16390.pdf
    Research, part of a special feature on The Next Wave in Water Governance

    ABSTRACT

    Although the concept of circular economy (CE) applied to the field of water (CEW) is relatively new, it offers a promising avenue to challenging water concerns and is increasingly proposed as the way forward in water policy and research. Literature often describes the governance of CEW as a challenge or barrier to CEW. However, the literature is spread across disciplines and areas, and work is required to condense the findings. Using a systematic literature review of 178 peer-reviewed articles, this research examines the governance of CEW to understand and explore key themes. By analyzing the literature through the lens of six governance dilemmas—cost and benefit, implementation and enforcement, level and scale, mode and instrument, problem perception, and timing and sequencing—the paper demonstrates that CEW is viewed in an often normative and static way. One way this takes place is by emphasizing the optimization of existing systems through water recycling, with less focus on decreasing consumption, which could require deeper fundamental and transformative changes. Also, the literature assumes and assigns roles unevenly: benefits are largely framed as accruing to private actors, whereas costs and responsibilities are disproportionately placed on the public sector and civil society. Finally, governance discussions tend to overlook how different frames (i.e., decreasing, optimizing, retaining) and applications of CEW (e.g., for agriculture, industry, or nature conservation) call for distinct governance responses. Finetuning proposed governance solutions to existing and specific framings and applications may offer insights into further developing CEW.

    INTRODUCTION

    Over the last decades, it has become apparent that the way water is managed and consumed is unsustainable and that change is needed. Although the concept of circular economy (CE) applied to the field of water (CEW) is relatively new (Morseletto et al. 2022), it offers a promising avenue to address water scarcity and insecurity and is increasingly put forward in water policy and research (International Water Association (IWA) 2016, Sauvé et al. 2021). For example, the new EU circular economy action plan launched in 2020 as part of the European Green Deal aims to enhance a circular transition, also in the field of water (European Commission 2020). Circular economy counters the linear economic model, where products are made from raw materials and considered waste after use, and includes the goals of eliminating waste and pollution, circulating products and materials at their highest value, keeping products and materials in use, and regenerating natural systems (Tahir et al. 2018). Circular economy can be defined as a systems solution framework that embraces the idea that materials, components, and products should be designed and produced to be restored, retained, and redistributed in the economy for as long as it is environmentally, technically, socially, and economically feasible (Kirchherr et al. 2017, Ellen MacArthur Foundation 2013:7). In the context of water, CEW offers a paradigm shift to similarly move away from a traditional linear economy, where water is extracted from the environment, used, treated, and discharged, to build a new framework that reduces preserves, and optimizes the uses of water while ensuring environmental protection and conservation. This can be achieved through different approaches to rethink, avoid, reduce, replace, reuse, recycle, cascade, store, and recover water (Morseletto et al. 2022).

    The field of CE is characterized by a focus on technical interventions (Kirchherr and van Santen 2019) applied to water; this translates into a focus on technologies to support water reuse (Salgot and Folch 2018, Capodaglio 2020, Rizzo et al. 2020). Yet water governance, meaning the range of political, social, economic, and administrative systems in place to develop and manage water resources and the delivery of water services (Rogers and Hall 2003), is frequently recognized as a barrier for CEW implementation and as something that needs to be considered and explored further. Governance barriers to CEW have been highlighted in the literature, including public perception, inadequate regulatory frameworks, and economic constraints to financing circular water projects (Frijns et al. 2016, IWA 2016, Makropoulos et al. 2018, Nkhoma et al. 2021). However, the literature on CEW governance is fragmented and scattered across fields of study and disciplines. Relevant work spans environmental economics, political sciences, and environmental engineering, often operating in parallel rather than in dialog. Diverse social science theories, such as collaborative governance (Ddiba et al. 2020), transition theory (Afghani et al. 2022), or transformative change (van Duuren et al. 2019) are sporadically applied and seldom integrated. This disciplinary fragmentation is also visible in the application of concepts, such as legitimacy (Blankesteijn and Bossink 2020) and social learning (Fulgenzi et al. 2020). Economic approaches tend to focus on valuation methods for ecosystem services (Danso et al. 2017, Ding et al. 2019), further illustrating disciplinary silos. This diversity reflects the growing interest in CEW, but also illustrates how differing conceptual framings, terminologies, and disciplinary perspectives can make it challenging to gain an integrated overview and to synthesize findings across fields.

    Responding to this gap, this research examines existing literature on the governance of CEW through the lens of the governance dilemmas framework (Jordan et al. 2010, Patterson and Huitema 2019): including problem perception, level and scale, timing and sequencing, mode and instrument, cost and benefit, and implementation and enforcement (Table 1). These dilemmas are a useful lens to examine the governance of CEW, as they provide insights into how complex climate change challenges such as CEW are addressed, organized, and governed through individual and collective responses at various scales (Huitema et al. 2016).

    By drawing attention to and reflecting on the assumptions made in the literature, we offer insights into the existing knowledge base of CEW governance. We show that the literature often adopts a normative stance and does not differentiate between the varying conceptualizations of CEW. Broadly, CEW can be understood as a reformist strategy focused on improving the efficiency of existing systems or as a transformative approach that seeks to fundamentally reconfigure social-ecological relations. Most of the studied literature emphasizes a reformist perspective, focusing on optimizing existing systems through technological interventions such as water recycling and reuse, particularly in industrial and agricultural settings, while paying comparatively less attention to strategies aimed at reducing consumption. This view is also characterized by a somewhat limited conceptualization of the roles of different governance actors, including the state, civil society, and the private sector. Building on this, we call for greater analytical attention to more transformative understandings of CEW: those that align with Feola’s (2015) concept of transformative change as a major, fundamental shift, as opposed to minor or incremental adjustments (Kapoor 2007, O‛Brien 2012). Although reformist approaches contribute to important efficiencies, they often reproduce existing institutional and socio-political structures. In contrast, transformative understandings of CEW challenge dominant governance paradigms, redefine societal values around water use, promote regenerating natural systems, and embed circularity as a systemic principle rather than a technical fix, thereby potentially inducing a paradigm shift in water governance.

    This paper is structured as follows, first we outline the systematic literature review (SLR) methodology employed in this study. We then present the results, organizing the findings around the six governance dilemmas proposed by Jordan et al. (2010). Each dilemma is addressed in turn to identify patterns and gaps in how CEW is conceptualized in the literature. Finally, we discuss the implications of these findings, highlighting dominant framings and proposing alternative perspectives that bring forward more transformative and socially just approaches to CEW.

    METHODS

    We conducted a SLR to address the study’s main objective, as this allows identifying, selecting, and assessing the existing literature in the field of interest and answers the research questions: what is the current scope of knowledge around the governance of CEW? How do existing studies suggest governance of CEW should be organized? To support the reporting of the systematic review and ensure that the article selection process is carried out in a reproducible and transparent way, we used the checklist of the “Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses” (PRISMA) (Moher et al. 2009). The PRISMA method guides the selection process stage by stage, by pre-defining the keywords, the databases, and the inclusion and exclusion criteria. This method consists of several steps: developing the search strings, gathering the data (i.e., identifying articles, screening articles, and selecting articles), and analyzing the data (Page et al. 2021). All three steps are further described below.

    Developing the search strings

    The lead author conducted the electronic searches in November 2023, in Scopus and Web of Science. For the selection of keywords, we used semantic fields, as they group related words by meaning and help develop comprehensive search strings that ensure all relevant studies are captured. Three sets of semantic fields were identified as necessary: CE, water, and governance aspects of CEW. For this last category, the objective was to find keywords broad enough to encompass all governance aspects of CEW, while being sufficiently exclusive from the natural sciences and engineering literature to allow a suitable selection of papers.

    After studying existing reviews on CE and how the concept is currently defined (Kirchherr et al. 2017), we chose the following keywords for the semantic field of CE: “Circular Economy” OR “CE” OR “circular” OR “circularity.” Next, building on the water governance definition used in the introduction, the selected set of keywords for CEW governance was: “social,” “cultural,” “policy,” and “market.” The term “economy” was not added again here, as it was already included in the search strings related to CE.

    The final selected search terms were: (“Circular Economy” OR “CE” OR “circular” OR “circularity”) AND (“water”) AND (“social” OR “cultural” OR “policy” OR “market”). The search field was defined as “Article title, Abstract, Keywords” in Scopus, and “Topic” in “Web of Science Core Collection” in Web of Science. Search types were both set on “Advanced.”

    Gathering the literature

    To bound the study, we specified the following criteria: the research dates were set from 1990 to 2023 (as no relevant studies were identified before 1990), the language request was set to English, and the document types were limited to peer-reviewed articles and review articles. After this first set of screening automation tools, we merged the results of both databases to continue the screening process and removed all duplicates. The second screening step consisted of using inclusion/exclusion criteria for article titles, article abstracts, and entire articles. Following the PRISMA checklist, we established two sets of inclusion/exclusion criteria before the screening process:

    1. Is the paper related to CEW?
    2. Does the paper address CEW governance?

    The answer to both criteria had to be “Yes” for the article to be included in the review. The criteria were used in the specific order that they are presented above. Based on the eligibility criteria mentioned, the lead author reviewed titles and abstracts to determine whether they should be included. The next phase involved full-text reviews, retrieving and analyzing all records selected from the screening phase. The overall article-selection flow diagram is provided in Fig. 1. We found 1,504 articles initially. This number was reduced to 178. The most restrictive criterion was the second one (i.e., does the paper address governance settings of CEW), as a large majority of the papers focused on natural sciences and engineering without including governance elements.

    Analyzing the data

    After the screening process, we kept and analyzed 178 studies for this review (Append. 2). The lead author coded all articles using the Atlas.TI software, extracting bibliometric and qualitative elements. We created four categories of codes on Atlas.TI: bibliometrics (i.e., publication year, methodology), circular definitions and framing, area of application (i.e., geographical and sectoral applications of CEW), and governance-related elements. The framing code consists of understanding what strategy of CEW was applied in the article (e.g., recycling water, recovering biogas from wastewater). All statements related to governance elements were coded in the Atlas.TI software and inductively grouped into governance categories. For example, if a paper stated the need to work on public trust, legitimacy, and communication to improve the social acceptability of a CEW project, the text was coded as “Acceptability.” In total, we created six categories of governance codes: “acceptability,̵ “responsibility,” “economics,” “collaboration,” “risk management,̵ and “policies and regulation.” The Acceptability code holds elements on perception (e.g., yuck factor, disgust) and knowledge management (e.g., awareness, trust, information); the Responsibility code addresses roles of public and private actors and management responsibilities (e.g., planning, execution); the Economics code encompasses financial aspects (e.g., investments, funding, subsidies) and value assessments (e.g., costs, benefits); the Collaboration code involves networking, participation, and cooperation across multiple levels (e.g., local, regional, national); the Risk Management code deals with various risk types (e.g., contaminants, pollutants, health risks) and their monitoring (e.g., standards, controls); and the Policy and Regulation code includes elements on strategies and legislative instruments (e.g., taxes, incentives). The coding process is further described in Append. 1. Because some articles cover multiple topics, statements were sometimes coded multiple times (e.g., when a paper stated that collaboration positively affects public acceptability of CEW, both “Acceptability̵ and “Collaboration” codes were used). All governance codes were further structured according to the six governance dilemmas identified by Jordan et al. (2010): problem perception, level and scale, timing and sequencing, mode and instrument, cost and benefit, and implementation and enforcement. The coding process is described in Fig. 2.

    RESULTS

    Problem perception

    Looking at the temporal spread of the 178 articles identified, Fig. 3 shows that CEW governance has been the focus of academic concern since 2014. The drop in 2023 is related to the fact that the literature search was conducted in November 2023, before the end of the year. Articles may have come out afterward, also in 2024, with an official publication year of 2023. The geographical focus of the case studies in the selected articles is mainly Europe (n = 107). Within Europe, areas of interest include the European Union as a whole (n = 20), the Netherlands (n = 16), Italy (n = 15), and Spain (n = 11) (Fig. 4). Asia (n = 24), in particular China (n = 10) and India (n = 6), is the next most common area studied in the articles. Areas poorly represented in the sample include Africa (n = 11), North America (n = 9), South America (n = 8), the Middle East (n = 3), and Oceania (n = 1). The recent European Green Deal (European Commission 2019), the new EU circular economy action plan (European Commission 2020), and the recent European regulation 2020/741 on minimum requirements for water reuse applicable to all member states since June 2023 (European Union 2020) could explain the European focus as well as the recent rise in articles.

    Although relatively recent, there are patterns in how CEW is framed and discussed in the literature. Although clear definitions of CEW and CE are lacking in half of the papers (i.e., 89 papers offer clear definitions of CEW or CE), practical applications of CEW, particularly in case studies, illustrate diverse framings of CEW. Three frames of CEW are commonly applied in the literature. The first is optimizing, which considers CEW as a way to use water more efficiently, allowing the same water to be reused multiple times, with or without intermediate treatments. The second is retaining, where CEW takes place to store water (i.e., putting used water aside, before or after treating it, into a specific reservoir where it will be available for future uses) and retain materials (e.g., bioplastics, nutrients) and energy in the economic system. Finally, the decreasing frame focuses on reducing water use.

    Circular economy of water can be framed in different ways (i.e., optimizing, decreasing, retaining). Figure 5 shows how these are distributed across articles and highlights that the literature mainly focuses on optimizing water use (49%). Within the optimizing frame, articles mainly focus on recycling water, for the same or a different purpose. The retaining frame represents 13% of the articles. These focus on recovering nutrients (e.g., use of wastewater sludges in agriculture) and energy (e.g., biogas production from wastewater sludges). The decreasing frame represents 7% of the studies. No CEW frame was identified in 31% of the articles, as those focus either on several frames simultaneously (van Zyl and Jooste 2022) or on reshaping economics, facilities, policies, regulations, technologies, and uses around water more generally. Circular economy of water can therefore be understood as a recent European-centered challenge, perceived and framed around the optimization of current water uses through recycling and reusing water.

    Level and scale

    Next, Jordan et al. (2010) focuses on considering the appropriate level and scale for CEW implementation. In the studied literature, although the critical role of municipal and regional administrations in leading a transition toward CEW is notable (e.g., Sugiyono and Dewancker 2020, Asprilla Echeverría 2021, Södergren and Palm 2021, Berbel et al. 2023), literature glosses over the role of the micro level in a CEW. Morseletto et al. (2022:1473) contend that “governments and water authorities are responsible for designing the most effective water governance mechanisms (...) for the CEW” by aligning local specificities with national targets. Such assertions appear to be more normative than evidence based, as the literature offers limited empirical investigation into how these actors define or enact such effectiveness in practice. Södergren and Palm (2021), in connection with CEW implementation in Sweden, argue that municipally owned corporations have clearer responsibility for the profits, larger financial freedom of action, and less political control than national authorities. They highlight that municipal administrations tend to support a more holistic and inclusive approach to CEW implementation but may face challenges due to budget constraints and prioritization of other local issues. Also, stakeholders at different levels (i.e., local, regional, national) can have different priorities that do not always align. A notable message in the literature is that fragmented regulatory frameworks promote inconsistent roles and responsibilities (Brown and Farrelly 2009). For example, in the Indonesian context, Eneng et al. (2018) describe how responsibility for implementing CEW-related policies is delegated from the national to local and provincial governments. However, in practice, local and provincial agencies often prioritize attracting investment and generating tax revenue over environmental protection or the implementation of CE principles. The authors note that permits for groundwater extraction are typically granted with the primary aim of supporting regional economic development, whereas environmental assessments and long-term sustainability considerations receive limited attention. Institutional competition between government agencies, driven by differing tax structures, further undermines coordination and leads to fragmented oversight. This fragmented governance is presented as a key barrier to the effective implementation of CEW. As such, multi-level governance systems (e.g., governance between ministries, regions, and municipalities) are increasingly studied in the CEW literature (Flores et al. 2018, Fassio et al. 2022, Cagno et al. 2023), and often presented as potential solutions that would solve fragmentation and overlapping priorities challenges. However, the practical implementation of multi-level governance systems in CEW is relatively underexplored, with few concrete solutions presented. Ding et al. (2019) offer some suggestions, including establishing dedicated governmental bodies to coordinate between different levels of government to achieve CEW. This suggestion is somewhat exceptional in the literature, as it contrasts with the general tendency to under-theorize multi-level governance in the CEW field. Moreover, scholars like Skelcher (2005) argue that the proliferation of such coordinating bodies has become problematic in public administration, as they can lead to excessive bureaucracy and inefficiency. Although Ding et al.’s suggestion presents an interesting avenue, it seems important to question whether creating additional layers of coordination would exacerbate or alleviate existing governance challenges in the context of CEW.

    Jordan et al. (2010) associate scale with specific values such as flexibility, accountability, and transparency, which are embedded within broader governance levels. Although these values are presented as essential to the governance of CEW, the literature often uniquely assigns them to certain actors (e.g., Kjellen 2018, Oughton et al. 2021, Ballesteros-Olza et al. 2022). Taking flexibility as an example—understood as the capacity to be dynamic, adaptive, and responsive when navigating complex and uncertain policies—it is often linked to the private sector in the literature. Makropoulos et al. (2018) examine sewer mining technology applications in Greece and suggest that “At the small-scale (...) a private operator (e.g., a start-up or an SME) would seem more flexible to manage the challenges of ecosystem services diversification” (Makropoulos et al. 2018:296). Similarly, Seifert et al. (2019) investigate CEW and wastewater treatment plants in Germany and argue for private–public partnerships to increase the flexibility of wastewater services investments. Both examples suggest that flexibility is understood as economic efficiency and attributed to the private rather than the public sector. Also, studies focusing on ensuring transparency, accountability, and controllable distribution of roles and responsibilities are currently lacking and fundamental to overcoming administrative obstacles (Alamanos et al. 2022). These results suggest that deeper investigation is needed into the most appropriate governance mode for leading a CEW transition and the role of different actors, which are often assumed rather than empirically investigated.

    Mode and instrument

    The third governance dilemma introduced by Jordan et al. (2010) focuses on who leads a CEW transition and how (e.g., van Duuren et al. 2019, Dingemans et al. 2020, de Lauwere et al. 2022, Morseletto et al. 2022). The literature assumes specific roles for stakeholders in CEW, specifically for the public and private sectors. The public sector is the key actor mentioned in the studied literature. Several studies qualify water as a public good (e.g., Eneng et al. 2018, Asprilla Echeverría 2021) and argue that public sector leadership is essential for enhancing a CEW transition, as relying on the profit-oriented private sector risks undermining the collective responsibility to ensure universal water access (e.g., Eneng et al. 2018, Ddiba et al. 2020). Compiling the literature, we find a long list of “must dos” by the public sector: setting regulations and standards, monitoring and evaluating policies, providing funding for projects and innovation research, convening stakeholders for collaboration, promoting and implementing CEW projects (e.g., Danso et al. 2017, Ddiba et al. 2020, Franco-Torres 2021, Ballesteros-Olza et al. 2022). The public sector is, at the same time, also heavily criticized in the literature as having a short-term vision, a lack of a clear strategy, delays in administrative procedures, and limited public capacities (e.g., Flores et al. 2018, Ddiba et al. 2020, Ballesteros-Olza et al. 2022). On the other hand, studies recognize the private sector’s leadership in a CEW transition as necessary (e.g., Maquet 2020, Fico et al. 2022) and sometimes even preferable to that of the public sector, as the private sector is portrayed as dealing better with risk management and generating higher earnings (Fico et al. 2022). To overcome this public–private duality, the literature tends to present the network mode (i.e., governance led by trust and collaboration, rather than by rules or prices) as the most appropriate one for enhancing a circular transition (Miranda et al. 2022). The studied literature focuses heavily on collaboration, assuming that all sectors should necessarily align and synchronize their work (Ddiba et al. 2020), whereas lack of communication between regulators and planners is presented as a concern (Frijns et al. 2016). The collaborative governance model often presented suggests the need to redistribute responsibilities among politics, society, and the private domain (de Lauwere et al. 2022). Questions emerge, such as what constitutes a good redistribution of responsibilities, as studies point to the public sector as the primary investor in innovation, responsible for injecting capital expenditure and providing subsidies (e.g., Guerrini and Manca 2020, Laitinen et al. 2020, Agudo et al. 2022). This expectation is based on the public sector’s role in bearing the financial risk associated with early stage investments, as highlighted by Mazzucato (2013). Conversely, the private sector is depicted as entering the market only when it becomes economically viable (Ddiba et al. 2020), thus significantly limiting its financial risk. This dynamic suggests that the public sector is often expected to shoulder the investment risk without generating any earnings, whereas the private sector benefits once the financial conditions are favorable. The role of other entities in the CEW transition, such as non-governmental organizations or civil society, is rarely discussed in the literature. Savini and Giezen (2020) study the division of responsibilities in a circular transition in the city of Amsterdam regarding water, energy, and waste. They discuss problem ownership, revealing a dilemma between giving more responsibility to households in the transition, without diminishing government accountability. They suggest that environmental governance around CE is contradictory as actors simultaneously over-stretch and under-reach their responsibilities. This tension illustrates a broader challenge in CEW governance: the ongoing search for an optimal balance of responsibilities that would ensure accountability across all actors. This seems to point to a dilemma in determining the appropriate level and locus of responsibility among public and private actors.

    One central way responsibilities are defined in literature and actors are coordinated is through policy. In the CEW literature, this often translates as determining the optimal level of regulation. The literature agrees that implementation of CEW requires tailor-made policies and regulations. However, at the same time, these are often stated as barriers, with particular questions around their design, flexibility, effectiveness, and suitability (Frijns et al. 2016, Blankesteijn and Bossink 2020). Although the CEW literature highlights the need for clarity within regulations and policies, there is a concern that excessive regulation can hinder progress, create complexity, and enhance costs in the development of projects (Frijns et al. 2016). As Seifert et al. (2019) state, “...we see a double-edged sword. On the one hand, it ensures adherence to minimum requirements. On the other hand, it can tie up a large part of an organization’s human and financial resources and prevent innovation” (Seifert et al. 2019:161). This highlights the elusive search for an optimal regulation level, which seems perpetually out of reach in CEW governance.

    Timing and sequencing

    In the realm of CEW, governors are tasked with deciding when to act and in what sequence (i.e., in what order and timing to implement actions). Surprisingly, the question of action timing is often absent in CEW literature, which could mean that the dynamics of timely and strategic decision making in CEW are potentially not understood. Identifying the optimal intervention sequence proves to be challenging, and contention exists in the literature. Laitinen et al. (2020) argue that circular benefits tend to accrue over long-term horizons, whereas decision makers work over shorter-term horizons. Choices have to be made, between curative (i.e., react) or preventive (i.e., anticipate) modes of action, which sit in opposition to the lengths of political cycles (Flores et al. 2018).

    A further aspect of timing and sequencing relates to risk, and how risks are viewed across different time horizons, including environmental, health-related risks (Moya-Fernández et al. 2021), and financial risks (e.g., Savini and Giezen 2020, Qtaishat et al. 2022). Environmental and health-related risks involve elevated concentrations of contaminants that can occur when reusing water in different cycles, all of which are evolving and often not known in advance (Brînzan et al. 2020). For example, new contaminants emerge, and knowledge is lacking on their level of risks and degradation processes (e.g., Ekane et al. 2021, Qtaishat et al. 2022, Palmeros Parada et al. 2022).

    Risk management is a significant concern in CEW, as the literature explains that wastewater discharges can still contain various potentially dangerous pollutants, such as pathogens, micropollutants, antibiotic-resistant genes, nanomaterials, disinfection by-products, personal care products, and pharmaceuticals (Dingemans et al. 2020, Guerra-Rodríguez et al. 2020). In CEW literature, risk management is primarily discussed in terms of recycling water and recovering materials, with a focus on concentration levels, pollutant risks, and the risks associated with investing in new technologies. In their study on risk perceptions on the application of sewage sludge on agricultural land in Sweden, Ekane et al. (2021) state that uncertainty related to pollutants determines the type and magnitude of risk citizens may tolerate and thus plays a role in shaping public perceptions and policy directions.

    Regarding sequencing, the public sector is described in the literature as a crucial early stage actor that leads the way to a circular transition. Because many innovative circular solutions tend to not be commercially viable at their beginning, it is again expected that the public sector will fund innovation and circular initiatives in their early stages, allowing the private sector to jump in once solutions are commercially viable (Ddiba et al. 2020), or to put policy instruments in place, such as pollution taxes, to support the commercial viability of circular initiatives (Shen et al. 2020). This echoes again with the work of Mazzucato (2013), which suggests that the private sector takes minimal risks while primarily benefiting from high-risk investments made by the public sector.

    Cost and benefit

    Different types of CEW policies generate different distributions of costs and benefits among stakeholders. Looking at the practical applications of CEW in the literature, we identify five core domains (Fig. 6): (i) agriculture, including the reuse of water for irrigating crops (Vivaldi et al. 2022), or recovering nutrients from wastewater sludges for crops (Gwara et al. 2022); (ii) industry, including manufacturing firms (Cagno et al. 2023), small and medium enterprises (Bassi and Dias 2019), and the hospitality industry (Bux and Amicarelli 2023); (iii) cities, including circular urban water management (Arora et al. 2022, Castellet-Viciano et al. 2022); (iv) healthcare services, including hospitals (Vaccari et al. 2017); and (v) the water sector, including wastewater treatment (Mannina et al. 2022a, b), drinking water (Eneng et al. 2018), water supply system (i.e., articles focusing on CEW applications in both wastewater treatment and drinking water), and water ecosystems (Fidélis et al. 2021).

    Private actors such as agriculture and industry claim a significant share of domains benefiting from CEW (i.e., agriculture with 23% and industry with 16%). This can be explained by the emergence of pressing needs in those sectors, for instance in agriculture, where water can be lacking in summer. Another focus of the literature is set on wastewater treatment plants (i.e., 27.9% of the total sample), emphasizing facility-centric perspectives of CEW. The regeneration of natural water ecosystems is not driving the emergence of circular water projects (i.e., 4% of the total sample).

    Although the studied literature suggests that the benefits should mainly accrue to the private sector, such as agriculture and industry, it appears costs are to be borne primarily by the public sector and civil society. Indeed, the issue of acceptability is predominantly centered on civil society, which is portrayed in the literature as a significant barrier jeopardizing the implementation and upscaling of water reuse schemes (Chrispim et al. 2020, Ballesteros-Olza et al. 2022). Civil society is expected to accept risks linked to circular initiative projects, sometimes without them being attributed a leading role in the transition. Emotional reactions of disgust toward CEW strategies, known as the “yuck factor”, are often the thematic focus in studies on civil society (e.g., Smith et al. 2018, López-Serrano et al. 2022). For example, Medeiros et al. (2021) highlight that health, risk, disgust, and odor are the main barriers to urine fertilizer use in agriculture. Such barriers are closely tied to the sewage side of the water sector. To overcome this, information provision is suggested as a response while assuming the positive effect of information and education on the acceptability of CEW projects (Hartley 2006, Makropoulos et al. 2018, Villarín and Merel 2020). In this vein, we see a priority placed on disseminating information to gain social acceptance for circular water projects, and less around civil society and how they may or may not engage in dialogs, or how CEW might seek to reconfigure consumption practices.

    Trust and legitimacy also appear in the literature as possible solutions to enhancing acceptability and as a response to possible issues of costs and benefits. Frijns et al. (2016) argue that public support for water reuse is influenced by trust in the technical process, the regulation, and the organizations in charge. The studied literature considers a lack of public and institutional acceptability of CEW as a threat and as a problem to be solved (Chrispim et al. 2020, Ballesteros-Olza et al. 2022). Although various solutions for managing social acceptability are explored, a question arises regarding the role of citizens in the implementation, if and when they should be integrated into decision processes, and how they may experience costs and benefits. This questions the application of accountability and transparency in practice.

    Implementation and enforcement

    Due to the limited nature of circular water projects across the world, (Ddiba et al. 2020, Caparrós-Mártinez et al. 2020), limited discussions on implementation and enforcement exist in the literature. Debates regarding the appropriate level of action are discussed through top-down or bottom-up approaches. Yang et al. (2022) explain that bottom-up management policies are predominantly favored in Western economies, whereas top-down national development strategies are preferred in non-Western economies, such as China. The studied literature appears undecided on the most appropriate degree of centralization for circular water initiatives (i.e., decentralized or centralized water management) (Cipolletta et al. 2021). As highlighted in the previous sections, questions persist regarding the applicability and efficiency of a multi-level governance framework in addressing CEW implementation challenges. Uncertainties linger regarding the timing of governance interventions (i.e., anticipatory or reactive and long term or short term). The extent of public participation remains ambiguous, and the notion of power distribution within circular governance structures remains unexplored.

    Similar questions exist when addressing the enforcement of CEW initiatives. Despite the emergence of ambitious policies, such as achieving full circularity in water management by 2050 in Europe (European Commission 2020), enforcement mechanisms remain nascent. Although standards—like the recent European regulation 2020/741 on minimum requirements for water reuse—are being established, robust enforcement measures are yet to materialize. The literature offers some ideas, focusing on command and incentive economic instruments. Command instruments involve adapting the tax system to incentivize circular practices (Hagenvoort et al. 2019) or implementing tradable permits (Brînzan et al. 2020). The literature suggests that tax adjustments can reward companies and individuals for embracing CEW, and tradable permits put a cap-and-trade system in place and allow targeting specific sectors first (e.g., industries, farmers). Incentive instruments include measures like supporting research and development on water circular technologies (Mohtar et al. 2022), offering subsidies for capital expenditure to get rid of initial investment burdens (Ddiba et al. 2020), adapting pricing mechanisms to reflect the value of circular products (Giannoccaro et al. 2022), investing in institutional capacity building (Kjellen 2018), or creating new markets for circular products.

    DISCUSSION

    We analyzed the literature through six governance dilemmas established by Jordan et al. (2010): problem perception, level and scale, mode and instrument, timing and sequencing, cost and benefit, and implementation and enforcement. Overall, results highlight that academic literature focuses on emphasizing the optimization of existing systems through water recycling and reuse, with less of a focus on decreasing water consumption. Using the dilemmas framework, we identified different framings of CEW in the literature (i.e., optimizing, decreasing, retaining), and interest around some core applications, including water for industrial processes and agricultural irrigation. There is a misalignment between how CEW is defined in the literature (i.e., a systems solution framework, that should, among other elements, focus on regenerating natural systems), and how it is tackled in CEW literature. The current research landscape predominantly focuses on optimizing current linear water systems to satisfy increasing water demand in economic sectors suffering from water shortages, such as industry or agriculture, while missing discussions on the regeneration of natural systems (Fig. 5). This study shows that the literature offers a narrow, facility-centric and reformist perspective on CEW, as reflected in the prominence of efforts to optimize circularity within wastewater treatment plants (27.9% of the sample). This emphasis on technical and instrumental approaches contrasts with potentially more transformative understandings of CEW, such as rethinking water consumption patterns. Such transformative approaches might involve questioning societal norms around water uses, promoting behavioral changes, shifting the focus from technological fixes to systemic changes.

    A facility-centric understanding of CEW can influence how literature suggests governance of CEW should be organized. For example, when studies look at social acceptability, we found that a big focus is on the yuck factor and potential environmental and health risks (e.g., Smith et al. 2018, Medeiros et al. 2021, López-Serrano et al. 2022). These elements would probably be less critical, framed differently, or seen as less of a concern, if the focus of CEW were on decreasing strategies, where water reduction is the focus. Similarly, the studied literature shows that, although economics is a primary concern for CEW, articles support the idea that the public and private sectors should invest more in infrastructure projects (e.g., Guerrini and Manca 2020, Laitinen et al. 2020, Agudo et al. 2022). Once again, implementing CEW through decreasing strategies would necessitate fewer investments in capital expenditures for projects.

    We also demonstrate that the current research assumes specific roles for actors in the transition toward CEW: the public sector is expected to bear investment risks without generating any earnings, and the private sector tends to benefit once the financial conditions are favorable (e.g., Ddiba et al. 2020). When exploring the level and scale, mode and instrument, and cost and benefit dilemmas, these demonstrate assumptions around the role of different actors, including the state, private sector, and civil society, and a lesser understanding of how these roles are fulfilled. The literature indicates that costs should mainly be borne by the public sector and civil society, with a strong emphasis on enhancing public acceptability. A different understanding of CEW could lead to rethinking the roles of actors, specifically for civil society which is currently passively described and not offered an active role in the transition.

    Circular economy of water is still a concept under development that could benefit from engagement with critical literature. The literature used in this study views CEW as a goal-driven approach, emphasizing the necessity of overcoming various barriers for a successful circular transition. The vocabulary and literature surrounding CEW are prescriptive, focusing on what “must be done,” with limited criticism reported in the academic literature studied when discussing governance. One point for reflection is the limited consideration for thinking through alternative solutions. Discussions on the role of civil society are acknowledged, but framed narrowly, in terms of public acceptability. This framing tends to position civil society as an audience to be informed or persuaded, rather than as an active participant in shaping CEW. A broader perspective could highlight how civil society contributes to knowledge production, co-design, and the redefinition of water-related practices and values. It could also invite critical reflection on who decides where water goes, under what principles, and for whose benefit, bringing to the forefront issues of power, equity, and social justice in the allocation and governance of CEW initiatives.

    The legitimacy of certain barriers and the societal benefits are not fully explored in the literature. Barriers and opportunities are viewed in a normative and static manner, with a distinct separation between overcoming them to succeed in the circular transition or succumbing to them and failing in the transition. Such an understanding of CEW echoes the work of Lazarevic and Valve (2017), who state that CE is left “deliberately vague but uncontroversial” (Lazarevic and Valve 2017:1) and that we have “yet to see the contentions being fully playing out” (Lazarevic and Valve 2017:1). There is a need for a more incremental and dynamic approach to understanding barriers and opportunities in CEW governance to unravel policy processes and understand impasses. Biesbroek et al. (2014) suggest that, when studying governance barriers to sustainable transition, the focus should lie on detailing the process analysis and linking plausible causes to observed outcome patterns. Linking to CEW, we see a need for studies examining in-depth challenges that arise through decision-making processes, such as the impact of policies, how institutional parties handle conflict resolution in the context of circular water implementation, and how power relations can affect the water circular transition.

    Therefore, although CEW is a holistic concept, it can be argued that great variations exist when discussing aspects of governance, and how it can be organized. This raises questions about the comprehensive nature of CEW practices and their impact on the transition. There is a risk that a loosely defined CEW concept could be used merely as a green label, perpetuating business-as-usual practices without truly transforming the linear economy paradigm. This statement also resonates with the work of Ampe et al. (2020), who demonstrate that optimizing large-scale infrastructure, market development, and legislative changes is currently the dominant discourse in the transition toward a CE in the Dutch wastewater system. This dominant approach creates lock-in effects that focus action on technical changes and only leave space for small incremental changes.

    CONCLUSION

    We conducted a review of 178 papers related to CEW and governance. By analyzing the literature through six governance dilemmas, we found that CEW is currently predominantly studied in a European context. This may be linked to the EU’s political agenda, notably the new CE Action Plan (European Commission 2020), introduced as part of the Green Deal (European Commission 2019), which explicitly supports a circular transition across sectors, including water. In this literature, CEW is strongly focused on optimizing existing systems through recycling and reusing water. In general, the studied literature lacks distance and critical engagement toward CEW. The literature tends to be optimistic and goal driven about the concept of CEW. Literature focuses on improving or changing aspects of our current water governance to facilitate a transition toward CEW. However, literature often does not question the relevance of CEW in different situations, or the concept itself.

    This study also highlights research gaps and recommends future research directions. We suggest examining governance barriers and opportunities in a more dynamic and complex way by studying decision-making processes in greater detail. More empirical studies are needed on how practitioners use and frame the concept in practice, how to include civil society in a CEW transition, and on implementation strategies (e.g., decentralized or centralized projects). Additionally, more research is required on how governance dilemmas interrelate, the possible synergies between them, and potential governance leverage points. For practitioners and researchers, we recommend caution when using the CEW concept, considering how they frame it and how they address governance dilemmas.

    The main limitation of this study lies in its methodological constraints, as it relies on peer-reviewed published literature only. The omission of gray literature, including reports, regulations, international, national, and regional plans, and other non-peer-reviewed sources, may introduce gaps and blind spots. We suggest future studies include these. Another limitation of this study is that only articles written in English were reviewed. Despite these limitations, the study serves as a valuable snapshot of the existing scholarly discourse on CEW, providing avenues for future research directions.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This research was performed within the framework of the research program AquaConnect, funded by the Dutch Research Council (NWO, grant-ID P19-45) and public and private partners of the AquaConnect consortium and coordinated by Wageningen University and Research.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    N/A

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data and code that support the findings of this study are openly available in Figshare at https://figshare.com/s/d7e8aa3a96a79c521da4. Ethical approval does not apply to this article.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Afghani, N., J. Hamhaber, and J. Frijns. 2022. An integrated assessment framework for transition to water circularity. Sustainability 14(14):8533. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14148533

    Agudo, F. L., B. S. Bezerra, L. A. B. Paes, and J. A. Gobbo Júnior. 2022. Proposal of an assessment tool to diagnose industrial symbiosis readiness. Sustainable Production and Consumption 30:916-929. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spc.2022.01.013

    Alamanos, A., P. Koundouri, L. Papadaki, T. Pliakou, and E. Toli. 2022. Water for tomorrow: a living lab on the creation of the science-policy–stakeholder interface. Water 14(18):2879. https://doi.org/10.3390/w14182879

    Ampe, K., E. Paredis, L. Asveld, P. Osseweijer, and T. Block. 2020. A transition in the Dutch wastewater system? The struggle between discourses and with lock-ins. Journal of Environmental Policy and Planning 22(2):155-169. https://doi.org/10.1080/1523908X.2019.1680275

    Arora, M., L. W. Yeow, L. Cheah, and S. Derrible. 2022. Assessing water circularity in cities: methodological framework with a case study. Resources, Conservation and Recycling 178:106042. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resconrec.2021.106042

    Asprilla Echeverría, J. M. 2021. Plan B water assessment: efficiency and circularity for agricultural and municipal adaptation to water scarcity. Groundwater for Sustainable Development 14:100602. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gsd.2021.100602

    Ballesteros-Olza, M., I. Blanco-Gutiérrez, P. Esteve, A. Gómez-Ramos, and A. Bolinches. 2022. Using reclaimed water to cope with water scarcity: an alternative for agricultural irrigation in Spain. Environmental Research Letters 17(12):125002. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/aca3bb

    Bassi, F., and J. G. Dias. 2019. The use of circular economy practices in SMEs across the EU. Resources, Conservation and Recycling 146:523-533. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resconrec.2019.03.019

    Berbel, J., E. Mesa-Pérez, and P. Simón. 2023. Challenges for circular economy under the EU 2020/741 Wastewater Reuse Regulation. Global Challenges 7(7):2200232. https://doi.org/10.1002/gch2.202200232

    Biesbroek, G. R., C. J. A. M. Termeer, J. E. M. Klostermann, and P. Kabat. 2014. Rethinking barriers to adaptation: mechanism-based explanation of impasses in the governance of an innovative adaptation measure. Global Environmental Change 26:108-118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2014.04.004

    Blankesteijn, M., and B. Bossink. 2020. Assessing the legitimacy of technological innovation in the public sphere: recovering raw materials from waste water. Sustainability 12(22):9408. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12229408

    Brînzan, O., M. Drăgoi, D. Bociort, E. Ţigan, N. Mateoc-Sîrb, and M. Lungu. 2020. A market-based economic instrument to better use water in agriculture. Sustainability 12(4):1473. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12041473

    Brown, R. R., and M. A. Farrelly. 2009. Delivering sustainable urban water management: a review of the hurdles we face. Water Science and Technology 59(5):839-846. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2009.028

    Bux, C., and V. Amicarelli. 2023. Circular economy and sustainable strategies in the hospitality industry: current trends and empirical implications. Tourism and Hospitality Research 23(4):624-636. https://doi.org/10.1177/14673584221119581

    Cagno, E., M. Negri, A. Neri, and M. Giambone. 2023. One framework to rule them all: an integrated, multi-level and scalable performance measurement framework of sustainability, circular economy and industrial symbiosis. Sustainable Production and Consumption 35:55-71. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spc.2022.10.016

    Caparrós-Martínez, J. L., N. Rueda-Lópe, J. Milán-García, and J. de Pablo Valenciano. 2020. Public policies for sustainability and water security: the case of Almeria (Spain). Global Ecology and Conservation 23:e01037. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gecco.2020.e01037

    Capodaglio, A. G. 2020. Taking the water out of “wastewater”: an ineluctable oxymoron for urban water cycle sustainability. Water Environment Research 92(12):2030-2040. https://doi.org/10.1002/wer.1373

    Castellet-Viciano, L., V. Hernández-Chover, and F. Hernández-Sancho. 2022. The benefits of circular economy strategies in urban water facilities. Science of The Total Environment 844:157172. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2022.157172

    Chrispim, M. C., M. Scholz, and M. A. Nolasco. 2020. A framework for resource recovery from wastewater treatment plants in megacities of developing countries. Environmental Research 188:109745. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envres.2020.109745

    Cipolletta, G., E. G. Ozbayram, A. L. Eusebi, Ç. Akyol, S. Malamis, E. Mino, and F. Fatone. 2021. Policy and legislative barriers to close water-related loops in innovative small water and wastewater systems in Europe: a critical analysis. Journal of Cleaner Production 288:125604. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.125604

    Danso, G. K., M. Otoo, W. Ekere, S. Ddungu, and G. Madurangi. 2017. Market feasibility of faecal sludge and municipal solid waste-based compost as measured by farmers’ willingness-to-pay for product attributes: evidence from Kampala, Uganda. Resources 6(3):31. https://doi.org/10.3390/resources6030031

    Ddiba, D., K. Andersson, S. H. A. Koop, E. Ekener, G. Finnveden, and S. Dickin. 2020. Governing the circular economy: assessing the capacity to implement resource-oriented sanitation and waste management systems in low- and middle-income countries. Earth System Governance 4:100063. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esg.2020.100063

    de Lauwere, C., M. Slegers, and M. Meeusen. 2022. The influence of behavioural factors and external conditions on Dutch farmers’ decision making in the transition towards circular agriculture. Land Use Policy 120:106253. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2022.106253

    Di Marco, A. 2022. Water law in circular economy: ultra vires actions in environmental sector, or when union ambition far exceed its abilities. Maastricht Journal of European and Comparative Law 29(2):182-200. https://doi.org/10.1177/1023263X221076394

    Ding, X., C. Zhou, W. Zhong, and P. Tang. 2019. Addressing uncertainty of environmental governance in environmentally sensitive areas in developing countries: a precise-strike and spatial-targeting adaptive governance framework. Sustainability 11(16):4510. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11164510

    Dingemans, M. M. L., P. W. M. H. Smeets, G. Medema, J. Frijns, K. J. Raat, A. P. van Wezel, and R. P. Bartholomeus. 2020. Responsible water reuse needs an interdisciplinary approach to balance risks and benefits. Water 12(5):1264. https://doi.org/10.3390/w12051264

    Ekane, N., K. Barquet, and A. Rosemarin. 2021. Resources and risks: perceptions on the application of sewage sludge on agricultural land in Sweden, a case study. Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems 5:647780. https://doi.org/10.3389/fsufs.2021.647780

    Ellen MacArthur Foundation. 2013. Towards the circular economy Vol. 1: an economic and business rationale for an accelerated transition. Ellen MacArthur Foundation, Cowes, UK. https://www.ellenmacarthurfoundation.org/towards-the-circular-economy-vol-1-an-economic-and-business-rationale-for-an

    Eneng, R., K. Lulofs, and C. Asdak. 2018. Towards a water balanced utilization through circular economy. Management Research Review 41(5):572-585. https://doi.org/10.1108/MRR-02-2018-0080

    European Commission. 2019. The European Green Deal: communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. European Commission, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Commission. 2020. Circular economy action plan: for a cleaner and more competitive Europe. Directorate-General for Communication, Publications Office of the European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Union. 2020. Regulation - 2020/741 - EN - EUR-Lex. European Union, Brussels, Belgium. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/741/oj/eng

    Fassio, F., I. E. P. Borda, E. Talpo, A. Savina, F. Rovera, O. Pieretto, and D. Zarri. 2022. Assessing circular economy opportunities at the food supply chain level: the case of five Piedmont product chains. Sustainability 14(17):10778. https://doi.org/10.3390/su141710778

    Feola, G. 2015. Societal transformation in response to global environmental change: a review of emerging concepts. Ambio 44(5):376-390. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-014-0582-z

    Fico, G. C., A. R. G. de Azevedo, M. T. Marvila, D. Cecchin, G. de Castro Xavier, and B. A. Tayeh. 2022. Water reuse in industries: analysis of opportunities in the Paraíba do Sul river basin, a case study in Presidente Vargas Plant, Brazil. Environmental Science and Pollution Research 29(44):66085-66099. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11356-022-20475-9

    Fidélis, T., A. S. Cardoso, F. Riazi, A. C. Miranda, J. Abrantes, F. Teles, and P. C. Roebeling. 2021. Policy narratives of circular economy in the EU—assessing the embeddedness of water and land in national action plans. Journal of Cleaner Production 288:125685. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.125685

    Flores, C. C., H. Bressers, C. Gutierrez, and C. de Boer. 2018. Towards circular economy—a wastewater treatment perspective, the Presa Guadalupe case. Management Research Review 41(5):554-571. https://doi.org/10.1108/MRR-02-2018-0056

    Franco-Torres, M. 2021. The path to the new urban water paradigm—from modernity to metamodernism. Water Alternatives 14(3):820-840.

    Frijns, J., H. M. Smith, S. Brouwer, K. Garnett, R. Elelman, and P. Jeffrey. 2016. How governance regimes shape the implementation of water reuse schemes. Water 8(12):605. https://doi.org/10.3390/w8120605

    Fulgenzi, A., S. Brouwer, K. Baker, and J. Frijns. 2020. Communities of practice at the center of circular water solutions. WIREs Water 7(4):e1450. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1450

    Giannoccaro, G., L. Roselli, R. Sardaro, and B. C. de Gennaro. 2022. Design of an incentive-based tool for effective water saving policy in agriculture. Agricultural Water Management 272:107866. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agwat.2022.107866

    Guerra-Rodríguez, S., P. Oulego, E. Rodríguez, D. N. Singh, and J. Rodríguez-Chueca. 2020. Towards the implementation of circular economy in the wastewater sector: challenges and opportunities. Water 12(5):1431. https://doi.org/10.3390/w12051431

    Guerrini, A., and J. Manca. 2020. Regulatory interventions to sustain circular economy in the water sector. insights from the Italian regulatory authority (ARERA). H2Open Journal 3(1):499-518. https://doi.org/10.2166/h2oj.2020.121

    Gwara, S., E. Wale, and A. Odindo. 2022. Behavioral intentions of rural farmers to recycle human excreta in agriculture. Scientific Reports 12(1):5890. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-09917-z

    Hagenvoort, J., M. Ortega-Reig, S. Botella, C. García, A. de Luis, and G. Palau-Salvador. 2019. Reusing treated waste-water from a circular economy perspective—the case of the Real Acequia de Moncada in Valencia (Spain). Water 11(9):1830. https://doi.org/10.3390/w11091830

    Hartley, T. W. 2006. Public perception and participation in water reuse. Desalination 187(1):115-126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.desal.2005.04.072

    Huitema, D., W. N. Adger, F. Berkhout, E. Massey, D. Mazmanian, S. Munaretto, R. Plummer, and C. Termeer. 2016. The governance of adaptation: choices, reasons, and effects. Introduction to the Special Feature. Ecology and Society 21(3):37. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-08797-210337

    International Water Association (IWA). 2016. Water utilities pathways in a circular economy. IWA, London, UK.

    Jordan, A., D. Huitema, and H. van Asselt. 2010. Climate change policy in the European Union: an introduction. Pages 3–26 in A. Jordan, D. Huitema, F. Berkhout, H. van Asselt, and T. Rayner, editors. Climate change policy in the European Union: confronting the dilemmas of mitigation and adaptation? Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139042772.003

    Kapoor, R. 2007. Transforming self and society: plural paths to human emancipation. Futures 39(5):475-486. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2006.10.001

    Kirchherr, J., D. Reike, and M. Hekkert. 2017. Conceptualizing the circular economy: an analysis of 114 definitions. Resources, Conservation and Recycling 127:221-232. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resconrec.2017.09.005

    Kirchherr, J., and R. van Santen. 2019. Research on the circular economy: a critique of the field. Resources, Conservation and Recycling 151:104480. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resconrec.2019.104480

    Kjellén, M. 2018. Wastewater governance and the local, regional and global environments. Water Alternatives 11(2):219-237. https://www.water-alternatives.org/index.php/alldoc/articles/vol11/v11issue2/434-a11-2-1/file

    Laitinen, J., R. Antikainen, J. J. Hukka, and T. S. Katko. 2020. Water supply and sanitation in a green economy society: the case of Finland. Public Works Management and Policy 25(1):33-50. https://doi.org/10.1177/1087724X19847211

    Lazarevic, D., and H. Valve. 2017. Narrating expectations for the circular economy: towards a common and contested European transition. Energy Research and Social Science 31:60-69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.erss.2017.05.006

    López-Serrano, M. J., J. F. Velasco-Muñoz, J. A. Aznar-Sánchez, and I. M. Román-Sánchez. 2022. Farmers’ attitudes towards irrigating crops with reclaimed water in the framework of a circular economy. Agronomy 12(2):435. https://doi.org/10.3390/agronomy12020435

    Mainardis, M., D. Cecconet, A. Moretti, A. Callegari, D. Goi, S. Freguia, and A. G. Capodaglio. 2022. Wastewater fertigation in agriculture: issues and opportunities for improved water management and circular economy. Environmental Pollution 296:118755. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2021.118755

    Makropoulos, C., E. Rozos, I. Tsoukalas, A. Plevri, G. Karakatsanis, L. Karagiannidis, E. Makri, C. Lioumis, C. Noutsopoulos, D. Mamais, C. Rippis, and E. Lytras. 2018. Sewer-mining: a water reuse option supporting circular economy, public service provision and entrepreneurship. Journal of Environmental Management 216:285-298. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2017.07.026

    Mannina, G., L. Badalucco, L. Barbara, A. Cosenza, D. Di Trapani, V. A. Laudicina, S. M. Muscarella, and D. Presti. 2022a. Roadmapping the transition to water resource recovery facilities: the two demonstration case studies of Corleone and Marineo (Italy). Water 14(2):156. https://doi.org/10.3390/w14020156

    Mannina, G., H. Gulhan, and B.-J. Ni. 2022b. Water reuse from wastewater treatment: the transition towards circular economy in the water sector. Bioresource Technology 363:127951. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biortech.2022.127951

    Maquet, C. 2020. Wastewater reuse: a solution with a future. Field Actions Science Reports (Special Issue) 22:64-69.

    Mazzucato, M. 2013. The entrepreneurial state: debunking public vs. private sector myths. Anthem Press, London, UK; New York, New York, USA.

    Medeiros, D. L., A. C. Kiperstok, F. R. A. Nascimento, E. H. B. Cohim, and A. Kiperstok. 2021. Human urine management in resource-based sanitation: water-energy-nutrient nexus, energy demand and economic performance. Sustainable Production and Consumption 26:988-998. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spc.2020.12.043

    Miranda, A. C., T. Fidélis, P. Roebeling, and I. Meireles. 2022. Assessing the inclusion of water circularity principles in environment-related city concepts using a bibliometric analysis. Water 14(11):1703. https://doi.org/10.3390/w14111703

    Moher, D., A. Liberati, J. Tetzlaff, D. G. Altman, and T. P. Group. 2009. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. PLOS Medicine 6(7):e1000097. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097

    Mohtar, R. H., V. K. Sharma, B. Daher, C. Laspidou, H. Kim, E. N. Pistikopoulos, I. Nuwayhid, R. Lawford, A. Rhouma, and M. A. Najm. 2022. Opportunities and challenges for establishing a resource nexus community of science and practice. Frontiers in Environmental Science 10:880754. https://doi.org/10.3389/fenvs.2022.880754

    Morseletto, P., C. E. Mooren, and S. Munaretto. 2022. Circular economy of water: definition, strategies and challenges. Circular Economy and Sustainability 2(4):1463-1477. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43615-022-00165-x

    Moya-Fernández, P. J., S. López-Ruiz, J. Guardiola, and F. González-Gómez. 2021. Determinants of the acceptance of domestic use of recycled water by use type. Sustainable Production and Consumption 27:575-586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spc.2021.01.026

    Nkhoma, P. R., K. Alsharif, E. Ananga, M. Eduful, and M. Acheampong. 2021. Recycled water reuse: what factors affect public acceptance? Environmental Conservation 48(4):278-286. https://doi.org/10.1017/S037689292100031X

    O’Brien, K. 2012. Global environmental change II: from adaptation to deliberate transformation. Progress in Human Geography 36(5):667-676. https://doi.org/10.1177/0309132511425767

    Oughton, C., M. Anda, B. Kurup, and G. Ho. 2021. Water circular economy at the Kwinana industrial area, Western Australia—the dimensions and value of industrial symbiosis. Circular Economy and Sustainability 1(3):995-1018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43615-021-00076-3

    Page, M. J., J. E. McKenzie, P. M. Bossuyt, I. Boutron, T. C. Hoffmann, C. D. Mulrow, L. Shamseer, J. M. Tetzlaff, E. A. Akl, S. E. Brennan, R. Chou, J. Glanville, J. M. Grimshaw, A. Hróbjartsson, M. M. Lalu, T. Li, E. W. Loder, E. Mayo-Wilson, S. McDonald, L. A. McGuinness, L. A. Stewart, J. Thomas, A. C. Tricco, V. A. Welch, P. Whiting, and D. Moher. 2021. The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. The BMJ 372:71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71

    Palmeros Parada, M., P. Kehrein, D. Xevgenos, L. Asveld, and P. Osseweijer. 2022. Societal values, tensions and uncertainties in resource recovery from wastewaters. Journal of Environmental Management 319:115759. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2022.115759

    Patterson, J. J., and D. Huitema. 2019. Institutional innovation in urban governance: the case of climate change adaptation. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 62(3):374-398. https://doi.org/10.1080/09640568.2018.1510767

    Qtaishat, Y., J. Hofman, and K. Adeyeye. 2022. Circular water economy in the EU: findings from demonstrator projects. Clean Technologies 4(3):865-892. https://doi.org/10.3390/cleantechnol4030054

    Rizzo, A., P. Banovec, A. Cilenšek, G. Rianna, and M. Santini. 2020. An innovative tool for the management of the surface drinking water resources at European level: GOWARE-transnational guide towards an optimal water regime. Water 12(2):370. https://doi.org/10.3390/w12020370

    Rogers, P., and A. Hall. 2003. Effective water governance. Global water partnership, Elanders Novum, Stockholm, Sweden.

    Salgot, M., and M. Folch. 2018. Wastewater treatment and water reuse. Current Opinion in Environmental Science and Health 2:64-74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coesh.2018.03.005

    Sauvé, S., S. Lamontagne, J. Dupras, and W. Stahel. 2021. Circular economy of water: tackling quantity, quality and footprint of water. Environmental Development 39:100651. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envdev.2021.100651

    Savini, F., and M. Giezen. 2020. Responsibility as a field: the circular economy of water, waste, and energy. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space 38(5):866-884. https://doi.org/10.1177/2399654420907622

    Seifert, C., T. Krannich, and E. Guenther. 2019. Gearing up sustainability thinking and reducing the bystander effect—a case study of wastewater treatment plants. Journal of Environmental Management 231:155-165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2018.09.087

    Shen, K., L. Li, and J.-Q. Wang. 2020. Circular economy model for recycling waste resources under government participation: a case study in industrial waste water circulation in China. Technological and Economic Development of Economy 26(1):21-47. https://doi.org/10.3846/tede.2019.11249

    Skelcher, C. 2005. Jurisdictional integrity, polycentrism, and the design of democratic governance. Governance 18(1):89-110. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2004.00267.x

    Smith, H. M., S. Brouwer, P. Jeffrey, and J. Frijns. 2018. Public responses to water reuse—understanding the evidence. Journal of Environmental Management 207:43-50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2017.11.021

    Södergren, K., and J. Palm. 2021. How organization models impact the governing of industrial symbiosis in public wastewater management. An explorative study in Sweden. Water 13(6):824. https://doi.org/10.3390/w13060824

    Sugiyono, and B. J. Dewancker. 2020. Study on the domestic water utilization in Kota Metro, Lampung Province, Indonesia: Exploring opportunities to apply the circular economic concepts in the domestic water sector. Sustainability 12(21):8956. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12218956

    Tahir, S., T. Steichen, and M. Shuoler. 2018. Water and circular economy: a white paper. Ellen MacArthur Foundation, Cowes, UK; Arup, Montreal, Quebec, Canada; Antea Group, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA.

    Timofti, M., and A. M. Pienaru. 2022. The current state of water in circular economy in Romania. Series E. Land Reclamation, Earth Observation & Surveying, Environmental Engineering 11:382-389

    Vaccari, M., W. Montasser, T. Tudor, and L. Leone. 2017. Environmental audits and process flow mapping to assess management of solid waste and wastewater from a healthcare facility: an Italian case study. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 189(5):239. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-017-5940-4

    van Duuren, D., H.-J. van Alphen, S. H. A. Koop, and E. de Bruin. 2019. Potential transformative changes in water provision systems: impact of decentralised water systems on centralised water supply regime. Water 11(8):1709. https://doi.org/10.3390/w11081709

    van Zyl, A., and J. L. Jooste. 2022. Retaining and recycling water to address water scarcity in the city of Cape Town. Development Southern Africa 39(2):108-125.

    Villarín, M. C., and S. Merel. 2020. Paradigm shifts and current challenges in wastewater management. Journal of Hazardous Materials 390:122139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2020.122139

    Vivaldi, G. A., D. Zaccaria, S. Camposeo, F. Pasanisi, F. P. Salcedo, and I. Portoghese. 2022. Appraising water and nutrient recovery for perennial crops irrigated with reclaimed water in Mediterranean areas through an index-based approach. Science of the Total Environment 820:152890. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.152890

    Yang, C., Y. Zhang, Y. Xue, and Y. Xue. 2022. Toward a socio-political approach to promote the development of circular agriculture: a critical review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19(20):13117. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph192013117

    Corresponding author:
    Noelle Lasseur
    noelle.lasseur@wur.nl
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Systematic literature review PRISMA flow diagram.

    Fig. 1. Systematic literature review PRISMA flow diagram.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Systematic literature review coding and analysis process.

    Fig. 2. Systematic literature review coding and analysis process.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Number of publications on the governance of CEW per year (1990–2023).

    Fig. 3. Number of publications on the governance of CEW per year (1990–2023).

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Map of paper count per country and region, highlighting the European scale (1990–2023). The map shows the distribution of papers across different countries and regions, with a specific focus on Europe. It indicates that 20 papers focus exclusively on the EU level, in addition to the country-specific counts.

    Fig. 4. Map of paper count per country and region, highlighting the European scale (1990–2023). The map shows the distribution of papers across different countries and regions, with a specific focus on Europe. It indicates that 20 papers focus exclusively on the EU level, in addition to the country-specific counts.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. CEW frames in the selected articles.

    Fig. 5. CEW frames in the selected articles.

    Fig. 5
    Fig. 6
    Fig. 6. Core applications of CEW in the selected articles.

    Fig. 6. Core applications of CEW in the selected articles.

    Fig. 6
    Table 1
    Table 1. Governance dilemmas faced in dealing with CEW (sources: adapted from Jordan et al. 2010 and Patterson and Huitema 2018).

    Table 1. Governance dilemmas faced in dealing with CEW (sources: adapted from Jordan et al. 2010 and Patterson and Huitema 2018).

    Governance dilemma Key concern Aspects of dilemma
    Problem perception How is CEW framed? CEW framing: origins and definitions. Geographical and temporal scope of CEW.
    Level and scale At what level does a transition toward CEW occur? Distribution of responsibilities across levels (e.g., local, regional, national) and implications of responses at different levels (e.g., flexibility, accountability, transparency).
    Mode and instrument Who leads a CEW transition, and how? Modes of governance (e.g., hierarchy, market, network) and different policy instruments.
    Timing and sequencing When are steps toward CEW initiated? Timing and sequencing of action in light of risk management.
    Cost and benefit Who benefits from CEW?
    Who bears the costs of CEW?
    Costs and benefits to impacted groups, and tensions between effectiveness, fairness, and legitimacy of actions.
    Implementation and enforcement How is CEW implemented and enforced? Ambiguous goals, implementation gaps, policy style, and implications for policy change.
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    The Next Wave in Water Governance

    Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis
    Jens Newig, Nicolas W Jager, Sergio Villamayor-Tomas, Shahana Bilalova
    The Great Stink in the 21st century? Problematizing the sewage scandal in England and envisioning a new infrastructure ideal
    Anna Mdee, Paul Hutchings, Ruth E. Sylvester
    Sustainable Development Goal 6 in the era of the Paris Agreement: changes and trade-offs in tailoring water challenges to global climate goals
    Isabel Jorgensen, Kate Altemus Cullen, Mary Hingst, Mary K. Sluder, Mohammad Shahadat Hossain, Nayyer Mirnasl, Sana Sherif, Sarah Hartman, Sodiq S. Oguntade, Tessa Maurer
    Paradigms in action: exploring environmental consultants’ perspectives on water resilience
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Dave Huitema, Nicolas W Jager, Olga Popescu
    Governing sinking worlds: sensemakings of subsidence in Rotterdam, The Netherlands
    Art R. P. J. Dewulf, Richard F. Pompoes, Wieke D. Pot
    Managing contractual uncertainty for drinking water services in rural Mali
    Johanna K.L. Koehler, Johannes Wagner, Robert A. Hope
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 35 Synthesis

    Biocultural ethics and Earth stewardship: a novel integration to revitalize multiple values of nature

    Tauro, A., and R. Rozzi. 2025. Biocultural ethics and Earth stewardship: a novel integration to revitalize multiple values of nature. Ecology and Society 30(3):35. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16362-300335
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Alejandra TauroORCID, Alejandra Tauro
      Instituto de Investigaciones en Ecosistemas y Sustentabilidad, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México (UNAM), Morelia, Mexico; Cape Horn International Center for Global Change Studies and Biocultural Conservation (CHIC), Universidad de Magallanes, Puerto Williams, Chile
    • Ricardo RozziORCIDcontact authorRicardo Rozzi
      Cape Horn International Center for Global Change Studies and Biocultural Conservation (CHIC), Universidad de Magallanes, Puerto Williams, Chile; Departments of Philosophy & Religion and of Biological Sciences, University of North Texas, Denton, Texas, USA; Cary Institute of Ecosystem Studies, Millbrook, New York, USA

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Tauro, A., and R. Rozzi. 2025. Biocultural ethics and Earth stewardship: a novel integration to revitalize multiple values of nature. Ecology and Society 30(3):35.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16362-300335

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion and Concluding Remarks
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • agroecology; biocultural conservation; biocultural homogenization; ecology; education; ethics; global change; protected areas; social-environmental justice; sustainability
    Biocultural ethics and Earth stewardship: a novel integration to revitalize multiple values of nature
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16362.pdf
    Synthesis, part of a special feature on Beyond the Assessment on the Diverse Values of Nature: Hidden gems, Biases, Frontiers, Challenges, and Insights

    ABSTRACT

    The Values Assessment (VA) of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) highlights that contemporary political decisions prioritize economic values of nature while neglecting aesthetic, ecological, and spiritual values. This omission serves as an indirect driver of socio-environmental crises by reinforcing the dominant economic development paradigm that has fueled global biocultural homogenization. To address this problem, we adapt the “3Hs” model—habitat, habits, and co-inhabitants (hábitats, hábitos, co-habitantes, in Spanish)— of the biocultural ethic that offers a heuristic and normative approach to sustaining biological and cultural diversity. We examine case studies on agroecology, education, and protected areas to illustrate Earth Stewardship and biocultural conservation. Integrating these perspectives into decision making fosters sustainable and just futures, as recognized by IPBES-VA’s pathways for revitalizing diverse values of nature. Regarding habits, we provide evidence of educational programs worldwide that promote Earth Stewardship by encouraging respect, reciprocity, and sustainability. These approaches incorporate diverse cultural perspectives, blending experiential learning with ecological knowledge to strengthen biocultural relationships and inspire environmental responsibility. Regarding co-inhabitants, we show how numerous local communities coexist with diverse beings and landscapes, shaping agro- and forest-ecosystems. Despite threats like monocultures, local communities uphold biocultural ethics, preserving biodiversity, food sovereignty, and reciprocal respect for nature. Regarding habitats, we highlight initiatives that integrate conservation with cultural heritage and sustainable development. Despite challenges, PAs play a crucial role in Earth Stewardship and biocultural conservation. The “3Hs” model allows us to understand that every habitat must be cared for, and to put into action IPBES-VA recommendations, such as expanding the range of nature values included in decision making and socio-environmental policies. In this way, the “3Hs” model of biocultural ethics, although rooted in local realities, can acquire global power to transit toward more just and sustainable futures, such as those envisioned by IPBES-VA.

    INTRODUCTION

    The Values Assessment (VA) of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) has shown that only a narrow set of values of nature, mainly those that provide economic benefits, is included in today’s political decisions (Pascual et al. 2023, Vatn et al. 2024). We postulate that the omission of a broader set of values, such as aesthetic, ecological, and spiritual values, represents a pervasive “indirect driver” of the current socio-environmental crises. This omission is linked to the grand narrative of economic progress that has propelled the so-called Great Acceleration. This acceleration began after World War II and is characterized by the explosive expansion of human activity, including increased population, economic growth, water and natural resource usage, food production, means of transportation, greenhouse gas emissions, and global warming (Steffen et al. 2007). In the 1950s, a set of primarily economic values was the focus of foundational documents about “world development” (Escobar 1995). For example, in Measures for the Economic Development of Underdeveloped Countries, the United Nations Department of Social and Economic Affairs stated the following:

    There is a sense in which rapid economic progress is impossible without painful adjustments. Ancient philosophies have to be scrapped; old social institutions have to disintegrate; bonds of cast, creed and race have to burst; and large numbers of persons who cannot keep up with progress have to have their expectations of a comfortable life frustrated. Very few communities are willing to pay the full price of economic progress (UN 1951:13; emphasis added).

    This economic perspective catalyzed the global replacement of local knowledge, values, and life habits. This “one-dimensional” economic approach is an “indirect driver” of processes that have brought interrelated losses of biological and cultural diversity to new scales of intensity and extension. In turn, this suppression has greatly accelerated long-term historical processes of biocultural homogenization worldwide (Rozzi 2018). The global application of a single mode of development, sustained by a narrow set of economic values, has erased and replaced local biodiversity and cultural habits as well as their interrelationships (Rozzi 2012). Consequently, ecosystem degradation and extinction of biological species (Kolbert 2011, McNeill and Engelke 2014), displacement of local peoples from their native habitats (Rozzi 2001, Borras et al. 2011, 2012, Bryan 2012), and losses of vernacular languages (Krauss 1992, Bromham et al. 2022) have been accelerated on a global scale since the mid-20th century.

    In contrast with biocultural homogenization driven by a narrow set of values, we introduce the biocultural ethic. Differing from prevailing Western anthropocentric ethics and 20th-century forms of environmental ethics, which focus on Western philosophy and sciences (e.g., Leopold 1949), the biocultural ethic values both biological and cultural diversity as well as their interrelationships. These interrelationships imply valuing the vital links between diverse co-inhabitants whose life habits have co-evolved in shared habitats (Rozzi 2012). This approach is summarized by the “3Hs” model of the biocultural ethic.

    The “3Hs” model offers a systemic and contextual approach to ethics. Habitat, in its etymological roots, is associated with the Greek word ethos, which in its archaic form meant a den. Through usage, its meaning came to include the dwellings of humans. Later, this noun became the verb “to dwell.” This dual noun-verb meaning of the Greek ethos is mirrored by the Latin words habitat and to inhabit. Moreover, from the action of inhabiting a habitat, habitual ways of inhabiting emerge configuring “habits” or recurrently performed behaviors, i.e., the ethos of animal or human inhabitants. In this etymological drift, the concept of ethos moves from signifying a biophysical space (the habitat) to meaning the act of dwelling in the habitat. In turn, it defines the identity of living beings that share the habitat, i.e., the co-inhabitants (both human and other-than-human subjects; Rozzi 2013).

    For the IPBES-VA it is essential to remember that ethos is the Greek root of the word ethics. Unfortunately, this integral relationship between “habitat” and “inhabiting” was forgotten by prevailing modern Western ethics, which developed “as if humans and their identities could exist in isolation from their habitats and co-inhabitants” (Rozzi 2012:27). The conceptual omission of the links between habitats and habits has further sustained a Eurocentric approach that was imposed onto the colonies with minimal consideration for the native ethos, “as if indigenous ethics, and their intricate links with their habitats, would not exist or would be irrelevant” (Rozzi 2012:27). The lack of consideration for biological and cultural diversity, as well as their interrelationships in the planet’s heterogeneous regions, in addition to the narrow economic focus of development, has been an indirect driver of biocultural homogenization, which has been largely overlooked. To overcome this colonial gap in modern Western ethics, the “3Hs” provide a conceptual model that can guide transdisciplinary collaborations, such as those that took place at IPBES-VA. It does this by inferring policies to sustain biocultural diversity through the examination of ecological and cultural environments of local communities (habitats), those who live there (co-inhabitants), and their lifeways (habits) (Simion 2023).

    Understanding biocultural diversity (sensu Maffi 2005, Bridgewater and Rotherham 2019) and biocultural conservation (sensu Rozzi et al. 2006, Gavin et al. 2015) and their implications for Earth Stewardship will help decision makers to address socio-environmental problems in more effective and just ways at local, regional, and global scales. In this vein, biocultural conservation and Earth Stewardship were integrated into one of the IPBES-VA’s proposed pathways to revitalize the multiple values of nature and foster sustainable and just futures (Martin et al. 2024).

    IPBES-VA recognized four pathways that (potentially or actually) contribute to sustainability and socio-environmental justice. These include: (1) Green Economy, (2) Nature Protection, (3) Degrowth and Post-Growth, and (4) Earth Stewardship and Biocultural Conservation (Martin et al. 2024). Our article introduces the latter by explaining how the integration between biocultural conservation and Earth Stewardship was developed. First, in the IPBES-VA and other sources, we identified worldviews and values that guide sustainable management practices for land, freshwater, and coastal ecosystems, aiming to conserve their biological and cultural diversity. Second, we employed the “3Hs” model to examine a set of case studies that illustrate three themes prioritized by IPBES-VA: agroecological practices, education, and protected areas in various regions of the world (Fig. 1).

    METHODS

    To identify sustainable and non-sustainable practices and values associated with Earth Stewardship and biocultural diversity, this study involved extensive literature searches in indexed and non-indexed sources (e.g., books and reports), and our own ethnographic work. First, analyses of indexed publications were conducted using Web of Science (WOS), Scopus, and Google Scholar from April to May 2020. The searches were initially conducted for English articles. In WOS, the searches were performed at the “topic level” and involved three groups of search terms: “stewardship and biocultural,” “stewardship,” and “biocultural” (Table S1). These three were, in turn, combined with additional keywords shown in Table S1. Similar searches were conducted in Scopus and Google Scholar. We found that the number of records in Google Scholar was higher than in WOS and Scopus. For this reason, we combined multiple sources to obtain a comprehensive overview of the subject (Table S2). Second, regarding non-indexed sources, we conducted a bibliographic search on the internet, looking for publications in English and Spanish, based on the keywords listed in Table S2. We examined in depth books on Earth Stewardship, and the reports published by the Ecological Society of America that launched the Earth Stewardship Initiative in 2009. Third, our long-term work in biocultural conservation helped us to identify gray literature and information about case studies in Latin America and other regions of the world. Additionally, we paid special attention to concepts and case studies about sustainable and non-sustainable practices and values associated with Earth Stewardship and biocultural diversity belonging to three thematic areas, which the IPBES-VA prioritized: (1) agro- and forest-ecosystems, (2) education, and (3) protected areas. These themes illustrate diversity of stewardship concepts and practices and biocultural conservation in different regions of the world. We endeavored to maintain a balance among world regions.

    The heuristic function of the “3Hs”

    The “3Hs” model functions heuristically to identify communities (living in cities, rural areas, or remote areas) with cultural traditions that have ethical values that guide sustainable practices for the conservation of life in its biological and cultural diversity. Likewise, it helps to identify individuals, corporations, and social groups that prioritize short-term profit over public interest, putting personal gain above the common good. These values promote practices that have disproportionately negative social and environmental impacts. Recognizing these distinctions avoids holding all social sectors as equally responsible for the current global socio-environmental crisis. This is important because oftentimes the scientific and popular literature portray environmental problems as caused by “humanity.” However, the term “humanity” generalizes all human beings and their societies; therefore, it overlooks differences among humans and their various communities (e.g., Flannery 2006, Hoekstra and Wiedman 2014).

    The “3Hs” model not only serves as a heuristic function to identify diverse types of communities, but it also provides an ethical orientation for incorporating the conservation of biological and cultural diversity into Earth Stewardship practices (Rozzi 2015, Bieling and Plieninger 2017). The Ecological Society of America (ESA) defined Earth Stewardship as a science that facilitates the active shaping of trajectories of social-ecological change to enhance ecosystem resilience and human well-being (Chapin et al. 2011, 2015). In this article, we understand Earth Stewardship as a transdisciplinary science, embedded in social and cultural actions that can be understood as biocultural practices because they operate at the interface of biophysical and cultural domains involving multiple forms of care for and management of the land that have evolved in contrasting societies (Rozzi 2015, Balvanera et al. 2021).

    We organize our review linking each theme prioritized by the IPBES-VA to one of the “3Hs” of the biocultural ethic, as follows: (1) diversity of co-inhabitants that play key roles in agro- or forest-ecosystems; (2) life-habits that promote Earth Stewardship and can be fostered by concepts and methodologies of education; (3) habitats that are cared for in remote, rural, and/or urban ecosystems, within and beyond protected areas (Fig. 1).

    RESULTS

    1. Co-inhabitants: agro- and forest-ecosystems

    Understanding that humans share habitats with a multitude of other living beings and geomorphic entities (such as rivers, mountains, rocks, or oceans) has ontological, epistemological, and ethical implications. Ontological, because human and other-than-human beings do not exist as isolated individuals, but rather in co-inhabitation interrelationships (May 2021). Epistemological, because to understand humans and other animals it is necessary to consider coevolutionary and co-inhabitation relationships that forge their identities and well-being (Esteban 2018, Rozzi 2019). Ethical, because humans share a habitat. Because humans possess reason and consciousness to a degree different from other animals, and today humans have an impact on the biosphere that is far greater than that of any other animal, humans are obligated to take care of it for the welfare of all beings (Andreozzi 2025). These core concepts of the biocultural ethic require humans to cultivate life habits that encompass a sense of co-inhabitation among the myriad living beings, most of which remain unnoticed by most people in global society (Rozzi 2019, Rozzi and Tauro 2023).

    The concept of co-inhabitant is consistent with the ecological worldviews of numerous Indigenous peoples, for whom there is often a sense of genealogical kinship (Salmón 2000, Turner and Bhattacharyya 2016, Turner and Reid 2022), as well as with scientific worldviews that have demonstrated an evolutionary kinship (Rozzi 1999). For example, science indicates that the set of biochemical reactions and metabolic processes that take place in the cells of both animal and plant organisms, which require oxygen to convert the energy of nutrients into molecules of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) is the same (Mazzarello 1999). Sharing cellular organelles, biochemical reactions, and metabolic processes demonstrates the genealogical kinship of co-inhabitants. In South American agro-ecosystems, we find that this contemporary science’s perspective resonates with Indigenous worldviews. For example, in Andean agro-ecosystems, the scientific comprehension of biochemical and metabolic processes is culturally expressed as “spirit.” All living creatures, domestic and wild, are perceived as having a “spirit” that must be respected (May 2017). For instance, an older woman from a Quechua community, who grows potatoes in the high Andes of Peru said, “You must respect (respetar) the potato really really well. If you treat her badly, she will give ... a smaller harvest ... You must care for potatoes with affection” (in Angé et al. 2018:34).

    Indigenous Andean farmers intuitively understand the biochemical and metabolic processes but express them culturally, not scientifically. In South America, on the Andean Plateau the diversity of co-inhabitants is present in ancient and contemporary agroecological practices (Scott 2011). Agrobiodiversity has coevolved as co-inhabitation between humans and other living beings. In fact, the Peruvian Andes are identified as one of the eight “centers of origin” of agriculture. Plant domestication in this center dates back at least 8000 years (NRC 1989). Here, women have traditionally been responsible for selecting, storing, planting, and harvesting the seeds and tubers of potatoes and other plants.

    As shown in the example of the Quechua woman who holds that the potato must be “respected,” Quechua women engage agricultural plants, such as potatoes, as living beings with whom they can communicate (Fig. 2). This communication goes both ways, because women hold that potatoes are able to perceive whether humans respect them. If respected, potatoes grow well; in contrast, if they are not respected, their growth process will come to an end. As the Quechua woman said, “If you treat her badly, she will give ... a smaller harvest.” In this sense, the subjectivity of the potato is linked to a particular type of intentionality (Angé et al. 2018). Potatoes are perceived as having “agency,” that is, the ability to respond and act. Potato reproduction requires a reciprocal circulation of respect, which is not just a normative stipulation.

    In Peru a Potato Park has been established where people gather to celebrate their local ancestral culture (Argumedo et al. 2021). In the everyday life of Quechua communities, respect is an affection that frames human interactions with plants and animals. Plants like potatoes and animals such as llamas are not “mere natural resources,” but co-inhabitants that participate in rituals, agricultural, and breeding practices (Mamani-Bernabé 2015, May 2015, Rozzi 2015). Relationships of co-inhabitation are widespread in the Andean Region even today.

    In Asia, Japan hosts an exemplary agricultural landscape known as satoyama, which includes forests, agricultural fields, grasslands, and irrigation systems (Shibata 2015). For example, satoyama farmers on Sado Island in western Japan engage in environmental farming through three interrelated practices: first, by reducing the use of agricultural chemicals and artificial fertilizers; second, by managing rice paddies in a way that provides suitable habitats for fish and insects (Johnson et al. 2023); and third, by re-introducing the Crested Ibis or “Toki bird” (Nipponia nippon), which is used as a flagship species (Fig. 3). “Flagship” refers to charismatic and culturally significant animals and other organisms that inspire the desire to protect them and other life forms as well (Zhu 2023). In the case of the satoyama farmers, the Toki bird, endemic to eastern Asia, inspires them to manage their rice paddies in co-inhabitation with birds (Johnson et al. 2023).

    In the Osaki region of northern Japan, satoyama landscapes are sustained by ancient practices of domestication, which are embedded in paddy rice agriculture. In this region, subject to drought, flooding, and cold temperatures, agricultural plants have coevolved in lowland swamps and wetlands (Imai et al. 2017). To secure food and to maintain their livelihoods under challenging environmental conditions, farmers have developed the Osaki Kôdo Sustainable Irrigation system, which focuses on the management of water and soil fertility. Agroecological practices carried out in these systems co-produce small forest gardens called igune. These forests surround houses situated amid the flooded landscape (Piras et al. 2022). The igune are home to a rich biodiversity, which promotes ecological health while also providing food and shelter for the farmers. Thus, igunes have instrumental value by providing a variety of ecosystem services. At the same time, by maintaining critical habitat for biodiversity, they express an appreciation for its intrinsic value. For centuries, the mosaics of paddies, gardens, and forests have sustained human communities and a high diversity of co-inhabitants.

    In Europe, distinct forest and agro-ecosystems have been generated by landraces (i.e., farmer-developed populations of cultivated species linked to traditional cultures), involving a complex intertwining of biological and cultural diversity that continuously creates new adaptive responses to changing socioeconomic and ecological processes (Negri 2005). Among these distinct ecosystems, one of the ancestral biocultural forest types is characterized by the presence of domesticated chestnuts (Conedera et al. 2004, 2016). The distribution and cultivation history of the sweet chestnut (Castanea sativa) is the consequence of coevolutionary processes between humans and trees, involving ethnolinguistic diversity and cultural-historical events (Pollegioni et al. 2020). This tree species has a long history of human utilization in agroforestry, and their nuts are highly prized as a culinary source rich in nutrients (Tagliaferri and Di Lonardo 2016). The trees also have ornamental value (Agnoletti et al. 2022). Forests of the sweet chestnut are native to southern Europe and Asia Minor, and thrive in cool, moist soils. This wide distribution is partly due to Castanea sativa experiencing a significant boost following the Roman conquest, especially in the mountainous areas south of the Alps (Krebs et al. 2022). Because sweet chestnut is so prominent among the many European forest tree species that have been managed and planted for fruit production since ancient Rome, some authors refer to the “chestnut civilization” (Rao 2013). Ecological and cultural components are closely intertwined in these forest ecosystems, called in several European languages castagnetu. These are dominated by trees that fall between the wild and the domesticated ones (Agnoletti and Santoro 2015). Castgnetu forests have had a historical resilience that has sustained ecological and human communities to this day (Michon 2011).

    (2) Habits: education to express the multiple values of co-inhabitants

    A variety of educational programs have been designed to promote values aligned with the principles of Earth Stewardship, including relationships of care, respect, reciprocity, and responsibility toward the Earth and its co-inhabitants (May 2015, Tucker 2015). These programs incorporate diverse educational methodologies rooted in various religious and philosophical traditions, including Indigenous people and local communities. Notable examples are the philosophies of buen vivir (living well) in South America, and ubuntu (I am because we are) in South Africa (Callicott 1994, May 2017, Albó 2018, Rozzi et al. 2018). These philosophies are deeply rooted in biocultural traditions and teach ways of living, habits, that are consistent with, yet also promote, sustainable and meaningful relationships among co-inhabitants.

    In South America, educational programs that promote habits centered on plural values and socio-environmental justice include grassroots movements, such as Landless Peasants (Sem Terra) in Brazil. This pedagogical approach focuses on territoriality, shaping individuals’ interactions with the land (Meek 2016). Sem Terra has institutionalized critical place-based education by establishing agroecological programs, which are funded through the Brazilian National Program of Agrarian Reform Education. Like educational approaches in other Indigenous people and local communities, Sem Terra emphasizes diversity and advocates for genuine intercultural dialogues. This converges with living well (buen vivir) principles of intercultural cooperation, reciprocity, collective action, and solidarity (MacIntyre et al. 2017, Fleuri and Fleuri 2017, Guerrero 2018, Mboyo 2019, Weber and Tascón 2020). The Sem Terra educational approach extends beyond formal schooling. It becomes an integral part of community everyday life, fostering close relationships with nature, guided by Indigenous and peasants’ worldviews and practices.

    In Japan, one of the main focuses of environmental education and restoration programs is to reestablish sustainable resource management in rural areas by learning from traditional practices and exploring new possibilities of wise use. The Japanese word saisei (often translated as restoration), refers to revitalization rather than bringing back an ecosystem to a former condition. This is illustrated by the restoration of the Kamoko Estuary on Sado Island (Fig. 4). This restoration program has used the “3Hs” model (Rozzi 2013) to restore a habitat (the estuary) that enables the restoration of life habits (recreational navigation, oyster fishing) and the return of diverse co-inhabitants, including diverse forms of human cultures (fishers and other citizens in Kamoko) and biological species (oysters, reeds, and other wetland plants; Toyoda 2018). This example gained global recognition through the Satoyama Initiative, promoted by the Ministry of the Environment of Japan and the United Nations University Institute of Advanced Studies, based in Tokyo. However, its revitalization includes not only the practice of satoyama (common-use forests), but also satoumi (common-use coastal resources) and satogawa (common-use rivers). The Japanese concept of sato refers to the close interrelationship between nature and culture, emphasizing the importance of shared management of natural resources. Hence, sato takes into consideration current environmental issues such as the conservation of biodiversity and the sustainable use of energy (Yanagi 2008, Centinkaya 2009, Berque and Matsuda 2013). In restoration projects, such as Kamoko, people learn about the current environmental problems as well as a broad set of ecological, educational, and aesthetic values of estuaries (Toyoda 2018).

    In Europe, an educational example that promotes habits based on biocultural conservation practices and Earth Stewardship includes the “forest schools” (Waite et al. 2016). These provide children with hands-on learning amid nature (Kothari 2021). Forest schools are increasingly popular in the United Kingdom where the intersection between formal and informal approaches to learning has highlighted the need for primary schools to consider learning outside of the classroom as an effective pedagogy (Cree and McCree 2013, Garden and Downes 2023). Activities outside the classroom include learning through play that enhances collaboration and teamwork, contributing to children’s social, cognitive, emotional, and physical skill development (Becker et al. 2018, Coates and Pimlott‐Wilson 2019).

    In northern Italy, the Village Forest School situated on a 500-year-old biodynamic farm in the vineyards of the Monferrato offers another example. Children from the age of 3.5 up to 14 follow a Rudolf Steiner-inspired curriculum that combines indoor and outdoor experiences in vineyards and woodlands. The curriculum is guided by the natural cycle of the annual seasons (Mazzino 2019). Understanding how the life cycles of co-inhabitants are coupled with the annual seasonality of their shared habitats helps students to value the necessity of synchronizing human activities with the life habits of plants, birds, and other organisms, particularly under the current conditions of rapid climate change (Rozzi et al. 2023a).

    Recently, formal and non-formal education programs converge in forms of outdoor recreation, nature tourism, and ecotourism that include magnificent remote nature scenery places as well as rural and urban settings (Tauro et al. 2021, Santiago-Jimenez 2023), where activities range from passive (e.g., sitting, relaxing, or enjoying a view) to active (e.g., biking, hiking, or skiing; Becker et al. 2018). On the one hand, through this type of outdoor activity, participants broaden their epistemological diversity, including experiential, presentational, propositional, and practical ways of knowing about the environmental and biological diversity (Nicol 2003). On the other hand, participants of multiple ages develop more affective relationships to their local biological and cultural diversity, enhance their environmental sensitivity, and broaden their spectrum of nature and social values (Palmberg and Kuru 2000, Kårhus 2011, Sjöblom and Wolff 2017).

    (3) Habitats: different types of protected areas

    Interactions among co-inhabitants, as well as the values and life habits shaped by education, take place in specific habitats. Conservation of habitats concentrate a large part of the global efforts to conserve biodiversity through different types of “Protected Areas” (PA; Kareiva and Marvier 2012, Gillingham et al. 2015). Worldwide there are 245,848 PAs covering 245 countries and territories according to the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA; UNEP-WCMC and IUCN 2019). However, as the IPBES-VA affirms, conservation efforts are not (and cannot be) restricted to the creation of protected areas (Barton et al. 2022, Vatn et al. 2024). To incorporate the plurality of values existing in communities and their life habits, conservation actions also must take place in urban habitats (Goddard et al. 2010, McDonnell and Hahs 2013, Rotherham 2015, Nilon et al. 2017) as well as agricultural fields and other rural landscapes (Maestas et al. 2003, Harvey et al. 2008, Scherr and McNeely 2008, Kumaraswamy and Kunte 2013, Baiamonte et al. 2015, Borón et al. 2016, Kremen and Merenlender 2018).

    In the late 20th century, new conservation approaches and global programs recognized the interconnectedness of biodiversity, cultural heritage, and the values and practices of Indigenous and other local peoples to foster biocultural conservation and Earth Stewardship. Three of these global programs are widely distributed across the world.

    (i) Indigenous and Community Conserved Areas (ICCAs, https://www.iccaconsortium.org): Also known as “territories of life,” this initiative was launched at the 2003 International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) World Parks Congress. They were defined as “natural and/or modified ecosystems containing significant biodiversity values and ecological services, voluntarily conserved by (sedentary and mobile) indigenous and local communities, through customary laws or other effective means” (Corrigan and Granziera 2010:4). ICCAs encompass a wide variety of Indigenous peoples and local communities with idiosyncratic conservation practices and values, among them utilitarian, spiritual, cultural, and aesthetic values of nature (Borrini-Feyerabend et al. 2014, Enkerlin-Hoeflich et al. 2015, Mackey and Claudie 2015). Indigenous leaders highlight the crucial role of language preservation in biocultural conservation (Frainer et al. 2020, Loncon 2023). Language guides attitudes toward nature, and numerous studies document how Indigenous peoples and their territories are indeed key to safeguarding biodiversity for future generations (Fernández-Llamazares et al. 2024).

    (ii) Globally Important Agricultural Heritage Systems (GIAHS, https://www.fao.org/giahs/en): This program was created in 2002 under the lead of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) to protect agricultural landscapes of high heritage value (Santoro et al. 2020). GIAHS often are landscapes of outstanding aesthetic beauty and maintain a significant fraction of global agricultural biodiversity (Koohafkan and Altieri 2011). To become a GIAHS, a traditional agricultural system needs to meet five criteria, which include having: (a) food and livelihood security; (b) biodiversity and ecosystem function; (c) knowledge systems and adapted technologies; (d) culture, value systems, and social organizations; and (e) remarkable landscapes and land and water resources management features from FAO (Koohafkan and Cruz 2011). GIAHs result from unique land-use systems and generate agricultural landscapes through long-term coevolution and dynamic adaptation of rural communities and their environments (Song et al. 2021).

    (iii) Biosphere Reserves and the Man and the Biosphere Programme (MAB) of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO): MAB was created in 1971, and it is implemented through a worldwide network of biosphere reserves, which are territories whose objective is to harmonize the conservation of biological and cultural diversity with economic and social development (Guevara and Laborde 2008, Bridgewater 2016). Biosphere reserves aim to foster harmonic relationships between people and nature, and provide logistical support for sustainable development, research, monitoring, education, and training (Van Cuong et al. 2017). Reconciliating social and economic development with biodiversity conservation requires complex spatial and governance arrangements (Ferreira et al. 2018, Lee 2021), through participatory dialogue, poverty reduction, cultural preservation, and a unique zoning approach (Araya and Clüsener-Godt 2007, Stocks et al. 2007, Gros and Frihz 2010, Karez et al. 2016). Each biosphere reserve consists of three zones with different functions and degrees of protection: (a) core zones focusing on strict protection and conservation of biodiversity; (b) adjacent buffer zones that allow for ecologically sound activities such as traditional practices of artisanal fishery, low impact ecotourism, environmental education and training; and (3) transition zones (around buffer zones) with least restrictions for sustainable ecosystem service use and socio-culturally sustainable economic and human activity (Price et al. 2010). Consequently, distinct levels of human-nature interactions can be expected in the different zones. Globally, as of March 2025, there are 748 biosphere reserves, spanning all continents and distributed in 134 countries (including 23 transboundary reserves; UNESCO 2025). Below, we examine representative cases from different continents.

    In Latin America there are 136 BRs (UNESCO 2025). In the far north of the region, biosphere reserves in Mexico have played a key role in creating synergies among the scientific community, public administration in protected areas, and civil society organizations. This model, which emphasizes multi-stakeholder participation, has been dubbed the “Mexican model of biosphere reserves” (Guevara Sada 2019). This model has had international influence because it shaped the policy guidelines of the Seville Strategy that seeks to foster sustainable regional development in biosphere reserves (Brenner and Job 2022). However, some Mexican biosphere reserves have suffered from deficient forms of local governance, triggering conflicts and generating paradoxes regarding the genuine participation of local populations (Legorreta-Diaz and Marquez-Rosano 2012, Brenner and Job 2022, Zalles 2022).

    In the extreme south of Latin America, in Chile the role of education has been enhanced to reconcile conservation objectives with participation and sustainable development (Moreira-Muñoz et al. 2019). In the world’s southernmost biosphere reserve, the Cape Horn Biosphere Reserve, education methodologies inspired by “field environmental philosophy” and biocultural conservation programs have enhanced the appreciation of Indigenous languages, of “less charismatic” biota (e.g., insects, mosses), and the development of new forms of scientific tourism, such as ecotourism with a hand-lens (Rozzi et al. 2008, Tauro et al. 2021, Contador et al. 2023, Schüttler et al. 2023).

    In Europe, an initiative among German biosphere reserves aims to achieve more precise identification of stakeholders who actually or potentially act as stewards (Winkler and Hauck 2019). In German biosphere reserves, stewards include local communities (e.g., local people, residents), producers (e.g., farmers), non-state organizations (e.g., community-based organizations, nongovernmental organizations), research institutions, governments, and the private sector (Schüttler et al. 2023). For example, the Berchtesgadener Land Biosphere Reserve, established in 1990 in the Bavarian Alps, features a transition zone that encompasses 15 small municipalities with approximately 100,000 inhabitants who derive their income from farming, tourism, small-scale agriculture, forestry, and salt mining. They have become active stewards who successfully market their regional farm products (Schüttler et al. 2023).

    In the Alps, biocultural landscapes have evolved through agroecological practices that maintain a high diversity of co-inhabitants. For example, in the Dolomiti in Italy, the regolieri have for centuries collectively owned and managed extensive forests and pastures called regoles. This ancient institution for managing common property resources was recognized legally by the Italian state as the managers of the Parco Naturale delle Dolomiti d’Ampezzo. In 2009 the park and regoles were designated a UNESCO Natural World Heritage site. The Italian government awards regolieri tax-free status and funding, supplemented by subsidies from the European Union and the government of the Venetian Region (Lorenzi and Borrini-Feyerabend 2009, Ghea 2011, Pieraccini 2013).

    In Asia and the Pacific, there are currently 228 Biosphere Reserves (UNESCO 2025), organized into four regional networks. This highly heterogeneous region, however, presents significant challenges for integrating conservation with sustainable development (Meijaard et al. 2010). Evaluation of community participation and the impact of socioeconomic development on biosphere reserves in the Asia-Pacific (Jaafar et al. 2023, Thao et al. 2023) reveals that participation in conservation projects can have contrasting socioeconomic impacts. For example, a mangrove rehabilitation project in Palawan, Dumlao (Philipines), led to increased family income for 73% of participants through financial support. However, 23% reported income losses due to the low monetary return of time spent on mangrove planting (Thao et al. 2023).

    DISCUSSION AND CONCLUDING REMARKS

    Our review article addresses a major colonial gap in modern Western ethics, which has omitted a broad array of values of nature hosted by diverse cultures in heterogeneous regions of the planet. Today, these cultures and their values can help shape sustainable life habits that are linked to specific habitats and their co-inhabitants. However, mainstream environmental ethics continues to focus only on Western philosophical schools of thought (e.g., Palmer 2013, Palmer et al. 2014, Rolston 2020). We offer a conceptual framework and empirical evidence that expands the scope of environmental ethics. Toward this aim, we have examined three core concepts of the biocultural ethic linked to three themes prioritized by the IPBES-VA. Below, we discuss each in light of evidence provided by the IBPBES-VA.

    (1) Diversity of co-inhabitants in agro- or forest-ecosystems: The IPBES-VA documents how in the Andes and the Himalaya, a significant diversity of food species and local landraces have been lost because of the expansion of a few high-value commercial crops, such as rice and wheat (Barton et al. 2022). At the same time, the IPBES-VA documents cases that are consistent with the examples we have presented for agro- and forest-ecosystems in South America, Japan, and Europe. The biologically and culturally diverse agro- and forest-ecosystems are alive today despite strong pressures against them such as land grabbing and monocultures that are subsidized by national and/or international market economies (Makki 2018), as well as powerful interests supported by legal rules such as property rights (Pascual et al. 2023). They illustrate the relevance of values and practices of Indigenous people and local communities, highlighting the importance of social movements that defend food sovereignty. An example included in the IPBES-VA is the “local initiatives of Chiapas [Mexico] communities of resistance against genetically modified organisms [that] allowed in situ conservation of local landraces, thanks to indigenous and scientific expertise” (Barton et al. 2022:283).

    Regarding the ethical implications of the former examples, the “3Hs” model helps us to interpret these social movements as expressing the central value that the diversity of co-inhabitants has as interacting agents. Domesticated plants and animals are not mere commodities with solely monetary value, as treated by prevailing market policies. Instead, they are subjects with interests and values of their own that sustain the integrity of biocultural communities.

    The concept of co-inhabitant gives agency to both human and other-than-human beings. This concept is consistent with worldviews and ecological practices prevalent in many biocultural communities that co-inhabit heterogeneous habitats in all biomes worldwide. It expresses that human beings do not exist isolated from nature, neither as individuals nor as societies, but that they coexist in webs of evolutionary, ecological, and cultural interactions with myriad living beings and other components of ecosystems. For example, in an article derived from the IPBES-VA, to illustrate a pluricentric perspective of a watershed feeding into an estuary, Pascual et al. (2023) used the term co-inhabitant in reference to fish. Considering broad values of nature, Pascual et al. (2023) ascribed different and complementary values to fish: instrumental (food for humans and regulators of ecosystem food webs), intrinsic (having a right to exist), and relational (having cultural, symbolic, and material relationships with humans). Among co-inhabiting species, ethnoecologists have noted that some have conspicuous relationships with humans and have identified them as “cultural keystone species.” These species have exceptional significance for a socio-cultural group because of their prevalence in language, ceremonies, diet, medicines, symbolic presence in traditional stories, and/or their use as seasonal or phenological indicators (Nabhan and Carr 1994, Cristancho and Vining 2004, Garibaldi and Turner 2004, Mobarak et al 2025). In this article, we have explained how species such as the potato in South America, the Toki ibis in Asia, or the sweet chestnut in Europe are co-inhabitants that establish key relationships with human communities. Because these relationships are embedded in both biological and cultural dimensions, for these salient co-inhabitants we prefer to use the term “biocultural keystone species” (Ibarra et al. 2012). A final remark on the concept of co-inhabitants is that it has not only descriptive but also normative power. By respecting their instrumental, intrinsic, and relational values, humans are compelled to care for co-inhabitants with whom they share habitats. To put this ethical imperative into action, biocultural keystone species can serve as “flagship species” that inspire conservation initiatives.

    (2) Life-habits and education for Earth Stewardship: The IPBES-VA research found multiple educational principles, methods, and concepts for teaching sustainability (Kelemen et al. 2022). Sustainability sciences have been enriched by paying attention to pedagogical processes that enable the transition from individual learning to community learning to enhance social and nature experiences (Kelemen et al. 2022). A key conclusion from Chapter 2 in the IPBES-VA is that environmental education, practiced from different perspectives, is crucial for incorporating values that connect children with local habitats, promoting environmental literacy, and fostering positive attitudes toward nature (Anderson et al. 2022). Toward this aim, intercultural and multilingual education is especially relevant to biocultural conservation by “preserving knowledge about nature (i.e., ecoliteracy) and the languages that transmit such knowledge” (Anderson et al. 2022:42). For example, Mexico has had intercultural universities for over 20 years, including local communities in higher education (Schmelkes 2009, Dietz 2012). In the United States, numerous multicultural initiatives integrate minority groups and Indigenous peoples in environmental studies, such as the “intellectual diversity” program at the College of Environmental Science and Forestry, State University of New York (SUNY) in Syracuse (Kimmerer 1998, Kimmerer 2012). Furthermore, there are various Native American-based universities (Reyhner 2010), such as Diné College among the Diné (or Navajo) in Arizona, which, since its birth in 1968, has centered the curriculum on Diné language, history, and philosophy (Johnson 2008).

    The Diné traditional living system places human life in harmony with the natural world and the universe (Kahn-John and Koithan 2015, Two Bears 2022). This worldview involves respect for society and nature, and is expressed by the Diné term k’é, which refers to “the concept of family, compassion, cooperation, love, kinship, clanship, friendliness, kindness, unselfishness, peacefulness, thoughtfulness, and all positive virtues that constitute intense, diffuse, and enduring solidarity through respectful relations with nature and others” (Lee 2016:99). This insight from the Diné language and culture supports the statement that the transition toward sustainability requires transformations based on different Western as well as Indigenous worldviews (Kelemen et al. 2022). Socio-culturally contextualized education is necessary to counterbalance the standard, formal education that promotes cultural globalization (Rozzi et al. 2023b).

    Human life habits that guide the care for co-inhabitants and shared habitats can be taught through Earth Stewardship educational concepts and practices. Many of these exist in the cultural traditions of numerous Indigenous peoples and other local communities. However, we documented how they are also present in global society through innovative outdoor practices that catalyze face-to-face intercultural and interspecies encounters, stimulating empathy with co-inhabitants and fostering Earth Stewardship behaviors that promote biocultural conservation. These practices can counterbalance the current prevalence of formal and non-formal education mediated by technology and social networks, which isolate children from biocultural diversity (Soga and Gaston 2016, Silverman and Corneau 2017, Edwards and Larson 2020, Poole 2023, Murciano-Hueso et al. 2024).

    (3) Habitats within and beyond Protected Areas (PA): The IPBES-VA demonstrates that PAs are policy instruments that support transformative changes toward sustainable and just futures by representing diverse values at local, national, and global scales (Barton et al. 2022, IPBES 2022). The IPBES-VA found that the goal of the Global 2030 Agenda to increase the number and the total area covered by terrestrial and marine protected areas has made great progress. However, the IPBES-VA notes the limitations associated with the fact that protected areas often fall within the mandate and resources of a single institution, the Ministry of the Environment (or its national equivalent; Barton et al. 2022). Additionally, often PAs, including biosphere reserves such as Yasuni-ITT in Ecuador and Nanda Devi in India, have failed to protect critical biodiversity hotspots (Bosak 2008, Rawal and Rawat 2012, Espinosa 2013, Pellegrini et al. 2014, Barton et al. 2022).

    Despite limitations of PAs, care for the habitats and the biocultural diversity hosted by them is an indispensable step for achieving Earth Stewardship and biocultural conservation. In PAs that include human communities, such as GIAHs, ICCAs, and biosphere reserves, stewards play important roles as custodians of biological and cultural diversity. For these reasons, the IPBES-VA underscores that Earth Stewardship contributes to view PAs, socio-environmental justice, and sustainability as interdependent (IPBES 2022).

    To stimulate life habits of responsible co-inhabitation, the emotional and rational understanding that human beings share habitats with myriad other beings requires overcoming the erroneous dualistic conception between “protected areas” and “unprotected areas.” The IPBES-VA has documented that this dualism is dissolved in conservation initiatives such as ICCAs and BRs, which integrate human beings and nature. Using the 3Hs biocultural framework, we have stressed the importance of overcoming the dichotomy between “protected” and “unprotected” areas by adopting habits of stewardship across urban-rural landscapes that harmonize different multiple-use needs with biocultural conservation. Palomo et al. (2016) have identified a multiplicity of components that interact to deliver ecosystem services, which are built into relations of co-production. The “3Hs” biocultural framework and the co-production focus on agricultural landscapes converge on essential aspects. Both approaches identify negative impacts resulting from transforming diverse biocultural landscapes into monocultures, which are subject to the intensive use of chemicals (for agriculture or silviculture) that degrade multiple ecosystem services, as well as the well-being of co-inhabitants (Palomo et al. 2016, Rozzi 2018, Balvanera et al. 2022). This offers an additional way to avoid the dissociation of protected and non-protected areas by understanding and valuing ecosystem services through their co-production.

    In summary, using the “3Hs” model we identified a diversity of communities that have cultural traditions hosting multiple ethical values of nature and sustainable forms of co-inhabitation. We provided empirical evidence about the great diversity of nature’s values present in different communities and world regions. These values do not exist as platonic abstractions but rather are materially embedded in the life habits of communities that have coevolved in specific habitats. However, today, the mosaic of local values and associated sustainable practices is often overshadowed by global values and policies. If this trend persists, losses of biocultural diversity will continue, and several planetary boundaries, including climate change, biogeochemical flows, and biodiversity, will be gravely transgressed by 2050 (van Vuuren et al. 2025).

    A transformation of global educational, economic, and policy systems could be rooted in better valuing the biocultural mosaic that fosters biodiversity conservation (Alejo et al. 2025) as well as the well-being and continuity of sustainable regional cultures (Watson et al. 2018, Hanspach et al. 2020, Jacobs et al. 2020). A biocultural transformation could lay the foundation for a heterogeneous global metaculture with sustainable modes of co-inhabitation (Rozzi and Massardo 2011).

    Beyond the heuristic function of identifying diverse types of communities, the “3Hs” model provides an ethical orientation for incorporating the conservation of biological and cultural diversity into Earth Stewardship practices. It contributes to implementing Earth Stewardship initiatives and other IPBES-VA recommendations, such as expanding the range of nature values considered in decision-making, as well as in the design and implementation of socio-environmental policies. In this way, the “3Hs” model of biocultural ethics has multiple-scale implications for decision making. Although it is rooted in local realities, it can acquire global power to transition toward more just and sustainable futures, such as those envisioned by IPBES-VA.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    Both co-authors contributed to all steps in the preparation of this article.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We thank all colleagues at IPBES Values Assessments with whom we had rich exchanges of ideas during the last five years. We appreciate content discussions and language revisions by Roy May Jr. Support provided by the grant for Technological Centers of Excellence with Basal Financing of the National Agency for Research and Development granted to the Cape Horn International Center (CHIC - ANID/BASAL FB210018) was essential.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    We used AI-assisted technology for formatting of the reference list only.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Data/code sharing is not applicable to this article because no data and code were analyzed in this study.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Albó, X. 2018. Suma qamaña or living well together: a contribution to biocultural conservation. Pages 333-342 in R. Rozzi, R. H. May, Jr., F. S. Chapin III, F. Massardo, M. C. Gavin, I. J. Klaver, A. Pauchard, M. A. Núñez, and D. Simberloff, editors. From biocultural homogenization to biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 3. Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99513-7_21

    Agnoletti, M., F. Piras, M. Venturi, and A. Santoro. 2022. Cultural values and forest dynamics: the Italian forests in the last 150 years. Forest Ecology and Management 503:119655. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foreco.2021.119655

    Agnoletti, M., and A. Santoro. 2015. Cultural values and sustainable forest management: the case of Europe. Journal of Forest Research 20:438-444. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10310-015-0500-7

    Alejo, C., M. Ortega, B. Leung, O.T. Coomes and C. Potvin. 2025. Diverse values regarding nature are related to stable forests: the case of Indigenous lands in Panama. Ecology and Society 30(1):24. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15540-300124

    Anderson, C. B., S. Athayde, C. M. Raymond, A. Vatn, P. Arias-Avévalo, R. K. Gould, J. Kenter, B. Muraca, S. Sachdeva, A. Samakov, E. Zent, D. Lenzi, R. Murali, A. Amin, and M. Cantú-Fernández. 2022. Conceptualizing the diverse values of nature and their contributions to people. Chapter 2 in P. Balvanera, U. Pascual, M. Christie, B. Baptiste, and D. González-Jiménez, editors. Methodological assessment report on the diverse values and valuation of nature of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6493134

    Andreozzi, M. 2025. Reimagining ethics: non-anthropocentric perspectives on morality. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 7. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-94870-1

    Angé, O., A. Chipa, P. Condori, A. C. Ccoyo, L. Mamani, R. Pacco, N. Quispe, W. Quispe, and M. Sutta. 2018. Interspecies respect and potato conservation in the Peruvian cradle of domestication. Conservation and Society 16:30-40. https://doi.org/10.4103/cs.cs_16_122

    Araya, P., and M. Clüsener-Godt. 2007. Reservas de biosfera: un espacio para la integración de conservación y desarrollo. Experiencias exitosas en Iberoamérica. Editorial Valente, Santiago, Chile.

    Argumedo, A., Y. Song, C. K. Khoury, D. Hunter, H. Dempewolf, L. Guarino, and S. de Haan. 2021. Biocultural diversity for food system transformation under global environmental change. Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems 5:685299. https://doi.org/10.3389/fsufs.2021.685299

    Baiamonte, G., G. Domina, F. M. Raimondo, and G. Bazan. 2015. Agricultural landscapes and biodiversity conservation: a case study in Sicily (Italy). Biodiversity and Conservation 24:3201-3216. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-015-0950-4

    Balvanera, P., K. A. Brauman, A. F. Cord, E. G. Drakou, I. R. Geijzendorffer, D. S. Karp, B. Martín-López, T. H. Mwampamba, and M. Schröter. 2022. Essential ecosystem service variables for monitoring progress towards sustainability. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 54:101152. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2022.101152

    Balvanera, P., H. Paz, F. Arreola-Villa, R. Bhaskar, F. Bongers, S. Cortés, E. del Val, E. García-Frapolli, M. E. Gavito, C. E. González-Esquivel, et al. 2021. Social-ecological dynamics of tropical secondary forests. Forest Ecology and Management 496:119369. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foreco.2021.119369

    Barton, D. N., R. Chaplin-Kramer, E. Lazos, M. Van Noordwijk, S. Engel, A. Girvan, T. Hahn, B. Leimona, S. Lele, R. Muradian, A. Niamir, B. Özkaynak, A. Pawlowska-Mainville, P. Ungar, S. Nelson, C. Aydin, P. Iranah, M. Cantú-Fernández, and D. González-Jiménez. 2022. Value expression in decision-making. Chapter 4 in P. Balvanera, U. Pascual, M. Christie, B. Baptiste, and D. González-Jiménez, editors. Methodological assessment report on the diverse values and valuation of nature of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6522261

    Becker, P., B. Humberstone, C. Loynes, and J. Schirp, editors. 2018. The changing world of outdoor learning in Europe. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315170671

    Berque, J., and O. Matsuda 2013. Coastal biodiversity management in Japanese satoumi. Marine Policy 39:191-200. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2012.10.013

    Bieling, C., and T. Plieninger, editors. 2017. The science and practice of landscape stewardship. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316499016

    Borón, V., E. Payán, D. MacMillan, and J. Tzanopoulos. 2016. Achieving sustainable development in rural areas in Colombia: future scenarios for biodiversity conservation under land-use change. Land Use Policy 59:27-37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2016.08.017

    Borras Jr, S. M., J. C. Franco, S. Gómez, C. Kay, and M. Spoor. 2012. Land grabbing in Latin America and the Caribbean. Journal of Peasant Studies 39(3-4):845-872. https://doi.org/10.1080/03066150.2012.679931

    Borras Jr, S. M., R. Hall, I. Scoones, B. White, and W. Wolford. 2011. Towards a better understanding of global land grabbing: an editorial introduction. Journal of Peasant Studies 38(2):209-216. https://doi.org/10.1080/03066150.2011.559005

    Borrini-Feyerabend, G., P. Bueno, T. Hay-Edie, B. Lang, A. Rastogi, and T. Sandwith. 2014. A primer on governance for protected and conserved areas. Stream on Enhancing Diversity and Quality of Governance. International Union for Conservation of Nature, Gland, Switzerland.

    Bosak, K. 2008. Nature, conflict and biodiversity conservation in the Nanda Devi Biosphere Reserve. Conservation and Society 6(3):211-224. https://doi.org/10.4103/0972-4923.49214

    Brenner, L., and H. Job. 2022. Reviewing the participatory management of UNESCO Biosphere Reserves: what do we miss by ignoring local academic knowledge in Mexico? Ambio 51(7):1726-1738. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-021-01672-1

    Bridgewater, P. 2016. The Man and Biosphere Programme of UNESCO: rambunctious child of the sixties, but was the promise fulfilled? Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 19:1-6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2015.08.009

    Bridgewater, P., and I. D. Rotherham. 2019. A critical perspective on the concept of biocultural diversity and its emerging role in nature and heritage conservation. People and Nature 1(3):291-304. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10040

    Bromham, L., R. Dinnage, H. Skirgård, A. Ritchie, M. Cardillo, F. Meakins, S. Greenhill, and X. Hua. 2022. Global predictors of language endangerment and the future of linguistic diversity. Nature Ecology and Evolution 6(2):163-173. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41559-021-01604-y

    Bryan, J. 2012. Rethinking territory: social justice and neoliberalism in Latin America’s territorial turn. Geography Compass 6(4):215-226. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-8198.2012.00480.x

    Callicott, J. B. 1994. Earth’s insights: a multicultural survey of ecological ethics from the Mediterranean Basin to the Australian Outback. University of California Press, Berkeley, California, USA. https://doi.org/10.1525/9780520914827

    Cetinkaya, G. 2009. Challenges for the maintenance of traditional knowledge in the satoyama and satoumi ecosystems, Noto Peninsula, Japan. Human Ecology Review 16(1):27-40. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24707732

    Chapin III, F. S., S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, S. L. Collins, J. S. Baron, D. W. Inouye, and M. G. Turner. 2015. Earth stewardship: an initiative by the Ecological Society of America to foster engagement to sustain planet Earth. Pages 173-181 in R. Rozzi, F. S. Chapin III, J. Baird Callicott, S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, J. J. Armesto, and R. H. May Jr., editors. Earth stewardship: linking ecology and ethics in theory and practice. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 2. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12133-8_12

    Chapin III, F. S., M. E. Power, S. T. A. Pickett, A. Freitag, J. A. Reynolds, R. B. Jackson, D. M. Lodge, C. Duke, S. L. Collins, A. G. Power, and A. Bartuska. 2011. Earth stewardship: science for action to sustain the human-earth system. Ecosphere 2(8):1-20. https://doi.org/10.1890/ES11-00166.1

    Coates, J. K., and H. Pimlott-Wilson. 2019. Learning while playing: children’s forest school experiences in the UK. British Educational Research Journal 45(1):21-40. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3491

    Conedera, M., P. Krebs, W. Tinner, M. Pradella, and D. Torriani. 2004. The cultivation of Castanea sativa (Mill.) in Europe, from its origin to its diffusion on a continental scale. Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 13(3):161-179. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00334-004-0038-7

    Conedera, M., W. Tinner, P. Krebs, D. de Rigo, and G. Caudullo. 2016. Castanea sativa in Europe: distribution, habitat, usage and threats. Pages 78-79 in J. San-Miguel-Ayanz, D. de Rigo, G. Caudullo, T. Houston Durrant, and A. Mauri, editors. European atlas of forest tree species. Publication Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/33094736.pdf

    Contador, T., J. Rendoll-Cárcamo, M. Gañan, J. Ojeda, J. Kennedy, P. Convey, and R. Rozzi. 2023. Underwater with a hand lens: ecological sciences and environmental ethics to value freshwater biodiversity. Pages 53-69 in R. Rozzi, editor. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5_4

    Corrigan, C., and A. Granziera. 2010. A handbook for the Indigenous and community conserved areas registry. UNEP-WCMC, Cambridge, UK.

    Cree, J., and M. McCree. 2013. A brief history of Forest School in the UK - Part 2. Horizons: The Outdoor Professional Development Magazine 62:32-35.

    Cristancho, S., and J. Vining. 2004. Culturally defined keystone species. Human Ecology Review 11(2):153-164.

    Dietz, G. 2012. Intercultural universities in Mexico. Pages 1480-1484 in J. Banks, editor. Encyclopedia of diversity in education, vol. 3. SAGE, Los Angeles, California, USA.

    Edwards, R. C., and B. M. H. Larson. 2020. When screens replace backyards: strategies to connect digital-media-oriented young people to nature. Environmental Education Research 26(7):950-968. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1776844

    Enkerlin-Hoeflich, E. C., T. Sandwith, K. MacKinnon, D. Allen, A. Andrade, T. Badman, P. Bueno, K. Campbell, J. Ervin, D. Laffoley, et al. 2015. IUCN/WCPA protected areas program: making space for people and biodiversity in the Anthropocene. Pages 339-350 in R. Rozzi, F. S. Chapin III, J. Baird Callicott, S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, J. J. Armesto, and R. H. May Jr., editors. Earth stewardship: linking ecology and ethics in theory and practice. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 2. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12133-8_22

    Escobar, A. 1995. Encountering development: the making and unmaking of the Third World. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, USA. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400839926

    Espinosa, C. 2013. The riddle of leaving the oil in the soil—Ecuador’s Yasuní-ITT project from a discourse perspective. Forest Policy and Economics 36:27-36. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.forpol.2012.07.012

    Esteban, J. M. 2018. Dürer’s Rhinoceros: biocultural homogenization of the visual construction of nature. Pages 137-165 in R. Rozzi, R. H. May Jr., F. S. Chapin III, F. Massardo, M. C. Gavin, I. J. Klaver, A. Pauchard, M. A. Nuñez, and D. Simberloff, editors. From biocultural homogenization to biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics Series, vol. 3. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99513-7_9

    Fernández-Llamazares, Á., J. E. Fa, D. Brockington, E. S. Brondízio, J. Cariño, E. Corbera, M. Farhan Ferrari, D. Kobei, P. Malmer, G. Y. H. Márquez, Z. Molnár, H. Tugendhat, and S. T. Garnett. 2024. No basis for claim that 80% of biodiversity is found in Indigenous territories. Nature 633(8028):32-35. https://doi.org/10.1038/d41586-024-02811-w

    Ferreira, A. F., H. Zimmermann, R. Santos, and H. Von Wehrden. 2018. A social-ecological systems framework as a tool for understanding the effectiveness of biosphere reserve management. Sustainability 10(10):3608. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10103608

    Flannery, T. F. 2006. The weather makers: how man is changing the climate and what it means for life on Earth. Grove Press, New York, New York, USA.

    Fleuri, R. M., and L. J. Fleuri. 2017. Learning from Brazilian Indigenous Peoples: towards a decolonial education. Australian Journal of Indigenous Education 47(1):8-18. https://doi.org/10.1017/jie.2017.28

    Frainer, A., T. Mustonen, S. Hugu, T. Andreeva, E. Arttijeff, I. Arttijeff, F. Brizoela, G. Coelho-de-Souza, R. B. Printes, E. Prokhorova, S. Sambou, A. Scherer, V. Shadrin, and G. Pecl. 2020. Cultural and linguistic diversities are underappreciated pillars of biodiversity. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117(43):26539-26543. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2019469117

    Garden, A., and G. Downes. 2023. A systematic review of forest schools literature in England. Education 3-13 51(2):320-336. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2021.1971275

    Garibaldi, A., and N. Turner. 2004. Cultural keystone species: implications for ecological conservation and restoration. Ecology and Society 9(3):1. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-00669-090301

    Gavin, M. C., J. McCarter, A. Mead, F. Berkes, J. R. Stepp, D. Peterson, and R. Tang. 2015. Defining biocultural approaches to conservation. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 30(3):140-145. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2014.12.005

    Ghea, E. 2011. Laudo: la storia infinita. Apertura delle donne in regola. Ciasa de ra Regoles, Anno XXII, no. 129.

    Gillingham, P. K., R. B. Bradbury, D. B. Roy, B. J. Anderson, J. M. Baxter, N. A. D. Bourn, H. Q. P. Crick, R. A. Findon, R. Fox, A. Franco, J. K. Hill, J. A. Hodgson, A. R. Holt, M. D. Morecroft, N. J. O'Hanlon, T. H. Oliver, J. W. Pearce-Higgins, D. A. Procter, J. A. Thomas, K. J. Walker, C. A. Walmsley, R. J. Wilson, and C. D. Thomas. 2015. The effectiveness of protected areas in the conservation of species with changing geographical ranges. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 115(3):707-717. https://doi.org/10.1111/bij.12506

    Goddard, M. A., A. J. Dougill, and T. G. Benton. 2010. Scaling up from gardens: biodiversity conservation in urban environments. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 25(2):90-98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2009.07.016

    Gros, P. M., and N. M. Frithz. 2010. Conocimientos del pueblo Mayangna sobre la convivencia del hombre y la naturaleza. Peces y tortugas, vol. 1. Conocimientos de la Naturaleza, 3. UNESCO, Paris, France.

    Guerrero, C. A. 2018. Indigenous entrepreneurship? An economic dimension of Sumak Kawsay? Revesco - Revista de Estudios Cooperativos (129):123-141. https://doi.org/10.5209/REVE.62849

    Guevara, S., and J. Laborde. 2008. The landscape approach: designing new reserves for protection of biological and cultural diversity in Latin America. Environmental Ethics 30(3):251-262. https://doi.org/10.5840/enviroethics200830331

    Guevara Sada, S. 2019. The Mexican Biosphere Reserve. Pages 47-60 in M. G. Reed and M. F. Price, editors. UNESCO Biosphere Reserves: supporting biocultural diversity, sustainability and society. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429428746-4

    Hanspach, J., L. J. Haider, E. Oteros-Rozas, A. Stahl Olafsson, N. M. Gulsrud, C. M. Raymond, M. Torralba, B. Martín-López, C. Bieling, M. García-Martín, C. Albert, T.s H. Beery, N. Fagerholm, I. Díaz-Reviriego, A. Drews-Shambroom, and T. Plieninger. 2020. Biocultural approaches to sustainability: a systematic review of the scientific literature. People and Nature 2(3):643-659. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10120

    Harvey, C. A., O. Komar, R. Chazdon, B. G. Ferguson, B. Finegan, D. M. Griffith, M. Martínez-Ramos, H. Morales, R. Nigh, L. Soto-Pinto, M. Van Bruegel, and M. Wishnie. 2008. Integrating agricultural landscapes with biodiversity conservation in the Mesoamerican hotspot. Conservation Biology 22(1):8-15. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1523-1739.2007.00863.x

    Hoekstra, A. Y., and T. O. Wiedmann. 2014. Humanity’s unsustainable environmental footprint. Science 344(6188):1114-1117. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1248365

    Ibarra, J. T., A. Barreau, F. Massardo, and R. Rozzi. 2012. El cóndor andino: una especie biocultural clave del paisaje sudamericano. Boletín Chileno de Ornitología 18(1-2):1-22.

    Imai, H., T. Nakashizuka, and M. Oguro. 2017. Environmental factors affecting the composition and diversity of the avian community in igune, a traditional agricultural landscape in northern Japan. Journal of Ecology and Environment 41:8. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41610-017-0027-2

    Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 2022. Summary for policymakers of the Methodological Assessment Report on the Diverse Values and Valuation of Nature of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. U. Pascual, P. Balvanera, M. Christie, B. Baptiste, D. González-Jiménez, C. B. Anderson, S. Athayde, D. N. Barton, R. Chaplin-Kramer, S. Jacobs, E. Kelemen, R. Kumar, E. Lazos, A. Martin, T. H. Mwampamba, B. Nakangu, P. O’Farrell, C. M. Raymond, S. M. Subramanian, M. Termansen, M. Van Noordwijk, and A. Vatn, editors. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6522392

    Jaafar, M., A. Ebekozien, D. Mohamad, and A. Salman. 2023. A systematic review of Asian community participation in biosphere reserves. PSU Research Review 7(3):184-200. https://doi.org/10.1108/PRR-12-2020-0040

    Jacobs, S., N. Zafra-Calvo, D. Gonzalez-Jimenez, L. Guibrunet, K. Benessaiah, A. Berghöfer, J. Chaves-Chaparro, S. Díaz, E. Gomez-Baggethun, S. Lele, et al. 2020. Use your power for good: plural valuation of nature - the Oaxaca statement. Global Sustainability 3:e8. https://doi.org/10.1017/sus.2020.2

    Johnson, B., R. Tsuji, B. Lukey, and M. Toyoda. 2023. Communities of philosophical inquiry for the empowerment of ecological agency. Pages 359-378 in R. Rozzi, A. Tauro, N. Avriel-Avni, T. Wright, R. H. May Jr., editors. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5_22

    Johnson, N. K. 2008. Diné College turns 40: philosophy of harmony forms foundation for nation’s first tribal college. Tribal College 19(4):34.

    Kahn-John, M., and M. Koithan. 2015. Living in health, harmony, and beauty: the Diné (Navajo) Hózhó wellness philosophy. Global Advances in Health and Medicine 4(3):24-30. https://doi.org/10.7453/gahmj.2015.044

    Kareiva, P., and M. Marvier. 2012. What is conservation science? BioScience 62(11):962-969. https://doi.org/10.1525/bio.2012.62.11.5

    Karez, C. S., J. M. Hernández Faccio, E. Schüttler, R. Rozzi, M. Garcia, Á. Y. Meza, and M. Clüsener-Godt. 2016. Learning experiences about intangible heritage conservation for sustainability in biosphere reserves. Material Culture Review 82:84-96.

    Kårhus, S. 2011. A pedagogy of place: outdoor education for a changing world. Sport, Education and Society 16(5):688-692. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2011.608261

    Kelemen, E., S. Subramanian, B. Nakangu, M. Islar, M. Kosmus, E. Nuesiri, L. Porter-Bolland, A. De Vos, S. Amaruzaman, E. Yiu, and G. Arroyo-Robles. 2022. Policy options and capacity development to operationalize the inclusion of diverse values of nature in decision-making. Chapter 6 in P. Balvanera, U. Pascual, M. Christie, B. Baptiste, and D. González-Jiménez, editors. Methodological assessment report on the diverse values and valuation of nature of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. IPBES Secretariat, Bonn, Germany. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6522359

    Kimmerer, R. W. 1998. Intellectual diversity: bringing the Native perspective into natural resources education. Winds of Change 13(3):14-18.

    Kimmerer, R. W. 2012. Searching for synergy: integrating traditional and scientific ecological knowledge in environmental science education. Journal of Environmental Studies and Sciences 2(4):317-323. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13412-012-0091-y

    Kolbert, E. 2011. Enter the Anthropocene: age of man. National Geographic 219:60-77.

    Koohafkan, P., and M. A. Altieri. 2011. Globally important agricultural heritage systems: a legacy for the future. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy.

    Koohafkan, P., and M. J. D. Cruz. 2011. Conservation and adaptive management of globally important agricultural heritage systems (GIAHS). Journal of Resources and Ecology 2(1):22-28.

    Kothari, A. 2021. These alternative economies are inspirations for a sustainable world. Scientific American 324(6):102.

    Krauss, M. 1992. The world’s languages in crisis. Language 68(1):4-10. https://doi.org/10.1353/lan.1992.0075

    Krebs, P., F. Ulmke, W. Tinner, and M. Conedera. 2022. The Roman legacy on European chestnut and walnut arboriculture. Environmental Archaeology 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/14614103.2022.2137648

    Kremen, C., and A. M. Merenlender. 2018. Landscapes that work for biodiversity and people. Science 362(6412):eaau6020. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aau6020

    Kumaraswamy, S., and K. Kunte. 2013. Integrating biodiversity and conservation with modern agricultural landscapes. Biodiversity and Conservation 22:2735-2750. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-013-0562-9

    Lee, T. S. 2016. The home-school-community interface in language revitalization in the USA and Canada. Pages 99-115 in S. M. Coronel-Molina and T. L. McCarty, editors. Indigenous language revitalization in the Americas. Routledge, New York, New York, USA.

    Lee, Y. J. 2021. A study on the introduction of zoning in biosphere reserves: focusing on the laws related to protected areas. Journal of People, Plants, and Environment 24(1):95-105. https://doi.org/10.11628/ksppe.2021.24.1.95

    Legorreta-Díaz, M. D. C., and C. M. Marquez-Rosano. 2012. Democracia, desigualdad y política ambiental en las reservas de la biosfera en México: un enfoque interdisciplinario. Page 269-294 in L. Durand, F. Figueroa, M. Guzmán, editors. La naturaleza en contexto: hacia una ecología política mexicana. Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Centro de Investigaciones Interdisciplinarias en Ciencias y Humanidades, Centro Regional de Investigaciones Multidisciplinarias, El Colegio de San Luis, A. C., México.

    Leopold, A. 1949. A Sand County Almanac. Oxford University Press, New York, New York, USA.

    Loncon, E. 2023. Azmapu: aportes de la filosofía Mapuche para el cuidado del Lof y la madre tierra. Ariel, Santiago, Chile.

    Lorenzi, S., and G. Borrini-Feyerabend. 2009. The Natural Park of the Ampezzo Dolomites (Italy): a community-conserved area and World Heritage Site between history and modernity. Indigenous and Community Conserved Areas Consortium and IUCN/CEESP, Gland, Switzerland.

    MacIntyre, T., M. Chaves, S. Villa-Barajas and A. Makú-Pardo. 2017. Educating for development or educating for the good life? Buen vivir imaginaries and the creation of one’s own myth. Pages 193-204 in P. Blaze Corcoran, J. P. Weakland, and A. E. J. Wals, editors. Envisioning futures for environmental and sustainability education. Wageningen Academic, Wageningen, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.3920/978-90-8686-846-9_13

    Mackey, B., and D. Claudie. 2015. Points of contact: integrating traditional and scientific knowledge for biocultural conservation. Environmental Ethics 37(3):341-357. https://doi.org/10.5840/enviroethics201537332

    Maestas, J. D., R. L. Knight, and W. C. Gilgert. 2003. Biodiversity across a rural land-use gradient. Conservation Biology 17(5):1425-1434. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1523-1739.2003.02371.x

    Maffi, L. 2005. Linguistic, cultural, and biological diversity. Annual Review of Anthropology 34:599-617. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.34.081804.120437

    Makki, F. 2018. The political ecology of land grabs in Ethiopia. Pages 83-95 in R. Rozzi, R. H. May Jr., F. S. Chapin III, F. Massardo, M. C. Gavin, I. J. Klaver, A. Pauchard, M. A. Nuñez, and D. Simberloff, editors. From biocultural homogenization to biocultural conservation. Ethics Series, vol. 3. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99513-7_5

    Mamani-Bernabé, V. 2015. Spirituality and the Pachamama in the Andean Aymara Worldview. Pages 65-76 in R. Rozzi, F. S. Chapin III, J. Baird Callicott, S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, J. J. Armesto, R. H. May Jr., editors. Earth Stewardship: linking ecology and ethics in theory and practice. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 2. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12133-8_6

    Martin, A., E. Gómez-Baggethun, M. Quaas, R. Rozzi, A. Tauro, D. P. Faith, R. Kumar, P. O’Farrell, and U. Pascual. 2024. Plural values of nature help to understand contested pathways to sustainability. One Earth 7(5):806-819. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2024.04.003

    May, Jr., R. H. 2015. Andean llamas and Earth stewardship. Pages 77-86 R. Rozzi, F. S. Chapin III, J. Baird Callicott, S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, J. J. Armesto, R. H. May Jr., editors. Earth Stewardship: linking ecology and ethics in theory and practice. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 2. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12133-8_7

    May, Jr., R. H. 2017. Pachasophy: landscape ethics in the Central Andes Mountains of South America. Environmental Ethics 39(3):301-319. https://doi.org/10.5840/enviroethics201739322

    May, Jr., R. H. 2021. The moral standing of canyons, cliff dwellings, and ancient artifacts: philosophical reflections on Cedar Mesa. Journal of the Southwest 63(2):214-230. https://doi.org/10.1353/jsw.2021.0005

    Mazzarello, P. 1999. A unifying concept: the history of cell theory. Nature Cell Biology 1:E13-E15. https://doi.org/10.1038/8964

    Mazzino, F. 2019. History of landscape education in Italy. Pages 117-120 in L. Gao and S. Egoz, editors. Lessons from the past, visions for the future: celebrating one hundred years of landscape architecture education in Europe. Norwegian University of Life Sciences, Ås, Norway.

    Mboyo, J. P. E. 2019. Reimagining Ubuntu in schools: a perspective from two primary school leaders in the Democratic Republic of Congo. Educational Management Administration and Leadership 47(2):206-223. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143217728085

    McDonnell, M. J., and A. K. Hahs. 2013. The future of urban biodiversity research: moving beyond the ‘low-hanging fruit’. Urban Ecosystems 16:397-409. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11252-013-0315-2

    McNeill, J. R., and P. Engelke. 2014. The Great Acceleration: an environmental history of the Anthropocene since 1945. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvjf9wcc

    Meek, D. 2016. Learning as territoriality: the political ecology of education in the Brazilian landless workers’ movement. Pages 123-144 in R. Tarlau and A. Pahnke, editors. Brazilian agrarian social movements. Routledge, London, UK.

    Meijaard, E., R. Denn, and P. Mous. 2010. Lessons from biosphere reserves in the Asia-Pacific region, and a way forward. Prepared for UNESCO Office, Jakarta, Indonesia. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000188345

    Michon, G. 2011. Revisiting the resilience of chestnut forests in Corsica: from social-ecological systems theory to political ecology. Ecology and Society 16(2):5. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-04087-160205

    Mobarak, C., L. Hatoum, L. Kmoch, M. Torralba, G. Lieblein, A. Wezel and T. Plieninger. 2025. Farm trees as cultural keystone species: bridging biocultural conservation and sustainable development in the Morocco High Atlas Mountains. Mountain Research and Development 45(1):R11-R22. https://doi.org/10.1659/mrd.2024.00024

    Moreira-Muñoz, A., F. Carvajal, S. Elórtegui, and R. Rozzi. 2019. The Chilean Biosphere Reserves network as a model for sustainability?: Challenges towards regenerative development, education, biocultural ethics and eco-social peace. Pages 61-75 in M. G. Reed and M. F. Price, editors. UNESCO Biosphere Reserves. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429428746-5

    Murciano-Hueso, A., D. Caballero-Franco, B. M. Gutiérrez-Perez, and J. Ruedas-Caletrio. 2024. Nature deficit: the importance of contact with nature from an early age. Pages 1086-1094 in J. A. de Carvalho Gonçalves, J. L. Sousa de Magalhães Lima, J. P. Coelho, F. J. García-Peñalvo, and A. García-Holgado, editors. Proceedings of TEEM 2023: The Eleventh International Conference on Technological Ecosystems for Enhancing Multiculturality. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-97-1814-6_106

    Nabhan, G. P., and J. L. Carr, editors. 1994. Ironwood: an ecological and cultural keystone of the Sonoran Desert. Conservation International, Arlington, Virginia, USA.

    National Research Council (NRC). 1989. The lost crops of the Incas: little-known plants of the Andes with promise for worldwide cultivation. National Academy, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Negri, V. 2005. Agro-biodiversity conservation in Europe: ethical issues. Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics 18:3-25. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10806-004-3084-3

    Nicol, R. 2003. Outdoor education: research topic or universal value? Part three. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning 3(1):11-27. https://doi.org/10.1080/14729670385200211

    Nilon, C. H., M. Aronson, S. Cilliers, C. Dobbs, L. J. Frazee, M. A. Goddard, K. M. O’Neill, D. Roberts, E. K. Stander, P. Werner, M. Winter, and K. P. Yocom. 2017. Planning for the future of urban biodiversity: a global review of city-scale initiatives. BioScience 67(4):332-342. https://doi.org/10.1093/biosci/bix012

    Palmberg, I. E., and J. Kuru. 2000. Outdoor activities as a basis for environmental responsibility. Journal of Environmental Education 31(4):32-36. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958960009598649

    Palmer, C. 2013. Contested frameworks in environmental ethics. Pages 191-206 in R. Rozzi, S. T. A. Pickett, C. Palmer, J. J. Armesto, and J. Baird Callicott, editors. Linking ecology and ethics for a changing world. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 1. Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-7470-4_16

    Palmer, C., K. McShane, and R. Sandler. 2014. Environmental ethics. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 39:419-442. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-121112-094434

    Palomo, I., M. R. Felipe-Lucia, E. M. Bennett, B. Martín-López, and U. Pascual. 2016. Disentangling the pathways and effects of ecosystem service co-production. Advances in Ecological Research 54:245-283. https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.aecr.2015.09.003

    Pascual, U., P. Balvanera, C. B. Anderson, R. Chaplin-Kramer, M. Christie, D. González-Jiménez, A. Martin, C. M. Raymond, M. Termansen, A. Vatn, et al. 2023. Diverse values of nature for sustainability. Nature 620:813-823. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06406-9

    Pellegrini, L., R. Arsel, R. Falconí, and R. Muradian. 2014. The demise of a new conservation and development policy? Exploring the tensions of the Yasuní ITT initiative. Extractive Industries and Society 1:284-291. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.exis.2014.05.001

    Pieraccini, M. 2013. A politicized, legal pluralist analysis of the commons’ resilience: the case of the Regole d’Ampezzo. Ecology and Society 18(1):4. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05138-180104

    Piras, F., B. Fiore, and A. Santoro. 2022. Small cultural forests: landscape role and ecosystem services in a Japanese cultural landscape. Land 11(9):1494. https://doi.org/10.3390/land11091494

    Pollegioni, P., S. Del Lungo, R. Müller, K. E. Woeste, F. Chiocchini, J. Clark, G. E. Hemery, S. Mapelli, F. Villani, M. E. Malvolti, and C. Mattioni. 2020. Biocultural diversity of common walnut (Juglans regia L.) and sweet chestnut (Castanea sativa Mill.) across Eurasia. Ecology and Evolution 10(20):11192-11216. https://doi.org/10.1002/ece3.6761

    Poole, A. K. 2023. Education as a driver of extinction of experience or conservation of biocultural heritage. Pages 247-262 in R. Rozzi, A. Tauro, N. Avriel-Avni, T. Wright, and R. H. May Jr., editors. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5_15

    Price, M. F., J. J. Park, and M. Bouamrane. 2010. Reporting progress on internationally designated sites: the periodic review of biosphere reserves. Environmental Science and Policy 13:549-557. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2010.06.005

    Rao, R. 2013. Una civiltà del castagno: uomini e boschi nell’Appennino ligure-piemontese durante l’apogeo del Medioevo (secoli XII-metà XIV). Archivio Storico Italiano 171(2):207-228.

    Rawal, R. S., and B. Rawat 2012. Nanda Devi Biosphere Reserve. Pages 44-57 in L. M. S. Palni, R. S. Rawal, R. M. Rai, and S. V. Reddy, editors. Compendium on Biosphere Reserve: progression during two decades of conservation. G.B. Pant Institute of Himalayan Environment and Development, Almora, India.

    Reyhner, J. 2010. Indigenous language immersion schools for strong Indigenous identities. Heritage Language Journal 7(2):299-313. https://doi.org/10.46538/hlj.7.2.7

    Rolston III, H. 2020. A new environmental ethics: the next millennium for life on Earth. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003036746

    Rotherham, I. D. 2015. Bio-cultural heritage and biodiversity: emerging paradigms in conservation and planning. Biodiversity and Conservation 24:3405-3429. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-015-1006-5

    Rozzi, R. 1999. The reciprocal links between evolutionary-ecological sciences and environmental ethics. Bioscience 49(11):911-921. https://doi.org/10.2307/1313650

    Rozzi, R. 2001. Éticas ambientales latinoamericanas: raíces y ramas. Pages 311-362 in R. Primack, R. Rozzi, P. Felnsinger, R. Dirzo, and F. Massardo, editors. Fundamentos de Conservación Biológica: Perspectivas Latinoamericanas. Fondo de Cultura Económica, Mexico City, Mexico.

    Rozzi, R. 2012. Biocultural ethics: recovering the vital links between inhabitants, their habits and habitats. Environmental Ethics 34(1):27-50. https://doi.org/10.5840/enviroethics20123414

    Rozzi, R. 2013. Biocultural ethics: from biocultural homogenization toward biocultural conservation. Pages 9-32 in R. Rozzi, S. T. A. Pickett, C. Palmer, J. J. Armesto, and J. Baird Callicott, editors. Linking ecology and ethics for a changing world: values, philosophy, and action. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 1. Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-7470-4_2

    Rozzi, R. 2015. Implications of the biocultural ethic for Earth stewardship. Pages 113-136 in R. Rozzi, F. S. Chapin III, J. Baird Callicott, S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, J. J. Armesto, R. H. May Jr., editors. Earth stewardship: linking ecology and ethics in theory and practice. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 2. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12133-8_9

    Rozzi, R. 2018. Biocultural homogenization: a wicked problem in the Anthropocene. Pages 21-48 in R. Rozzi, R. H. May Jr., F. S. Chapin III, F. Massardo, M. C. Gavin, I. J. Klaver, A. Pauchard, M. A. Nuñez, D. Simberloff, editors. From biocultural homogenization to biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 3. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99513-7_2

    Rozzi, R. 2019. Taxonomic chauvinism, no more! Antidotes from Hume, Darwin, and biocultural ethics. Environmental Ethics 41(3):249-282. https://doi.org/10.5840/enviroethics201941325

    Rozzi, R., R. Álvarez, V. Castro, D. Núñez, J. Ojeda, A. Tauro, and F. Massardo. 2023a. Biocultural calendars across four ethnolinguistic communities in southwestern South America. GeoHealth 7(4):e2022GH000623. https://doi.org/10.1029/2022GH000623

    Rozzi, R., X. Arango, F. Massardo, C. Anderson, K. Heidinger, and K. Moses. 2008. Field environmental philosophy and biocultural conservation: the Omora Ethnobotanical Park educational program. Environmental Ethics 30(3):325-336. https://doi.org/10.5840/enviroethics200830336

    Rozzi, R., and F. Massardo. 2011. The road to biocultural ethics. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 9(4):246-247. https://doi.org/10.1890/1540-9295-9.4.246

    Rozzi, R., F. Massardo, C. B. Anderson, K. Heidinger, and J. A. Silander, Jr. 2006. Ten principles for biocultural conservation at the southern tip of the Americas: the approach of the Omora Ethnobotanical Park. Ecology and Society 11(1):43. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-01709-110143

    Rozzi, R., R. H. May, F. S. Chapin III, F. Massardo, M. C. Gavin, I. J. Klaver, A. Pauchard, M. A. Núñez, and D. Simberloff. 2018. From biocultural homogenization to biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 3. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99513-7

    Rozzi, R., and A. Tauro. 2023. The multiple lenses of ecotourism with a hand lens: fundamental concepts and practices. Pages 27-51 in R. Rozzi, A. Tauro, N. Avriel-Avni, T. Wright, and R. H. May Jr., editors. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5_3

    Rozzi, R., A. Tauro, N. Avriel-Avni, T. Wright, and R. H. May, Jr., editors. 2023b. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5

    Salmón, E. 2000. Kincentric ecology: Indigenous perceptions of the human-nature relationship. Ecological Applications 10(5):1327-1332. https://doi.org/10.1890/1051-0761(2000)010[1327:KEIPOT]2.0.CO;2

    Santiago Jiménez, M. E. 2023. Biocultural resilience through educational tourism in Cholula, Mexico. Pages 379-390 in R. Rozzi, A. Tauro, N. Avriel-Avni, T. Wright, R. H. May Jr., editors. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5_23

    Santoro, A., M. Venturi, R. Bertani, and M. Agnoletti. 2020. A review of the role of forests and agroforestry systems in the FAO Globally Important Agricultural Heritage Systems (GIAHS) programme. Forests 11(8):860. https://doi.org/10.3390/f11080860

    Scherr, S. J., and J. A. McNeely. 2008. Biodiversity conservation and agricultural sustainability: towards a new paradigm of ‘ecoagriculture’ landscapes. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 363(1491):477-494. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2007.2165

    Schmelkes, S. 2009. Intercultural Universities in Mexico: progress and difficulties. Intercultural Education 20(1):5-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675980802700649

    Schüttler, E., R. Mackenzie, and L. Muñoz-Petersen. 2023. Biocultural conservation in Biosphere Reserves in temperate regions of Chile, Estonia, Germany, and Sweden. Pages 483-502 R. Rozzi, A. Tauro, N. Avriel-Avni, T. Wright, R. H. May Jr., editors. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5_29

    Scott, G. 2011. Plants, people, and the conservation of biodiversity of potatoes in Peru. Natureza and Conservação 9(1):21-38. https://doi.org/10.4322/natcon.2011.003

    Shibata, H. 2015. Biogeochemistry and traditional ecological knowledge and practices in Japan. Pages 27-38 in R. Rozzi, F. S. Chapin III, J. Baird Callicott, S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, J. J. Armesto, R. H. May Jr., editors. Earth stewardship: linking ecology and ethics in theory and practice. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 2. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12133-8_3

    Silverman, J., and N. Corneau. 2017. From nature deficit to outdoor exploration: curriculum for sustainability in Vermont’s public schools. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning 17(3):258-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/14729679.2016.1269235

    Simion, R. 2023. (Re)considering geoengineering in an ethical biocultural framework. Studia Universitatis Babeș-Bolyai Philosophia 68(2):15-32. https://doi.org/10.24193/subbphil.2023.2.02

    Sjöblom, P., and L. A. Wolff. 2017. “It wouldn't be the same without nature”—the value of nature according to Finnish upper secondary school students. Journal of Environmental Education 48(5):322-333. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2017.1367637

    Soga, M., and K. J. Gaston. 2016. Extinction of experience: the loss of human-nature interactions. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 14(2):94-101. https://doi.org/10.1002/fee.1225

    Song, H., P. Chen, Y. Zhang, and Y. Chen. 2021. Study progress of important agricultural heritage systems (IAHS): a literature analysis. Sustainability 13(19):10859. https://doi.org/10.3390/su131910859

    Steffen, W., P. J. Crutzen, and J. R. McNeill. 2007. The Anthropocene: are humans now overwhelming the great forces of nature? Ambio 36(8):614-621.

    Stocks, A., B. McMahan, and P. Taber. 2007. Indigenous, colonist, and government impacts on Nicaragua’s Bosawas Reserve. Conservation Biology 21(6):1495-1505. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1523-1739.2007.00793.x

    Tagliaferri, G., and S. Di Lonardo. 2016. Chestnut management practice as tool for natural and cultural landscaping. Pages 353-367 in M. Agnoletti and F. Emanueli, editors. Biocultural diversity in Europe. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-26315-1_19

    Tauro, A., J. Ojeda, T. Caviness, K. P. Moses, R. Moreno-Terrazas, T. Wright, D. Zhu, A. K. Poole, F. Massardo, and R. Rozzi. 2021. Field environmental philosophy: a biocultural ethic approach to education and ecotourism for sustainability. Sustainability 13(8):4526. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13084526

    Thao, N. P., J. Eales, D. M. Lam, V. T. Hien and R. Garside. 2023. What are the impacts of activities undertaken in UNESCO biosphere reserves on socio-economic wellbeing in Southeast Asia? A systematic review. Environmental Evidence 12(1):30. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13750-023-00322-1

    Toyoda, M. 2018. Revitalizing local commons: a democratic approach to collective management. Pages 443-457 in R. Rozzi, R. H. May, Jr., F. S. Chapin III, F. Massardo, M. C. Gavin, I. J. Klaver, A. Pauchard, M. A. Nuñez, and D. Simberloff, editors. From biocultural homogenization to biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol 3. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99513-7_28

    Tucker, M. E. 2015. World religions, ethics, and the Earth Charter for a sustainable future. Pages 395-405 in R. Rozzi, F. S. Chapin III, J. Baird Callicott, S. T. A. Pickett, M. E. Power, J. J. Armesto, R. H. May Jr., editors. Earth stewardship: linking ecology and ethics in theory and practice. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 2. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12133-8_26

    Turner, N. J., and J. Bhattacharyya. 2016. Salmonberry Bird and Goose Woman: birds, plants, and people in Indigenous peoples’ lifeways in northwestern North America. Journal of Ethnobiology 36(4):717-745. https://doi.org/10.2993/0278-0771-36.4.717

    Turner, N. J., and A. J. Reid. 2022. When the wild roses bloom: Indigenous knowledge and environmental change in northwestern North America. GeoHealth 6(11):e2022GH000612. https://doi.org/10.1029/2022GH000612

    Two Bears, D. R. 2022. Decolonizing research for my Diné (Navajo) community: the Old Leupp Boarding School historic site. Archeological Papers of the American Anthropological Association 33(1):55-72. https://doi.org/10.1111/apaa.12157

    United Nations (UN). 1951. Measures for the economic development of underdeveloped countries. Department of Social and Economic Affairs, New York, New York, USA.

    UNEP-WCMC and IUCN. 2019. Protected planet: The World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA). UNEP-WCMC and IUCN, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.34892/6fwd-af11

    UNESCO. 2025. Man and the Biosphere Programme (MAB). UNESCO, Paris, France. https://www.unesco.org/en/mab

    Van Cuong, C., P. Dart, and M. Hockings. 2017. Biosphere reserves: attributes for success. Journal of Environmental Management 188:9-17. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2016.11.069

    van Vuuren, D. P., J. C. Doelman, I. Schmidt Tagomori, A. H. W. Beusen, S. E. Cornell, J. Röckstrom, A. M. Schipper, E. Stehfest, G. Ambrosio, M. van den Berg, L. Bouwman, V. Daioglou, M. Harmsen, P. Lucas, K. van der Wijst, and W. van Zeist. 2025. Exploring pathways for world development within planetary boundaries. Nature 641:910-916. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-025-08928-w

    Vatn, A., U. Pascual, R. Chaplin-Kramer, M. Termansen, P. Arias-Arévalo, P. Balvanera, S. Athayde, T. Hahn, and E. Lazos 2024. Incorporating diverse values of nature in decision-making—theory and practice. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 379:20220315. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2022.0315

    Waite, S., M. Bølling, and P. Bentsen. 2016. Comparing apples and pears?: A conceptual model for understanding forms of outdoor learning through comparison of English Forest Schools and Danish udeskole. Environmental Education Research 22(6):868-892. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2015.1075193

    Watson, J. E. M., T. Evans, O. Venter, B. Williams, A. Tulloch, C. Stewart, I. Thompson, J. C. Ray, K. Murray, A. Salazar, C. McAlpine, P. Potapov, J. Walston, J. G. Robinson, M. Painter, D. Wilkie, C. Filardi, W. F. Laurance, R. A. Houghton, S. Maxwell, H. Grantham, C. Samper, S. Wang, L. Laestadius, R. K. Runting, G. A. Silva-Chávez, J. Ervin, and D. Lindenmayer. 2018. The exceptional value of intact forest ecosystems. Nature Ecology and Evolution 2:599-610. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41559-018-0490-x

    Weber, S. M., and M. A. Tascón. 2020. Pachamama—the Universidad del ‘Buen Vivir’: a First Nations sustainability university in Latin America. Pages 849-862 in W. Leal Filho, A. L. Salvia, R. W. Pretorius, L. Londero Brandli, E. Manolas, F. Alves, U. Azeiteiro, J. Rogers, C. Shiel, and A. Do Paco, editors. Universities as living labs for sustainable development: supporting the implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15604-6_52

    Winkler, K. J., and J. Hauck. 2019. Landscape stewardship for a German UNESCO Biosphere Reserve: a network approach to establishing stewardship governance. Ecology and Society 24(3):12. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-10982-240312

    Yanagi, T. 2008. “Sato-umi”—a new concept for sustainable fisheries. Pages 351-358 in K. Tsukamoto, T. Kawamura, T. Takeuchi, T. D. Beard, Jr., and M. J. Kaiser, editors. Fisheries for global welfare and environment, 5th World Fisheries Congress. Terrapub, Tokyo, Japan.

    Zalles, J. I. 2022. Territorios sustentables: legitimando la conservación en reservas de biosfera. Debates en Sociología 54:143-174. https://doi.org/10.18800/debatesensociologia.202201.005

    Zhu, D. 2023. Bridge the channel, enhance the inclusivity: a comparison between flagship species-centered and moss-centered conservation in Chile and China. Pages 457-482 in R. Rozzi, A. Tauro, N. Avriel-Avni, T. Wright, R. H. May Jr., editors. Field environmental philosophy: education for biocultural conservation. Ecology and Ethics, vol. 5. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-23368-5_28

    Corresponding author:
    Ricardo Rozzi
    Ricardo.Rozzi@unt.edu
    Appendix 1
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. The biocultural ethic’s “3Hs” model (from <em>co-Habitantes, Hábitos, Habitantes</em> in Spanish; respectively, co-inhabitants, habits, habitats in English) interlinked with three key topics of the Values Assessment (VA) of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES): (i) agroecology, diversity of co-inhabitants that play key roles in agro- or forest-ecosystems; (ii) education, for life-habits that foster Earth Stewardship; and (iii) protected areas, as habitats that are cared for in remote, rural, and/or urban ecosystems. Analyses and results are organized following this scheme.

    Fig. 1. The biocultural ethic’s “3Hs” model (from co-Habitantes, Hábitos, Habitantes in Spanish; respectively, co-inhabitants, habits, habitats in English) interlinked with three key topics of the Values Assessment (VA) of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES): (i) agroecology, diversity of co-inhabitants that play key roles in agro- or forest-ecosystems; (ii) education, for life-habits that foster Earth Stewardship; and (iii) protected areas, as habitats that are cared for in remote, rural, and/or urban ecosystems. Analyses and results are organized following this scheme.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Woman in a potato field offering coca leaves and smoke in the Aymara territories of Bolivia. Photo courtesy Roy May.

    Fig. 2. Woman in a potato field offering coca leaves and smoke in the Aymara territories of Bolivia. Photo courtesy Roy May.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Above: the Toki (<em>Nipponia nippon</em>, the Crested Ibis) is the flagship species for the conservation of rice paddies. Below: rice paddies in a <em>satoyama</em> landscape on Sado Island, Japan. Photographs courtesy of Mitsuyo Toyoda.

    Fig. 3. Above: the Toki (Nipponia nippon, the Crested Ibis) is the flagship species for the conservation of rice paddies. Below: rice paddies in a satoyama landscape on Sado Island, Japan. Photographs courtesy of Mitsuyo Toyoda.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Above: restoration activities of the Kamoko Estuary on Sado Island, where reeds are harvested every year in cooperation with residents. Below: the project of making reed boats enhanced the participation of elders and children in the biocultural restoration project. Photographs courtesy of Mitsuyo Toyoda.

    Fig. 4. Above: restoration activities of the Kamoko Estuary on Sado Island, where reeds are harvested every year in cooperation with residents. Below: the project of making reed boats enhanced the participation of elders and children in the biocultural restoration project. Photographs courtesy of Mitsuyo Toyoda.

    Fig. 4
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    Beyond the Assessment on the Diverse Values of Nature: Hidden gems, Biases, Frontiers, Challenges, and Insights

    Inclusion in body and mind: ensuring full participation of Indigenous peoples and local communities in decisions related to nature
    Alta De Vos, Anna Varga, Aroha Mead, Barbara Nakangu, Emmanuel O. Nuesiri, Eszter Kelemen, Evonne Yiu, Gabriela Arroyo-Robles, Jessica Perritt, Luciana Porter-Bolland, Marina Kosmus, Melissa Mayhew, Mine Islar, Sacha Amaruzaman, Suneetha M. Subramanian, Torsten Krause
    Value archetypes in future scenarios: the role of scenario co-designers
    Klaus Eisenack, Lelani M. Mannetti, Nadia Sitas, Patrick J O'Farrell, Yuki Yoshida, Zuzana V. Harmáčková
    Diverse values of nature and political ontology
    Juliana Merçon
    Creating a quiet buzz: opportunities and challenges for meaningful participation of boreal forest apiarists in the science-policy interface for biodiversity and ecosystem services
    Agnieszka Pawłowska-Mainville
    Making room for meaningful inclusion of Indigenous and local knowledge in global assessments: our experiences in the values assessment of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
    Gabriel R. Nemogá Soto, Mariaelena Huambachano, Tuyeni H Mwampamba
    Sustainability-aligned values: exploring the concept, evidence, and practice
    Adrian Martin, Agatha Nthenge, Andra I. Horcea-Milcu, Ann-Kathrin Koessler, Christopher M. Raymond, Dominic Lenzi, Erik Gómez-Baggethun, Julian Rode, Juliana Merçon, Louise Guibrunet, Noelia Zafra-Calvo, Patricia Balvanera, Patrick J O'Farrell, Rachelle K. Gould, Ritesh Kumar, Unai Pascual, Uta Eser, Yuki Yoshida, Zuzana V. Harmáčková
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 34 Research

    Remittance income weakens participation in community-based natural resource management

    Benedum, M. E., N. J. Cook, and S. Vallury. 2025. Remittance income weakens participation in community-based natural resource management. Ecology and Society 30(3):34. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16436-300334
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Michelle E. BenedumORCID, Michelle E. Benedum
      Institute of Behavioral Science, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA
    • Nathan J. CookORCIDcontact author, Nathan J. Cook
      Paul H. O'Neill School of Public and Environmental Affairs, Indiana University Indianapolis, USA
    • Sechindra ValluryORCIDSechindra Vallury
      Odum School of Ecology, University of Georgia, USA

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Benedum, M. E., N. J. Cook, and S. Vallury. 2025. Remittance income weakens participation in community-based natural resource management. Ecology and Society 30(3):34.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16436-300334

  • Introduction
  • Research Context
  • Literature Review
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • community-based natural resource management; forestry; migration; Nepal; participation; remittances
    Remittance income weakens participation in community-based natural resource management
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16436.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    While many Global South contexts rely on community-based natural resource management, out-migration has the potential to change rural peoples’ incentives to participate in such management. We argue that remittance income from out-migration reduces dependence on natural resource commons, which may in turn weaken the voluntary participation upon which community-based natural resource management initiatives depend. We studied this relationship empirically in Nepal, a country with a largely community-based model for the governance of its forests. In analyzing nationwide survey data that spanned nearly one decade, we fit a household-level fixed-effects regression model, which showed that households that received more remittance income were less likely to rely on commonly held forests compared to households in the same village that received less remittance income. Using a similar estimation approach and more detailed survey data from the districts of Mustang and Gorkha, we also showed that larger remittance incomes predicted less participation in forest governance and management activities. These results suggest that the remittances associated with out-migration from rural areas can weaken incentives for local participation in natural resource management among the people left behind. If remittance income has these effects, policymakers may need to reconsider how to sustain community-based resource management in countries or regions that are experiencing widespread rural out-migration. Future research is needed to establish causality, validate the results cross-nationally, and explore new policy innovations that could support resource governance in contexts where many resource users receive remittances.

    INTRODUCTION

    The economic and environmental importance of common-pool resources in many Global South countries has motivated governments to adopt community-based natural resource management (CBNRM) programs, wherein rural people manage collectively owned natural resources through participatory processes (Cook et al. 2023, Cook 2024). These programs are designed to protect fragile environments, conserve ecosystem services, and support rural development. However, rural livelihoods remain highly vulnerable to environmental uncertainty and resource scarcity (Steffen et al. 2018), thus prompting many households to rely on out-migration as a livelihood adaptation strategy.

    CBNRM relies on voluntary participation, which makes it essential to understand the factors that influence engagement in these programs (Cook 2024). For example, in Nepal’s community forestry program, rural villagers engage in afforestation, forest monitoring, and rule enforcement to sustain local forests (Cook et al. 2023). Studies have highlighted the success of such initiatives in improving conservation outcomes (Oldekop et al. 2019), but those initiatives also play a crucial role in rural development. More than one billion people globally live in or near forests, and many depend on forest resources for daily subsistence and income (Newton et al. 2020). Community forestry can further benefit rural economies by generating revenue through the sale of forest products, which finances local public goods such as schools, roads, and other important infrastructure (Pokharel et al. 2007, Dongol et al. 2009, Ojha et al. 2009, Cook 2024).

    The degree to which households participate in CBNRM is shaped by economic incentives and livelihood strategies. In Nepal, participation in community forestry often involves membership in one of the approximately 22,000 community forest user groups, which collectively manage 35% of the country’s forests (Gentle et al. 2020, Cook et al. 2023, Cook 2024). Beyond membership, participation can entail taking on leadership roles, engaging in forest management activities, or having a voice in the decision-making processes (Molinas 1998, Agarwal 2001, 2016, Cook 2024). Many rural households depend on forests for firewood, fodder, and non-timber forest products (Angelsen et al. 2014, Cook 2024), which creates strong incentives for engagement in local governance. However, as households gain access to alternative income sources, such as remittances from migrating family members, those incentives may shift, raising concerns about declining participation in CBNRM.

    Out-migration has become increasingly common in rural areas, leading many households to transition away from subsistence-based economies toward remittance-dependent livelihoods. As rural households increasingly rely on remittances, global financial flows reflect this shift. In 2018, low- and middle-income countries received 529 billion U.S. dollars in remittances, a nearly 10% increase from the previous year (World Bank Group 2018). In some regions, migration has reduced reliance on local agriculture and common-pool resources because remittances provide an alternative source of income (Marquardt et al. 2016).

    Despite increasing attention to migration’s role in rural economies, little is known about how remittance income affects participation in community-based resource management. While research has linked out-migration to labor shortages that reduce participation in collective resource management (e.g., Bista et al. 2023), an alternative hypothesis suggests that remittance income may weaken household members’ incentives to engage in CBNRM institutions by reducing reliance on common-pool resources for both subsistence and small-scale commercial activities (Robson and Nayak 2010, Shrestha and Fisher 2017, Poudyal et al. 2023). However, few studies have systematically tested the effect of remittance income on participation in CBNRM across different localities, or estimated the magnitude of the relationship.

    We address this gap by using nationwide survey data from Nepal to examine the relationship between remittance income and two household outcomes: community forest use and participation in community forestry. We define out-migration as the relocation of one or more household members outside the village while the rest of the household remains in place, rather than full-household migration. This distinction is important in our study context, where partial household migration is the dominant pattern and it aligns with our theoretical framework, which emphasizes the role of remittance income in reshaping economic incentives for participation in CBNRM.

    By leveraging nationwide panel survey data that spanned nearly a decade, we systematically evaluate how remittance income influences household engagement in community forestry, and distinguish this effect from related factors such as labor shortages due to migration. While recent research has linked out-migration to labor shortages that reduce participation in collective resource management (e.g., Bista et al. 2023), an alternative possibility is that remittance income plays a more decisive role in reducing the use of community resources and participation in community resource management. Thus, we empirically test which mechanism has a stronger influence on participation in Nepal’s community forestry program. This distinction is crucial for policy design because it suggests that governments that are seeking to sustain participation in CBNRM models in high-migration environments may need to develop financial incentives or institutional adjustments that reflect evolving economic realities.

    A growing body of qualitative and case study research suggests that multiple factors, including remittance income, labor shortages, shifts in agrarian economies, and preferences for traditional resource management over government-led programs, may contribute to declining participation in community-based management (Poudel 2019, Poudyal et al. 2023). However, few studies have systematically examined the specific role of remittance income in shaping participation in CBNRM at a national scale or have sought to disentangle its effects from other migration-related factors. Our study fills that gap by providing empirical evidence on the relationship between remittances and participation in community forestry, and contributing to broader debates on migration, rural livelihoods, and common-pool resource governance.

    A theoretical model of the effects of out-migration and remittances on participation in community-based natural resource management, tested on empirical data from community forest systems, is important for policymaking and practice in the forestry sector. Since community engagement is fundamental to the sustainability of these governance models, socioeconomic changes that weaken participation in CBNRM programs may threaten their long-term viability. If remittance income reduces household members’ incentives to engage in collective governance, CBNRM institutions may face declining participation, which will require policymakers to consider adaptive strategies that sustain engagement amid economic and demographic shifts. Our study contributes to these discussions by testing a theoretical model of how out-migration and remittances affect participation in community-based resource management, using empirical data from Nepal’s community forestry system. Strengthening institutional support for rural communities that are experiencing these transitions will be essential to ensuring the resilience of community-based governance models.

    RESEARCH CONTEXT

    We use community forestry in Nepal as a test case through which to explore the relationships between remittance income, community forest use, and community forestry participation. In Nepal, the community forestry initiative has been implemented under the Forest Act of 1993 (Kanel and Kandel 2004). The Forest Act ordered the Department of Forests to establish community forest user groups in forested rural communities, starting in the 1990s (Ministry of Forests and Soil Conservation 2013, Cook et al. 2023, Cook 2024, Cook et al. 2025). As of 2020, there were more than 22,000 community forest user groups across Nepal (Gentle et al. 2020). These groups managed approximately 35% of Nepal’s forest resources, through the participation of approximately 3 million member-households (Gentle et al. 2020). Community forest user groups exist across the three ecological regions in Nepal—the northernmost Mountain Region of the Himalaya, the southern Terai Region that borders India, and the Middle Hill Region (Cook et al. 2023, Cook 2024).

    Previous research has described how community forestry is governed (Ojha et al. 2009, Cook et al. 2023, Cook 2024, Cook et al. 2025). Once a community forest user group is established, collective property rights over a plot of forested land are formally granted to the group. The community forest user group is charged with governing the communal use of forest products—mainly firewood, fodder, and other non-timber forest products—by its respective member-households. Since community forest user groups are largely self-governed, they are tasked with writing their own rules, establishing rationing systems and collecting royalties on allowable forest products, and engaging in monitoring, forest maintenance activities, and enforcement (Ojha et al. 2009,Cook et al. 2023, Cook 2024).

    As in many low- and middle-income countries, rural livelihoods in Nepal depend on natural resources, but they also depend on remittances from out-migration. In 2020, the country received 7.4 billion U.S. dollars in remittances, accounting for 23% of its GDP (World Bank Group 2020). Nearly 50% of households in Nepal have at least one member working abroad (International Organization for Migration 2019). Nepal is an ideal test case for understanding the relationship between migration, remittance income, and participation in community-based natural resource management. Not only is the community forestry program mature, large, and well-institutionalized, but widespread rural out-migration during our study period—coupled with the fact that forest dependence has historically been high in rural Nepal—makes the country a most likely case for detecting these relationships. Furthermore, recent scholarship argues that community forestry participation is likely declining in some parts of Nepal, and qualitative evidence suggests that this decline might be driven by out-migration and reduced reliance on forests, among other factors (Poudel 2019, Poudyal et al. 2023). Thus, we use nationwide survey data and econometric methods to examine the role that remittance income may be playing in this changing context.

    Our empirical analysis focuses on the study period of 2003–2012, due in part to the availability of large survey datasets from that period (see Methods). However, because our goal was to use Nepal as an empirical test case for exploring the general, theorized relationship between remittance income and community forestry engagement (established in Literature Review), this time period is particularly appropriate because there was a dramatic influx of remittance income as a percentage of GDP (World Bank Group 2025). Much of this was driven by out-migration from the types of rural communities that use community forest management models (Giri and Darnhofer 2010). Thus, although our data are from 2003–2012, we argue that Nepal during this study period provides a test case through which we may understand social processes that likely weaken participation in CBNRM in settings beyond Nepal that experience similar social and economic dynamics.

    LITERATURE REVIEW

    We explore the dynamics of rural out-migration and its implications through two key lenses. First, we review the current literature on “push” and “pull” factors in rural out-migration. This review spans the field of development studies, including development economics, to provide a comprehensive understanding of how scholars have studied the factors driving rural out-migration in the Global South context. Second, we review the relationship between rural out-migration and collective action in the context of common-pool resource management. This examination draws extensively on scholarship from the fields of common-pool resource governance and collective action, and offers insights into how rural out-migration influences and interacts with collective efforts to manage shared resources.

    Push and pull factors in rural out-migration

    Theory on rural out-migration has established that the motives for livelihood diversification through out-migration vary significantly across socioeconomic groups (Lambin et al. 2001, Zimmerer 2010). There is an important distinction between out-migration undertaken to manage risks and cope with environmental stressors on natural resources, characterized primarily by “push” factors, and out-migration undertaken for wealth accumulation, hence driven by “pull” factors (Reardon et al. 2007). The literature examined these push and pull factors by focusing on patterns of household adaptation through income diversification strategies in the Global South (García-Barrios et al. 2009, Hoffmann et al. 2019, Leblond 2019). While out-migration driven by push factors is usually associated with households’ adaptation to poverty and consumption and risk smoothing (de Janvry et al. 1991, Dressler et al. 2016), out-migration driven by pull factors is usually positively associated with an upward spiral of household wealth (Barrett et al. 2001a, Gray 2009).

    Rural households are pushed to out-migrate to cope with environmental risks, especially where missing insurance and credit markets often lead households to pursue different coping strategies against uncertainty in resource availability (Barrett et al. 2001b). Empirical evidence confirms that a key factor that pushes households to migrate and seek nonfarm livelihoods is a decline in seasonal income from farm-related activities (Abdulai and Delgado 1999). Therefore, remittances from seasonal out-migration allow these households to smooth their income inter-seasonally (Von Braun et al. 1990, Reardon et al. 2007). This type of out-migration is in fact not a means of coping with a shock, but is a planned, ex-ante adaptation to a long-term seasonal variation in resource availability and income. A second push factor for out-migration is a transitory decline in income due to an unexpected stressor (e.g., drought) that forces households to out-migrate as an ex-post adaptation strategy (Choithani et al. 2021). Out-migration is particularly prominent in rural communities where resource-based livelihoods constitute the dominant economic activity. This is because households depend more on remittances that are not subject to environmental risks that are covariant with those of the local agricultural economy (Poapongsakorn et al. 1998, Barrett and Swallow 2006).

    On the other hand, households in resource-rich areas are more likely to out-migrate to pursue attractive income diversification opportunities. For example, in the wetter and more stable agricultural zones of West Africa, households are more likely to out-migrate and diversify into nonfarm activities (Reardon et al. 1992, Haggblade et al. 2010). Indeed, empirical evidence shows that high-income households in buoyant rural economies are more likely to diversify into non-resource-based livelihoods (e.g., food processing and preparation, farm equipment repair, manufacturing) that have high returns because they have the necessary financial capital and skilled labor to pursue these profitable activities (Haggblade et al. 2010, Loison 2016). In such instances, there is evidence of a Markovian process whereby households invest remittances from out-migration into activities that enhance their resource productivity and/or human capital, such as technology upgradation, cash cropping, education, and further rounds of out-migration and income diversification (Estudillo and Otsuka 1999, Mohapatra et al. 2006, Robson and Berkes 2011, Hajjar et al. 2021).

    Linking rural out-migration and collective action

    Debates about how out-migration impacts collective management of natural resources have never been definitively settled, in part because there are multiple forms of migration in different resource contexts and participant groups (Connell and Conway 2000, Choithani 2017, Bhattarai 2020). We identify four key mechanisms through which out-migration may shape collective action in common-pool resource governance:

    • Labor constraints: Increased out-migration reduces labor availability for managing shared resources, which increases the costs of collective action (Cárdenas et al. 2017, Shin et al. 2022).
    • Resource dependence: Households that receive remittances may become less reliant on common-pool resources, which lowers their incentive to participate in community-based management (Wang et al. 2016).
    • Opportunity costs: Increased access to external incomes raises the opportunity costs of engaging in collective management, thus making participation less attractive (Rudel 2011, Sapkota et al. 2020).
    • Compensatory participation: In some cases, remaining household members (e.g., women) may step into leadership roles and contribute more to collective action efforts (Hecht et al. 2015, Leder et al. 2024).
    These mechanisms highlight the ambiguous relationship between out-migration and collective action, with some pathways reducing participation while others may sustain or even increase engagement. Furthermore, participation in collective action may have feedback effects on migration decisions: communities with well-functioning collective institutions may provide local economic opportunities that reduce the need for out-migration, while declining participation in resource management may degrade natural resources and further incentivize migration.

    To clarify these relationships, we present a conceptual figure on these mechanisms and feedback loops (Fig. 1). This figure provides a structured framework for interpreting how out-migration influences participation in CBNRM and how these relationships may reinforce or weaken each other over time.

    Participation in CBNRM is shaped in part by cost-benefit trade-offs. Households weigh the excludable benefits of participation, such as access to forest products and financial capital, against the costs, including time spent in meetings, resource maintenance, and opportunity costs (Ministry of Forests and Soil Conservation 2013, Bluffstone et al. 2020, Cook 2024). Remittances influence these trade-offs by reducing dependence on community-managed resources and making alternative income sources more viable (Shrestha and Fisher 2017, Fox 2018). Consequently, households that receive remittances may opt out of participating in CBNRM, thus increasing the marginal cost of management for poorer households that are reliant on those resources (Angelsen et al. 2014, Nguyen et al. 2015, Cook 2024).

    While the research identifies four key mechanisms through which out-migration may shape collective action, we focus on how remittance income influences two of them: household use of community forests, and participation in CBNRM activities. These theoretical propositions lead to the following two hypotheses:

    H1: Households that receive more remittances will be less likely to use collectively managed natural resources.

    H2: Households that receive more remittances will participate less in community-based natural resource management.

    METHODS

    To test our hypotheses, we used data from two sources: the Nepal Living Standards Survey (NLSS) and the Poverty Environment Network (PEN) survey initiative. The NLSS is a national-level, multi-topic household survey, collected during three periods: NLSS-I (1995–1996), NLSS-II (2003–2004), and NLSS-III (2010–2011) (Central Bureau of Statistics 1996, 2005, 2011a). The PEN initiative is a global comparative survey of households in 334 communities across 24 Global South countries (PEN 2016a). We used PEN data collected in Nepal, which provides socioeconomic, institutional, and environmental data at the household level from sampled locations in Mustang District and Gorkha District. We tested H1 by using data from the NLSS to fit a household-level model that predicted the collection of forest products from a local community forest as a function of the amount of remittance income received by the household, and we tested H2 by using the PEN data to fit a household-level model that predicted time allocation to community forest user group activities as a function of the amount of remittance income received. While previous analyses modeled forestry outcomes as a function of changes in migration at the aggregate level (Oldekop et al. 2018), our household-level analysis allowed us to measure household-level decisions, and to draw inferences about micro-level processes that link migration to community forest use and participation.

    Testing the relationship between remittances and community forest use

    The model used to test H1 was fit on an analytic sample of 3661 households in 338 rural communities, drawn from two distinct cross-sections from the 2003–2004 and 2010–2011 periods of the NLSS. Equation 1 represents this regression model:

    Equation 1 (1)

    The dependent variable (community forest use) is a dichotomous measure of whether the household reported collecting firewood or fodder from a community forest in the past 12 months, since these are two of the key products available to participants in community forestry (Agarwal 2010, Ministry of Forests and Soil Conservation 2013). Here, clogit represents the standard conditional fixed effects logistic regression model described in Chamberlain (1980), and π represents a vector of community-level conditional fixed effects. To measure remittance income, we used a variable (remittances) that represented the amount of remittance income the household received during the past year based on the household’s self-reported data. We converted these amounts to U.S. dollars using exchange rates from the year of each survey period (Central Intelligence Agency 2022) and converted them to their dollar equivalents in January 2022 (U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics 2022). To facilitate interpretation, we rescaled this variable to be represented in hundreds of dollars. This variable includes both domestic and international remittances. While it is true that international migration tends to yield larger amounts of remittance income than does domestic migration in our study context, our theoretical model suggested that receiving a given amount of remittance income will shift the perceived costs and benefits of participating in community forestry similarly, regardless of whether the source is international or domestic. Thus, we used absolute amounts of remittance income from all sources as our independent variable of interest.

    We controlled for several household-level covariates. First, we controlled for whether the household belonged to the ethnic or caste group that was most numerous in the community (ethnic majority). Because ethnicity is assigned at birth, this variable is exogenous to migration and the receipt of remittances. Previous studies have found ethnicity and caste to be highly related to community forestry participation rates and the distribution of benefits from community forestry, which makes this an important covariate to control for (Agarwal 2016, Cook 2024). We also included a dichotomous educational attainment variable (education) that measured whether the oldest living male household member received any formal schooling. We added this control because educational attainment is a widely recognized proxy for a household’s economic background and has significant implications for economic behavior and decision-making processes (Duflo 2001). Additionally, we controlled for household size (measured as the number of individuals living in the household). Controlling for household size is important because it affects the distribution of resources within the household and the overall economic burden. Larger households might have different consumption needs and income-generating capacities compared to smaller ones (Lanjouw and Ravallion 1995).

    Finally, we controlled for three additional income sources: respondent households’ net income from crop sales (crop income), the sale of animal products (animal income), and enterprises owned by household members (enterprise income). We measured these three covariates in the NLSS data using households’ reported gross income from each activity type during the year preceding the survey, minus their reported expenditures for inputs related to each activity type during the same period. Like the remittance income variable, we converted these values to January 2022 U.S. dollars and scaled them so they were expressed in hundreds of dollars. Including these income sources allowed us to account for variations in household economic activities and their impact on overall income, thereby addressing potential biases from unobserved heterogeneity (Morduch 1995, Dercon 2002). While our list of controls did not capture every possible household characteristic, they were chosen based on their relevance to our research questions and their empirical support in existing literature. Our approach balanced the need for parsimony in model specification with the inclusion of key variables that were critical for our analysis.

    We calculated nonparametric bootstrap-clustered standard errors using the cluster resampling method recommended by Cameron et al. (2008) to correct the confidence intervals and P values reported for our logistic regression model. In line with this method, communities were resampled with replacement, coefficient estimates were calculated for each replication, and standard errors were calculated from the resultant distribution using the procedure provided in Cameron et al. (2008:416).

    This modeling approach predicted the relative odds of a household’s community forest use as a function of the amount of remittance income received by that household, while holding the household-level control variables constant. Additionally, community fixed effects held community characteristics constant in the model. Because our analytic sample from the NLSS was from two distinct, cross-sectional samples of communities across the two periods included in our study, the community fixed effects were equivalent to community–year fixed effects, and therefore also controlled for potential confounding differences between the two time periods that may have influenced the estimates. This analysis of the NLSS microdata thus allowed us to estimate the relationship between remittance income and community forest use at the level of the individual household while controlling for household characteristics, community fixed effects, and time effects. However, because remittance income was not assigned at random to households, there is still the possibility of omitted household-level variables that may have biased the estimated relationship between remittance income and community forest use. We therefore cannot assume that the causal effect of remittance income on community forest use was necessarily identified in our model, and we treat our analysis as correlational. In Appendix 1, we replicated the results while controlling for additional household characteristics.

    Testing the relationship between remittances and participation

    To explore the relationship between remittance income and participation in community forest user groups, we used the Nepal subsample of the PEN data. Our analytic sample consisted of 453 households across five communities in Mustang District and two communities in Gorkha District, surveyed in 2005–2008. While the PEN survey protocol involved interviewing households at multiple different time points, each household was asked about community forest user group participation during only one of those interviews. Our sample is therefore cross-sectional. In the villages surveyed, households in Mustang were asked about their participation in 2005. In Gorkha, households were asked about their participation in 2008.

    To estimate the association between remittances and participation in community forestry, we used a zero-inflated negative binomial regression model. It was estimated in two stages, represented by Equation 2 and Equation 3:

    Equation 2 (1)

    Equation 3 (1)

    The first stage of this model (Eq. 2) predicted the logged odds of whether or not the respondent household reported zero days of participation in community forest user group activities over the past 12 months (nonparticipation). Then, for the subset of respondent households that reported a non-zero number of days spent participating, the second stage (Eq. 3) predicted their degree of participation, measured by the number of person-days that household members reportedly spent on community forest user group activities over the past 12 months (days). One person-day was equivalent to one full working day for a single household member (see PEN 2016b). Here, logit refers to the standard logistic regression model, NBin refers to a negative binomial regression model, and σ is a dispersion parameter.

    To measure remittances in the PEN data, we used the same technique as for the NLSS data. The independent variable used in this model represented the total annual amount of remittances received by the household from individuals living outside the village during the survey year, expressed in hundreds of dollars. In both stages, the zero-inflated negative binomial regression model included the same household-level controls as described previously. δ and λ represent vectors of unconditional community-level fixed effects included in the first and second stages of the model, respectively. Because the analytic dataset was cross-sectional, the community fixed effects were equivalent to community–year fixed effects, and thus controlled for differences between communities as well as potentially confounding temporal differences between the 2005 time period (when the Mustang households were surveyed) and 2008 (when the Gorkha households were surveyed). Although there were seasonality differences between the Mustang and Gorkha households, with the former surveyed in December and the latter surveyed in March, our community-level fixed-effects controlled for seasonality differences since the season in which households were surveyed varied across communities but not between them; thus, the community-level fixed-effects addressed the effects of seasonality. We corrected the reported confidence intervals and P values for community-level clustering by calculating cluster-robust standard errors using the sandwich estimator described by Rogers (1993).

    As before, this analysis controlled for key characteristics of households, as well as community fixed effects, but we could not rule out the possibility of unmeasured confounding variables at the household level in this correlational analysis. However, in Appendix 1, we replicated the results of this analysis while controlling for additional household characteristics.

    Characteristics of samples

    Table 1 shows summary statistics for each analytic dataset, and Fig. 2 maps the locations of surveyed households at the district level. Our analytic sample from the NLSS spanned all three ecological regions of the country—the northernmost Mountain Region, the Terai Region that borders India, and the Middle Hill Region, which lies between. Furthermore, rural households from almost every district were included in the sample. By contrast, our analytic sample from the PEN survey covered the districts of Gorkha and Mustang. Thus, while the Middle Hill Region and Mountain Region were reflected in our test of H2, the Terai Region was not because it was not covered by the PEN survey. Readers should note this limitation. While our test of the relationship between remittance income and community forest use was based on a large analytic sample with substantial geographic and temporal coverage, our test of the relationship between remittances and community forestry participation was somewhat more limited, and it is possible that the results of our test of H2 do not generalize to the Terai Region.

    Although the PEN sample did not cover the Terai region, the trends in our variables of interest were largely similar across both datasets. As shown in Table 1, the NLSS and PEN samples exhibited similar trends in household income portfolios, education, ethnic majority status, and household size. Both samples showed substantial average remittance incomes ($98 for the NLSS sample and $535 for the PEN sample). On average, households earned more from enterprise income ($321 for the NLSS sample and $104 for the PEN sample) than from livestock, and the average household in both samples experienced net negative crop incomes (-$43 for the NLSS sample and -$48 for the PEN sample). More than 50% of households in the NLSS sample and nearly 42% in the PEN sample had formal education. More than 50% of households in the NLSS sample and more than 60% in the PEN sample belonged to the local ethnic majority. The average household size was 5.2 persons for the NLSS sample and 6.2 persons for the PEN sample.

    RESULTS

    Remittance-receiving households are less likely to use community forest resources

    Table 2 shows the conditional logistic regression results from the household-level model fit on the NLSS data. Estimate (a) shows the estimated relationship between a household’s remittance income and their relative odds of collecting forest products from a community forest. This estimate suggests that remittances have a negative and statistically significant association with the likelihood of collecting products from a community forest (P < 0.006). We calculated the average magnitude of this association on the probability scale using the average semi-elasticity method (Kitazawa 2012). On average, an increase in remittance income of one standard deviation predicted a roughly -8% change in the probability of reporting community forest use (95% CI: -14%, -2%). While the purpose of our model was to estimate the relationship between remittances and community forest use while controlling for the covariates, some readers may also find it worth noting that household size was the only covariate with a statistically significant test statistic (in the positive direction). Estimates on the ethnic majority and education variables exhibited wide confidence intervals.

    Remittance-receiving households spend less time on community forestry participation

    Table 3 shows the results from the zero-inflated negative binomial regression model fit on the PEN survey data. Estimate (c) in Table 3 represents the estimated relationship between a household’s remittance income and the number of person-days spent by household members on community forest user group activities (expressed as an incidence-rate ratio), and estimate (b) represents the relationship between remittance income and the odds of a household reporting participation at all. Estimate (c) indicates that remittances had a statistically significant negative association with the number of person-days spent on community forestry activities among households that reported participating.

    These model results are easiest to interpret through model predictions expressed as the raw number of predicted person-days that households spent on community forestry activities (Fig. 3). These predictions suggest that on average, households that did not receive remittances spent just over four person-days per year on community forestry activities. In contrast, households that reported receiving US$2500 per year in remittances (a difference of roughly two standard deviations, relative to households that did not receive remittances) were predicted to spend three person-days per year on community forestry activities, or nearly 25% less time relative to households that did not receive remittances. In our PEN survey sample, 13% of remittance-receiving households reported receiving this amount or more.

    In addition to the statistically significant relationship between remittance income and community forestry participation, three covariates had statistically significant test statistics in the first stage of the zero-inflated negative binomial regression, with negative signs: household size, education, and ethnic majority. Confidence intervals for other covariate coefficient estimates were generally wide.

    Data limitations and alternative specifications

    Our econometric models controlled for a range of covariates that could confound the relationship between remittance income, community forest use, and community forestry participation. In addition to the observable household-level characteristics discussed in the Methods, fixed effects controlled for unobservable and observable confounding variables at the community–year level. Nonetheless, it was not possible to rule out all potential confounding variables in this observational study, particularly if they operated at the household level (rather than the community level or community–year level). For example, the 2003–2004 period of the NLSS coincided with a Maoist insurgency that occurred across rural Nepal, and some evidence suggests that local exposure to the conflict impacted the governance of community forest user groups (Nightingale and Sharma 2014). Local conflict intensity, if it is indeed a confounding variable, is most likely to be a community-level confounding variable rather than a household-level confounding variable; therefore, it is less likely that our results were confounded by local exposure to the conflict once community-level fixed effects were controlled for. Nonetheless, if household-level conflict exposure was correlated with households’ remittance income and with their decisions to use community forests or participate in community forestry for enough households in our samples (after controlling for community–year fixed effects and our other covariates), then the variable would cause household-level confounding that we would be unable to control for.

    Thus, since our analysis was based only on observable household-level covariates, it is possible that certain omitted household-level social or economic characteristics influenced our results. For example, gender, caste, and ethnicity are likely correlated with remittance income and are known to influence decisions about community forestry participation and benefits from community forestry (Agarwal 2016, Cook et al. 2023, Shrestha et al. 2023, Cook 2024). Furthermore, the number of remittance-senders, not remittance income, may reduce the likelihood that a household will use collectively managed natural resources. All of these covariates are measurable in the NLSS data, and gender is measurable in the PEN data, whereas the other covariates are not (in both datasets, gender is operationalized through the gender of the household head). In Appendix 1, we replicated our results while controlling for these characteristics; our results were stable when these additional covariates were included in our models.

    Because we cannot completely rule out the possibility of unobservable household-level confounding variables in our study, future studies should use more robust, quasi-experimental research designs to further explore the relationships between out-migration, remittance income, and the use and governance of collectively managed natural resources.

    DISCUSSION

    Empirical insights

    We provide quantitative evidence that out-migration, via remittance income, influences both the use of shared natural resources and participation in CBNRM. Our findings from the forestry sector in Nepal support two key mechanisms. First, households that receive remittances are less likely to depend on products from community forests. As rural livelihoods shift from resource-based activities to urban employment and service-sector jobs (Jaquet et al. 2019), reliance on shared natural resources diminishes. This reduced dependence weakens households’ incentives to participate in collective management.

    Second, and relatedly, remittance income is associated with lower levels of participation in CBNRM activities. While research has suggested that multiple factors, such as out-migration-related labor shortages, socioeconomic transformations, and resistance to government schemes, influence participation in CBNRM (Poudel 2019, Shahi et al. 2022, Poudyal et al. 2023), our study isolates the effect of remittance income, which is distinct from the number of out-migrants. These findings contrast with those of Bista et al. (2023), who hypothesized a link between community forestry participation and remittance income but found no significant statistical evidence. Our zero-inflated negative binomial regression model suggests that while remittance income does not reduce the probability of participation, it significantly reduces the amount of time households allocate to community forestry activities. This may be because households that receive remittances maintain superficial ties to community-based institutions, such as occasionally attending community forest user group meetings, while drastically reducing their engagement in actual forest management activities. This would align with previous qualitative research that has shown that in some communities where participation has dwindled, members or even community forestry leaders maintain nominal ties to community institutions but contribute little time to resource management (Poudyal et al. 2023). The moderate magnitude of the estimate indicates that in settings where many households receive a large amount of annual remittance income, as is the case for some households that receive remittances from international locations (Central Bureau of Statistics 2011b), we would expect to see a noticeable reduction in the amount of time and effort allocated to community forestry. The estimate does not, however, suggest that there are substantial changes in participation by households that receive only a modest amount of such income (as is common for some other households, particularly those that receive remittances from domestic locations).

    It is also notable that these relationships hold when controlling for the number of out-migrants, and the number of out-migrants has no apparent relationship with our forestry-sector outcome variables, while controlling for the amount of remittances received (see Appendix 1). This is in contrast to some other empirical work that has shown that decisions to implement many other conservation activities in the agricultural sector show the opposite pattern: they appear to be influenced by the number of out-migrants and not the amount of remittances received (Williams and Paudel 2020). This highlights the importance of developing sector-specific models for understanding the social and economic dimensions of conservation decision-making, rather than assuming that those social and economic dimensions are the same across sectors.

    CONCLUSION

    Implications for policy and future research

    Although our study was based in Nepal, the findings have broader relevance for community-based resource management programs globally. The effectiveness of CBNRM depends on sustained participation for monitoring, enforcement, ecosystem restoration, and rural development. If participation declines due to socioeconomic shifts linked to out-migration, policymakers may need to reconsider how to sustain collective governance structures.

    One potential response is to develop targeted programs that strengthen incentives for participation among households that receive remittances. Research suggests that women left behind by out-migration face participation constraints shaped by caste and social networks (Shrestha et al. 2023). To address these challenges, pro-poor entrepreneurship strategies in community-based resource management (Paudel 2012) could help marginalized households derive economic benefits from forestry. Effective implementation would require partnerships with government and non-governmental organizations (Cronkleton et al. 2012), which could help to ensure that such initiatives do not erode local participation but instead foster sustainable engagement. Such partnerships could help develop effective donor programs with local user buy-in by encompassing tasks such as identifying poor and marginalized households, devising production and benefit-sharing plans, implementing monitoring and evaluation procedures, and establishing conflict resolution mechanisms regarding resource use. These efforts could ultimately build the resilience of community-based natural resource systems (Nightingale and Sharma 2014). Therefore, future policy development should focus on creating an enabling an environment for commercial livelihoods in the context of community-based programs (Sapkota et al. 2020).

    Our findings also raise important questions for future research. While we documented participation shifts due to remittance incomes, further studies should examine the long-term impacts on the sustainability of CBNRM institutions. Specifically, how do declining participation rates influence afforestation efforts and resource management outcomes? Additionally, exploring whether participation patterns differ across social groups, such as wealthier versus marginalized households, would provide insights into equity concerns in CBNRM governance (Sunam and McCarthy 2016, de Brauw 2019). If wealthier households withdraw from collective management, this may leave marginalized groups with disproportionate responsibility for maintaining community forests, which would reinforce existing socioeconomic inequalities (McCarthy et al. 2009, Maharajan et al. 2012, Dustmann and Okatenko 2014, Cook 2024).

    Finally, while our study identified correlations between out-migration, remittance incomes, and participation in CBNRM, future research should employ causal identification strategies to strengthen policy recommendations. The findings also open avenues for cross-national comparisons using similar datasets, such as those developed through the cross-national PEN survey initiative. Expanding this research across different regions would help determine whether the observed patterns in Nepal apply to other community-based governance systems that are experiencing high out-migration. Similarly, there is room for future work to investigate whether our results from the 2003–2012 period fully capture present-day dynamics in Nepal. Although this study period is useful for studying the general relationship between remittance incomes and community forestry, and yields lessons that are relevant to countries that are currently experiencing out-migration from community forest systems, it is possible that some of these dynamics have either changed or intensified in Nepal since the time of data collection. We note this limitation so as to discourage readers from misinterpreting our results, and to encourage future data collection to study the dynamics of migration and forestry in Nepal.

    Our study underscores the complex relationship between out-migration, remittance income, and community-based resource management. As rural economies transition due to migration, natural resource governance institutions must adapt to shifting participation dynamics. Understanding these evolving relationships is critical for ensuring the long-term sustainability of CBNRM models, particularly in regions where migration-driven socioeconomic transformations are accelerating.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This research was supported by the National Science Foundation (grants: #1757136, #2242507, #2343136). We thank the Central Bureau of Statistics in Kathmandu and the Poverty Environment Network (PEN) program for providing the data used in this study. We thank Dr. Krister Andersson and Dr. Ganesh Gorti for their constructive comments and suggestions about this work.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI-assisted tools were not used in the research and writing process.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The National Living Standards Survey data analyzed in this study were provided by the Central Bureau of Statistics of the Government of Nepal. A data use agreement prohibits the authors from sharing these data. However, the datasets generated and analyzed during the current study are available from the corresponding author on reasonable request if prior permission is granted from the original data providers (where applicable).

    LITERATURE CITED

    Abdulai, A., and C. L. Delgado. 1999. Determinants of nonfarm earnings of farm‐based husbands and wives in northern Ghana. American Journal of Agricultural Economics 81(1):117-130. https://doi.org/10.2307/1244455

    Agarwal, B. 2001. Participatory exclusions, community forestry, and gender: an analysis for South Asia and a conceptual framework. World Development 29(10):1623-1648. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0305-750X(01)00066-3

    Agarwal, B. 2010. Gender and green governance: the political economy of women’s presence within and beyond community forestry. Oxford University Press.

    Agarwal, B. 2016. Gender challenges. Oxford University Press.

    Angelsen, A., P. Jagger, R. Babigumira, B. Belcher, N. J. Hogarth, S. Baucher, J. Börner, C. Smith-Hall, and S. Wunder. 2014. Environmental income and rural livelihoods: a global-comparative analysis. World Development 64:S12-28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2014.03.006

    Barrett, C. B., M. Bezuneh, and A. Aboud. 2001a. Income diversification, poverty traps and policy shocks in Côte d’Ivoire and Kenya. Food Policy 26:367-384. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0306-9192(01)00017-3

    Barrett, C. B., T. Reardon, and P. Webb. 2001b. Nonfarm income diversification and household livelihood strategies in rural Africa: concepts, dynamics, and policy implications. Food Policy 26(4):315-331. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0306-9192(01)00014-8

    Barrett, C. B., and B. M. Swallow. 2006. Fractal poverty traps. World Development 34(1):1-15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2005.06.008

    Bhattarai, B. 2020. How do gender relations shape a community’s ability to adapt to climate change? Insights from Nepal’s community forestry. Climate and Development 12(10):876-887. https://doi.org/10.1080/17565529.2019.1701971

    Bista, R., S. Graybill, Q. Zhang, R. E. Bilsborrow, and C. Song. 2023. Influence of rural out-migration on household participation in community forest management? Evidence from the Middle Hills of Nepal. Sustainability 15(3):2185. https://doi.org/10.3390/su15032185

    Bluffstone, R., A. Dannenberg, P. Martinsson, P. Jha, and R. Bista. 2020. Cooperative behavior and common pool resources: experimental evidence from community forest user groups in Nepal. World Development 129:104889. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2020.104889

    Cameron, A. C., J. B. Gelbach, and D. L. Miller. 2008. Bootstrap-based improvements for inference with clustered errors. Review of Economics and Statistics 90(3):414-427.

    Cárdenas, J. C., M. A. Janssen, M. Ale, R. Bastakoti, A. Bernal, J. Chalermphol, et al. 2017. Fragility of the provision of local public goods to private and collective risks. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114(5):921-925. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1614892114

    Central Bureau of Statistics. 1996. Nepal Living Standard Survey 1995/1996.

    Central Bureau of Statistics. 2005. Nepal Living Standard Survey 2003/2004.

    Central Bureau of Statistics. 2011a. Nepal Living Standard Survey 2010/2011.

    Central Bureau of Statistics. 2011b. Nepal Living Standards Survey 2010/11 statistical report. Vol. 2. Kathmandu, Nepal.

    Central Intelligence Agency. 2022. The world factbook – Central Intelligence Agency. https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/about/archives/2022/

    Chamberlain, G. 1980. Analysis of covariance with qualitative data. Review of Economic Studies 47(1):225-238. https://doi.org/10.2307/2297110

    Choithani, C. 2017. Understanding the linkages between migration and household food security in India. Geographical Research 55(2):192-205. https://doi.org/10.1111/1745-5871.12223

    Choithani, C., R. J. van Duijne, and J. Nijman. 2021. Changing livelihoods at India’s rural–urban transition. World Development 146:105617. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2021.105617

    Connell, J., and D. Conway. 2000. Migration and remittances in island microstates: a comparative perspective on the South Pacific and the Caribbean. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 24(1):52-78. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-2427.00235

    Cook, N. J. 2024. Experimental evidence on minority participation and the design of community-based natural resource management programs. Ecological Economics 218. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2024.108114

    Cook, N. J., M. E. Benedum, G. Gorti, and S. Thapa. 2023. Promoting women’s leadership under environmental decentralization: the roles of domestic policy, foreign aid, and population change. Environmental Science & Policy 139:240-249. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2022.11.007

    Cook, N. J., B. K. Karna, J. Steinberg, and G. Torrens. 2025. Ostromian institutions and violence: community forestry and Nepal’s civil war. World Development 192:107018. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2025.107018

    Cronkleton, P., J. M. Pulhin, and S. Saigal. 2012. Co-management in community forestry: how the partial devolution of management rights creates challenges for forest communities. Conservation and Society 10(2):91-102. https://doi.org/10.4103/0972-4923.97481

    de Brauw, A. 2019. Migration out of rural areas and implications for rural livelihoods. Annual Review of Resource Economics 11:461-481. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-resource-100518-093906

    de Janvry, A., M. Fafchamps, and E. Sadoulet. 1991. Peasant household behaviour with missing markets: some paradoxes explained. Economic Journal 101:1400-1417. https://doi.org/10.2307/2234892

    Dercon, S. 2002. Income risk, coping strategies, and safety nets. World Bank Research Observer 17(2):141-166. https://doi.org/10.1596/16419

    Dongol, C., K. Hughey, and H. Bigsby. 2009. Capital formation and sustainable community forestry in Nepal. Mountain Research and Development 34:70-77.

    Dressler, W., J. de Koning, M. Montefrio, and J. Firn. 2016. Land sharing not sparing in the “green economy”: the role of livelihood bricolage in conservation and development in the Philippines. Geoforum 76:75-89. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2016.09.003

    Duflo, E. 2001. Schooling and labor market consequences of school construction in Indonesia: evidence from an unusual policy experiment. American Economic Review 91(4):795-813. https://www.aeaweb.org/articles?id=10.1257/aer.91.4.795

    Dustmann, C., and A. Okatenko. 2014. Out-migration, wealth constraints, and the quality of local amenities. Journal of Development Economics 110:52-63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdeveco.2014.05.008

    Estudillo, J. P., and K. Otsuka. 1999. Green revolution, human capital, and off-farm employment: changing sources of income among farm households in Central Luzon, 1966–1994. Economic Development and Cultural Change 47(3):497-523. https://doi.org/10.1086/452417

    Fox, J. 2018. Community forestry, labor migration and agrarian change in a Nepali village: 1980 to 2010. Journal of Peasant Studies 45(3):610-629. https://doi.org/10.1080/03066150.2016.1246436

    García-Barrios, L., Y. M. Galván-Miyoshi, I. A. Valsieso-Pérez, O. R. Masera, G. Bocco, and J. Vandermeer. 2009. Neotropical forest conservation, agricultural intensification, and rural out-migration: the Mexican experience. BioScience 59(10):863-873.

    Gentle, P., T. N. Maraseni, D. Paudel, G. R. Dahal, T. Kanel, and B. Pathak. 2020. Effectiveness of community forest user groups (CFUGs) in responding to the 2015 earthquakes and COVID-19 in Nepal. Research in Globalization 2:100025. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resglo.2020.100025

    Giri, K., and I. Darnhofer. 2010. Outmigrating men: a window of opportunity for women’s participation in community forestry? Scandinavian Journal of Forest Research 25(sup9):55-61. https://doi.org/10.1080/02827581.2010.506769

    Gray, C. L. 2009. Rural out-migration and smallholder agriculture in the southern Ecuadorian Andes. Population and Environment 30(4):193-217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11111-009-0081-5

    Haggblade, S., P. Hazell, and T. Reardon. 2010. The rural non-farm economy: prospects for growth and poverty reduction. World Development 38(10):1429-1441. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2009.06.008

    Hajjar, R., J. A. Oldekop, P. Cronkleton, P. Newton, A. J. Russell, and W. Zhou. 2021. A global analysis of the social and environmental outcomes of community forests. Nature Sustainability 4(3):216-224. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-020-00633-y

    Hecht, S. B., A, L. Yang, B. Sijapati Basnett, C. Padoch, and N. L. Peluso. 2015. People in motion, forests in transition: trends in migration, urbanization, and remittances and their effects on tropical forests. Center for International Forestry Research. https://doi.org/10.17528/cifor/005762

    Hoffmann, E. M., V. Konerding, S. Nautiyal, and A. Buerkert. 2019. Is the push-pull paradigm useful to explain rural-urban migration? A case study in Uttarakhand, India. PloS One 14(4):e0214511. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0214511

    International Organization for Migration. 2019. Migration in Nepal: a country profile 2019. IOM and UN Migration.

    Jaquet, S., T. Kohler, and G. Schwilch. 2019. Labour migration in the Middle Hills of Nepal: consequences on land management strategies. Sustainability 11(5):1349. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11051349

    Kanel, K. R., and B. R. Kandel. 2004. Community forestry in Nepal: achievements and challenges. Journal of Forest and Livelihood 4(1):55-63.

    Kitazawa, Y. 2012. Hyperbolic transformation and average elasticity in the framework of the fixed effects logit model. Theoretical Economics Letters 2(2):192-199. https://doi.org/10.4236/tel.2012.22034

    Lambin, E. F., B. L. Turner, H. J. Geist, S. B. Agbola, A. Angelsen, J. W. Bruce, et al. 2001. The causes of land-use and land-cover change: moving beyond the myths. Global Environmental Change 11(4):261-269. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0959-3780(01)00007-3

    Lanjouw, P., and M. Ravallion. 1995. Poverty and household size. Economic Journal 105(433):1415-1434. https://doi.org/10.2307/2235108

    Leblond, J.-P. 2019. Revisiting forest transition explanations: the role of “push” factors and adaptation strategies in forest expansion in northern Phetchabun, Thailand. Land Use Policy 83:195-214. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2019.01.035

    Leder, S., R. Upadhyaya, K. van der Geest, Y. Adhikari, and M. Büttner. 2024. Rural out-migration and water governance: gender and social relations mediate and sustain irrigation systems in Nepal. World Development 177:106544. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2024.106544

    Loison, S. A. 2016. Rural livelihood diversification in Sub-Saharan Africa: a literature review. Journal of Development Studies 51:1125-1138. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220388.2015.1046445

    Maharjan, A., S. Bauer, and B. Knerr. 2012. Do rural women who stay behind benefit from male out-migration? A case study in the hills of Nepal. Gender, Technology and Development 16(1):95-123. https://doi.org/10.1177/097185241101600105

    Marquardt, K., D. Khatri, and A. Pain. 2016. REDD+, forest transition, agrarian change and ecosystem services in the hills of Nepal. Human Ecology 44(2):229-244. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10745-016-9817-x

    McCarthy, N., C. Carletto, T. Kilic, and B. Davis. 2009. Assessing the impact of massive out-migration on Albanian agriculture. European Journal of Development Research 21:448-470. https://doi.org/10.1057/ejdr.2009.12

    Ministry of Forests and Soil Conservation. 2013. Persistence and change: review of 30 years of community forestry in Nepal. Government of Nepal, Kathmandu, Nepal.

    Mohapatra, S., S. Rozelle, and J. Huang. 2006. Climbing the development ladder: economic development and the evolution of occupations in rural China. Journal of Development Studies 42(6):1023-1055. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220380600774988

    Molinas, J. R. 1998. The impact of inequality, gender, external assistance and social capital on local-level cooperation. World Development 26(3):413-431. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0305-750X(97)10066-3

    Morduch, J. 1995. Income smoothing and consumption smoothing. Journal of Economic Perspectives 9(3):103-114. https://doi.org/10.1257/jep.9.3.103

    Newton, P., A. T. Kinzer, D. C. Miller, J. A. Oldekop, and A. Agrawal. 2020. The number and spatial distribution of forest-proximate people globally. One Earth 3(3):363-370. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2020.08.016

    Nguyen, T. T., T. L. Do, D. Bühler, R. Hartje, and U. Grote. 2015. Rural livelihoods and environmental resource dependence in Cambodia. Ecological Economics 120:282-295. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2015.11.001

    Nightingale, A., and J. R. Sharma. 2014. Conflict resilience among community forestry user groups: experiences in Nepal. Disasters 38(3):517-539. https://doi.org/10.1111/disa.12056

    Ojha, H. R., L. Persha, and A. Chhatre. 2009. Community forestry in Nepal: a policy innovation for local livelihoods. Pages 123-160 in D. J. Spielman and R. Pandya-Borck, editors. Proven successes in agricultural development: a technical compendium to millions fed. International Food Policy Research Institute.

    Oldekop, J. A., K. R. E. Sims, B. K. Karna, M. J. Whittingham, and A. Agrawal. 2019. Reductions in deforestation and poverty from decentralized forest management in Nepal. Nature Sustainability 2(5):421-428. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0277-3

    Oldekop, J. A., K. R. E. Sims, M. J. Whittingham, and A. Agrawal. 2018. An upside to globalization: international outmigration drives reforestation in Nepal. Global Environmental Change 52:66-74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2018.06.004

    Paudel, D. 2012. In search of alternatives: pro-poor entrepreneurship in community forestry. Journal of Development Studies 48(11):1649-1664. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220388.2012.716152

    Poapongsakorn, N., M. Ruhs, and S. Tangjitwisuth. 1998. Problems and outlook of agriculture in Thailand. TDRI Quarterly Review 13(2):3-14.

    Pokharel, B. K., P. Branney, M. Nurse, and Y. B. Malla. 2007. Community forestry: conserving forests, sustaining livelihoods and strengthening democracy. Journal of Forest and Livelihood 6(2):8-19.

    Poudel, D. P. 2019. Migration, forest management and traditional institutions: acceptance of and resistance to community forestry models in Nepal. Geoforum 106:275-286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2019.09.003

    Poudyal, B. H., D. B. Khatri, D. Paudel, K. Marquardt, and S. Khatri. 2023. Examining forest transition and collective action in Nepal’s community forestry. Land Use Policy 134:106872. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2023.106872

    Poverty and Environment Network (PEN). 2016a. CIFOR’s Poverty and Environment Network (PEN) global dataset. https://doi.org/10.17528/CIFOR/DATA.00021

    Poverty and Environment Network (PEN). 2016b. PEN technical guidelines.

    Reardon, T., J. Berdegué, C. B. Barrett, and K. Stamoulis. 2007. Household income diversification into rural nonfarm activities. Pages 115-140 in T. Reardon, S. Haggblade, and P. B. R. Hazel, editors. Transforming the rural nonfarm economy: opportunities and threats in the developing world. Johns Hopkins University Press.

    Reardon, T., C. Delgado, and P. Matlon. 1992. Determinants and effects of income diversification amongst farm households in Burkina Faso. Journal of Development Studies 28(2):264-296. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220389208422232

    Robson, J. P., and F. Berkes. 2011. Exploring some of the myths of land use change: Can rural to urban migration drive declines in biodiversity? Global Environmental Change 21(3):844-854. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2011.04.009

    Robson, J. P., and P. K. Nayak. 2010. Rural out-migration and resource-dependent communities in Mexico and India. Population and Environment 32(2):263-284. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11111-010-0121-1

    Rogers, W. H. 1993. Regression standard errors in clustered samples. Stata Technical Bulletin 13:19–23.

    Rudel, T. 2011. The commons and development: unanswered sociological questions. International Journal of the Commons 5(2). https://doi.org/10.18352/ijc.248

    Sapkota, L. M., H. Dhungana, B. H. Poudyal, B. Chapagain, and D. Gritten. 2020. Understanding the barriers to community forestry delivering on its potential: an illustration from two heterogeneous districts in Nepal. Environmental Management 65(4):463-477. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-019-01224-0

    Shahi, N., P. Bhusal, G. Paudel, and J. N. Kimengsi. 2022. Forest–people nexus in changing livelihood contexts: evidence from community forests in Nepal. Trees, Forests and People 8:100223. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tfp.2022.100223

    Shin, H. C., S. Vallury, J. K. Abbott, J. M. Anderies, and D. J. Yu. 2022. Understanding the effects of institutional diversity on irrigation systems dynamics. Ecological Economics 191:107221. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2021.107221

    Shrestha, K., and R. Fisher. 2017. Labour migration, the remittance economy and the changing context of community forestry in Nepal. Pages 171-192 in R. Thwaites, R. Fisher, and M. Poudel, editors. Community forestry in Nepal. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315445168-9

    Shrestha, G., E. L. Pakhtigian, and M. Jeuland. 2023. Women who do not migrate: intersectionality, social relations, and participation in Western Nepal. World Development 161:106109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2022.106109

    Steffen, W., J. Rockström, K. Richardson, T. M. Lenton, C. Folke, D. Liverman, et al. 2018. Trajectories of the Earth System in the Anthropocene. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115(33):8252-8259. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1810141115

    Sunam, R. K., and J. F. McCarthy. 2016. Reconsidering the links between poverty, international labour migration, and agrarian change: critical insights from Nepal. Journal of Peasant Studies 43(1):39-63. https://doi.org/10.1080/03066150.2015.1041520

    United States Bureau of Labor Statistics. 2022.

    Von Braun, J., D. Puetz, and P. Webb. 1990. Irrigation technology and commercialization of rice in the Gambia: effects on income and nutrition. Food and Nutrition Bulletin 12(2):1-2. https://doi.org/10.1177/156482659001200204

    Wang, Y., C. Chen, and E. Araral. 2016. The effects of migration on collective action in the commons: evidence from rural China. World Development 88:79-93. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2016.07.014

    Williams, D., and K. P. Paudel. 2020. Migration, remittance, and adoption of conservation practices. Environmental Management 66(6):1072-1084. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-020-01362-w

    World Bank Group. 2018. Migration and remittances, April 2018: recent developments and outlook. World Bank, Washington, D.C., USA.

    World Bank Group. 2020. Migration and development. Brief 33. World Bank, Washington, D.C., USA.

    World Bank Group. 2025. Personal remittances, received (% of GDP) – Nepal. https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/BX.TRF.PWKR.DT.GD.ZS

    Zimmerer, K. S. 2010. Biological diversity in agriculture and global change. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 35:137-166. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-040309-113840

    Corresponding author:
    Nathan Cook
    cooknath@iu.edu
    Appendix 1
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Out-migration influences participation in community-based natural resource management (CBNRM) through four potential mechanisms: labor constraints, resource dependence, opportunity costs, and compensatory participation. Arrows with plus (+) signs denote reinforcing effects (an increase in one variable leads to an increase in the connected variable); minus (-) signs indicate balancing effects (an increase in one variable leads to a decrease in the connected variable).

    Fig. 1. Out-migration influences participation in community-based natural resource management (CBNRM) through four potential mechanisms: labor constraints, resource dependence, opportunity costs, and compensatory participation. Arrows with plus (+) signs denote reinforcing effects (an increase in one variable leads to an increase in the connected variable); minus (-) signs indicate balancing effects (an increase in one variable leads to a decrease in the connected variable).

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Study setting. Colors indicate the number of households surveyed in a given district across the Nepal Living Standards Survey (NLSS) sample (left) and Poverty Environment Network (PEN) sample (right).

    Fig. 2. Study setting. Colors indicate the number of households surveyed in a given district across the Nepal Living Standards Survey (NLSS) sample (left) and Poverty Environment Network (PEN) sample (right).

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Association of remittances and the number of days spent on community forestry activities. Predictions were based on the results of a zero-inflated negative binomial regression model (see <em>Methods</em> and Table 3). As the amount of remittance income increased, the predicted number of person-days spent on community forestry activities decreased (CFUG: community forest user group).

    Fig. 3. Association of remittances and the number of days spent on community forestry activities. Predictions were based on the results of a zero-inflated negative binomial regression model (see Methods and Table 3). As the amount of remittance income increased, the predicted number of person-days spent on community forestry activities decreased (CFUG: community forest user group).

    Fig. 3
    Table 1
    Table 1. Descriptive statistics for household survey samples.

    Table 1. Descriptive statistics for household survey samples.

    Mean Median SD Min Max
    Nepal Living Standards Survey sample (N = 3661)
     Dependent variable
      Community forest use 0.437 0 0.496 0 1
     Independent variable
      Remittance income (100 U.S. dollars) 0.978 0 4.831 0 122.974
     Control variables
      Crop income (100 U.S. dollars) -0.429 -0.149 7.568 -72.263 397.798
      Animal income (100 U.S. dollars) 0.261 0 2.6021 -16.082 39.619
      Enterprise income (100 U.S. dollars) 3.209 0 14.879 -135.272 501.729
      Education 0.544 1 0.498 0 1
      Ethnic majority 0.503 1 0.500 0 1
      Household size 5.205 5 2.305 1 26
    Poverty Environment Network sample (N = 453)
     Dependent variable
      Participation (days) 4.159 3 4.919 0 30
     Independent variable
      Remittance income (100 U.S. dollars) 5.348 0 11.077 0 124.521
     Control variables
      Crop income (100 U.S. dollars) -0.483 -0.408 1.343 -7.271 8.757
      Animal income (100 U.S. dollars) 0.005 0 2.454 -21.942 14.038
      Enterprise income (100 U.S. dollars) 1.043 0 4.075 -3.184 39.351
      Education 0.419 1 0.494 0 1
      Ethnic majority 0.678 1 0.468 0 1
      Household size 6.192 6 2.591 1 18
    Table 2
    Table 2. Association of remittances and the use of community forest resources. Odds ratios were estimated using logistic regression with conditional fixed effects at the community level. The dependent variable was a dichotomous indicator of whether or not the household collected firewood or fodder from a community forest over the past 12 months. 95% confidence intervals were calculated using cluster-bootstrapping at the community level. <em>N</em> = 3661.

    Table 2. Association of remittances and the use of community forest resources. Odds ratios were estimated using logistic regression with conditional fixed effects at the community level. The dependent variable was a dichotomous indicator of whether or not the household collected firewood or fodder from a community forest over the past 12 months. 95% confidence intervals were calculated using cluster-bootstrapping at the community level. N = 3661.

    Variable 95% confidence interval P
    Independent variable
     (a) Remittances (100 U.S. dollars) 0.970 [0.950, 0.991] 0.006
    Control variables
     Ethnic majority 0.900 [0.738, 1.097] 0.299
     Education 0.954 [0.795, 1.145] 0.612
     Household size 1.071 [1.028, 1.117] 0.001
     Crop income 1.012 [0.992, 1.033] 0.246
     Animal income 1.002 [0.965, 1.040] 0.920
     Enterprise income 0.994 [0.986, 1.003] 0.190
    Conditional fixed effects (community level) X
    Table 3
    Table 3. Association of remittances and the number of person-days spent on community forestry activities. Exponentiated coefficients were estimated with a zero-inflated negative binomial regression model. The dependent variable was the number of person-days a household reported spending on community forestry activities in the previous 12 months. The first stage predicted the likelihood of a household reporting zero days of participation in community forestry activities. For households with non-zero community forestry participation, the second stage predicted the number of person-days spent on community forestry activities. The model included unconditional fixed effects at the community level. <em>N</em> = 453. 95% confidence intervals were corrected for clustering at the community level.

    Table 3. Association of remittances and the number of person-days spent on community forestry activities. Exponentiated coefficients were estimated with a zero-inflated negative binomial regression model. The dependent variable was the number of person-days a household reported spending on community forestry activities in the previous 12 months. The first stage predicted the likelihood of a household reporting zero days of participation in community forestry activities. For households with non-zero community forestry participation, the second stage predicted the number of person-days spent on community forestry activities. The model included unconditional fixed effects at the community level. N = 453. 95% confidence intervals were corrected for clustering at the community level.

    First stage: Odds of zero participation in community forestry activities (logistic; odds ratios) Second stage: Number of person-days spent on community forestry activities (negative binomial; incidence-rate ratios)
    Independent variable
    Remittances (100 U.S. dollars) (b) 1.011 (c) 0.992
    [0.985, 1.037] [0.987, 0.997]
    P = 0.401 P = 0.001
    Control variables
    Ethnic majority 0.244 1.334
    [0.142, 0.421] [0.945, 1.885]
    P = 0.003 P = 0.102
    Education 0.230 1.134
    [0.162, 0.328] [0.969, 1.327]
    P < 0.001 P = 0.117
    Household size 0.900 0.998
    [0.871, 0.929] [0.969, 1.028]
    P < 0.001 P = 0.909
    Crop income -0.052 0.962
    [0.575, 1.566] [0.878 - 1.055]
    P = 0.838 P = 0.411
    Animal income 1.104 0.991
    [1.005, 1.212] [0.951 - 1.034]
    P = 0.038 P = 0.684
    Enterprise income 0.973 0.997
    [0.890, 1.063] [0.975 - 1.020]
    P = 0.543 P = 0.815
    Constant 10.830 3.595
    [5.859, 20.02] [2.949 - 4.381]
    P < 0.001 P < 0.001
    Fixed effects (community level) X X
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    community-based natural resource management; forestry; migration; Nepal; participation; remittances

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 33 Research

    Downstream impacts of the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex on várzea traditional agriculture and extractivism

    Lobo, G. S., J. O. Gil, R. F. B. da Silva,‬ and E. F. Moran. 2025. Downstream impacts of the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex on várzea traditional agriculture and extractivism. Ecology and Society 30(3):33. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16518-300333
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Guilherme S. LoboORCIDcontact author, Guilherme S. Lobo
      Programa de Pós-Graduação em Ambiente e Sociedade do Instituto de Filosofia e Ciências Humanas (IFCH), UNICAMP, Brazil; Núcleo de Estudos e Pesquisas Ambientais (NEPAM), UNICAMP, Brazil
    • Jorge O. Gil, Jorge O. Gil
      Institute of Agro-Environmental Research and Sustainable Organizations (IEPAGRO), Porto Velho, Rondônia, Brazil
    • Ramon F. B. da Silva‬ORCID, Ramon F. B. da Silva‬
      Núcleo de Estudos e Pesquisas Ambientais (NEPAM), UNICAMP, Brazil
    • Emilio F. MoranORCIDEmilio F. Moran
      Michigan State University, USA

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Lobo, G. S., J. O. Gil, R. F. B. da Silva,‬ and E. F. Moran. 2025. Downstream impacts of the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex on várzea traditional agriculture and extractivism. Ecology and Society 30(3):33.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16518-300333

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Responses to this Article
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • Amazon; extractivism; flood recession agriculture; hydropeaking; traditional livelihoods
    Downstream impacts of the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex on várzea traditional agriculture and extractivism
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16518.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Hydropower development in the Amazon has accelerated under public and private incentives, aiming to promote economic growth, environmental conservation, renewable energy, and social equity within a sustainable development agenda. However, recent studies show significant negative impacts on local communities and ecosystems, raising concerns about hydropower’s true contribution to sustainability. Despite increasing awareness, research has largely overlooked the downstream effects of hydropower dams. Since the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex became operational, it has introduced sub-daily flow oscillations (hydropeaking) in the Madeira River, Southwest Amazon. Although poorly understood, hydropeaking can disrupt the river’s essential flood pulse, which rural riverine communities, known as ribeirinho, depend on for traditional flood recession agriculture and extractivism in the whitewater floodplains (várzea). These communities have long adapted their livelihoods to seasonal flood dynamics, using both low- and high-gradient várzea floodplains, but this downstream flow alteration may be affecting the várzea social-ecological system and must be investigated. To investigate hydropeaking’s effects, we conducted semi-structured interviews with local experts (n = 51) of four downstream ribeirinho communities, along with hydrological and soil analyses. Our findings reveal a shift in agricultural practices, particularly in flood recession agriculture in low-várzea areas. Soil analysis corroborates local experts’ concern about declining fertility, showing reduced phosphorus content following dam operations. Additionally, the extreme 2014 flood and expanding illegal gold mining have further diminished engagement in extractivist activities. A truly sustainable future for the Madeira River depends on revitalizing várzea-based value chains while preserving both ecological integrity and social resilience. We recommend establishing an independent monitoring group composed of ribeirinho communities and local scientists to assess downstream impacts on the várzea social-ecological system. Furthermore, targeted compensation and mitigation projects should be implemented to promote the sustainable use of várzea resources.

    INTRODUCTION

    Hydropower is Brazil’s primary renewable energy source, accounting currently for about 60% of the electrical mix (Energy Research Office (EPE) 2024). Since the 1980s, hydropower development has been boosted, particularly in the Amazon basin, as it possesses immense hydraulic potential (von Sperling 2012). Hydropower development has been accelerated by government and private sector incentives aimed at fostering economic growth, environmental conservation, and social equity under a sustainable development agenda (Fearnside 2015, Moran and Athayde 2019). However, recent years have seen a proliferation of studies highlighting the adverse impacts of hydropower development on local communities’ well-being and the ecosystems of the Amazon (Athayde et al. 2019). This has led to growing concerns regarding the role of hydropower in sustainable development in the Amazon (Moran et al. 2018).

    Despite this increased awareness, certain types of impacts have received more attention than others. Major research efforts have concentrated on the direct impacts of the large dam construction and surrounding reservoir areas (Dias et al. 2018), including involuntary population resettlement and the repercussions of a large reservoir in ecological processes (Kirchherr et al. 2016, Cernea and Maldonado 2018). However, less scientific attention has been directed toward the downstream socio-ecological impacts of hydropower dams (Richter et al. 2010), especially within tropical regions (Winemiller et al. 2016, Runde et al. 2020). This constitutes a significant knowledge gap, given that the dam operation typically results in hydrological alteration downstream, often crossing jurisdictional boundaries over long distances (Nilsson et al. 2005, Poff and Schmidt 2016). Lost in hydropower development’s shadow, the downstream impacts have been overlooked in the Amazon, leading to recurrently underestimated and undercompensated impacts on people and the environment (Mayer et al. 2022c, García et al. 2024, Utsunomiya et al. 2024).

    In the Amazon, downstream dam regulation is a significant concern due to the intrinsic connection between aquatic ecosystems and the seasonal flow regime, described by Junk et al. (1989) as the flood pulse. The largest Amazonian rivers are characterized by a predictable monomodal flood pulse driven by dry and rainy seasons in their catchment basins (Junk et al. 2014). Along the margins of these rivers occur floodplains, which are crucial habitats for endemic and endangered species adapted to flood pulse (Junk and da Silva 1997, Wittmann et al. 2013). The flood pulse also regulates biochemical cycles within the floodplain (Melack 2016), such as soil and water nutrients (Melack and Forsberg 2001).

    Beyond its influence on biota and ecological processes, the flood pulse profoundly defines the livelihoods of rural traditional riverine communities (known as ribeirinho in Portuguese), who reside in floodplain areas, especially the biodiverse whitewater floodplain, locally known as várzea. The bond between traditional ribeirinho’s livelihoods, várzea, and flood pulse is so profound that it resonates in their identity, resource utilization, movements, and social activities (Harris 1998). For instance, ribeirinho communities manage agriculture and extractivism in the várzea in synchrony with flood pulse (Junk et al. 2020). In this sense, natural and human elements of the várzea are interrelated and inextricably shaped by the flood pulse, functioning as a complex socio-ecological system (Kumar et al. 2023).

    In this intertwined socioecological system, downstream dam regulation needs to be seen as an essential factor that pushes into a transitional state, eventually leading to new dynamic equilibria (Berkes and Folke 1998). Different components of the system that depend on the flood pulse adjust to flow regulation at varying rates. For instance, invertebrates and floodplain herbaceous vegetation may reach a new equilibrium within a few years (Baladrón et al. 2023), whereas fish and vegetation composition may continue adjusting for decades (Gandini et al. 2014, Bejarano et al. 2018). As the ecology adapts to the regulated flow, local residents, particularly farmers and extractivists, also adjust their livelihoods, which rely on floodplain resources (Thomas and Adams 1999). These adaptations are further influenced by broader economic and social factors from outside the floodplain, although their impacts are felt locally. However, few studies have explored how social-ecological systems adapt to downstream changes caused by dams, especially in the Amazon.

    Under this scenario lies the enormous Madeira Hydroelectric Complex (MHC), which has been damming the Madeira River, a large whitewater tributary of the Amazon River. Operation of the MHC causes a sub-daily flow oscillation (hydropeaking) due to the intermittent operation of floodgates associated with energy demand (Almeida et al. 2020). Despite being considered a minor variation in hourly flow, hydropeaking may have significant implications for the social-ecological dynamics, however, there have been no studies to date that investigated how ribeirinho communities perceive hydropeaking concerning the impacts and adaptation on the várzea agriculture and extractivism activities (Bipa et al. 2024, Jardim and Collischonn 2024). We hypothesize that even subtle fluctuations in water levels can disrupt várzea traditional livelihoods, influencing agriculture and extractivism practices, and broader ecological interactions.

    To test this hypothesis, we applied an interdisciplinary approach that combined interviews with 51 local experts from four downstream ribeirinho communities, daily and hourly hydrological analyses, and an assessment of soil chemical properties before and after the implementation of the MHC. A key aspect of our study was capturing the lived experiences of these communities, highlighting how hydropeaking influences their agricultural and extractivist activities within the várzea, a phenomenon largely understudied worldwide (Richter et al. 2010).

    METHODS

    Study site

    The Madeira River basin spans over 1.4 million km², encompassing parts of Bolivia, Brazil, and Peru. Formed by the confluence of the main tributaries of the Amazonian–Andean region (Beni, Mamoré, and Madre de Dios Rivers), it is recognized as one of the most significant whitewater rivers in the Amazon basin in terms of sediment load (Latrubesse 2008). Naturally, the Madeira River has a flood regime that varies about 10 m between the dry and rainy seasons (Junk et al. 2014). Along the Madeira River occurs the várzea, the most biodiverse floodplains (Wittmann et al. 2013), which are divided into low and high topographic gradients according to both scientific and local knowledge (Junk et al. 2012, Souza et al. 2012). The low-várzea is flooded annually for more than 3 mos. and covered by mud bars, grassland, or sparse forest vegetation, whereas the high-várzea is elevated, covered with dense forest vegetation, agroforestry systems, and flooded for less than 3 mos. during the highest peak.

    Within the várzea, several ribeirinho communities live and maintain their unique traditional livelihoods intricately tied to the flood regime rhythm (Harris 1998). They depend on the naturally fertile várzea soils for flood recessional agriculture, cultivating short-term crops (less than 90 d to produce), like beans (Vigna unguiculata), manioc (Manihot esculenta), and watermelon (Citrullus lanatus) in the low-várzea, especially in river mud bars. In the high-várzea, they practice conventional agriculture, planting long-term crops, such as corn (Zea mays), squash (Cucurbita sp.), and banana (Musa sp.). Also, they manage the high-várzea by adopting an agroforestry system to harvest essential forest resources, especially açaí (Euterpe precatoria) and other native fruits (Souza et al. 2012) (Fig. 1).

    Since 2013, the MHC, comprising the Jirau and Santo Antônio dams, has been fully operational on the Madeira River. The cascade operation of these two large run-of-river dams has triggered multiple hydrosedimentological changes, making the Madeira River the most environmentally vulnerable basin in the Amazon (Latrubesse et al. 2017). Located approximately 100 km apart, the combined effects of the dams affected downstream flood regime with significant increases in daily and sub-daily flow peaks (i.e., hydropeaking) (Almeida et al. 2020), significantly threatening the natural ecosystem state (Siddiqui et al. 2021). Additionally, the damming of the MHC has led to a decline in downstream sediment load (Li et al. 2020). Despite the ribeirinho communities’ fundamental connection to the várzea, they have had limited participation in environmental assessment reports of the MHC (Mayer et al. 2022a), leading to lack of compensation for losses in livelihoods and health (Mayer et al., 2022b, 2022c, García et al. 2024).

    Shortly after the completion of the MHC, an extreme flood event occurred in 2014. Driven by intense regional rainfall and aggravated by dam operations, the Madeira River reached unprecedented levels (Oliveira et al. 2021). This event resulted in irreparable losses for urban and rural populations along the Madeira River (Novoa Garzon and Silva 2020), and caused severe impacts on the várzea’s fauna and flora (Moser et al. 2019, Bobrowiec et al. 2021, Medeiros et al. 2023, Dayrell et al. 2024). This event exemplifies how the flood regime is the fundamental process governing the várzea, where the fates of people and nature are governed by the river’s rhythm (Jackson et al. 2022).

    Hydrological data collection and analysis

    Hydrological analyses were conducted using daily flow data (m³ s⁻) from the Madeira River, from 1967 to 2022, to identify hydropeaking events and assess other hydrological anomalies. The data were obtained from the Brazilian National Water Agency (Agência Nacional de Águas e Saneamento Básico (ANA)) database including two of the region’s most established and consistent downstream river gauges: the Porto Velho gauge (Code 15400000), located 5 km downstream of the Santo Antônio Dam, and the Humaitá gauge (Code 15300000), approximately 250 km downstream from the same dam. To evaluate hourly flood pulse oscillations, the analysis was restricted to years and river gauges with adequate data coverage (greater than 90% of the year with hourly data) during the MHC’s operation period (2013–2019). Hourly data for the pre-dam period were unavailable, and the Humaitá gauge has a large data gap for all time series, therefore, it was no longer considered. The comparison focused on the Porto Velho gauge, representing the impacted downstream area, and the Abunã gauge (Code 15320002), located 5 km upstream of Jirau dam and not impacted (Fig. 2).

    The daily flow data of the Madeira River was analyzed using the Indicators of Hydrologic Alteration (IHA) software, version 7.1, developed by the Nature Conservancy (2009). These analyses followed the IHA environmental flow protocol to evaluate the hydrological impacts of anthropogenic activities, focusing on key parameters related to hydropeaking. Daily rise and fall rates (m³ s⁻¹ h⁻¹) and the number of reversals were computed for periods before and after the construction of the MHC. Rise rates were determined by the median of positive differences between consecutive daily flow values, whereas the median of negative differences determined fall rates. Additionally, the number of reversals, defined as abrupt changes from rising to falling flow trends, was calculated for each seasonal flood pulse regime (October to September).

    Changes in the seasonal flood pulse of the Madeira River were further assessed by comparing monthly Pardé coefficients for periods before (1967–2012) and after (2013–2022) the construction of the MHC. The Pardé coefficient, the ratio of mean monthly discharge to mean annual discharge, indicates shifts in the seasonal flood pulse regime (Almeida et al. 2020).

    Sub-daily flood pulse oscillations were evaluated using the HP1 indicator (m³ s⁻¹ h⁻¹), which quantifies the magnitude of hydropeaking. This indicator is calculated as the difference between sub-daily maximum and minimum hourly flows, normalized by the mean daily flow (Carolli et al. 2015). The non-parametric Wilcox test was employed to assess the statistical significance using R software.

    Soil data collection and analysis

    The soil’s chemical properties were assessed by analyzing samples collected before and after the construction of the MHC. For the pre-construction period, we used data from the “Studies and Perspectives of Development for Downstream Madeira River 2010–2011” program (Souza et al. 2012). This program was conducted in collaboration with the Institute for Agri-Environmental Studies and Research and Sustainable Organizations (IEPAGRO) and the Santo Antônio Energia, the company responsible for the Santo Antônio Dam operation. The IEPAGRO program collected eight samples in productive areas of the low and high várzea of each downstream ribeirinho community expected to be impacted by dam regulation. The soil was sampled at 20 cm depth, during September and October 2011, which coincides with the Madeira River low water season. All samples were georeferenced and stored in geodatabases. The samples were analyzed for various soil chemical parameters, including base saturation (Al+H), calcium, magnesium, organic matter, pH, phosphorus, and potassium, following the Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation (Embrapa) standardized protocol (Embrapa 1997).

    For the post-construction period, samples were collected during the low water season as well, in September and October 2023, adopting the same protocols used in 2011 and in the same georeferenced points. These samples were analyzed for the same soil chemical parameters following Embrapa standardized protocols (Embrapa 1997). The differences between soil chemical properties in the surveyed várzea were compared using the Student’s t-test, performed with the Python library scipy.stats.

    Interview data collection and analysis

    The interviews were conducted in four downstream non-indigenous rural riverine (ribeirinho) communities outside protected areas in Porto Velho, Rondônia State, Brazil: Cujubim Grande, São Carlos, Nazaré, and Calama (Fig. 2), which have a combined total population of 2,743 residents (Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística (IBGE) 2024). From September 2022 to November 2023, we identified interviewees using a non-probabilistic “snowball” sampling method, an appropriate method for research with remote and dispersed groups (Russell 2005). The participants selected were local experts, defined for this study as community members recognized by their peers for their long-term practical knowledge of várzea agriculture and extractivism. A key inclusion criterion was at least 10 yrs of continuous residence downstream, including the period prior to the construction of the MHC.

    Semi-structured interviews were conducted with these selected participants to explore their perceptions of várzea agricultural and extractivism practices in the context of hydropeaking. Participants were asked about their agricultural and extractivism practices in both low-várzea and high-várzea. For extractivism, they were questioned about resource use, such as edible fruits, medicinal products, oils, palm hearts, resins, tannins, textile fibers, and timber.

    The interviews further explored any abnormal changes in the Madeira River’s daily flooding, and how these changes may have impacted their agricultural and extractivism activities over the past decade. Participants were asked to suggest and discuss possible causes when changes were noted.

    Interviews were conducted using the ArcGIS Survey123 on tablets, with audio recording, and took place in the participants’ homes or work environments. Before the interviews, participants were informed about the study’s objectives and provided consent, ensuring anonymity and the option to withdraw at any time. This study was approved by the Human Research Ethics Committee at the University of Campinas (CEP authorization number: 61440222.9.0000.8142).

    Interviews were transcribed to be analyzed in the Python “pandas” and “spacy” libraries. We implemented a content analysis approach to identify the most frequently mentioned terms across all interviews, focusing on the perceptions of local experts from ribeirinho communities regarding hydropeaking occurrence and the adaptation strategies in agriculture and extractivism within the várzea.

    RESULTS

    Hydrological data

    The mean monthly Pardé coefficient comparison between pre-dam and post-dam periods shows that Madeira River still preserves a seasonal flood pulse regime, validated with Porto Velho and Humaitá gauges flow data (Fig. 3).

    The flow rise rate (m³ s⁻¹ day⁻¹) showed a marked difference between the pre-dam (1967–2012) and post-dam (2013–2022) periods. Both river gauges recorded a significant increase in the rise rate following the dam’s operation (Porto Velho gauge, p < 0.001; Humaitá gauge, p < 0.05). Daily flow analysis revealed a 21.4% increase at the Porto Velho gauge and a 26.9% increase at the Humaitá gauge (Fig. 4a). The flow fall rate (m³ s⁻¹ day⁻¹) showed a significant increase of 33.1% at the Porto Velho gauge between the pre-dam and post-dam periods (p < 0.001). At the Humaitá gauge, there was a 6.2% increase in the fall rate, but it was not statistically significant (Fig. 4b). Daily flow analyses showed a 35.6% increase in flow reversals. The comparison between pre-dam and post-dam impact showed a 35.6% increase in the number of flow reversals at Porto Velho Station (p < 0.001). The Humaitá gauge showed a 5% increase in reversals (Fig. 4c).

    The comparison between Abunã and Porto Velho gauges hourly flow shows a significant downstream sub-daily flood pulse oscillation (p < 0.001), as the hydropeaking indicator (HP1) has a greater mean and standard deviation in the impacted region (Fig. 5).

    Soil data

    The soil chemical comparison between 2011 and 2023 from Cujubim Grande, São Carlos, Nazaré, and Calama revealed slight acidification and a general decline in fertility, with reductions in calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, and potassium levels. Despite these trends, only the decrease in phosphorus was statistically significant (p < 0.018), observed only in the low-várzea soils across all communities. Other parameters, such as base saturation (Al+H) and organic matter, showed less pronounced variations (Table 1).

    Survey data

    Agriculture and extractivism in the várzea

    A total of 51 local experts from four downstream ribeirinho communities were interviewed, one adult (over 18 yrs old) per family unit. Of these, 85% were male, with an average age of 58, and most had completed primary education. The interviews revealed that the importance of the várzea to local livelihoods has persisted after the establishment of the MHC. Ninety-six percent of respondents considered the várzea very important for their traditional livelihood. Local experts stated that low-várzea, especially river mud bars, are very important for the flood recessional agriculture of beans, manioc, and watermelon. The high-várzea are mostly used to plant bananas and sometimes squash, and harvest açaí, as exemplified by a ribeirinho from the Nazaré community:

    We plant beans and manioc on the river’s mud bars, and we grow long-term crops on the higher ground in the várzea. We plant bananas on the higher ground, and we also grow squash and harvest native açaí.

    For our purposes, respondents were asked if they perceived hydropeaking in the Madeira River in recent years. Eighty-five percent perceived hydropeaking. Among the respondents who perceived hydropeaking, the majority pointed to the MHC as the driver of this phenomenon (77.8%), 2.75% indicated illegal mining, 2.75% climate change, and 16.7% don’t know the reason. Regarding the predictability of the Madeira River flood rhythm, 89% of respondents stated that hydropeaking jeopardizes their capacity to predict daily flood levels. A ribeirinho from the São Carlos community who has been living in the region for 40 yrs reported that several bioindicators have changed with the hydropeaking, such as the inhambu bird (Crypturellus sp.) and river dolphin (Sotalia fluviatilis) behavior that used to be a signal of rising river water:

    The river is not normal. In the morning, it’s full, but by the afternoon, it dries up. We know that when the inhambu bird starts calling at night, the river will rise. We also know that when the dolphins start moving too fast, the river will rise. It used to be like that, but now it’s all messed up. The river can rise a meter from six in the evening until dawn. Then, during the day, it can drop by a meter and a half. We’ve lost our ability to predict the river.

    Seventy-five percent of respondents indicated that hydropeaking negatively impacts their agricultural practices. The most frequent agricultural activities in várzea cited by respondents that decreased after hydropeaking occurrence were beans (14), manioc (9), and watermelon (12), all mostly located in the low-várzea. This, in turn, led to the interruption of flood recessional agricultural practices that was described by a ribeirinho from Cujubim Grande:

    Nowadays, you can’t plant crops along the river’s mud bars like you used to. It’s too risky. You plant beans or anything else today, and by tomorrow it’s all flooded.

    Several respondents mentioned adapting their agricultural effort from the low-várzea to higher ground to avoid hydropeaking, frequently noting (16 mentions) increased banana production in high-várzea. Another issue created by the hydropeaking that motivated the focus in agriculture on high-várzea, is a misinterpretation of the natural reversal of the river flow, an abrupt change from rising to falling flow trends locally known as repiquete, which serves as an environmental signal of the beginning of the flooding season. According to a ribeirinho from the Calama community, the similarity of hydropeaking with repiquete confuses them:

    Before these dams, we were familiar with the signs of the flood and drought seasons. In October, we knew the first repiquete would come, with the water rising once and then receding. In early November, there would be a second repiquete. From late November to December, it would rain, and the water would start rising steadily. But it’s different now, it’s out of season. When it’s not expected, the water rises a little and then dries up, because they’re releasing water from the dams. It’s not affecting the high-várzea, but we used to plant on the river’s very productive mud bars. Now, we have to plant higher up.

    The ribeirinho local experts were asked if they perceived any change in the várzea soil fertility since the beginning of hydropeaking occurrences. Sixty-six percent of the respondents noted a decrease in soil fertility, 28% indicated no change, and 6% responded that they didn’t know. The deterioration of soil fertility was noted by a ribeirinho from the São Carlos community:

    The river is shallower now, depending on the outflow from the dams. The dams traps mud, so it no longer settles on the bars, making them more sandy. There’s only sand on the banks now, and the soil is weaker for cropping.

    According to the interviews, extractivism was not significantly impacted by hydropeaking, with açaí harvesting being cited three times as impacted, and araça-boi (Eugenia stipitata), bacaba (Oenocarpus bacaba), and cacao (Theobroma cacao) each cited only once. Aside from hydropeaking, several respondents declared that the extreme 2014 flood was a major event that caused disinterest in extractivism due to huge losses (being cited by 28 respondents), including displacing residents and diminishing açaí palms, as stated by another ribeirinho from São Carlos community:

    Here in São Carlos, a lot of people left because of the 2014 flood. The only ones who stayed were those who were pioneers here. I lost everything during the 2014 flood—my house and my crops, including around 1,500 açaí plants.

    During fieldwork, numerous illegal rafts and dredges extracting gold from the riverbed and banks were commonly observed. Despite the risks associated with this illegal activity, many ribeirinho community residents have shifted their labor efforts away from várzea recession agriculture and extractivism to gold dredging, transforming the agricultural landscape documented by IEPAGRO in 2011 to a marked mining-induced erosion in 2023 (Fig. 6a, b). Although interviewees acknowledged that gold dredging is illegal, some stated that it is the only economic alternative for them and their family members who live downstream from the MHC. As described by a ribeirinho from the Nazaré community:

    I’m not against ending illegal mining, but it needs to be done differently. We need to bring everyone together and provide economic alternatives that were lost after the dams. I’m tired of seeing the news frame us as criminals, when for us, this is the only way to sustain our families’ livelihoods.

    DISCUSSION

    We found that local experts from the four surveyed ribeirinho communities perceive the occurrence of hydropeaking, which aligns with data analysis from river gauges, demonstrating agreement between information sources. They recognize the specific impacts of hydropeaking, differentiating its effects on their traditional várzea flood recessional agriculture and extractivism based on topographic gradients. The low-várzea gradient was identified as being more severely impacted, particularly affecting the flood recessional cultivation of beans, manioc, and watermelon on the river’s mud bars. Additionally, ribeirinho local experts reported challenges in practicing agriculture in the low-várzea due to poor soil fertility, which was corroborated by soil analysis showing deficient phosphorus content. According to local experts, they have shifted their agricultural practices to the high-várzea gradient, away from the direct impacts of hydropeaking. However, this agricultural adaptation has not been reflected in extractivism. The interviewed local experts reported a decline in várzea extractivist activities, primarily due to consequences of the extreme 2014 flood event, which caused significant socio-ecological losses for communities along the Madeira River, as well as the emergence of alternative economic opportunities, such as gold mining.

    Our extended hydrological analysis corroborates the findings of Almeida et al. (2020), demonstrating that the operation of the MHC has significantly increased short-term flood pulse oscillations (hydropeaking). This impact is most pronounced near the complex, with attenuation observed further downstream, likely due to the influence of the channel, floodplain, and tributaries such as the Jamari and Ji-Paraná Rivers (Greimel et al. 2018). Despite this attenuation, distant downstream communities, such as Nazaré and Calama, still perceive hydropeaking as a disruptive force in their traditional livelihoods. Hydropeaking has also altered other aspects of local livelihoods. As highlighted by Santos et al. 2020, fishers in Humaitá, a city located 250 km downstream, reported declines in productivity due to the unpredictable flood pulse post-damming. Although hydropeaking is a subtler phenomenon compared with the impact of older Amazonian dams (Schöngart et al. 2021), it significantly alters how Amazonian traditional livelihoods interact with floodplains and rivers, as observed in this case and others, such as the Arara people from the Xingu River (Utsunomiya et al. 2024). Therefore, hydropeaking must be addressed by decision makers as a direct impact of the MHC that requires appropriate compensation.

    We found a new aspect of hydropeaking’s impact on traditional ribeirinho’s livelihoods according to local experts. Undoubtedly, the main hydropeaking impact perceived by local experts is predicting flood timing to practice flood recessional agriculture in the low-várzea. As noted by previous studies, flood recessional agriculture is risky when the flood regime becomes unpredictable (Coomes et al. 2016). For instance, early floods, similar to hydropeaking, cause substantial agricultural losses in the Peruvian Amazon (Langill and Abizaid 2020). In the case of the Madeira River, the persistent hydropeaking led to a significant decline in the efforts of local communities to develop flood recessional agriculture, dropping the traditional production of beans and manioc in river mud bars, both of which are rooted in ancient indigenous heritage (Watling et al. 2018). This disruption has driven ribeirinho community members to adapt, particularly anchoring their production effort in banana monoculture in the high-várzea areas. Such a focus on higher ground could potentially trigger a forest transition process in the high-várzea and upland areas due to limited access to flood recessional agriculture areas (Coomes et al. 2022).

    This study presents the first soil chemical assessment of agricultural várzea areas following the damming of the Madeira River, revealing a decline in soil phosphorus content in the low-várzea, consistent with local experts’ perceptions. The observed reduction in phosphorus in low-várzea soils is validated by water data (Almeida et al. 2015). Finer and Jenkins (2012) have raised concerns about the impact of damming the Madeira River on sediment load, as sediment trapping is a documented phenomenon in reservoirs worldwide (Dethier et al. 2022). Phosphorus depletion poses a significant threat to the entire social-ecological system, as phosphorus is a critical limiting macronutrient in the Amazon (Malhi et al. 2021). For instance, high productivity of várzea flood recessional agriculture is naturally sustained by nutrient-rich sediments deposited by the Madeira River, originating from the Andes (McClain and Naiman 2008). Therefore, declining phosphorus in the low-várzea soil is another key driver for the agricultural shift to higher ground, as local experts confirmed. In the case of várzea agriculture, phosphorus content depletion is especially concerning given the local logistical challenges of supplying phosphorus from outside the natural cycle (Morello et al. 2018). Moreover, phosphorus fertilization has been shown to increase phytoplankton biomass and productivity in central Amazon whitewater lakes and várzea (Melack and Forsberg 2001). In this sense, the decline in phosphorus may also be contributing to decreasing commercial fish yields in the Madeira River (Santos et al. 2018), as many fish species consumed in the Amazon rely on food chains that begin with phytoplankton (Forsberg et al. 1993).

    Surprisingly, extractivism was not frequently mentioned by interviewees as important to their livelihood, despite its potential to create sustainable chains for native products (Abramovay et al. 2021). A significant factor contributing to the disinterest in várzea extractivism was the substantial losses experienced during the extreme 2014 flood, which destroyed productive areas and residences (Novoa Garzon 2019). This event killed numerous várzea tree and herbaceous species (Oliveira et al. 2021, Medeiros et al. 2023), thereby likely reducing the availability of extractive resources (Evangelista-Vale et al. 2021).

    The decline in interest in agroextractivist practices in the várzea has been further exacerbated by the gold mining boom along the Madeira River. In recent years, many ribeirinho community members whose livelihoods were based on agriculture, extractivism, fishing, and hunting have turned to illegally extracting gold to increase their profits (Pestana et al. 2022). Despite mining being a fundamental economic activity in the Madeira River (Martins et al. 2022), it threatens local resilience due to its numerous impacts on the ecosystem and social structure of the traditional communities (Froese et al. 2022). With limited sustainable economic alternatives available, they are increasingly being pushed toward illicit activities that compromise the integrity of the regional social-ecological system (Marcovitch and Val 2024). Addressing this challenge requires urgent efforts to develop viable, sustainable livelihood options that align with the ecological and cultural realities of the region (Zerbini et al. 2024). Without such conservation interventions, the cycle of environmental degradation and social-economic vulnerability will only deepen, further endangering both the biodiversity and the ribeirinho well-being.

    CONCLUSION

    Our research explored the perceptions of local experts from ribeirinho communities regarding the downstream impacts caused by the MHC, combined with hydrological and edaphic data. Taking advantage of an interdisciplinary approach, our findings show that local experts have not only perceived these impacts but have also adapted their agricultural and extractivist practices within the várzea. To our knowledge, we provided the first evidence that the damming of the Madeira River is altering the phosphorus content of low-várzea soils. Although our study, based on a comparison of two periods, has limitations in confirming continuous soil chemical changes, it strongly indicates the need for continued monitoring of várzea soils and associated social-ecological impacts.

    Over the past decade, the downstream changes caused by the MHC have eroded existing resource base and traditional practices in the várzea. Without innovation or adequate support, agriculture has become limited to the high-várzea areas. At same time, low-várzea exhibited the higher downstream impact, diminishing flood recessional agriculture due to hydropeaking impact and phosphorus soil loss. Additionally, the extreme 2014 flood, in addition to “gold fever”, put pressure on people to find some other means of labor and subsistence, decreasing interest in várzea extractivism and agriculture.

    Although the findings from our 51 local experts’ interviews cannot be statistically generalized to the entire downstream population of Porto Velho, they are critically important, as these ribeirinho community members have experience with várzea agriculture and extractivism both before and after the operation of the MHC. Moreover, local knowledge of experts reflects deep social-ecological links that are often invisible to the general population (Wantzen 2024), being of great value to downstream dam assessment, as some impact can be perceived only by those who observe nature processes intimately and daily (Baird et al. 2021). For generations, ribeirinho communities have relied on várzea agriculture, extractivism, and fishing as their main economic activities. However, recent years have been particularly challenging, pushing them to limited viable economic alternatives. In this context, documenting local expert perceptions alongside empirical assessments, such as soil and hydrological analyses, is essential to capture the downstream impacts of large dams on these often-overlooked communities. This is particularly relevant for run-of-river dams, frequently promoted as sustainable energy solutions with minimal downstream consequences.

    Despite the conventional assumption that run-of-river dams cause only subtle flow variations, our findings demonstrate that hydropeaking promotes profound social-ecological consequences on the várzea system of the Madeira River. Given these impacts, it is imperative to involve ribeirinho communities in conservation initiatives and research efforts, ensuring close monitoring of downstream effects. The active participation of local communities in impact monitoring has proven successful in the case of the Belo Monte Dam, one of the most controversial hydropower projects in the Amazon, and aligns with conditions observed in the Madeira River. Along the Xingu River, ribeirinho communities and indigenous people have collaborated with local researchers to independently assess Belo Monte’s downstream effects, providing a counterpoint to the periodic social-environmental assessments conducted by the energy company, showing an often underestimated extent of social-ecological consequences (Quaresma et al. 2025).

    Similarly, in the Madeira River, the companies responsible for the hydroelectric complex, Jirau Energia and Santo Antônio Energia, have conducted hydrobiochemical monitoring in the downstream region. However, their assessments have consistently overlooked the downstream impacts on the várzea social-ecological system. In this context, our findings strongly recommend that ribeirinho communities of the Madeira River adopt an independent monitoring protocol inspired by the Xingu River experience. To implement such a monitoring system, we propose establishing partnerships with research institutions (e.g., Federal University of Rondônia - UNIR, and the National Institute for Amazonian Research - INPA), agroextractivist cooperatives, and local NGOs. Through these collaborations, ribeirinho residents could be trained by scientists to apply diverse monitoring methods that integrate local knowledge with scientific knowledge. The downstream region of the MHC is a particularly suitable setting for this collaborative monitoring system, as it could be built based on previous initiatives, such as the ForestFisher project, which supported participatory monitoring of artisanal fishing (Biodiversa+ 2024).

    Decision makers must recognize the unique vulnerabilities of ribeirinho communities living downstream of the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex and implement mitigation actions that restore hydrological conditions as closely as possible to natural flow patterns. Access to water is a fundamental right, not a commodity, and downstream communities must have real-time access to river flow information to adapt their livelihoods accordingly. A truly sustainable future for the Madeira River depends on revitalizing várzea-based value chains, preserving both ecological integrity and social resilience while preventing harmful activities such as illegal mining. In this sense, the sustainability of the Madeira River’s várzea social-ecological system requires integrating scientific assessments with local knowledge, prioritizing community-led solutions.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    Conceptualization: GSL, RB, and EM. Fieldwork: GSL and JOG. Data analysis: GSL. Writing – original draft: GSL, RB, and EM. Writing – review and editing: GSL, RB, and EM. All of the authors contributed to and discussed further analyses and commented on various versions of the manuscript.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We thank the Postgraduate Program in Environment and Society (PPGA&S) at the University of Campinas for academic support. This work was financed by the São Paulo Research Foundation (FAPESP) through the project “After Hydropower Dams: Social and Environmental Processes Post-Construction in the Brazilian Amazon” (2019/17113-9), led by Dr. Emilio Moran. FAPESP also funded Guilherme Lobo’s PhD scholarship (2020/07037-0) and a Research Scientific Internship Grant (2022/13330-8) at the University of Stirling, UK, and Dr. Ramon Bicudo’s scientific grants (2022/16002-1 and 2023/15877-7). We also extend our gratitude to Silvia Mandai for permitting the use of her photograph taken at the Madeira River, to IEPEAGRO for sharing soil data, and to Dr. Thiago Sanna Silva and Dr. Mariluce Paes for their valuable suggestions. Finally, we are deeply grateful to all the ribeirinhos of the Madeira River for their participation and support.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    N/A

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data and code that support the findings of this study are openly available in the University of Campinas (Brazil) repository named Repositorio de Dados de Pesquisas da UNICAMP (REDU) at https://doi.org/10.25824/redu/1WTNAC. The data set consists of responses from anonymous semi-structured interviews, soil data, and R, Google Earth Engine, and Colab scripts. Ethical approval for this research study was granted by University of Campinas Ethical Committee (CEP: 61440222.9.0000.8142).

    LITERATURE CITED

    Abramovay, R., J. Ferreira, F. de Assis Costa, M. Ehrlich, A. M. Castro Euler, C. E. F. Young, D. Kaimowitz, P. Moutinho, I. Nobre, H. Rogez, E. Roxo, T. Schor, and L. Villanova. 2021. Opportunities and challenges for a healthy standing forest and flowing rivers bioeconomy in the Amazon. Chapter 30 in Science Panel for the Amazon. Amazon assessment report 2021. UN Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN), New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.55161/RWSX6527

    Agência Nacional de Águas e Saneamento Básico (ANA). 2025. Sistema nacional de informações sobre recursos hídricos (SNIRH). https://www.snirh.gov.br/

    Almeida, R. M., S. K. Hamilton, E. J. Rosi, N. Barros, C. R. C. Doria, A. S. Flecker, A. S. Fleischmann, A. J. Reisinger, and F. Roland. 2020. Hydropeaking operations of two run-of-river mega-dams alter downstream hydrology of the largest Amazon tributary. Frontiers in Environmental Science 8:120. https://doi.org/10.3389/fenvs.2020.00120

    Almeida, R., L. Tranvik, V. Huszar, S. Sobek, R. Mendonça, N. Barros, G. Boemer, J. Arantes Jr, and F. Roland. 2015. Phosphorus transport by the largest Amazon tributary (Madeira River, Brazil) and its sensitivity to precipitation and damming. Inland Waters 5(3):275-282. https://doi.org/10.5268/IW-5.3.815

    Athayde, S., M. Mathews, S. Bohlman, W. Brasil, C. R. Doria, J. Dutka-Gianelli, P. M. Fearnside, B. Loiselle, E. E. Marques, T. S. Melis, B. Millikan, E. M. Moretto, A. Oliver-Smith, A. Rossete, R. Vacca, and D. Kaplan. 2019. Mapping research on hydropower and sustainability in the Brazilian Amazon: advances, gaps in knowledge and future directions. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 37:50-69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2019.06.004

    Baird, I. G., R. A. M. Silvano, B. Parlee, M. Poesch, B. Maclean, A. Napoleon, M. Lepine, and G. Hallwass. 2021. The downstream impacts of hydropower dams and indigenous and local knowledge: examples from the Peace-Athabasca, Mekong, and Amazon. Environmental Management 67(4):682-696. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-020-01418-x

    Baladrón, A., M. D. Bejarano, and I. Boavida. 2023. Why do plants respond differently to hydropeaking disturbance? A functional approach. Ecological Indicators 150:110237. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2023.110237

    Bejarano, M. D., R. Jansson, and C. Nilsson. 2018. The effects of hydropeaking on riverine plants: a review. Biological Reviews 93(1):658-673. https://doi.org/10.1111/brv.12362

    Berkes, F., and C. Folke. 1998. Linking social and ecological systems for resilience and sustainability. Pages 1-20 in F. Berkes, C. Folke, and J. Colding, editors. Linking social and ecological systems: management practices and social mechanisms for building resilience. Cambridge University Press, New York, New York, USA.

    Biodiversa+. 2024. Forest fishers: priority areas for conservation and restoration of Amazonian forest–frugivorous fish interactions and associated fisheries. BiodivERsA Network, hosted by French Foundation for Research on Biodiversity (FRB), Paris, France. https://www.era-learn.eu/network-information/networks/biodivrestore/biodivrestore-transnational-cofund-call-2021/priority-areas-for-conservation-and-restoration-of-amazonian-forest-frugivorous-fish-interactions-and-associated-fisheries

    Bipa, N. J., G. Stradiotti, M. Righetti, and G. R. Pisaturo. 2024. Impacts of hydropeaking: a systematic review. Science of The Total Environment 912:169251. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2023.169251

    Bobrowiec, P. E. D., C. C. Nobre, and V. C. Tavares. 2021. Immediate effects of an Amazonian mega hydroelectric dam on phyllostomid fruit bats. Ecological Indicators 132:108322. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2021.108322

    Carolli, M., D. Vanzo, A. Siviglia, G. Zolezzi, M. C. Bruno, and K. Alfredsen. 2015. A simple procedure for the assessment of hydropeaking flow alterations applied to several European streams. Aquatic Sciences 77(4):639-653. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00027-015-0408-5

    Cernea, M. M., and J. K. Maldonado. 2018. Part I. The livelihood risks and impacts of forced displacement and resettlement. Pages 43-141 in M. M. Cernea and J. K. Maldonado, editors. Challenging the Prevailing paradigm of displacement and resettlement: risks, impoverishment, legacies, solutions. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315163062

    Coomes, O. T., M. Lapointe, M. Templeton, and G. List. 2016. Amazon river flow regime and flood recessional agriculture: flood stage reversals and risk of annual crop loss. Journal of Hydrology 539:214-222. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2016.05.027

    Coomes, O. T., Y. Takasaki, and C. Abizaid. 2022. Sparing of Amazonian old-growth forests with floodplain access. Nature Sustainability 5(11):965-972. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-022-00952-2

    Dayrell, J. S., R. de Fraga, C. A. Peres, P. E. D. Bobrowiec, W. E. Magnusson, and A. P. Lima. 2024. Functional responses of Amazonian frogs to flooding by a large hydroelectric dam. Biodiversity and Conservation 33(6-7):2055-2070. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-024-02839-4

    Dethier, E. N., C. E. Renshaw, and F. J. Magilligan. 2022. Rapid changes to global river suspended sediment flux by humans. Science 376(6600):1447-1452. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.abn7980

    Dias, V. de S., M. P. da Luz, G. M. Medero, and D. T. F. Nascimento. 2018. An overview of hydropower reservoirs in Brazil: current situation, future perspectives and impacts of climate change. Water (Switzerland) 10(5):592. https://doi.org/10.3390/w10050592

    Empresa Brasileira de Pesquisas Agropecuária (Embrapa). 1997. Manual de métodos de Análise de Solos. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

    Energy Research Office (EPE). 2021. Brazilian energy balance 2021. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

    Evangelista-Vale, J. C., M. Weihs, L. José-Silva, R. Arruda, N. L. Sander, S. C. Gomides, T. M. Machado, J. C. Pires-Oliveira, L. Barros-Rosa, L. Castuera-Oliveira, R. A. M. Matias, A. T. Martins-Oliveira, C. S. S. Bernardo, I. Silva-Pereira, C. Carnicer, R. S. Carpanedo, and P. V. Eisenlohr. 2021. Climate change may affect the future of extractivism in the Brazilian Amazon. Biological Conservation 257:109093. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2021.109093

    Fearnside, P. M. 2015. Hidrelétricas na Amazônia, v.1. Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazônia (INPA), Manaus, Brazil. https://fmclimaticas.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Hidrel%C3%A9tricas-na-Amaz%C3%B4nia-Impactos-ambientais-Sociais..-V.1.pdf

    Finer, M., and C. N. Jenkins. 2012. Proliferation of hydroelectric dams in the Andean Amazon and implications for Andes–Amazon connectivity. PLoS ONE 7(4):e35126. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0035126

    Forsberg, B. R., C. A. R. M. Araujo-Lima, L. A. Martinelli, R. L. Victoria, and J. A. Bonassi. 1993. Autotrophic carbon sources for fish of the central Amazon. Ecology 74(3):643-652. https://doi.org/10.2307/1940793

    Froese, R., C. Pinzón, L. Aceitón, T. Argentim, M. Arteaga, J. S. Navas-Guzmán, G. Pismel, S. F. Scherer, J. Reutter, J. Schilling, and R. Schönenberg. 2022. Conflicts over land as a risk for social-ecological resilience: a transnational comparative analysis in the southwestern Amazon. Sustainability 14(11):6520. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14116520

    Gandini, C. V., F. A. C. Sampaio, and P. S. Pompeu. 2014. Hydropeaking effects of on the diet of a neotropical fish community. Neotropical Ichthyology 12(4):795-802. https://doi.org/10.1590/1982-0224-20130151

    García, M. A., A. Mayer, I. C. Johansen, M. C. Lopez, and E. F. Moran. 2024. Spatial injustice to energy access in the shadow of hydropower in Brazil. World Development 178:106570. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2024.106570

    Greimel, F., L. Schülting, W. Graf, E. Bondar-Kunze, S. Auer, B. Zeiringer, and C. Hauer. 2018. Hydropeaking impacts and mitigation. Pages 91-110 in S. Schmutz and J. Sendzimir, editors. Riverine ecosystem management. Springer International Publishing, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73250-3_5

    Harris, M. 1998. The rhythm of life on the Amazon floodplain: seasonality and sociality in a riverine village. The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute 4(1):65-82. https://doi.org/10.2307/3034428

    Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística (IBGE). 2024. Malha municipal. https://www.ibge.gov.br/geociencias/organizacao-do-territorio/malhas-territoriais/15774-malhas.html

    Jackson, S., E. P. Anderson, N. C. Piland, S. Carriere, L. Java, and T. D. Jardine. 2022. River rhythmicity: a conceptual means of understanding and leveraging the relational values of rivers. People and Nature 4(4):949-962. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10335

    Jardim, P. F., and W. Collischonn. 2024. Sub-daily flow alterations (hydropeaking) due to reservoir operations in Brazil. Revista Brasileira de Recursos Hídricos (Brazilian Journal of Water Resources) 29:e3. https://doi.org/10.1590/2318-0331.292420230111

    Junk, W. J., P. Bayley, and R. E. Sparks. 1989. The flood pulse concept in river floodplain systems. Pages 110-127 in D.P. Dodge, editor. Proceedings of the International Large River Symposium (LARS).Canadian Special Publication of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 106.

    Junk, W. J., and V. M. F. da Silva. 1997. Mammals, reptiles and amphibians. Pages 409-417 in W. J. Junk, editor. The Central Amazon floodplain. Ecological Studies 126. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, Germany. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-03416-3_21

    Junk, W. J., M. T. F. Piedade, R. Lourival, F. Wittmann, P. Kandus, L. D. Lacerda, R. L. Bozelli, F. A. Esteves, C. Nunes da Cunha, L. Maltchik, J. Schöngart, Y. Schaeffer-Novelli, and A. A. Agostinho. 2014. Brazilian wetlands: their definition, delineation, and classification for research, sustainable management, and protection. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 24(1):5-22. https://doi.org/10.1002/aqc.2386

    Junk, W. J., M. T. F. Piedade, J. Schöngart, and F. Wittmann. 2012. A classification of major natural habitats of Amazonian white-water river floodplains (várzeas). Wetlands Ecology and Management 20(6):461-475. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11273-012-9268-0

    Junk, W. J., M. T. F. Piedade, F. Wittmann, and J. Schöngart. 2020. Manejo e uso múltiplo da várzea: uma síntese. Pages 242-263 in W. J. Junk, M. T. F. Piedade, F. Wittmann, J. Schöngart, and A. Lopes, editors. Várzeas amazônicas: desafios para um manejo sustentável. Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazônia (INPA), Manaus, Brazil.

    Kirchherr, J., H. Pohlner, and K. J. Charles. 2016. Cleaning up the big muddy: a meta-synthesis of the research on the social impact of dams. Environmental Impact Assessment Review 60:115-125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eiar.2016.02.007

    Kumar, R., P. Horwitz, and C. M. Finlayson. 2023. Wetlands as social-ecological systems: bridging nature and society. Pages 525-553 in P. A. Gell, N. C. Davidson, and C. M. Finlayson, editors. Ramsar wetlands. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-817803-4.00021-8

    Langill, J. C., and C. Abizaid. 2020. What is a bad flood? Local perspectives of extreme floods in the Peruvian Amazon. Ambio 49(8):1423-1436. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-019-01278-8

    Latrubesse, E. M. 2008. Patterns of anabranching channels: the ultimate end-member adjustment of mega rivers. Geomorphology 101(1-2):130-145. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geomorph.2008.05.035

    Latrubesse, E. M., E. Y. Arima, T. Dunne, E. Park, V. R. Baker, F. M. d’Horta, C. Wight, F. Wittmann, J. Zuanon, P. A. Baker, C. C. Ribas, R. B. Norgaard, N. Filizola, A. Ansar, B. Flyvbjerg, and J. C. Stevaux. 2017. Damming the rivers of the Amazon basin. Nature 546(7658):363-369. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature22333

    Li, T., S. Wang, Y. Liu, B. Fu, and D. Gao. 2020. Reversal of the sediment load increase in the Amazon basin influenced by divergent trends of sediment transport from the Solimões and Madeira rivers. CATENA 195:104804. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.catena.2020.104804

    Malhi, Y., J. Melack, L. V Gatti, J. P. Ometto, J. Kesselmeier, S. Wolff, L. E. O. Aragão, M. H. Costa, S. R. Saleska, S. Pangala, L. S. Basso, L. Rizzo, A. C. de Araújo, N. Restrepo-Coupe, and C. H. L. Silva Junior. 2021. Biogeochemical cycles in the Amazon. Chapter 6 in Science Panel for the Amazon. Amazon assessment report 2021. UN Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN), New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.55161/RWSX6527

    Marcovitch, J., and A. L. Val. 2024. Como salvar vidas e conservar a natureza? Pages 335-339 in J. Marcovitch and A. L. Val, editors. Bioeconomia para quem?: bases para um desenvolvimento sustentável na Amazônia. Com-Arte, São Paulo, Brazil.

    Martins, W. B. R., J. I. de M. Rodrigues, V. P. de Oliveira, S. S. Ribeiro, W. dos S. Barros, and G. Schwartz. 2022. Mining in the Amazon: importance, impacts, and challenges to restore degraded ecosystems. Are we on the right way? Ecological Engineering 174:106468. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106468

    Mayer, A., M. A. García, L. Castro-Diaz, M. C. Lopez, and E. F. Moran. 2022a. Pretend participation: procedural injustices in the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex. Global Environmental Change 75:102524. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2022.102524

    Mayer, A., M. C. Lopez, I. C. Johansen, and E. Moran. 2022b. Hydropower, social capital, community impacts, and self‐rated health in the Amazon. Rural Sociology 87(2):393-426. https://doi.org/10.1111/ruso.12419

    Mayer, A., M. C. Lopez, and E. F. Moran. 2022c. Uncompensated losses and damaged livelihoods: restorative and distributional injustices in Brazilian hydropower. Energy Policy 167:113048. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enpol.2022.113048

    McClain, M. E., and R. J. Naiman. 2008. Andean influences on the biogeochemistry and ecology of the Amazon River. BioScience 58(4):325-338. https://doi.org/10.1641/B580408

    Medeiros, M. B., W. L. Oliveira, F. R. O. Rodrigues, R. D. Silva, Í. J. K. Ferreira, W. E. Ayala, S. R. Silva, R. T. Souza, and M. F. Simon. 2023. Monitoring the impacts of a mega-dam on Amazonian understorey herbs. Forest Ecology and Management 536:120909. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foreco.2023.120909

    Melack, J. M. 2016. Aquatic Ecosystems. Pages 119-148 in L. Nagy, B R. Forsberg, and P. Artaxo, editors. Interactions between biosphere, atmosphere and human land use in the Amazon basin. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, Germany. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-49902-3_7

    Melack, J. M., and B. R. Forsberg. 2001. Biogeochemistry of Amazon floodplain lakes and associated wetlands. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780195114317.003.0017

    Moran, E. F., and S. Athayde. 2019. Editorial overview: introduction to the special issue: Hydropower and sustainability in the Anthropocene. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 37:A1-A6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2019.06.003

    Moran, E. F., M. C. Lopez, N. Moore, N. Müller, and D. W. Hyndman. 2018. Sustainable hydropower in the 21st century. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 115(47):11891-11898. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1809426115

    Morello, T. F., M.-G. Piketty, T. Gardner, L. Parry, J. Barlow, J. Ferreira, and N. S. Tancredi. 2018. Fertilizer adoption by smallholders in the Brazilian Amazon: farm-level evidence. Ecological Economics 144:278-291. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2017.08.010

    Moser, P., M. F. Simon, M. B. de Medeiros, A. B. Gontijo, and F. R. C. Costa. 2019. Interaction between extreme weather events and mega‐dams increases tree mortality and alters functional status of Amazonian forests. Journal of Applied Ecology 56(12):2641-2651. https://doi.org/10.1111/1365-2664.13498

    Nilsson, C., C. A. Reidy, M. Dynesius, and C. Revenga. 2005. Fragmentation and flow regulation of the world’s large river systems. Science 308(5720):405-408. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1107887

    Novoa Garzon, L. F. 2019. Hidrelétricas no rio Madeira: desastre como meta e norma. Revista Científica Foz 2(1):120-142.

    Novoa Garzon, L. F., and D. S. da Silva. 2020. Comunidades ribeirinhas na Amazônia: perdidas no espaço e no tempo dos grandes projetos hidrelétricos. Antropolítica - Revista Contemporânea de Antropologia. https://doi.org/10.22409/antropolitica2020.0i48.a42025

    Oliveira, W. L., M. B. Medeiros, P. Moser, and M. F. Simon. 2021. Mega-dams and extreme rainfall: disentangling the drivers of extensive impacts of a large flooding event on Amazon Forests. PLOS ONE 16(2):e0245991. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0245991

    Pekel, J.-F., A. Cottam, N. Gorelick, and A. S. Belward. 2016. High-resolution mapping of global surface water and its long-term changes. Nature 540(7633):418-422. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature20584

    Pestana, I. A., C. E. de Rezende, R. Almeida, L. D. de Lacerda, and W. R. Bastos. 2022. Let’s talk about mercury contamination in the Amazon (again): the case of the floating gold miners’ village on the Madeira River. The Extractive Industries and Society 11:101122. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.exis.2022.101122

    Poff, N. L., and J. C. Schmidt. 2016. How dams can go with the flow. Science 353(6304):1099-1100. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aah4926

    Quaresma, A., G. Zuquim, L. O. Demarchi, C. C. Ribas, F. Wittmann, A. M. Assunção, C. C. Carneiro, P. P. Ferreira, J. J. P. Juruna, R. T. V. da S. Juruna, M. S. S. Kleme, S. B. Lima, S. R. Lima, T. R. Mantovanelli, G. M. Martins, J. Muriel-Cunha, J. A. Nunes, H. Palmquist, T. J. C. Pereira, J. C. B. Pezzuti, M. T. F. Piedade, O. B. Reis, C. D. Ritter, R. S. Santos, A. O. Sawakuchi, A. S. da Silva, H. B. da Silva, I. Wahnfried, J. Zuanon, and R. Cruz e Silva. 2025. Belo Monte dam impacts: protagonism of local people in research and monitoring reveals ecosystem service decay in Amazonian flooded vegetation. Perspectives in Ecology and Conservation 23(1):39-50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pecon.2025.02.001

    Richter, B. D., S. Postel, C. Revenga, T. Scudder, B. Lehner, A. Churchill, and M. Chow. 2010. Lost in development’s shadow: the downstream human consequences of dams. Water Alternatives 3(2):14-42.

    Runde, A., G. Hallwass, and R. A. M. Silvano. 2020. Fishers’ knowledge indicates extensive socioecological impacts downstream of proposed dams in a tropical river. One Earth 2(3):255-268. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2020.02.012

    Russell, H. B. 2005. Research methods in anthropology: qualitative and quantitative. AltaMira Press, Oxford, UK.

    Santos, R. E., R. M. Pinto-Coelho, R. Fonseca, N. R. Simões, and F. B. Zanchi. 2018. The decline of fisheries on the Madeira River, Brazil: the high cost of the hydroelectric dams in the Amazon Basin. Fisheries Management and Ecology 25(5):380-391. https://doi.org/10.1111/fme.12305

    Santos, R. E., R. M. Pinto-Coelho, M. A. Drumond, R. Fonseca, and F. B. Zanchi. 2020. Damming Amazon rivers: environmental impacts of hydroelectric dams on Brazil’s Madeira River according to local fishers’ perception. Ambio 49(10):1612-1628. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-020-01316-w

    Schöngart, J., F. Wittmann, A. Faria de Resende, C. Assahira, G. Sousa Lobo, J. Rocha Duarte Neves, M. Rocha, G. Biem Mori, A. Costa Quaresma, L. Oreste Demarchi, B. Weiss Albuquerque, Y. Oliveira Feitosa, G. Silva Costa, G. Vieira Feitoza, F. Machado Durgante, A. Lopes, S. E. Trumbore, T. Sanna Freire Silva, H. Steege, A. L. Val, W. J. Junk, and M. T. F. Piedade. 2021. The shadow of the Balbina dam: a synthesis of over 35 years of downstream impacts on floodplain forests in Central Amazonia. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 31(5):1117-1135. https://doi.org/10.1002/aqc.3526

    Secretaria de Estado do Desenvolvimento Ambiental (SEDAM). 2025. Geoportal SEDAM. https://geoportal.sedam.ro.gov.br/

    Siddiqui, S. F., X. Zapata‐Rios, S. Torres‐Paguay, A. C. Encalada, E. P. Anderson, M. Allaire, C. R. da Costa Doria, and D. A. Kaplan. 2021. Classifying flow regimes of the Amazon basin. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 31(5):1005-1028. https://doi.org/10.1002/aqc.3582

    Souza, M. P., N. E. M. Serra, and J. O. Gil. 2012. Estudos e perspectivas de desenvolvimento para o médio e baixo Rio Madeira: 2010-2011. Porto Velho, Brazil.

    The Nature Conservancy. 2009. Indicators of hydrologic alteration, version 7.1. User’s manual. The Nature Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia, USA. https://www.conservationgateway.org/Documents/IHAV7.pdf

    Thomas, D. H. L., and W. M. Adams. 1999. Adapting to dams: agrarian change downstream of the Tiga Dam, northern Nigeria. World Development 27(6):919-935. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0305-750X(99)00041-8

    Utsunomiya, R., C. Beveridge, G. Lobo, C. Assahira, E. M. Moretto, and S. Athayde. 2024. Dewatering the Xingu River: hydrological alterations and biocultural connections among the Arara indigenous people in the Volta Grande region, Brazilian Amazon. Regional Environmental Change 24(2):85. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-024-02230-7

    von Sperling, E. 2012. Hydropower in Brazil: overview of positive and negative environmental aspects. Energy Procedia 18:110-118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.egypro.2012.05.023

    Wantzen, K. M. 2024. River culture: how socio‐ecological linkages to the rhythm of the waters develop, how they are lost, and how they can be regained. The Geographical Journal 190(2). https://doi.org/10.1111/geoj.12476

    Watling, J., M. P. Shock, G. Z. Mongeló, F. O. Almeida, T. Kater, P. E. De Oliveira, and E. G. Neves. 2018. Direct archaeological evidence for Southwestern Amazonia as an early plant domestication and food production centre. PLOS ONE 13(7):e0199868. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0199868

    Winemiller, K. O., P. B. McIntyre, L. Castello, E. Fluet-Chouinard, T. Giarrizzo, S. Nam, I. G. Baird, W. Darwall, N. K. Lujan, I. Harrison, M. L. J. Stiassny, R. A. M. Silvano, D. B. Fitzgerald, F. M. Pelicice, A. A. Agostinho, L. C. Gomes, J. S. Albert, E. Baran, M. Petrere, C. Zarfl, M. Mulligan, J. P. Sullivan, C. C. Arantes, L. M. Sousa, A. A. Koning, D. J. Hoeinghaus, M. Sabaj, J. G. Lundberg, J. Armbruster, M. L. Thieme, P. Petry, J. Zuanon, G. T. Vilara, J. Snoeks, C. Ou, W. Rainboth, C. S. Pavanelli, A. Akama, A. van Soesbergen, and L. Sáenz. 2016. Balancing hydropower and biodiversity in the Amazon, Congo, and Mekong. Science 351(6269):128-129. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aac7082

    Wittmann, F., E. Householder, M. T. F. Piedade, R. L. de Assis, J. Schöngart, P. Parolin, and W. J. Junk. 2013. Habitat specifity, endemism and the neotropical distribution of Amazonian white‐water floodplain trees. Ecography 36(6):690-707. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0587.2012.07723.x

    Zerbini, O., P. Pinho, A. Rodrigues, and P. Moutinho. 2024. Bioeconomia Amazônica e Cidadania. Pages 151-169 in J. Marcovitch and A. Val, editors. Bioeconomia para quem?: bases para um desenvolvimento sustentável na Amazônia. Com-Arte, São Paulo, Brazil.

    Corresponding author:
    Guilherme Lobo
    guisousalobo@gmail.com
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Illustration of topographic gradients, water column variation, agricultural and extractivism practices, and vegetation in the <em>várzea</em> of the Madeira River. Source: Authors.

    Fig. 1. Illustration of topographic gradients, water column variation, agricultural and extractivism practices, and vegetation in the várzea of the Madeira River. Source: Authors.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Study area with river gauges used in hydrological analysis. Surveyed <em>ribeirinho</em> communities: Cujubim Grande, São Carlos, Nazaré, and Calama. Source: Prepared by the authors using data from IBGE (boundaries), ANA (gauges and dams), SEDAM-RO (communities), and Pekel et al. 2016 (hydrography).

    Fig. 2. Study area with river gauges used in hydrological analysis. Surveyed ribeirinho communities: Cujubim Grande, São Carlos, Nazaré, and Calama. Source: Prepared by the authors using data from IBGE (boundaries), ANA (gauges and dams), SEDAM-RO (communities), and Pekel et al. 2016 (hydrography).

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Mean monthly Pardé coefficients (± standard deviation) for the Madeira River, a normalized indicator average monthly flow divided by the annual average flow, comparing pre-dam (1967–2012) and post-dam (2013–2022) at the Porto Velho and Humaitá gauges, from 1967 to 2022.

    Fig. 3. Mean monthly Pardé coefficients (± standard deviation) for the Madeira River, a normalized indicator average monthly flow divided by the annual average flow, comparing pre-dam (1967–2012) and post-dam (2013–2022) at the Porto Velho and Humaitá gauges, from 1967 to 2022.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Indicators of short-term flood pulse variability based on flow daily data (m3 s–1 day–1) from 1967 to 2022. Plots show pre-dam (1967–2012) and post-dam (2013–2022) mean (± standard deviation) for (a) flow rise rates, (b) flow fall rates, and (c) the number of flow reversals at gauges located 5 km (Porto Velho) and 250 km (Humaitá) downstream of the dam. Asterisks reveal significant differences between the pre and post-dam periods (Wilcox test, <em>p</em> < 0.05).

    Fig. 4. Indicators of short-term flood pulse variability based on flow daily data (m3 s–1 day–1) from 1967 to 2022. Plots show pre-dam (1967–2012) and post-dam (2013–2022) mean (± standard deviation) for (a) flow rise rates, (b) flow fall rates, and (c) the number of flow reversals at gauges located 5 km (Porto Velho) and 250 km (Humaitá) downstream of the dam. Asterisks reveal significant differences between the pre and post-dam periods (Wilcox test, p < 0.05).

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Dimensionless hydropeaking indicator (HP1) for the Madeira River using hourly flow data from the Abunã gauge (green, upstream, non-impacted) and the Porto Velho gauge (red, < 5 km downstream of Santo Antônio dam, impacted). The indicator shows the hourly rate of flow change, calculated as the difference between maximum and minimum flow divided by the daily mean. The Wilcoxon test revealed a significant difference between impacted and non-impacted regions (<em>p</em> < 0.001).

    Fig. 5. Dimensionless hydropeaking indicator (HP1) for the Madeira River using hourly flow data from the Abunã gauge (green, upstream, non-impacted) and the Porto Velho gauge (red, < 5 km downstream of Santo Antônio dam, impacted). The indicator shows the hourly rate of flow change, calculated as the difference between maximum and minimum flow divided by the daily mean. The Wilcoxon test revealed a significant difference between impacted and non-impacted regions (p < 0.001).

    Fig. 5
    Fig. 6
    Fig. 6. (a) Bean, manioc, and squash plantations managed by <em>riberinhos</em> in the low <em>várzea</em> of the Nazaré community, September 2011. Photo by J. Gil taken during Institute for Agri-Environmental Studies and Research and Sustainable Organizations (IEPAGRO) fieldwork. (b) Illegal gold mining platforms on the Madeira River contrasted with a squash plantation in the high-<em>várzea</em> during the interviews (October 2023). Photo by S. Mandai.

    Fig. 6. (a) Bean, manioc, and squash plantations managed by riberinhos in the low várzea of the Nazaré community, September 2011. Photo by J. Gil taken during Institute for Agri-Environmental Studies and Research and Sustainable Organizations (IEPAGRO) fieldwork. (b) Illegal gold mining platforms on the Madeira River contrasted with a squash plantation in the high-várzea during the interviews (October 2023). Photo by S. Mandai.

    Fig. 6
    Table 1
    Table 1. Soil chemical parameters for 2011 and 2023 samples of each <em>várzea</em> topographic gradient (low and high <em>várzea</em>) in the <em>ribeirinho</em> communities located downstream of the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex, Porto Velho, Brazil.

    Table 1. Soil chemical parameters for 2011 and 2023 samples of each várzea topographic gradient (low and high várzea) in the ribeirinho communities located downstream of the Madeira Hydroelectric Complex, Porto Velho, Brazil.

    Chemical parameters Cujubim Grande São Carlos Nazaré Calama
    Low-várzea High-várzea Low-várzea High-várzea Low-várzea High-várzea Low-várzea High-várzea
    2011 2023 2011 2023 2011 2023 2011 2023 2011 2023 2011 2023 2011 2023 2011 2023
    pH 5.4 5.2 5.7 5.1 5.5 5.3 6.7 4.7 6.2 6 5.4 5.3 5.6 5.9 4.2 5.1
    P (mg/dm³) 45 15 30 21 86 18 80 84 79 50 75 21 83 27 3 21
    K (mmcolc/dm³) 2 1.1 1.2 1.9 1.9 1.3 2 0.4 3.6 0.6 3 0.8 2.3 0.6 0.7 1.9
    Ca (mmcolc/dm³) 51 40 48.8 17 72.4 17 60.5 18 15.5 18 18.9 17 63.8 15 2.2 17
    Mg (mmcolc/dm³) 27 16 24.2 7 31.2 8 34.2 3 5.1 4 6.4 14 24.8 5 1.8 7
    Al+H (mmcolc/dm³) 36.3 17 16.5 14 16.5 13 8.3 11 54.5 8 75.9 12 14.9 9 113.9 14
    MO (g/kg) 3 7 9.9 4 6.2 6 7.6 3 14.3 2 16.4 3 6.2 7 39.1 4
    V (%) 61 77 77 69 86 67 92 66 53 74 45 73 86 70 4 65
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    Amazon; extractivism; flood recession agriculture; hydropeaking; traditional livelihoods

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 3 > Article 32 Research

    Nutrient deficit rather than distance of farming activities from the boundary of protected areas drives crop raids by elephants

    Chama, L., S. M. Siachoono, and D. Phiri. 2025. Nutrient deficit rather than distance of farming activities from the boundary of protected areas drives crop raids by elephants. Ecology and Society 30(3):32. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16116-300332
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Lackson ChamaORCIDcontact author, Lackson Chama
      Copperbelt University, School of Natural Resources, Department of Zoology and Aquatic Sciences, Kitwe, Zambia
    • Stanford Mudenda SiachoonoORCID, Stanford Mudenda Siachoono
      Copperbelt University, School of Natural Resources, Department of Zoology and Aquatic Sciences, Kitwe, Zambia
    • Darius PhiriORCIDDarius Phiri
      Copperbelt University, School of Natural Resources, Department of Plant and Environmental Sciences, Kitwe, Zambia

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Chama, L., S. M. Siachoono, and D. Phiri. 2025. Nutrient deficit rather than distance of farming activities from the boundary of protected areas drives crop raids by elephants. Ecology and Society 30(3):32.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16116-300332

  • Introduction
  • Methods and Materials
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • agricultural crops; crop raid; elephants; food quality; natural vegetation
    Nutrient deficit rather than distance of farming activities from the boundary of protected areas drives crop raids by elephants
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16116.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Human-wildlife conflicts resulting from the raiding of agricultural crops by elephants are among the major challenges affecting the conservation of this flagship species. Several studies have pointed at human activities, such as farming nearer to protected areas boundaries, as the main driver of these conflicts. Studies comparing the quality of food between agricultural crops and the natural vegetation in the elephants’ natural habitats as the potential key driver of these conflicts, are almost non-existent. We tested if there were differences in the incidences of crop raids with distance of farming away from protected area boundaries. Further, we compared the food quality of agricultural crops to the natural vegetation in the mammals’ habitat in and around Kasanka National Park in Zambia. Surprisingly, there was no difference in the incidences of crop raids relative to the distance of farming away from the protected area boundary. Further, the results show higher protein, energy, and moisture composition in the often-raided agricultural crops than the natural vegetation. However, the natural vegetation had higher ash, vitamin C, and fiber composition relative to agricultural crops. Broadly, our results suggest that the natural vegetation in the wild may not necessarily have all the key nutrients in adequate proportions to meet the body requirements of elephants. Therefore, elephants raid the crops to compensate this nutrient deficit, irrespective of how far the farms may be situated from the boundaries of protected areas.

    INTRODUCTION

    Human-wildlife conflicts are increasingly becoming one of the major challenges affecting global conservation efforts. The problem is especially prominent in Africa and Asia, where many countries are host to a rich biological resources base, but are crippled with many challenges, among which include an ever-increasing human population (World Bank 2022; Suzuki 2019, World Bank blog, https://blogs.worldbank.org/opendata/worlds-population-will-continue-grow-and-will-reach-nearly-10-billion-2050), contention for space (Shaffer et al. 2019), struggles to balance economic development and nature conservation (El-Ashry 1993, Alexander and Whitehouse 2004, Cao et al. 2021), coupled with insufficient capacity to manage these resources (Hussain 2023). Large mammals like elephants (Loxodonta africana) have been shown to be at the heart of most of these conflicts (Naughton-Treves 1997, Quirin 2005, Wang et al. 2006a, Warren 2009), because their foraging behavior is characterized by expansive home-range needs (Karanth and Sunquist 2000, Fernando et al. 2008a, b), forcing them to compete directly with humans for limited space and resources (Goswami et al. 2014, Hoare 2015, Youldon et al. 2017, Shaffer et al. 2019).

    Human-elephant conflicts are further heightened by human activities that encroach on elephant habitat (Leimgruber et al. 2003, Acharya et al. 2017, Di Minin et al. 2021, Gobush et al. 2021), such as farming either close to the boundaries of protected areas or along wildlife migration corridors (Wang et al. 2006b, Linkie et al. 2007, Strum 2010, Fungo 2011). Over the years, these interactions have resulted into either the decimation of the mammal’s populations or destruction of their habitats by humans (Hance 2013). For example, the population of African elephants is said to have declined from 3–5 million to between 470,000 and 690,000 over the last 100 years, while that of the Asian elephant declined from 100,000 to between 35,000 and 50,000 in the same period, mainly due to habitat loss and conflicts with humans (WWF 2002). In countries such as India, Kenya, and Sri Lanka, up to 100, 120, and 200 annual elephant mortalities have been reported, respectively, resulting from conflicts with humans (MOEF 2010, Santiapillai et al. 2010, Fernando and Pastorini 2011, Shaffer et al. 2019).

    Human fatalities of varying proportions have also been reported across several countries (e.g., see Mariki et al. 2015, Köpke et al. 2024). With the projected further increase in human population (World Bank 2022; Suzuki 2019, World Bank blog), this will increasingly draw both elephants and humans closer to each other, and will potentially escalate the incidences of human-elephant conflicts (Leimgruber et al. 2003, Shannon et al. 2009, Das and Chattopadhyay 2011, Montez and Leng 2021). Therefore, unless a tangible solution is in place, this will continue to undermine elephant conservation efforts and may reciprocally result into substantial damage to human grown crops, threatening livelihoods, human life and property by elephants (Acharya et al. 2017, Shaffer et al. 2019, Eustace et al. 2022). However, addressing human-elephant conflicts also calls for the examination of evidence from a growing body of studies suggesting that these, often fatal, interactions are somehow triggered by the variation in the nutritional quality of food between agricultural crops and the vegetation in the mammals’ natural habitats (Sukumar 1990, Rode et al. 2006, Pokharel et al. 2019, Vogel et al. 2020; Vogel et al. 2019, unpublished manuscript). Generally, agricultural crops have been shown to have superior nutritional quality compared to the natural vegetation in the wild. This observation has been made in both Africa (e.g., Rode et al. 2006, Branco et al. 2019, Vogel et al. 2020; Vogel et al. 2019, unpublished manuscript) and Asia (e.g., Sukumar 1990, Pokharel et al. 2019), potentially suggesting that food nutrients composition (henceforth referred to food quality) is likely to be an important factor in driving the elephant’s optimal foraging behavior and patterns of habitat use, including the raiding of agricultural crops (Pretorius et al. 2012; Vogel et al. 2019, unpublished manuscript).

    Establishing the key drivers of human-elephant conflicts is essential if the future of these animals and the livelihoods of affected communities are to be ascertained. Certainly, food quality is critical in defining the fitness of wild animals (Nyambe et al. 2017). For example, some studies have shown that poor food quality could reduce the growth rate of an organism or even cause failure to reproduce or premature death (Chapman and Reiss 1992, Bolen and Robison 1995). Many wild herbivores in particular have long been shown to be largely limited by the availability of protein in their diet (Bell 1969), especially during non-growing seasons (Schmidt and Snyman 2010).

    Given that food quality of plants can be influenced by environmental parameters such as geographical location, climate, soil type, fertility, and moisture (Yang et al. 2018), it remains unclear as to what extent the food quality of agricultural crops will remain higher than that of wild vegetation. The influence of food quality could particularly be true in a country like Zambia, given that the raiding of human grown crops by elephants is more prominent in the growing season (Nyirenda et al. 2011), during which there is a comparable availability of food resources in both human farms and the elephant’s natural habitats (Clegg and O'Connor 2017). In this case, crop raiding is unlikely to be driven by the scarcity of food in the wild. Thus, studies on human-wildlife conflicts should not only focus on the location of agricultural fields away from the boundary of protected areas or wildlife migration corridors, but also on parameters of food quality and the role they could potentially play in driving elephants toward the raiding of crops. This may help generate information that could contribute toward finding a lasting solution to meaningfully reduce these conflicts.

    Food nutrients such as protein, energy, ash, moisture, vitamin C, and fiber have been shown to be particularly critical in the diet of elephants. For example, elephants tend to select foods that are high in protein, energy, and ash, albeit wild plants have been shown to be lower, especially in protein and minerals than agricultural crops (Sukumar 1989, Osborn 1998). Thus, as Rode et al. (2006) suggested, these differences in nutrient composition could be used by elephants to raid agriculture crops to supplement deficient diets in the wild (McDowell 1997). Moisture content of the food determines its quality prior to consumption, especially in the context of texture, taste, appearance, and freshness (AOAC 1995, Isengard 2001, Nyambe et al. 2017). Thus, its presence enhances the palatability of animal food. And adequate dietary vitamin C has been shown to act as an immunomodulatory agent, a critical prophylaxis especially for the prevention of several viral infections (e.g., Elephant endotheliotropic herpesvirus hemorrhagic disease) that often affect elephants (Mousavi et al. 2019). Further, Carr and Maggini (2017) have shown that vitamin C is important for stimulating neutrophil migration to sites of infection, where it enhances phagocytosis, oxidant generation, and microbial killing, whilst simultaneously protecting the host tissue from excessive damage, i.e., by enhancing neutrophil apoptosis and clearance by macrophages, and decreasing neutrophil necrosis and NETosis. Thus, the presence of vitamin C in the diet is necessary for the immune system to mount and sustain an adequate response against pathogens (Carr and Maggini 2017, Colunga et al. 2020). Obviously, dietary fiber plays an important role in the health of animals (Adiotomre et al. 1990, Prosky 2000, Montagne et al. 2003, Cummings et al. 2004, DeVries 2004). However, the overly disproportionate increase in fiber composition has been shown to trigger a significant decrease in the quality of animal food in the wild, as it leads to low moisture, protein, energy, and vitamin C composition (Pei et al. 2001, Nyambe et al. 2017). Thus, a higher dietary fiber diet could potentially lead to deficiencies in these critical nutrients (Schmidt and Snyman 2010) and has been shown to reduce subjective appetite, energy intake, and body weight in some animals (Wanders et al. 2011).

    The aim of this study is to increase understanding of the key drivers of human-elephant conflicts for enhanced conservation and ascertaining the livelihoods of affected or vulnerable communities. We tested if there is a difference in the incidences of crop raids by elephants at three distances (of farming) away from the boundaries of protected areas (namely, Kasanka National Park and the nearby wildlife migration corridor). Further, we compared the food quality of agricultural crops to the natural vegetation in the mammals’ habitat in and around Kasanka National Park in Zambia. We predicted that (1) the incidences of crop raids by elephants remained a major problem in our study area, potentially compromising the livelihoods of the majority of households and undermining elephant conservation efforts, (2) the escalation of human-elephant conflicts is not necessarily driven by the location of farming activities in proximity to either the boundary of protected areas or elephant migration corridors, as has been suggested by some studies, and (3) the food quality of agricultural crops is superior to that of the natural vegetation in the elephant’s habitats and this is likely to trigger the raiding of crops by elephants (McDowell 1997, Rode et al. 2006, Pretorius et al. 2012, Branco et al. 2019).

    METHODS AND MATERIALS

    Study area

    The study was undertaken in and around Kasanka National Park, a protected area located in the Central province of Zambia (12° 30′S, 30° 14′E; Fig. 1). The park, which hosts a population of approximately 50 elephants, is completely surrounded by the Kafinda Game Management Area (KGMA). The KGMA (3491 km²) shares boarders with the Bangweulu wetlands and Lavushi Manda National Park in the north, the Muchinka Chiefdom in the south, Mpika district in the east, and an international boundary with the Democratic Republic of Congo in the west. Both Kasanka National Park and Lavushi Manda National Park are currently under public-private partnership management regimes. Moreover, the two national parks share an elephant migration corridor. Situated at an elevation of 1200 m (approximately) above sea level, the area occurs in a predictably high rainfall region (1000 and 1300 mm annually). The rainfall activities are largely triggered by the Congo air-mass that moves south into Zambia. The area is characterized by a series of highly connected natural forest habitats stretching far-beyond the boundaries of the park into human farming areas. The vegetation is predominantly Miombo woodland, the largest forest type in Zambia, characterized by thin, nutrient-poor, and acidic soils, overlaying an iron-rich lateritic rock (Kennedy et al. 2008). The Miombo is dominated by leguminous trees, notably those of the genera Brachystegia, Julbernardia, and Isoberlinia. Traces of Chipya woodland also occur on deep soils in a few places (Smith et al. 2000, Smith and Fisher 2001). The area is also characterized by patches of evergreen swamp forest and is host to abundant wetland habitats, including perennial rivers as well as seasonal, permanent, and floodplain wetlands and lakes, especially toward the Chambeshi and Luapula Rivers further north (Byng 2008, Kennedy et al. 2008). These wetland habitats are partly connected or linked to the Bangweulu swamps, one of the largest marshes in the world and internationally recognized as a Ramsar site (Fig. 1). The most important water bodies in the KGMA are the Luapula and the Lulimala rivers, both sharing boarders with the Bangweulu wetlands. The Luapula River is the main source of water for the Congo River (Kennedy et al. 2008). Thus, the area is an important catchment area, endowed with a rich freshwater resource base. Effectively, this suggests that access to naturally existing water may not be a nutritional challenge for elephants and other animals existing within this ecosystem.

    The local people and livelihoods

    Host to a few clusters of sparsely populated human settlements, the area is home to the Bemba-Lala speaking people of Chief Chitambo’s chiefdom (Chama et al. 2023). The Chief owns the land and he is the supreme leader of the people locally, but subject to the President of the Republic of Zambia. The traditional leadership is decentralized into village clusters. Each cluster is led by a Chilolo (i.e., Chief’s cabinet minister representing each cluster) while villages are led by Village heads. The area is one of the remotest and most socioeconomically isolated in the country. Small-scale agriculture is the main occupation and source of livelihoods in the area (Eriksen 2004, Kennedy et al. 2008, Chama et al. 2023). Most of these farming activities are undertaken near the boundaries of Kasanka National Park while some occur along the elephant migration corridor linking Kasanka National Park to Lavushi Manda National Park. The distance between the two national parks is approximately 70 km.

    Field observations

    Between November 2017 and March 2018 and November 2022 and January 2023, fieldwork was undertaken both inside and outside Kasanka National Park.

    Monitoring elephants feeding inside Kasanka National Park

    In the park, fieldwork was characterized by the observations of elephants during their feeding activities to record and determine their food plant species preferences (i.e., following Chiyo et al. 2005, Koirala et al. 2016). These observations, which lasted for a period of two weeks, were conducted at six different sites, namely (i) Fibwe hide, (ii) Kabwe, (iii) Kafubashi dambo, (iv) Kapabi swamp, (v) Lake Wasa II, and (vi) Songa (Fig. 1). The observations were dependent on the total time that elephants took feeding at each site (lasting between 15 and 40 mins) before they moved out. Observations were repeated at least twice when elephants were seen revisiting each of these sites. Three observers, (accompanied by one game scout) were involved in physically tracking and observing the elephants inside Kasanka National Park. We then collected vegetation samples from all plants on which the animals were seen feeding in each site.

    Monitoring elephants feeding outside the park

    We repeated the observations outside the park to determine the food preferences of elephants when raiding agricultural crops, i.e., with the aid of camera traps (TOGUARD 2" Mini Trail Camera 20MP 1080P), following Berezin et al. (2023) and Davis et al. (2023). Here, we used camera traps because elephants often raided agricultural crops in late night hours, when most farm owners would be fast asleep, making it practically challenging to observe the mammals. Camera traps have been widely used to either identify individuals (Karanth and Nichols 1998, Silver et al. 2004) or investigate behavior that could be challenging to study using direct observations (Griffiths and van Schaik 1993, Smit et al. 2019). Six camera traps (i.e., three traps at each distance [2 km, 10 km, 20 km] from the protected area boundary) were placed on different days in each of six villages sharing borders with protected areas. Among these (six villages) included three off the boundary of Kasanka National Park (namely, Chalilo, Mapepala, and Mpelembe; Fig. 1) and another three off the boundary of the elephant migration corridor (namely, Chiundaponde, Kasamba, and Musangashi villages; Fig. 1). We used 20 km as the maximum distance because both African and Asian elephants have been estimated to travel an average of 5–10 km each day when living in non-extreme environmental conditions (Rowell 2014). Thus, we only expected this average distance to move to 20 km or beyond in extreme conditions or when elephants are lacking sufficient supplies of resources (e.g., food, water, etc.; Viljoen 1989, Spinage 1994). At each distance across villages, camera traps were placed in three randomly selected crop fields for a period of 72 hours before moving to the next village. We then took note of all crops on which elephants were recorded feeding in each field.

    Socioeconomic survey among communities living outside protected areas

    We conducted a socioeconomic survey in each of the six villages with the aid of semi-structured questionnaires (Appendix 1), interviewing communities (n = 108 households, comparable to Amwata and Mganga 2014) located at different distances (namely, 2 km, 10 km, 20 km) away from the Kasanka National Park Boundary (KNPB) and the elephant migration corridor (EMC) between Kasanka National Park and Lavushi Manda National Park. In each village, at least 15 farmers or household heads (i.e., ≥ 5 individuals at each distance) were randomly selected and interviewed in this survey. We recruited and trained five community enumerators who helped in administering the questionnaires to all selected household heads across villages. The surveys involved collecting information on the communities’ main sources of livelihoods, incidences of crop raids (i.e., the number of times their fields have been raided), and the type of crops grown. Further (and most importantly), the survey also verified with the local people if the types of crops on which the elephants were captured feeding (by the camera traps) are the most targeted on their respective farms. Similarly, food samples were collected from all crops verified by communities as most targeted by elephant raids.

    Handling and analysis of food samples

    In both Kasanka National Park and outside, at least 1 kg of vegetation sample was cut and collected with the aid of pruning shears. The samples (n = 48) were packed in kaki paper envelopes and weighed using a digital scale calibrated in grams. They were then stored in a cool box while they were transported from the field to the food chemistry laboratory at the University of Zambia within 48 hours of collection. At the laboratory, collected vegetation samples were subjected to food quality (protein, energy, moisture, ash, vitamin C, and fiber) analysis. Protein was determined by means of the Kjeldahl method and calculated using a conversion factor of 6.25% (Kjeldahl 1883, Levey et al. 2000, Latimer 2016, Mæhre et al. 2018). Energy content (kJ/g) was determined by exposing food samples to combustion at high pressure in bomb calorimetry (Rodríguez-Añón and Proupin-Castineiras 2005). Ash content (% ash) was determined gravimetrically via dry ashing of vegetation samples (approx. 100 g each) in a muffle furnace at 600 °C for 14 hour (Liu 2019). Vitamin C was determined by means of a high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) with ultraviolet detection (Gazdik et al. 2008, Mazurek and Włodarczyk-Stasiak 2023), while total dietary fiber was determined by the enzymatic-gravimetric method and liquid chromatography. Here, each vegetation sample was subjected to extended enzymatic digestion at 37 °C to simulate human intestinal digestion followed by gravimetric isolation (Garbelotti et al. 2003, McCleary et al. 2010, McLeary and McLoughlin 2022).

    Statistical analysis

    During data analysis, we first used linear mixed-effects model fit by REML to test if the incidences of crop raids differed at varying distances (i.e., 2 km, 10 km, and 20 km) away from either KNPB or the EMC. Here, we used incidences of crop raids against distance as fixed effects, while distance nested in village name/location were used as the random effects. Secondly, we used analysis of variance to test if food quality differed among plant types or species (i.e., a variety of food plants on which elephants fed, inclusive of both agricultural crops and the natural vegetation in Kasanka National Park). In this analysis, plant type was used as a predictor while food quality (protein, energy, moisture, ash, vitamin C, and fiber) was used as the response. We then used the post-hoc test with Tukey Honest Significant Difference to tell if and where differences occurred in food quality among individual species of food plants. All the above statistical analyses were performed in R Version 3.0.2 (R Development Core Team 2006, Pinheiro et al. 2012). Socioeconomic data, which was largely centered on assessing the livelihoods and incidences of crop raids by elephants were analyzed with the aid of Microsoft excel (2013) following Amwata and Mganga (2014).

    RESULTS

    Livelihoods of the local people[1]

    Of the 108 household heads that were interviewed, 44% and 56% were female and male, respectively. The main sources of livelihoods in the area include small-scale crop husbandly (i.e. practiced by 98% [n = 106] of the population). Several crops are grown, but the most common and socioeconomically important crops (selected based on frequency of appearance on the list of crops given by farmers), are grown either as single (monocropping) or part of a cluster of several other crops grown simultaneously (intercropping) by individual households. These crops include maize (Zea mays, henceforth referred to as Agr1 [grown by 98% of the population]), cassava (Manihot spp., Agr2 [94%]), pumpkins (Cucurbita spp., Agr3 [54%]), ground nuts (Arachis spp., Agr4 [67%]), and sweet potatoes (Ipomoea spp., Agr5 [27%]), finger millet (Eleusine spp., Agr6 [25%]), and beans (Phaseolus spp., Agr7 [16%]). The majority (87%, n = 94) of the household-heads interviewed grew most of these crops for both food production and income generation. The income generated from the sale of these crop products is critical for supporting the well-being of these households in the area.

    Incidences of crop raids by elephants

    The mean frequency of incidences of raids in the EMC (2 ± 1) were similar to those in areas surrounding the KNPB (4 ± 1) during the past five years (F (1, 4) = 1.235; p > 0.05). Seventy-five (69.4%) of the households interviewed experienced incidences of crop raids by elephants on their farms. Among the crops grown by the local people, maize (Agr1; mentioned by 82%, n = 89 of the respondents), cassava (Agr2; 71%, n = 77), and pumpkins (Agr3; 54%, n = 58), respectively, were the most targeted by elephants. The number of individuals in each herd of elephants that was seen raiding crops ranged from 11 to 27 across villages. In the park, elephants were repeatedly seen feeding on four natural vegetation species, namely White thorn (Senegalia [Acacia] polyacantha; henceforth referred to as Wld1; number of elephant feeding visits [n = 14]), Rice grass (Oryzopsis spp.; Wld2; n = 11), Common reed (Phragmites australis; Wld3; n = 5), and Guinea grass (Megathyrsus maximus; Wld4; n = 13). Rice grass (Wld2) plants were particularly highly sought after by the mammals, albeit they could only be found in a couple of small clusters of swamps (Kafubashi and Kapabi areas) located in the middle of Kasanka National Park (Fig. 1).

    Effects of distance of farming activities on incidences of crop raid by elephants

    No difference occurred in incidences of crop raids across distances of farming activities away from either the KNPB or the EMC (F (2,102) = 1.80; p > 0.05; Fig. 2). Of all the elephant crop raid incidences recorded in the area (69.4%, see above), 29 (26.89%), 30 (27.78%), and 16 (14.81%) occurred within a radius of 2 km, 10 km, and 20 km, respectively, away from either the KNPB or EMC. Of the 26.89% incidences within the 2 km radius, 16 (55%) occurred in the KNPB while 13 (45%) occurred in the EMC areas. Of the 27.78% incidences that occurred in the 10 km radius, 18 (60%) occurred in the KNPB while 12 (40%) occurred in the EMC areas. And of the 14.81% that occurred in the 20 km radius, 9 (56%) occurred in the KNPB while 7 (44%) occurred in the EMC areas.

    Food quality across plant types

    The mean protein composition differed significantly across plant types (F (6, 41) = 33.39; p <0.0001; Fig. 3a). It was higher (per 100 g wet weight) for maize (Agr1; 4.02 ± 0.58%) than cassava (Agr2; 3.02 ± 0.27%), pumpkin (Agr3; 1.94 ± 0.51%), white thorn (Wld1; 1.61 ± 0.49%), rice grass (Wld2; 2.98 ± 0.17%), common reed (Wld3; 1.42 ± 0.27%), and guinea grass (Wld4; 1.64 ± 0.46%). Protein composition for cassava (Agr2) remained similar to rice grass (Wld2; p > 0.05), both of which were, however, significantly higher than the rest of the plants.

    The mean total ash content (per 100 g dry weight) differed significantly across food plant types (F [6, 41] = 21.12; p < 0.0001; Fig. 3b). Generally, it was higher among wild plants than agricultural crops. For example, ash content for white thorn (Wld1; 3.8 ± 0.94%) was higher than maize (Agr1; 1.57 ± 0.89%), cassava (Agr2; 1.43 ± 0.12%), and pumpkin (Agr3; 1.00 ± 0.27%). Similarly, the mean total ash content for rice grass (Wld2; 3.54 ± 0.44), common reed (Wld3; 4.12 ± 0.27%), and guinea grass (Wld4; 3.11 ± 0.40%) were each significantly higher than maize, cassava, and pumpkin. No difference occurred in ash content either among agricultural crops or among wild plants (p > 0.05).

    The mean moisture content (per 100 g wet weight) differed significantly across food plants (F [6, 41] = 41.29; p < 0.0001; Fig. 3c). It was higher for pumpkin (Agr3; 86.75 ± 3.26%) than maize (Agr1; 45.02 ± 10.81%), cassava (Agr2; 58.62 ± 2.35%), white thorn (Wld1; 47.42 ± 6.97%), rice grass (Wld2; 59.08 ± 8.91%), common reed (Wld3; 58.74 ± 5.60%), and guinea grass (Wld4; 59.98 ± 4.34%). No difference in moisture content occurred among the rest of the food plants (p > 0.05).

    Although the mean fiber content (per 100 g dry weight) for white thorn (Wld1; 3.25 ± 0.51%) and guinea grass (Wld4; 2.77 ± 0.32%) remained similar, both of them were generally significantly higher than the rest of the food plants, namely maize (Agr1; 1.64 ± 0.29%), cassava (Agr2; 1.88 ± 0.12%), pumpkin (Agr3; 1.72 ± 0.45%), rice grass (Wld2; 0.96 ± 0.15%), and common reed (Wld3; 1.76 ± 0.13%; F [6, 41] = 15.89; p < 0.0001; Fig. 3d). Besides being lower than white thorn and guinea grass, the fiber content for rice grass was also significantly lower than maize, cassava, pumpkin, and common reed.

    The mean energy content (per 100 g wet weight) differed significantly across food plant types (F [6, 41] = 57.66; p < 0.0001; Fig. 3e). It was higher for cassava (Agr2; 434.67 ± 26.31 KJ/g) than maize (Agr1; 212.32 ± 50.02 KJ/g), pumpkin (Agr3; 41.37 ± 14.78 KJ/g), white thorn (Wld1; 203.94 ± 68.26 KJ/g), rice grass (Wld2; 139.61 ± 21.46 KJ/g), common reed (Wld3; 146.39 ± 23.07 KJ/g), and guinea grass (Wld4; 136.42 ± 15.53 KJ/g). Although lower than cassava, the energy content for maize was significantly higher than both pumpkin and guinea grass. In fact, energy content for pumpkin was also lower than each of the remaining plant types (p < 0.05), i.e., besides cassava. However, no differences in energy content occurred among the rest of the food plant types (p > 0.05).

    The mean vitamin C content (per 100 g wet weight) differed significantly across food plant types (F [6, 41] = 27.0; p < 0.0001; Fig. 3f). It was higher for white thorn (Wld1; 113.74 ± 3.96 mg/g) than maize (Agr1; 71.37 ± 20.03 mg/g), cassava (Agr2; 0.77 ± 0.22 mg/g), pumpkin (Agr3; 82.35 ± 14.39 mg/g), and common reed (Wld3; 0.87 ± 0.06 mg/g). However, mean vitamin C content for white thorn remained similar with rice grass (Wld2; 92.65 ± 4.58) and guinea grass (Wld4; 92.30 ± 11.70) (p > 0.05).

    DISCUSSION

    Our results show that human-elephant conflicts remain a major problem in the study area, as nearly 70% of the households interviewed experienced several incidences of crop raids by elephants on their farms, which agrees with our first prediction. Secondly, the distance of farming activities away from the boundary of protected areas had no effect on the incidences of crop raids by elephants, as elephants raided all farms irrespective of how far they were located relative to the boundary of protected areas, and this is congruent with our second prediction. And although natural vegetation in the park had higher composition of ash, vitamin C, and fiber, our results show that it had comparatively lower composition of protein, energy, and moisture compared to agricultural crops, suggesting that the diet of elephants in the wild had a nutritional deficit in these nutrients. Thus, the elephants’ foraging decisions to raid agricultural crops could be largely driven by the need to increase their uptake of a diet rich in these elements, i.e., in line with our third prediction.

    Incidences of crop raids and livelihoods of the local people

    Clearly, human-elephant conflicts remain a major problem in the study area, as the majority of farmers still experienced several incidences of crop raids on their farms. Although several crops are grown, the major ones in the context of driving crop raids by elephants and sustaining the well-being of communities including maize, cassava, and pumpkins. The majority of these crops are predominantly grown for both income generation and as food sources by the local communities. The income generated from the sale of these crop products is the only source of income for the majority of households in the area, suggesting that any incidences of crop raids on the community’s fields by elephants could have significantly negative impacts on their livelihoods.

    Generally, communities that are dependent upon a single livelihood strategy have been shown to be particularly vulnerable in human wildlife conflict zones because of a lack of alternative income strategies (Dickman 2010, Shaffer et al. 2019, Anoop et al. 2023). For example, human-elephant conflicts were found to reduce household incomes among subsistence farmers by at least 35% in Kenya (Amwata and Mganga 2014), whereas in Tanzania, annual crop damage was equated to two months of household food loss, and reduced household cash income by 1.3% (Kaswamila et al. 2007). Similarly, elephant related conflicts cost communal farmers around US$1 million a year in Namibia, while in some Nepalese communities it can be up to around a quarter of the household incomes of poor farming families (WWF 2008). These and many other risks potentially explain why conflicts with elephants have driven many subsistence farmers (in both Africa and Asia) to either quit their settlements or stop growing food crops that attracts elephants to their farms (Dickman 2010, Barua et al. 2013, Amwata and Mganga 2014, Anoop et al. 2023). However, quitting or relocation of settlements often comes with costs, as farmers have to find or pay for new land to resettle and potentially construct new villages. Thus, unless locals are supported to venture into alternative income-generating activities (e.g., curio shops, village ecotourism, etc.), human-elephant conflicts can lead to socioeconomic deprivation and destitution among the affected communities, i.e., if left unaddressed (Dickman 2010, Barua et al. 2013). Worse still, these conflicts can compromise human appreciation for conservation of local biodiversity and undermine the potential especially for human-elephant coexistence (Hedges and Gunaryadi 2010, Graham et al. 2010, Barua et al. 2013, Anoop et al. 2023). Thus, for as long as the incidences of crop raids by elephants continue to occur in our study area, both the livelihoods (especially food security and household incomes) of the local people and the conservation of the elephants will remain under threat.

    Incidences of crop raids across distance of farming from protected areas

    Our results show that distance of farming activities away from either KNPB or EMC had no effect on the incidences of crop raids by elephants. These findings are in contrast to those from several previous studies (e.g., Andersson et al. 2013, Parker et al. 2014, Matseketsa et al. 2019) that have shown human-wildlife conflicts to have particularly been prominent among communities that either live or undertook their farming activities close to the boundaries of protected areas. In fact, other studies suggest that the incidences of crop raids by elephants were limited to within 4 to 6 km from the edge of protected areas (Gubbi 2012, Guerbois et al. 2012). However, the fact that these incidences remained similar across distances (i.e., up to 20 km) in our study area raises new questions about the correct radius of high-risk for the occurrence of human-elephant conflicts. On the one hand, our findings suggest that the maximum (20 km) distance threshold used in this study may not have been adequate to detect the effect of distance of farming activities (from the boundaries of protected areas) on crop raids by elephants. For example, elephants can walk up to 195 km per day (Elephants for Africa 2016), albeit they often only average between 5 and 10 km in non-extreme environmental conditions (Rowell 2014) and over 20 km in extreme conditions (i.e., on a daily basis; Spinage 1994, Viljoen 1989, Sukumar 2003, Leighty et al. 2009, Chiyo et al. 2014). Their movements are usually driven by a variety of factors, among which include the need for social groupings and also adjusting their foraging range relative to the distribution and availability of resources (McKay 1973, Whitehouse and Schoeman 2003, Slotow and van Dyk 2004, Leighty et al. 2009). Therefore, the 20 km (maximum) used in this study may fall within the normal daily threshold travelled by the mammals to forage for food resources. Thus, crop raid incidences were expected to remain unchanged within this distance.

    On the other hand, our findings could suggest that the distance of farming activities from the boundaries of protected areas may not necessarily be the key driver of human wildlife conflicts in our study area. Instead, other parameters, especially food quality (Osei-Owusu and Bakker 2008) may be responsible, as has been suggested by previous research (Nyhus 2016). In this case, the findings of the current research agree with our prediction that the escalation of human wildlife conflicts was not necessarily driven by the farms’ location relative to the boundary of protected areas, as has been suggested by previous studies (Andersson et al. 2013, Parker et al. 2014, Matseketsa et al. 2019). This may especially be true in our study area, given that it is a game management area that is host to a few clusters of sparsely populated human settlements and a series of highly connected natural forest habitats stretching far beyond the boundaries of protected areas into human farming areas. Potentially, these conditions provide a conducive environment for elephants to traverse and raid nutritious agricultural crops far from the edges of the protected areas. And the fact that these incidences remained similar between KNPB and EMC could be explained by the fact that farming activities by communities in both areas were centered on the growing of nutritionally similar combinations of crops. Thus, there was nothing unique between the two areas to trigger a different foraging behavior from elephants. Overall, our findings suggest that the distance of farming from the edge of protected areas is unlikely to affect crop raid incidences by elephants, as long as there is a connected forest habitat transcending the boundaries of protected areas into human farming areas and that the crops grown on those farms contain nutrients that are either lacking or inadequate in their natural habitats.

    Food quality and crop raids by elephants

    Although natural plants from the national park contained higher composition of ash, vitamin C and fiber, our results show that they were largely deficient of protein, energy, and moisture, i.e., compared to agricultural crops. Generally, these results seem to suggest that although elephants are able to obtain adequate supplies of minerals, vitamin C, and fiber in the natural habitat, there is a nutritional deficit where access to especially protein and energy was concerned. Thus, it is highly likely that the mammals’ foraging decisions to raid agricultural crops could be largely driven by the need to increase their uptake of a diet rich in these elements. Our findings are similar to those from research suggesting that nutrient deficiency in their natural habitats could be responsible for explaining the elephants’ dietary choices, among which include the behavior of consuming human grown crops (Sukumar 1990, Rode et al. 2006, Pretorius et al. 2012, Branco et al. 2019, Pokharel et al. 2019, Vogel et al. 2020; Vogel et al. 2019, unpublished manuscript).

    Although lower in composition among natural plants, protein, energy, and moisture are very critical in defining the survival of wild animals (Barboza et al. 2009). For example, besides being an important energy source (6 kcal/g; Robbins 1983), proteins are polypeptides of amino acids required for building of body tissues, albeit only ruminants (among herbivores) can synthesize a variety of amino acids with the help of symbiotic microbes in their rumen. Given that elephants are non-ruminant herbivores, they are unable to synthesize most of these amino acids. Thus, they need the presence of both qualitative and quantitative protein in their diet to increase their access to all essential amino acids (Branco et al. 2019). Although natural plants such as rice grass (2.98 ± 0.17g) has relatively comparable protein composition to agricultural crops like cassava (3.02 ± 0.27g), elephants still left the park to raid the latter outside the park. This could be explained by the assumption that a combination of both maize and cassava, which are often grown in abundance by the local people, provided a far much high protein composition than what the mammals could obtain from rice grass in the wild. Our findings agree with previous research that found cultivated crops to generally provide significantly more protein than wild vegetation (e.g., Sukumar 1990, Branco et al. 2019), ultimately suggesting that feeding on these crops provided the elephants with substantially more protein. In this case, crop raiding by elephants was an extension of their optimal foraging strategy.

    Alternatively, research has shown that several wild plants contain secondary compounds such as tannins that can impact negatively on the digestibility of protein (Barboza et al. 2009). Tannins bind to protein, rendering it unavailable for digestion (Clegg 2008). Therefore, it is highly likely that elephants could be driven to raid agricultural crops to avoid feeding on protein-rich wild plants because they contain secondary compounds, such as condensed tannins that act as chemical deterrents, as they negatively affect the ability of an animal to digest nutrients (Robbins et al. 1987). Elephants have also been shown to generally have poor digestive abilities (Greene et al. 2019). In African elephants, the digestion efficiency can be as low as 22% depending on forage quality (Clauss et al. 2003, Pendelbury et al. 2005, Greene et al. 2019). Given the potential presence of digestion inhibiting chemicals and toxins in their natural forage, elephants strategize their foraging behavior toward consuming a wide variety of plants to either meet their daily nutritional requirements or dilute the chemicals and toxins in some of the plants they feed upon to maximize protein digestion. Thus, this could partly explain their behavior to raid agricultural crops.

    Like protein, elephants have a high absolute energy requirement (Branco et al. 2019). The high energy requirement is driven largely by their large body sizes (Demment and van Soest 1985) and shorter gastro-intestinal tracts (GITs; i.e., in relation to their body sizes; Clauss et al. 2003, Clauss et al. 2005a, b), albeit the widths of their GIT are larger than expected (Clauss et al. 2003, Clauss et al. 2005a). These phenological attributes have been shown to effectively result in faster food passage rates, albeit with lower nutritional gains (Clauss et al. 2003, Clauss et al. 2005b, Muller et al. 2013). Clearly, however, elephants still constantly need abundant replenishment of energy to grow, reproduce, sustain metabolic demands, maintain their structures, and respond to changes in the environment (Benedict and Lee 1938, Dierenfeld 1994, Brown et al. 2004, Pretorius et al. 2012). Generally, they have a mixed diet (Cerling et al. 1999), which fluctuates across seasons (Codron et al. 2006, Owen-Smith and Chafota 2012, Shrader et al. 2012). Nonetheless, their high absolute energy requirements have been shown to drive the mammals to select plants of higher quality and digestibility so that energy intake can be maximized (Demment and van Soest 1985, Pretorius et al. 2012). Therefore, elephants may include plant species that are both most abundant and have the highest metabolizable energy value in their diet as in the case of some agricultural crops in our study area.

    Our findings are consistent with recent studies on patterns of crop raids by elephants in Africa that found agricultural crops to have exceedingly higher digestible energy than natural-forage diets (Nyhus 2016, Branco et al. 2019). Thus, elephants in our study area likely benefited considerably from crop raiding because of the significantly higher amount of digestible energy present in crops relative to the natural vegetation in protected areas. The above observations further agree with findings from other studies (Simpson and Raubenheimer 1993, Raubenheimer and Simpson 1997, 1999) suggesting that animals could adjust the amounts of food ingested from different food sources to keep the balance between different nutrients and consistently reach their daily nutrient requirements (Pretorius et al. 2012, Branco et al. 2019). Thus, this may explain the observed foraging decisions made by elephants to target and raid agricultural crops such as maize and cassava (outside their natural ecosystem), which are richer in protein and energy, respectively, than wild plants.

    Results from this study also show that pumpkin had a significantly higher moisture content than was found in wild plants. Moisture is arguably the most important nutrient in animal diets, as it is the medium through which many physiological process (e.g., metabolic processes, chemical reactions, eliminating waste from the body, etc.) are facilitated. Besides, it regulates temperature and this is particularly critical for large bodied and high-water consuming animals such as elephants (Barboza et al. 2009, Pretorius et al. 2012, Pontzer et al. 2020). Research has shown that the need for moisture or water in animals increases when they forage on a high-protein and high-energy diet, driven largely by a corresponding increase in metabolic waste, urinary excretion of urea, and heat produced by metabolism (Cherian 2020). Interestingly, our results show that besides pumpkins, elephants also targeted both maize and cassava that had significantly higher protein and energy contents, respectively, i.e., among the agricultural crops that they raided. Potentially, this suggests that the mammals feed on pumpkin to ensure that their metabolic processes were adequately supplied with the moisture to effectively break down a high protein and energy diet during crop raid.

    Generally, water intake in animals is also expected to increase with higher environmental temperatures and increased physical activity because of water lost through evaporative loss (Barboza et al. 2009, Dunkin et al. 2013, Pontzer et al. 2020). Essentially, water or moisture uptake should not really be a problem for elephants because their natural habitat (Kasanka National Park) has abundant naturally occurring perennial water bodies. Besides, crop raid incidences predominantly occur during the growing season, when most of these water bodies and the vegetation in the park are replenished from high annual mean precipitation (> 1300 mm) in the area. However, as elephants move several kilometers to raid agricultural crops, they possibly lose a lot of water, because most of these crops are located on farms outside protected areas and far from water bodies. Thus, they depend on moisture-rich crops such as pumpkins to compensate for their body water losses and to therefore maintain all water-related physiological functions.

    CONCLUSIONS

    Generally, human-elephant conflicts still remain a major challenge affecting a predominantly peasant farming-dependent community within Kafinda Game Management Area in Zambia. These conflicts are largely driven by the disparities in the quality of food in the elephant’s natural habitat, seemingly pushing them to raid highly nutritious agricultural crops in our study area. Broadly, these findings suggest that elephants can raid human grown crops, irrespective of the distance the farmland is located away from the boundaries of protected areas, provided such crops contain nutrients that are either lacking or inadequate in their natural habitats. Thus, human-elephant conflicts are likely to continue for as long as humans continue to grow crops whose food quality is higher than wild vegetation.

    These results do not necessarily support the practice of farming activities along or closer to the boundaries of protected areas by local farmers, as doing so undermines the integrity of these ecosystems, to the detriment of the wildlife species they host. Thus, farming activities should be undertaken outside the buffer zones (i.e., 10 km immediately after the boundary) of protected areas to promote both elephant conservation and the preservation of livelihoods for the local people. And given that most of the affected communities are farmers whose livelihoods are primarily derived from the raided crops, allowing this problem to continue is detrimental to the survival of these people. Therefore, policy makers should work in collaboration with researchers to identify appropriate measures to address this problem, especially in the face of these findings. Stakeholders (e.g., government, conservation, and charity NGOs, etc.) should especially support and work in collaboration with local communities to identify and introduce crops and livelihood strategies that are not susceptible to attacks by elephants. This will not only enhance the resilience of livelihoods and safety of human life, but also contribute toward the conservation of elephants. Further, we encourage more studies to test the effect of food quality of agricultural crops in driving crop raids by elephants to increase our understanding of the human-elephant conflicts dynamics and thereby be in a stronger position to address this problem for the benefit of both conservation and local communities.

    __________

    [1] All agricultural crops have been named with the letters Agr. (followed by a species’ unique number) while wild plants are named with the letters Wld. (followed by a species’ unique number).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    LC originally conceived and formulated the research idea. LC assisted by SS undertook the fieldwork. DP did the mapping of the study area. LC analyzed the data. LC, SC, and DP wrote the manuscript.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We thank the Department of National Parks and Wildlife (in Zambia) for the research permit and Kasanka Trust Limited for hosting us during fieldwork. This work was funded by the British Ecological Society small research grants for Africa.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    N/A

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Data/code available on request because of privacy/ethical restrictions.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Acharya, K. P., P. K. Paudel, S. R. Jnawali, P. R. Neupane, and M. Köhl. 2017. Can forest fragmentation and configuration work as indicators of human-wildlife conflict? Evidences from human death and injury by wildlife attacks in Nepal. Ecological Indicators 80:74-83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2017.04.037

    Adiotomre, J., M. A. Eastwood, C. A. Edwards, and W. G. Brydon. 1990. Dietary fiber: in vitro methods that anticipate nutrition and metabolic in humans. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 52:128-134. https://doi.org/10.1093/ajcn/52.1.128

    Alexander, S. E, and J. W. Whitehouse. 2004. Challenges for balancing conservation and development through ecotourism: insights and implications from two Belizean case studies. WIT, Southampton, UK.

    Amwata, D. A, and K. Z. Mganga. 2014. The African elephant and food security in Africa: experiences from Baringo District, Kenya. Pachyderm 55(55):23-29. https://pachydermjournal.org/index.php/pachyderm/article/view/350/308 https://doi.org/10.69649/pachyderm.v55i.350

    Andersson, J. A., M. de Garine-Wichatitsky, D. H. Cumming, V. Dzingirai, and K. E. Giller. 2013. Trans-frontier conservation areas: people living on the edge. First edition. Earthscan, London, UK.

    Anoop, N. R., S. Krishnan, and T. Ganesh. 2023. Elephants in the farm - changing temporal and seasonal patterns of human-elephant interactions in a forest-agriculture matrix in the Western Ghats, India. Frontiers in Conservation Science 4:1142325. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcosc.2023.1142325

    Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC). 1995. Official methods of analysis. Fourteenth edition. AOAC, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Barboza, P. S., K. L. Parker, and I. D. Hume. 2009. Integrative wildlife nutrition. Springer Verlag, Berlin, Germany. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-87885-8

    Barua M., S. A. Bhagwat, and S. Jadhav. 2013. The hidden dimensions of human-wildlife conflict: health impacts, opportunity and transaction costs. Biological Conservation 157:309-316. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2012.07.014

    Bell, R. H. V. 1969. The use of the herb layer by grazing ungulates in the Serengeti. Pages III-123 in A. Watson, editor. Animal populations in relation to their food resources. Symposium of the British Ecological Society (Aberdeen). Blackwell Science, Oxford, UK.

    Benedict, F. G., and R. C. Lee. 1938. Further observations on the physiology of the elephant. Journal of Mammalogy 19:175-194. https://doi.org/10.2307/1374612

    Berezin, J. L., A. J. Odom, V. Hayssen, and C. E. O’Connell-Rodwell. 2023. A snapshot into the lives of elephants: camera traps and conservation in Etosha National Park, Namibia. Diversity 15(11):1146. https://doi.org/10.3390/d15111146

    Bolen, E. G., and W. L. Robinson. 1995. Wildlife ecology and management. Third edition. Printice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, USA.

    Branco, P. S., J. A. Merkle, R. M. Pringle, J. Pansu, A. B. Potter, A. Reynolds, M. Stalmans, and R. A. Long. 2019. Determinants of elephant foraging behaviour in a coupled human-natural system: Is brown the new green? Journal of Animal Ecology 88(5):780-792. https://doi.org/10.1111/1365-2656.12971

    Brown, J. H., J. F. Gillooly, A. P. Allen, V. M. Savage, and G. B. West. 2004. Toward a metabolic theory of ecology. Ecology 85(7):1771-1789. https://doi.org/10.1890/03-9000

    Byng, J. W. 2008. The ecological impacts of a migratory bat population on its seasonal roost in Kasanka National Park, Zambia. Thesis. University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen, UK.

    Cao, S., Z. Liu, W. Li, and J. Xian. 2021. Balancing ecological conservation with socioeconomic development. Ambio 50(5):1117-1122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-020-01448-z

    Carr, A. C., and S. Maggini. 2017. Vitamin C and immune function. Nutrients 9(11):1211. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu9111211

    Cerling, T. E., J. M. Harris, and M. G. Leakey. 1999. Browsing and grazing in elephants: the isotope record of modern and fossil proboscideans. Oecologia 120(3):364-374. https://doi.org/10.1007/s004420050869

    Chama, L., B. Mubemba, J. Kawala, K. Luaba, C. Cheelo, and S. Syampungani. 2023. Terrestrial habitat and wildlife status report. Kasanka Trust Limited, Serenje, Zambia.

    Chapman, J. L., and M. J. Reiss. 1992. Ecology: principles and applications. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107340893

    Cherian, G. 2020. A guide to the principles of animal nutrition. Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon, USA.

    Chiyo, P. I., E. P. Cochrane, L. Naughton, and G. I. Basuta. 2005. Temporal patterns of crop raiding by elephants: a response to changes in forage quality or crop availability? African Journal of Ecology 43(1):48-55. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2028.2004.00544.x

    Chiyo, P. I., J. W. Wilson, E. A. Archie, P. C. Lee, C. J. Moss, and S. C. Alberts. 2014. The influence of forage, protected areas, and mating prospects on grouping patterns of male elephants. Behavioral Ecology 25(6):1494-1504. https://doi.org/10.1093/beheco/aru152

    Clauss, M., T. Froeschle, J. Castell, J. M. Hatt, S. Ortmann, W. J. Streich, and J. Hummel. 2005a. Fluid and particle retention times in the black rhinoceros (Diceros bicornis), a large hindgut-fermenting browser. Acta Theriologica 50:367-376. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03192632

    Clauss, M., W. Loehlein, E. Kienzle, and H. Wiesner. 2003. Studies on feed digestibilities in captive Asian elephants (Elephas maximus). Journal of Animal Physiology and Animal Nutrition 87:1-14. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1439-0396.2003.00429.x

    Clauss, M., N. Robert, C. Walzer, C. Vitaud, and J. Hummel. 2005b. Testing predictions on body mass and gut contents: dissection of an African elephant Loxodonta africana Blumenbach 1797. European Journal of Wildlife Research 51(4):291-294. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10344-005-0113-0

    Clegg, B. W. 2008. Habitat and diet selection by the African elephant at the landscape level: a functional integration of multi-scale foraging process. Dissertation. Faculty of Science, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa.

    Clegg, B. W, and T. G. O'Connor. 2017. Determinants of seasonal changes in availability of food patches for elephants (Loxodonta africana) in a semi-arid African savanna. PeerJ 5:e3453. https://doi.org/10.7717/peerj.3453

    Codron, D., J. A. Lee-Thorp, M. Sponheimer, and J. Codron. 2006. Nutritional content of savanna plant foods: implications for browser/grazer models of ungulate diversification. European Journal of Wildlife Research 53:100-111. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10344-006-0071-1

    Colunga Biancatelli, R. M. L., M. Berrill, and P. E. Marik. 2020. The antiviral properties of vitamin C. Expert Review of Anti-Infective Therapy 18(2):99-101. https://doi.org/10.1080/14787210.2020.1706483

    Cummings, J. H., J. M. Antoine, F. Azpiroz, R. Bourdet-Sicard, P. Brandtzaeg, P. C. Calder, G. R. Gibson, F. Guarner, E. Isolauri, D. Pannemans, C. Shortt, S. Tuijtelaars, and B. Watzl. 2004. PASSCLAIM–gut health and immunity. European Journal of Nutrition 43:II118-II173. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00394-004-1205-4

    Das, S. K., and S. Chattopadhyay. 2011. Human fatalities from wild elephant attacks - a study of fourteen cases. Journal of Forensic and Legal Medicine 18(4):154-157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jflm.2011.01.017

    Davis, R. S., L. K. Gentle, W. O. Mgoola, E. L. Stone, A. Uzal, and R. W. Yarnell. 2023. Using camera trap bycatch data to assess habitat use and the influence of human activity on African elephants (Loxodonta africana) in Kasungu National Park, Malawi. Mammalian Biology 103:121-132. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42991-022-00330-7

    Demment, M. W., and P. J. van Soest. 1985. A nutritional explanation for body-size patterns of ruminant and non-ruminant herbivores. American Naturalist 125(5):641-672. https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:53137013 https://doi.org/10.1086/284369

    DeVries, J. W. 2004. Dietary fiber: the influence of definition on analysis and regulation. Journal of AOAC International 87(3):682-706. https://doi.org/10.1093/jaoac/87.3.682

    Di Minin, E., R. Slotow, C. Fink, H. Bauer, and C. Packer. 2021. A pan-African spatial assessment of human conflicts with lions and elephants. Nature Communications 12:2978. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-021-23283-w

    Dickman A. J. 2010. Complexities of conflict: the importance of considering social factors for effectively resolving human-wildlife conflict. Animal Conservation 13(5):458-466. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-1795.2010.00368.x

    Dierenfeld, E. S. 1994. Nutrition and feeding. Pages 69-80 in S. K. Mikota, E. L. Sargent, and G. S. Ranglack, editors. Medical management of the elephant. Indira Publishing House, Bloomfield, Michigan, USA.

    Dunkin, R. C., D. Wilson, N. Way, K. Johnson, and T. M. Williams. 2013. Climate influences thermal balance and water use in African and Asian elephants: physiology can predict drivers of elephant distribution. Journal of Experimental Biology 216(15):2939-2952. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.080218

    El-Ashry, M. T. 1993. Balancing economic development with environmental protection in developing and lesser developed countries. Air & Waste 43(1):18-24. https://doi.org/10.1080/1073161X.1993.10467115

    Elephants for Africa. 2016. General elephant facts. Elephants for Africa. https://www.elephantsforafrica.org/elephant-facts/

    Eriksen, C. 2004. Why do they burn the bush? Fire as a land management tool in Zambia. Thesis. Kings College London, London, UK.

    Eustace, A., D. Chambi, G. Emmanuel, and M. Saigilu. 2022. The extent of crop damage by elephants: does the distance from the protected area matter? Conservation Science and Practice 4:e12768. https://doi.org/10.1111/csp2.12768

    Fernando, P., M. A. Kumar, A. C. Williams, E. Wikramanayake, T. Aziz, and S. M. Singh. 2008b. Review of human-elephant conflict mitigation methods practiced in South Asia. WWF, Gland, Switzerland. https://awsassets.panda.org/downloads/review_of_human_elephant_final_reduced_01.pdf

    Fernando, P., and J. Pastorini. 2011. Range-wide status of Asian elephants. Gajah 35:15-20.

    Fernando, P., E. D. Wikramanayake, H. K. Janaka, L. K. A. Jayasinghe, M. Gunawardena, S. W. Kotagama, D. Weerakoon, and J. Pastorini. 2008a. Ranging behavior of the Asian elephant in Sri Lanka. Mammalian Biology 73(1):2-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mambio.2007.07.007

    Fungo. B. 2011. A review of crop raiding around protected areas: nature, control and research gaps. Environmental Research Journal 5:87-92.

    Garbelotti, M. L., D. A. P. Marsiglia, and E. A. F. S. Torres. 2003. Determination and validation of dietary fiber in food by the enzymatic gravimetric method. Food Chemistry 83(3):469-473. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0308-8146(03)00226-7

    Gazdik, Z., O. Zitka, J. Petrlova, V. Adam, J. Zehnalek, A. Horna, V. Reznicek, M. Beklova, and R. Kizek. 2008. Determination of vitamin C (ascorbic acid) using high performance liquid chromatography coupled with electrochemical detection. Sensors 8(11):7097-7112. https://doi.org/10.3390/s8117097

    Gobush, K. S., C. T. T. Edwards, F. Maisels, G. Wittemyer, D. Balfour, and R. D. Taylor. 2021. Loxodonta cyclotis, African forest elephant. The IUCN Red List of threatened species 2021: e.T181007989A181019888. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2021-1.RLTS.T181007989A181019888.en

    Goswami, V. R., D. Vasudev, and M. K. Oli. 2014. The importance of conflict-induced mortality for conservation planning in areas of human-elephant co-occurrence. Biological Conservation 176:191-198. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2014.05.026

    Graham, M. D., B. Notter, W. M. Adams, P. C. Lee, and T. N. Ochieng. 2010. Patterns of crop-raiding by elephants, Loxodonta africana, in Laikipia, Kenya, and the management of human-elephant conflict. Systematics and Biodiversity 8(4):435-445. https://doi.org/10.1080/14772000.2010.533716

    Greene, W., E. S. Dierenfeld, and S. Mikota. 2019. A review of Asian and African elephant gastrointestinal anatomy, physiology and pharmacology. Journal of Zoo and Aquarium Research 7(1):1-14.

    Griffiths, M., and C. P. van Schaik. 1993. Camera trapping: a new tool for the study of elusive rainforest animals. Tropical Biodiversity 1:131-135.

    Gubbi, S. 2012. Patterns and correlates of human-elephant conflict around a south Indian reserve. Biological Conservation 148(1):88-95. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2012.01.046

    Guerbois, C., E. Chapanda, and H. Fritz. 2012. Combining multi-scale socio-ecological approaches to understand the susceptibility of subsistence farmers to elephant crop raiding on the edge of a protected area. Journal of Applied Ecology 49(5):1149-1158. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2664.2012.02192.x

    Hance, J. 2013. Kenya getting tough on poachers, set to increase fines and jail time. Mongabay, 29 May. https://news.mongabay.com/2013/05/kenya-getting-tough-on-poachers-set-to-increase-fines-and-jail-time/

    Hedges, S., and D. Gunaryadi. 2010. Reducing human-elephant conflict: do chillies help deter elephants from entering crop fields? Oryx 44(1):139-146. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0030605309990093

    Hoare, R. 2015. Lessons from 20 years of human-elephant conflict mitigation in Africa. Human Dimensions of Wildlife 20(4):289-295. https://doi.org/10.1080/10871209.2015.1005855

    Hussain, T. 2023. Preserving Africa’s biodiversity: why global funding is vital. White & Case. https://www.whitecase.com/insight-our-thinking/africa-focus-summer-2023-preserving-africas-biodiversity

    Isengard, H. D. 2001. Water content, one of the most important properties of food. Food Control 12(7):395-400. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0956-7135(01)00043-3

    Karanth, K. U., and J. D. Nichols. 1998. Estimation of tiger densities in India using photographic captures and recaptures. Ecology 79:2852-2862. https://doi.org/10.1890/0012-9658(1998)079[2852:EOTDII]2.0.CO;2

    Karanth, K. U., and M. E. Sunquist. 2000. Behavioural correlates of predation by tiger (Panthera tigris), leopard (Pantherapardus) and dhole (Cuon alpinus) in Nagarahole, India. Journal of Zoology 250:255-265. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7998.2000.tb01076.x

    Kaswamila, A., S. Russell, and M. McGibbon. 2007. Impacts of wildlife on household food security and income in northeastern Tanzania. Human Dimensions of Wildlife 12(6):391-404. https://doi.org/10.1080/10871200701670003

    Kennedy, M. P., P. A. Racey, G. Iason, and C. Soulsby. 2008. A hydrology and burning management plan for Kasanka National Park. Darwin Initiative, Penicuik, UK.

    Kjeldahl J. 1883. A new method for the determination of nitrogen in organic matter. Journal of Analytical Chemistry 22:366-382.

    Koirala, R. K., D. Raubenheimer, A. Aryal, M. Lal Pathak, and W. Ji. 2016. Feeding preferences of the Asian elephant (Elephas maximus) in Nepal. BMC Ecology 16:54. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12898-016-0105-9

    Köpke, S., S. S. Withanachchi, E. N. C. Perera, C. R. Withanachchi, D. U. Gamage, T. S. Nissanka, C. C. Warapitiya, B. M. Nissanka, N. N. Ranasinghe, C. D. Senarathna, H. R. Dissanayake, R. Pathiranage, C. Schleyer, and A. Thiel. 2024. Factors driving human–elephant conflict: statistical assessment of vulnerability and implications for wildlife conflict management in Sri Lanka. Biodiversity Conservation 33:3075–3101. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-024-02903-z

    Latimer, G. W. 2016. Official methods of analysis of AOAC International. AOAC International, Gaithersburg, Maryland, USA. https://doi.org/10.1093/9780197610145.001.0001

    Leighty, K. A., J. Soltis, C. M. Wesolek, A. Savage, J. Mellen, and J. Lehnhardt. 2009. GPS determination of walking rates in captive African elephants (Loxodonta africana). Zoo Biology 28(1):16-28. https://doi.org/10.1002/zoo.20199

    Leimgruber, P., J. B. Gagnon, C. Wemmer, D. S. Kelly, M. A. Songer, and E. R. Selig. 2003. Fragmentation of Asia’s remaining wildlands: implications for Asian elephant conservation. Animal Conservation 6(4):347-359. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1367943003003421

    Levey, D. J., H. A. Bissell, and S. F. O'Keefe. 2000. Conversion of nitrogen to protein and amino acids in wild fruits. Journal of Chemical Ecology 26:1749-1763. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005503316406

    Linkie, M., Y. Dinata, A. Nofrianto, and N. Leader-Williams. 2007. Patterns and perceptions of wildlife crop raiding in and around Kerinci Seblat National Park, Sumatra. Animal Conservation 10(1):127-135. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-1795.2006.00083.x

    Liu, K. 2019. Effects of sample size, dry ashing temperature and duration on determination of ash content in algae and other biomass. Algal Research 40:101486. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.algal.2019.101486

    Mæhre, H. K., L. Dalheim, G. K. Edvinsen, E. O. Elvevoll, and I.-J. Jensen. 2018. Protein determination—method matters. Foods 7(1):5. https://doi.org/10.3390/foods7010005

    Mariki, S. B., H. Svarstad, and T. A. Benjaminsen. 2015. Elephants over the cliff: explaining wildlife killings in Tanzania. Land Use Policy 44:19-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2014.10.018

    Matseketsa, G., B. B. Mukamuri, N. Muboko, and E. Gandiwa. 2019. An assessment of local people’s support to private wildlife conservation: a case of Save Valley Conservancy and fringe communities, Zimbabwe. Scientifica 2019:2534614. https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/2534614

    Mazurek, A., and M. Włodarczyk-Stasiak. 2023. A new method for the determination of total content of vitamin C, ascorbic and dehydroascorbic acid, in food products with the voltammetric technique with the use of tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine as a reducing reagent. Molecules 28(2):812. https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules28020812

    McCleary, B. V., J. W. DeVries, J. I. Rader, G. Cohen, L. Prosky, D. C. Mugford, M. Champ, and K. Okuma. 2010. Determination of total dietary fiber (CODEX definition) by enzymatic-gravimetric method and liquid chromatography: collaborative study. Journal of AOAC International 93(1):221-233. https://doi.org/10.1093/jaoac/93.1.221

    McCleary, B. V., and C. McLoughlin. 2022. Determination of insoluble, soluble, and total dietary fiber in foods using a rapid integrated procedure of enzymatic-gravimetric-liquid chromatography: first action 2022.01. Journal of AOAC International 106(1):127-145. https://doi.org/10.1093/jaoacint/qsac098

    McDowell, L. R. 1997. Minerals for grazing ruminants in tropical regions. University of Florida Press, Gainesville, Florida, USA.

    McKay, G. M. 1973. Behavior and ecology of the Asiatic elephant in southeastern Ceylon. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 125(4):113. https://doi.org/10.5479/si.00810282.125

    Ministry of Environment and Forests (MOEF). 2010. Gajah: securing the future for elephants in India. MOEF, Government of India, New Delhi, India.

    Montagne, L., J. R. Pluske, and D. J. Hampson. 2003. A review of interactions between dietary fiber and the intestinal mucosa, and their consequences on digestive health in young non-ruminant animals. Animal Feed Science and Technology 108(1-4):95-117. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0377-8401(03)00163-9

    Montez, D., and A. Leng. 2021. Status of Asian elephant and Human-elephant conflict (HEC) in Asia: a brief and updated review. Journal of Nature and Applied Research 1(1):28-35.

    Mousavi, S., S. Bereswill, and M. M. Heimesaat. 2019. Immunomodulatory and antimicrobial effects of vitamin C. European Journal of Microbiology and Immunology 9(3):73-79. https://doi.org/10.1556/1886.2019.00016

    Müller, D. W. H., D. Codron, C. Meloro, A. Munn, A. Schwarm, J. Hummel, and M. Clauss. 2013. Assessing the Jarman-bell principle: scaling of intake, digestibility, retention time and gut fill with body mass in mammalian herbivores. Comparative Biochemistry & Physiology A 164(1):129-140. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cbpa.2012.09.018

    Naughton-Treves, L. 1997. Farming the forest edge: vulnerable places and people around Kibale National Park, Uganda. Geographical Review 87(1):27-46. https://doi.org/10.2307/215656

    Nyambe, K., L. Chama, S. Siachoono, and B. Mubemba. 2017. Food quality in Lusaka National Park: tracking mortality in black lechwe antelopes. Journal of Applied Animal Welfare Science 20(3):219-229. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888705.2017.1292140

    Nyhus, P. J. 2016. Human-wildlife conflict and coexistence. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 41:143-171. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-110615-085634

    Nyirenda, V. R., W. C. Chansa, W. J. Myburgh, and B. K. Reilly. 2011. Wildlife crop depredation in the Luangwa Valley, eastern Zambia. Journal of Ecology and the Natural Environment 3(15):481-491.

    Osborn, F. V. 1998. Ecology of crop raiding elephants in Zimbabwe. Pachyderm 25:39-40. https://doi.org/10.69649/pachyderm.v25i1.918

    Osei-Owusu, Y., and L. Bakker, editors. 2008. Human-wildlife conflict: elephant. Farmers manual. Wildlife Management Working Paper No. 12. Food and Agriculture Organization, Rome, Italy. http://www.fao.org/docrep/pdf/010/ai574e/ai574e00.pdf

    Owen-Smith, N., and J. Chafota. 2012. Selective feeding by a megaherbivore, the African elephant (Loxodonta africana). Journal of Mammalogy 93(3):698-705. https://doi.org/10.1644/11-MAMM-A-350.1

    Parker, D. M., B. M. Whittington-Jones, R. T. F. Bernard, and H. T. Davies-Mostert. 2014. Attitudes of rural communities toward dispersing African wild dogs in South Africa. Human Dimensions of Wildlife 19(6):512-522. https://doi.org/10.1080/10871209.2014.926575

    Pei, Y. X., D. H. Wang, and I. D. Hume. 2001. Selective digesta retention and coprophagy in Brandt’s vole (Microtus brandti). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 171:457-464. https://doi.org/10.1007/s003600100195

    Pendelbury C., N. E. Odongo, A. Renjifo, J. Naelitz, E. V. Valdes, and B. W. McBride. 2005. Acid‐insoluble ash as a measure of dry matter digestibility in captive African elephants (Loxodonta africana). Zoo Biology 24(3):261-265. https://doi.org/10.1002/zoo.20052

    Pinheiro, J., D. Bates, S. DebRoy, D. Sarkar, and R. C. Team. 2012. nlme: Linear and nonlinear mixed effects models, R package version, 3, 103.

    Pokharel, S. S., B. Singh, P. B. Seshagiri, and R. Sukumar. 2019. Lower levels of glucocorticoids in crop-raiders: diet quality as a potential ‘pacifier’ against stress in free-ranging Asian elephants in a human-production habitat. Animal Conservation 22(2):177-188. https://doi.org/10.1111/acv.12450

    Pontzer, H., R. Rimbach, J. Paltan, E. L. Ivory, and C. J. Kendall. 2020. Air temperature and diet influence body composition and water turnover in zoo-living African elephants (Loxodonta africana). Royal Society Open Science 7(11):201155. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsos.201155

    Pretorius, Y., J. D. Stigter, W. F. de Boer, S. E. van Wieren, C. B. de Jong, H. J. de Knegt, C. C. Grant, I. Heitkönig, N. Knox, E. Kohi, E. Mwakiwa, M. J. S. Peel, A. K. Skidmore, R. Slotow, C. van der Waal, F. van Langevelde, and H. H. T. Prins. 2012. Diet selection of African elephant over time shows changing optimization currency. Oikos 121(12):2110-2120. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0706.2012.19680.x

    Prosky, L. 2000. When is dietary fiber considered a functional food? BioFactors 12(1-4):289-297. https://doi.org/10.1002/biof.5520120143

    Quirin C. 2005. Crop raiding by wild vertebrates in the Illubabor Zone, Ethiopia. Report Submitted In Partial Fulfilment of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Wildlife Management. Department of Zoology, University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

    R Development Core Team. 2006. R: a language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. https://www.r-project.org/

    Raubenheimer, D., and S. J. Simpson. 1997. Integrative models of nutrient balancing: application to insects and vertebrates. Nutrition Research Reviews 10(1):151-179. https://doi.org/10.1079/NRR19970009

    Raubenheimer, D., and S. J. Simpson. 1999. Integrating nutrition: a geometrical approach. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata 91(1):67-82. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1570-7458.1999.00467.x

    Robbins, C. T. 1983. Wildlife feeding and nutrition. Academic, New York, New York, USA.

    Robbins, C. T., S. Mole, A. E. Hagerman, T. A. Hanley. 1987. Role of tannins in defending plants against ruminants: reduction in dry matter digestion? Ecology 68(6):1606-1615. https://doi.org/10.2307/1939852

    Rode, K. D., P. I. Chiyo, C. A. Chapman, and L. R. McDowell. 2006. Nutritional ecology of elephants in Kibale National Park, Uganda, and its relationship with crop-raiding behaviour. Journal of Tropical Ecology 22(4):441-449. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0266467406003233

    Rodríguez-Añón, J. A., and J. Proupin-Castineiras. 2005. Energy evaluation of materials by bomb calorimetry, engineering. Departamento de Física Aplicada. Facultade de Física, Universidade de Santiago, Santiago, Spain.

    Rowell, Z. E. 2014. Locomotion in captive Asian elephants (Elephas maximus). Journal of Zoo and Aquarium Research 2(4):130-135.

    Santiapillai, C., S. Wijeyamohan, G. Bandara, R. Athurupana, N. Dissanayake, and B. Read. 2010. An assessment of the human-elephant conflict in Sri Lanka. Ceylon Journal of Science 39(1):21-33. https://doi.org/10.4038/cjsbs.v39i1.2350

    Schmidt, A. G., and D. D. Snyman. 2010. Nutritional and mineral deficiencies and supplementary feeding. Pages 373-383 in J. du P Bothma and J. G. du Toit, editors. Game ranch management. Fifth edition. Van Schaik, Pretoria, South Africa.

    Shaffer, L. J., K. K. Khadka, J. Van Den Hoek, and K. J. Naithani. 2019. Human-elephant conflict: a review of current management strategies and future directions. Frontiers in Ecology and Evolution 6:235. https://doi.org/10.3389/fevo.2018.00235

    Shannon, G., G. W. S. Matthews, B. R. Page, G. E. Parker, and R. J. Smith. 2009. The effects of artificial water availability on large herbivore ranging patterns in savanna habitats: a new approach based on modelling elephant path distribution. Diversity and Distribution 15(5):776-783. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1472-4642.2009.00581.x

    Shrader, A. M., C. Bell, L. Bertolli, and D. Ward. 2012. Forest or the trees: at what scale do elephants make foraging decisions? Acta Oecologica 42:3-10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actao.2011.09.009

    Silver, S. C., L. E. T. Ostro, L. K. Marsh, L. Maffei, A. J. Noss, M. J. Kelly, R. B. Wallace, H. Gómez, and G. Ayala. 2004. The use of camera traps for estimating jaguar Panthera onca abundance and density using capture/recapture analysis. Oryx. 38(2):148-154. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actao.2011.09.009

    Simpson, S. J., and D. Raubenheimer. 1993. A multi-level analysis of feeding behaviour: the geometry of nutritional decisions. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 342:381-402. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.1993.0166

    Slotow, R., and G. van Dyk. 2004. Ranging of older male elephants introduced to an existing small population without older males: Pilanesberg National Park. Koedoe 47(2):91-104. https://doi.org/10.4102/koedoe.v47i2.82

    Smit, J., R. A. Pozo, J. J. Cusack, K. Nowak, and T. Jones. 2019. Using camera traps to study the age–sex structure and behaviour of crop-using elephants Loxodonta africana in Udzungwa Mountains National Park, Tanzania. Oryx 53(2):368-376. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0030605317000345

    Smith, P. P., and R. Fisher. 2001. Chipya in Kasanka National Park, Zambia: floristics, soils and dynamics. Systematics and Geography of Plants 71(2):923–934. https://doi.org/10.2307/3668728

    Smith, P. P., R. Fisher, and N. Zimba. 2000. Chipya and mateshe in Kasanka National Park: report on the study carried out in January 2000. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, UK.

    Spinage, C. A. 1994. Elephants. T & A D Poyser Ltd., London, UK.

    Strum, S. C. 2010. The development of primate raiding: implications for management and conservation. International Journal of Primatology 31(1):133-156. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10764-009-9387-5

    Sukumar, R. 1989. The Asian elephant: ecology and management. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.

    Sukumar, R. 1990. Ecology of the Asian elephant in southern India. II. Feeding habits and crop raiding patterns. Journal of Tropical Ecology 6(1):33-53. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0266467400004004

    Sukumar, R. 2003. The living elephants: evolutionary ecology, behavior, and conservation. Oxford University Press, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780195107784.001.0001

    Viljoen, P. J. 1989. Spatial distribution and movements of elephants (Loxodonta africana) in the northern Namib Desert region of the Kaokoveld, South West Africa/Namibia. Journal of Zoology 219(1):1-19. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7998.1989.tb02561.x

    Vogel, S., S. Blumenthal, W. F. de Boer, M. Masake, I. Newton, A. C. Songhurst, G. P. McCulloch, A. Stronza, M. D. Henley, and T. Coulson. 2020. Timing of dietary switching by savannah elephants in relation to crop consumption. Biological Conservation 249:108703. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2020.108703

    Wanders, A. J., J. J. van den Borne, C. de Graaf, T. Hulshof, M. C. Jonathan, M. Kristensen, M. Mars, H. A. Schols, and E. J. Feskens. 2011. Effects of dietary fiber on subjective appetite, energy intake and body weight: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Obesity Reviews 12(9):724-739. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-789X.2011.00895.x

    Wang, S. W., P. D. Curtis, and J. P. Lassoie. 2006a. Farmers perceptions of crop damage by wildlife in Jigme Singye Wangchuck National Park, Bhutan. Wildlife Society Bulletin 34(2):359-365. https://doi.org/10.2193/0091-7648(2006)34[359:FPOCDB]2.0.CO;2

    Wang, S. W., J. P. Lassoie, and P. D. Curtis. 2006b. Farmer attitudes towards conservation in Jigme Singye Wangchuck National Park, Bhutan. Environmental Conservation 33(2):148-156. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0376892906002931

    Warren, Y. 2009. Crop-raiding baboons (Papio anubis) and defensive farmers: a West African perspective. West African Journal of Applied Ecology 14(1):1-11. https://doi.org/10.4314/wajae.v14i1.44705

    Whitehouse, A. M., and D. S. Schoeman. 2003. Ranging behaviour of elephants within a small, fenced area in Addo Elephant National Park, South Africa. African Zoology 38(1):95-108. https://doi.org/10.1080/15627020.2003.11657197

    World Bank. 2022. Population growth (annual %). World Bank, Washington, D.C., USA. https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.POP.GROW

    WWF. 2002. Battles over ever decreasing land. WWF, Gland, Switzerland. https://wwf.panda.org/discover/knowledge_hub/endangered_species/elephants/human_elephant_conflict/

    WWF. 2008. Saving lives and incomes of the rural poor. WWF, Gland, Switzerland. https://wwf.panda.org/wwf_news/?132681/Saving-lives-and-incomes-of-the-rural-poor

    Yang, Z., Y. Chen, J. Li, L. Wang, Y. Piao, Z. Song, and K. Shi. 2018. Individual identification and population size assessment for Asian elephant based on camera trapping techniques. Acta Theriologica Sinica 38(1):18-27.

    Youldon, D. A., J. Abell, J. S. Briffitt, L. Chama, M. D. Channings, A. Kilundo, C. K. Larsen, D. Sakala, B. A. Schulte. 2017. Patch-occupancy survey of elephant (Loxodonta africana) surrounding Livingstone, Zambia. Koedoe 59(1):a1372. https://doi.org/10.4102/koedoe.v59i1.1372

    Corresponding author:
    Lackson Chama
    lackson.chama@cbu.ac.zm
    Appendix 1
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Map of the study area. Dark green is Kasanka National Park, pale green is Kafinda and other game management areas (GMAs) where the local people live and grow their agricultural crops that are often raided by elephants. KNPB is the Kasanka National Park Boundary.

    Fig. 1. Map of the study area. Dark green is Kasanka National Park, pale green is Kafinda and other game management areas (GMAs) where the local people live and grow their agricultural crops that are often raided by elephants. KNPB is the Kasanka National Park Boundary.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. The relationship between distance of farming activities from the boundary of protected area and the mean number of incidences of crop raids by elephants. The PA on the axis refers to the boundary of the protected area.

    Fig. 2. The relationship between distance of farming activities from the boundary of protected area and the mean number of incidences of crop raids by elephants. The PA on the axis refers to the boundary of the protected area.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Shows protein (a), ash (b), moisture (c), fiber (d), energy (e), and vitamin C (f) composition across both agricultural and wild plant types. Agricultural crops include maize (<em>Zea mays</em>, Agr1), cassava (<em>Manihot</em> spp., Agr2) and pumpkin (<em>Cucurbita</em> spp., Agr3). Wild plants include white thorn (<em>Senegalia [Acacia] polyacantha</em>, Wld1), rice grass (<em>Oryzopsis</em> spp., wld2), common reed (<em>Phragmites australis</em>, Wld3), and guinea grass (<em>Megathyrsus maximus</em>, Wld4).

    Fig. 3. Shows protein (a), ash (b), moisture (c), fiber (d), energy (e), and vitamin C (f) composition across both agricultural and wild plant types. Agricultural crops include maize (Zea mays, Agr1), cassava (Manihot spp., Agr2) and pumpkin (Cucurbita spp., Agr3). Wild plants include white thorn (Senegalia [Acacia] polyacantha, Wld1), rice grass (Oryzopsis spp., wld2), common reed (Phragmites australis, Wld3), and guinea grass (Megathyrsus maximus, Wld4).

    Fig. 3
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    agricultural crops; crop raid; elephants; food quality; natural vegetation

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents

    Subscribe for updates

    * indicates required
    • Submit an Article
    • Submission Guidelines
    • Current Issue
    • Journal Policies
    • Find Back Issues
    • Open Access Policy
    • Find Features
    • Contact

    Resilience Alliance is a registered 501 (c)(3) non-profit organization

    Permissions and Copyright Information

    Online and Open Access since 1997

    Ecology and Society is now licensing all its articles under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License

    Ecology and Society ISSN: 1708-3087